Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1724/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts & Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1724/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:24 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:24 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1724/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1724/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1724/ thebookvoice.com no Prof. Harley Kassulke bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1724/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts & Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274097 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Is Sex Fun?: The Evolution Of Human Sexuality Series: Part of Science Masters Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: Emilia Fox Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 26, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why are humans one of the few species to have sex in private? Why do humans have sex any day of the month or year, including when the female is pregnant, beyond her reproductive years, or between her fertile cycles? Why are human females one of the few mammals to go through menopause? Human sexuality seems normal to us but it is bizarre by the standards of other animals. Jared Diamond argues that our strange sex lives were as crucial to our rise to human status as were our large brains. He also describes the battle of the sexes in the human and animal world over parental care, and why sex differences in the genetic value of parental care provide a biological basis for the all-too-familiar different attitudes of men and women towards extramarital sex. (p) 1997 Orion Publishing Group Jared Diamond Thu, 26 Mar 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274097 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Is Sex Fun?: The Evolution Of Human Sexuality Series: Part of Science Masters Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: Emilia Fox Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 26, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why are humans one of the few species to have sex in private? Why do humans have sex any day of the month or year, including when the female is pregnant, beyond her reproductive years, or between her fertile cycles? Why are human females one of the few mammals to go through menopause? Human sexuality seems normal to us but it is bizarre by the standards of other animals. Jared Diamond argues that our strange sex lives were as crucial to our rise to human status as were our large brains. He also describes the battle of the sexes in the human and animal world over parental care, and why sex differences in the genetic value of parental care provide a biological basis for the all-too-familiar different attitudes of men and women towards extramarital sex. (p) 1997 Orion Publishing Group Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/274097]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Is Sex Fun?: The Evolution Of Human Sexuality Series: Part of Science Masters Author: Jared Diamond Narrator: Emilia Fox Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 26, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why are humans one of the few species to have sex in private? Why do humans have sex any day of the month or year, including when the female is pregnant, beyond her reproductive years, or between her fertile cycles? Why are human females one of the few mammals to go through menopause? Human sexuality seems normal to us but it is bizarre by the standards of other animals. Jared Diamond argues that our strange sex lives were as crucial to our rise to human status as were our large brains. He also describes the battle of the sexes in the human and animal world over parental care, and why sex differences in the genetic value of parental care provide a biological basis for the all-too-familiar different attitudes of men and women towards extramarital sex. (p) 1997 Orion Publishing Group https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273908 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Studies in the Psychology of Sex, Volume 2 Author: Havelock Ellis Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The second of six volumes, this volume covers in extensive detail the topic of "Sexual Inversion", or homosexuality to give it a more current name. Written as an anthropological and psychological study from the point of view of Havelock, the famous British sexologist of the late 19th century, who was also a physician and social reformer. (Summary by Tim Ferreira and John Fricker) Havelock Ellis Wed, 07 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273908 thebookvoice.com 16:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Studies in the Psychology of Sex, Volume 2 Author: Havelock Ellis Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The second of six volumes, this volume covers in extensive detail the topic of "Sexual Inversion", or homosexuality to give it a more current name. Written as an anthropological and psychological study from the point of view of Havelock, the famous British sexologist of the late 19th century, who was also a physician and social reformer. (Summary by Tim Ferreira and John Fricker) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273908]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Studies in the Psychology of Sex, Volume 2 Author: Havelock Ellis Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The second of six volumes, this volume covers in extensive detail the topic of "Sexual Inversion", or homosexuality to give it a more current name. Written as an anthropological and psychological study from the point of view of Havelock, the famous British sexologist of the late 19th century, who was also a physician and social reformer. (Summary by Tim Ferreira and John Fricker) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273699 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Pride: Why the Deadliest Sin Holds the Secret to Human Success Author: Jessica Tracy Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading psychologist reveals how our most misunderstood emotion—pride—has shaped our minds and our culture, and shows how we can harness its power. Why did Paul Gauguin abandon middle-class life to follow the path of a starving artist? What inspired Bill Gates to give away so much of his hard-won fortune? How has Donald Trump succeeded so excessively, when his winning style could easily be his greatest liability? As the renowned emotion researcher Jessica Tracy reveals in Take Pride, each of these superachievers has been motivated by an often maligned emotion: pride. Its dark, hubristic side is well known, but Tracy shows that pride is also essential for helping us become our best, brightest selves. By making us care about how others see us and how we see ourselves, pride makes us strive for excellence. In the right doses and the right contexts, it has been proven to boost creativity, motivate altruism, and confer status and power on those who display it. In Take Pride, Tracy explains why we came to feel pride and how we can make this double-edged emotion serve us—rather than the other way around. Jessica Tracy Tue, 20 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273699 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Pride: Why the Deadliest Sin Holds the Secret to Human Success Author: Jessica Tracy Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading psychologist reveals how our most misunderstood emotion—pride—has shaped our minds and our culture, and shows how we can harness its power. Why did Paul Gauguin abandon middle-class life to follow the path of a starving artist? What inspired Bill Gates to give away so much of his hard-won fortune? How has Donald Trump succeeded so excessively, when his winning style could easily be his greatest liability? As the renowned emotion researcher Jessica Tracy reveals in Take Pride, each of these superachievers has been motivated by an often maligned emotion: pride. Its dark, hubristic side is well known, but Tracy shows that pride is also essential for helping us become our best, brightest selves. By making us care about how others see us and how we see ourselves, pride makes us strive for excellence. In the right doses and the right contexts, it has been proven to boost creativity, motivate altruism, and confer status and power on those who display it. In Take Pride, Tracy explains why we came to feel pride and how we can make this double-edged emotion serve us—rather than the other way around. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273699]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Pride: Why the Deadliest Sin Holds the Secret to Human Success Author: Jessica Tracy Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 20, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A leading psychologist reveals how our most misunderstood emotion—pride—has shaped our minds and our culture, and shows how we can harness its power. Why did Paul Gauguin abandon middle-class life to follow the path of a starving artist? What inspired Bill Gates to give away so much of his hard-won fortune? How has Donald Trump succeeded so excessively, when his winning style could easily be his greatest liability? As the renowned emotion researcher Jessica Tracy reveals in Take Pride, each of these superachievers has been motivated by an often maligned emotion: pride. Its dark, hubristic side is well known, but Tracy shows that pride is also essential for helping us become our best, brightest selves. By making us care about how others see us and how we see ourselves, pride makes us strive for excellence. In the right doses and the right contexts, it has been proven to boost creativity, motivate altruism, and confer status and power on those who display it. In Take Pride, Tracy explains why we came to feel pride and how we can make this double-edged emotion serve us—rather than the other way around. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273468 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind: A Scientific Guide to Who You Are, How You Got That Way, and How to Make the Most of It Author: Patricia Daniels Narrator: Andrew Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Combining leading theories of psychology and behavior with case studies and practical advice, National Geographic’s Mind explores the question we all enjoy asking: Who am I? A companion to National Geographic’s Body and Brain, this reference explores today’s theories of personality, mixing scientific theory with an underlying message: by knowing more about your own psychology, you can have a better life. Chapters start with the anatomy, evolution, and development of the human brain, then move into such areas as intuition, creativity, motivation, faith, and ethics—all facets of a unique personality. Interesting scenarios of mental health and mental deviance make for a lively, readable narrative that combines today’s leading theories in the science of the mind and personality with life-enhancing questions, quizzes, practices, and tools for self-discovery. An entertaining book about science, Mind connects with the listener in a very personal and ultimately helpful way. Patricia Daniels Tue, 13 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273468 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind: A Scientific Guide to Who You Are, How You Got That Way, and How to Make the Most of It Author: Patricia Daniels Narrator: Andrew Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Combining leading theories of psychology and behavior with case studies and practical advice, National Geographic’s Mind explores the question we all enjoy asking: Who am I? A companion to National Geographic’s Body and Brain, this reference explores today’s theories of personality, mixing scientific theory with an underlying message: by knowing more about your own psychology, you can have a better life. Chapters start with the anatomy, evolution, and development of the human brain, then move into such areas as intuition, creativity, motivation, faith, and ethics—all facets of a unique personality. Interesting scenarios of mental health and mental deviance make for a lively, readable narrative that combines today’s leading theories in the science of the mind and personality with life-enhancing questions, quizzes, practices, and tools for self-discovery. An entertaining book about science, Mind connects with the listener in a very personal and ultimately helpful way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273468]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind: A Scientific Guide to Who You Are, How You Got That Way, and How to Make the Most of It Author: Patricia Daniels Narrator: Andrew Reilly Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Combining leading theories of psychology and behavior with case studies and practical advice, National Geographic’s Mind explores the question we all enjoy asking: Who am I? A companion to National Geographic’s Body and Brain, this reference explores today’s theories of personality, mixing scientific theory with an underlying message: by knowing more about your own psychology, you can have a better life. Chapters start with the anatomy, evolution, and development of the human brain, then move into such areas as intuition, creativity, motivation, faith, and ethics—all facets of a unique personality. Interesting scenarios of mental health and mental deviance make for a lively, readable narrative that combines today’s leading theories in the science of the mind and personality with life-enhancing questions, quizzes, practices, and tools for self-discovery. An entertaining book about science, Mind connects with the listener in a very personal and ultimately helpful way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Years and Four Months in a Lunatic Asylum Author: Hiram Chase Narrator: Elaine Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.18 of Total 130 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 42 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hiram Chase is a well liked Reverend in a small ministry in Utica. When his mental and physical health deteriorates, he is taken to Utica lunatic asylum. After his stay in the asylum, Hiram documents his experiences and those of other patients in the asylum. He describes his daily routine and the negative experiences he had, along with praising certain individuals whom he met during his "Two Years and Four Months in a Lunatic Asylum". (Summary by Elaine Webb) Hiram Chase Thu, 01 Jan 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273277 thebookvoice.com 3:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Years and Four Months in a Lunatic Asylum Author: Hiram Chase Narrator: Elaine Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.18 of Total 130 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 42 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hiram Chase is a well liked Reverend in a small ministry in Utica. When his mental and physical health deteriorates, he is taken to Utica lunatic asylum. After his stay in the asylum, Hiram documents his experiences and those of other patients in the asylum. He describes his daily routine and the negative experiences he had, along with praising certain individuals whom he met during his "Two Years and Four Months in a Lunatic Asylum". (Summary by Elaine Webb) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Years and Four Months in a Lunatic Asylum Author: Hiram Chase Narrator: Elaine Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.18 of Total 130 Ratings of Narrator: 2.33 of Total 42 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hiram Chase is a well liked Reverend in a small ministry in Utica. When his mental and physical health deteriorates, he is taken to Utica lunatic asylum. After his stay in the asylum, Hiram documents his experiences and those of other patients in the asylum. He describes his daily routine and the negative experiences he had, along with praising certain individuals whom he met during his "Two Years and Four Months in a Lunatic Asylum". (Summary by Elaine Webb) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273011 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Strangers Meet Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Kio Stark Narrator: Kio Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the unexpected pleasures and exciting possibilities of talking to people you don’t know—how these beautiful interruptions can change you, and the world we share. When Strangers Meet argues for the pleasures and transformative possibilities of talking to people you don’t know. Our lives are increasingly insular. We are in a hurry, our heads are down, minds elsewhere, we hear only the voices we already recognize and rarely take the effort to experience something or someone new. Talking to strangers pulls you into experiences of shared humanity and creates genuine emotional connections. It opens your world. Passing interactions cement your relationship to the places you live and work and play, they’re beautiful interruptions in the steady routines of our lives. In luminous prose, Stark shows how talking to strangers wakes you up. Threaded throughout are powerful vignettes from Stark’s own lifelong practice of talking to strangers and documenting brief encounters, along with a deep exploration of the dynamics of where, how, and why strangers come together. Ultimately, When Strangers Meet explores the rich emotional and political meanings that are conjured up in even the briefest conversations and unexpected connections with strangers. Stark renders visible the hidden processes by which we decide who to greet and trust in passing, and the unwritten rules by which these encounters operate. When Strangers Meet teaches readers how to start talking to strangers and includes adventurous challenges for those who dare. Kio Stark Tue, 13 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273011 thebookvoice.com 2:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Strangers Meet Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Kio Stark Narrator: Kio Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the unexpected pleasures and exciting possibilities of talking to people you don’t know—how these beautiful interruptions can change you, and the world we share. When Strangers Meet argues for the pleasures and transformative possibilities of talking to people you don’t know. Our lives are increasingly insular. We are in a hurry, our heads are down, minds elsewhere, we hear only the voices we already recognize and rarely take the effort to experience something or someone new. Talking to strangers pulls you into experiences of shared humanity and creates genuine emotional connections. It opens your world. Passing interactions cement your relationship to the places you live and work and play, they’re beautiful interruptions in the steady routines of our lives. In luminous prose, Stark shows how talking to strangers wakes you up. Threaded throughout are powerful vignettes from Stark’s own lifelong practice of talking to strangers and documenting brief encounters, along with a deep exploration of the dynamics of where, how, and why strangers come together. Ultimately, When Strangers Meet explores the rich emotional and political meanings that are conjured up in even the briefest conversations and unexpected connections with strangers. Stark renders visible the hidden processes by which we decide who to greet and trust in passing, and the unwritten rules by which these encounters operate. When Strangers Meet teaches readers how to start talking to strangers and includes adventurous challenges for those who dare. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/273011]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Strangers Meet Series: Part of Ted Books Author: Kio Stark Narrator: Kio Stark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 13, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the unexpected pleasures and exciting possibilities of talking to people you don’t know—how these beautiful interruptions can change you, and the world we share. When Strangers Meet argues for the pleasures and transformative possibilities of talking to people you don’t know. Our lives are increasingly insular. We are in a hurry, our heads are down, minds elsewhere, we hear only the voices we already recognize and rarely take the effort to experience something or someone new. Talking to strangers pulls you into experiences of shared humanity and creates genuine emotional connections. It opens your world. Passing interactions cement your relationship to the places you live and work and play, they’re beautiful interruptions in the steady routines of our lives. In luminous prose, Stark shows how talking to strangers wakes you up. Threaded throughout are powerful vignettes from Stark’s own lifelong practice of talking to strangers and documenting brief encounters, along with a deep exploration of the dynamics of where, how, and why strangers come together. Ultimately, When Strangers Meet explores the rich emotional and political meanings that are conjured up in even the briefest conversations and unexpected connections with strangers. Stark renders visible the hidden processes by which we decide who to greet and trust in passing, and the unwritten rules by which these encounters operate. When Strangers Meet teaches readers how to start talking to strangers and includes adventurous challenges for those who dare. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272963 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darkness Visible: A Memoir of Madness Author: William Styron Narrator: William Styron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A literary tour de force that chronicles a prize-winning author's descent into an almost suicidal depression. 'Compelling ... Harrowing ... a vivid portrait of a debilitating disorder ... It offers the solace of a shared experience.'—The New York Times A work of great personal courage and a literary tour de force, this bestseller is Styron's true account of his experience of crippling depression. Styron is perhaps the first writer to convey the full terror of depression's psychic landscape, as well as the illuminating path to recovery. William Styron Tue, 04 Oct 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272963 thebookvoice.com 2:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darkness Visible: A Memoir of Madness Author: William Styron Narrator: William Styron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A literary tour de force that chronicles a prize-winning author's descent into an almost suicidal depression. 'Compelling ... Harrowing ... a vivid portrait of a debilitating disorder ... It offers the solace of a shared experience.'—The New York Times A work of great personal courage and a literary tour de force, this bestseller is Styron's true account of his experience of crippling depression. Styron is perhaps the first writer to convey the full terror of depression's psychic landscape, as well as the illuminating path to recovery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272963]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Darkness Visible: A Memoir of Madness Author: William Styron Narrator: William Styron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NATIONAL BESTSELLER • A literary tour de force that chronicles a prize-winning author's descent into an almost suicidal depression. 'Compelling ... Harrowing ... a vivid portrait of a debilitating disorder ... It offers the solace of a shared experience.'—The New York Times A work of great personal courage and a literary tour de force, this bestseller is Styron's true account of his experience of crippling depression. Styron is perhaps the first writer to convey the full terror of depression's psychic landscape, as well as the illuminating path to recovery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272470 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Late Bloomer: A Memoir of My Body Author: Ken Baker Narrator: Ken Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Now a feature film, The Late Bloomer is the revealing, harrowing and often funny memoir of a celebrity journalist and former hotshot hockey player who discovers that he has been biochemically infused with a female hormone. On the surface, Ken Baker seemed a model man. He was a nationally ranked hockey goalie; a Hollywood correspondent for People; a guest-lister at celebrity parties; and girls came on to him. Inside, though, he didn't feel like the man he was supposed to be. Although attracted to women, Ken had little sex drive and thus even less of a sex life. To his anguish, he repeatedly found himself unable to perform sexually. And, regardless of strenuous workouts, his body struggled to build muscle, earning him the nickname 'Pear' from his macho teammates. Physically, matters turned bizarre when he discovered that he was lactating. The testosterone-driven culture in which Ken grew up made it agonizingly difficult for him to seek help. But in time he discovered something that lifted years of pain, frustration, and confusion: a brain tumor was causing his body to be flooded with massive amounts of a female hormone, which was disabling his masculinity. Five hours of surgery accomplished what years of therapy, rumination, and denial could not -- and allowed Ken Baker to finally feel -- and function -- like a man. Now Ken's story comes to the screen in the feature film, The Late Bloomer, starring Academy Award-winner J.K. Simmons and Jane Lynch. Ken Baker Tue, 27 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272470 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Late Bloomer: A Memoir of My Body Author: Ken Baker Narrator: Ken Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Now a feature film, The Late Bloomer is the revealing, harrowing and often funny memoir of a celebrity journalist and former hotshot hockey player who discovers that he has been biochemically infused with a female hormone. On the surface, Ken Baker seemed a model man. He was a nationally ranked hockey goalie; a Hollywood correspondent for People; a guest-lister at celebrity parties; and girls came on to him. Inside, though, he didn't feel like the man he was supposed to be. Although attracted to women, Ken had little sex drive and thus even less of a sex life. To his anguish, he repeatedly found himself unable to perform sexually. And, regardless of strenuous workouts, his body struggled to build muscle, earning him the nickname 'Pear' from his macho teammates. Physically, matters turned bizarre when he discovered that he was lactating. The testosterone-driven culture in which Ken grew up made it agonizingly difficult for him to seek help. But in time he discovered something that lifted years of pain, frustration, and confusion: a brain tumor was causing his body to be flooded with massive amounts of a female hormone, which was disabling his masculinity. Five hours of surgery accomplished what years of therapy, rumination, and denial could not -- and allowed Ken Baker to finally feel -- and function -- like a man. Now Ken's story comes to the screen in the feature film, The Late Bloomer, starring Academy Award-winner J.K. Simmons and Jane Lynch. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Late Bloomer: A Memoir of My Body Author: Ken Baker Narrator: Ken Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 27, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Now a feature film, The Late Bloomer is the revealing, harrowing and often funny memoir of a celebrity journalist and former hotshot hockey player who discovers that he has been biochemically infused with a female hormone. On the surface, Ken Baker seemed a model man. He was a nationally ranked hockey goalie; a Hollywood correspondent for People; a guest-lister at celebrity parties; and girls came on to him. Inside, though, he didn't feel like the man he was supposed to be. Although attracted to women, Ken had little sex drive and thus even less of a sex life. To his anguish, he repeatedly found himself unable to perform sexually. And, regardless of strenuous workouts, his body struggled to build muscle, earning him the nickname 'Pear' from his macho teammates. Physically, matters turned bizarre when he discovered that he was lactating. The testosterone-driven culture in which Ken grew up made it agonizingly difficult for him to seek help. But in time he discovered something that lifted years of pain, frustration, and confusion: a brain tumor was causing his body to be flooded with massive amounts of a female hormone, which was disabling his masculinity. Five hours of surgery accomplished what years of therapy, rumination, and denial could not -- and allowed Ken Baker to finally feel -- and function -- like a man. Now Ken's story comes to the screen in the feature film, The Late Bloomer, starring Academy Award-winner J.K. Simmons and Jane Lynch. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272452 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD Nation: Children, Doctors, Big Pharma, and the Making of an American Epidemic Author: Alan Schwarz Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking account of the widespread misdiagnosis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder—and how its unchecked growth has made ADHD one of the most controversial conditions in medicine, with serious effects on children, adults, and society. “ADHD Nation should be required reading” (The New York Times Book Review). More than one in seven American children are diagnosed with ADHD—three times what experts have said is appropriate—meaning that millions of kids are misdiagnosed and taking medications such as Adderall or Concerta for a psychiatric condition they probably do not have. The numbers rise every year. And still, many experts and drug companies deny any cause for concern. In fact, they say that adults and the rest of the world should embrace ADHD and that its medications will transform their lives. “In this powerful, necessary book, Alan Schwarz exposes the dirty secrets of the growing ADHD epidemic” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), including how the father of ADHD, Dr. Keith Conners, spent fifty years advocating drugs like Ritalin before realizing his role in what he now calls “a national disaster of dangerous proportions”; a troubled young girl and a studious teenage boy get entangled in the growing ADHD machine and take medications that backfire horribly; and big Pharma egregiously over-promotes the disorder and earns billions from the mishandling of children (and now adults). While demonstrating that ADHD is real and can be medicated when appropriate, Schwarz sounds a long-overdue alarm and urges America to address this growing national health crisis. “ADHD Nation is a necessary book. Schwarz has done a fine job on a maddening topic, and everyone who’s interested in hyperactivity, attention spans, stimulants, and the current state of American health care should grab a copy” (New York magazine). Alan Schwarz Tue, 06 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272452 thebookvoice.com 9:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD Nation: Children, Doctors, Big Pharma, and the Making of an American Epidemic Author: Alan Schwarz Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking account of the widespread misdiagnosis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder—and how its unchecked growth has made ADHD one of the most controversial conditions in medicine, with serious effects on children, adults, and society. “ADHD Nation should be required reading” (The New York Times Book Review). More than one in seven American children are diagnosed with ADHD—three times what experts have said is appropriate—meaning that millions of kids are misdiagnosed and taking medications such as Adderall or Concerta for a psychiatric condition they probably do not have. The numbers rise every year. And still, many experts and drug companies deny any cause for concern. In fact, they say that adults and the rest of the world should embrace ADHD and that its medications will transform their lives. “In this powerful, necessary book, Alan Schwarz exposes the dirty secrets of the growing ADHD epidemic” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), including how the father of ADHD, Dr. Keith Conners, spent fifty years advocating drugs like Ritalin before realizing his role in what he now calls “a national disaster of dangerous proportions”; a troubled young girl and a studious teenage boy get entangled in the growing ADHD machine and take medications that backfire horribly; and big Pharma egregiously over-promotes the disorder and earns billions from the mishandling of children (and now adults). While demonstrating that ADHD is real and can be medicated when appropriate, Schwarz sounds a long-overdue alarm and urges America to address this growing national health crisis. “ADHD Nation is a necessary book. Schwarz has done a fine job on a maddening topic, and everyone who’s interested in hyperactivity, attention spans, stimulants, and the current state of American health care should grab a copy” (New York magazine). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/272452]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ADHD Nation: Children, Doctors, Big Pharma, and the Making of an American Epidemic Author: Alan Schwarz Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.86 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking account of the widespread misdiagnosis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder—and how its unchecked growth has made ADHD one of the most controversial conditions in medicine, with serious effects on children, adults, and society. “ADHD Nation should be required reading” (The New York Times Book Review). More than one in seven American children are diagnosed with ADHD—three times what experts have said is appropriate—meaning that millions of kids are misdiagnosed and taking medications such as Adderall or Concerta for a psychiatric condition they probably do not have. The numbers rise every year. And still, many experts and drug companies deny any cause for concern. In fact, they say that adults and the rest of the world should embrace ADHD and that its medications will transform their lives. “In this powerful, necessary book, Alan Schwarz exposes the dirty secrets of the growing ADHD epidemic” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), including how the father of ADHD, Dr. Keith Conners, spent fifty years advocating drugs like Ritalin before realizing his role in what he now calls “a national disaster of dangerous proportions”; a troubled young girl and a studious teenage boy get entangled in the growing ADHD machine and take medications that backfire horribly; and big Pharma egregiously over-promotes the disorder and earns billions from the mishandling of children (and now adults). While demonstrating that ADHD is real and can be medicated when appropriate, Schwarz sounds a long-overdue alarm and urges America to address this growing national health crisis. “ADHD Nation is a necessary book. Schwarz has done a fine job on a maddening topic, and everyone who’s interested in hyperactivity, attention spans, stimulants, and the current state of American health care should grab a copy” (New York magazine). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - La Comédie Humaine: 08 - Scènes de la vie de province tome 4 (29-07-43) - Illusions perdues Author: Honore de Balzac Narrator: Bernard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 10, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ce n'était pas une petite tâche que de peindre les deux ou trois mille figures saillantes d'une époque, car telle est, en définitif, la somme des types que présente chaque génération et que La Comédie Humaine comportera. Ce nombre de figures, de caractères, cette multitude d'existences exigeaient des cadres, et, qu'on me pardonne cette expression, des galeries. De là, les divisions si naturelles, déjà connues, de mon ouvrage en Scènes de la vie privée, de province, parisienne, politique, militaire et de campagne. Dans ces six livres sont classées toutes les Études de mœurs qui forment l'histoire générale de la Société, la collection de tous ses faits et gestes, eussent dit nos ancêtres... Les Scènes de la vie privée représentent l'enfance, l'adolescence et leurs fautes, comme les Scènes de la vie de province représentent l'âge des passions, des calculs, des intérêts et de l'ambition. Puis les Scènes de la vie parisienne offrent le tableau des goûts, des vices et de toutes les choses effrénées qu'excitent les mœurs particulières aux capitales où se rencontrent à la fois l'extrême bien et l'extrême mal... (Extrait de l'avant-propos de Scène de la vie privée Tome I de Honoré de Balzac) Honore de Balzac Wed, 10 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271155 thebookvoice.com 25:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - La Comédie Humaine: 08 - Scènes de la vie de province tome 4 (29-07-43) - Illusions perdues Author: Honore de Balzac Narrator: Bernard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 10, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ce n'était pas une petite tâche que de peindre les deux ou trois mille figures saillantes d'une époque, car telle est, en définitif, la somme des types que présente chaque génération et que La Comédie Humaine comportera. Ce nombre de figures, de caractères, cette multitude d'existences exigeaient des cadres, et, qu'on me pardonne cette expression, des galeries. De là, les divisions si naturelles, déjà connues, de mon ouvrage en Scènes de la vie privée, de province, parisienne, politique, militaire et de campagne. Dans ces six livres sont classées toutes les Études de mœurs qui forment l'histoire générale de la Société, la collection de tous ses faits et gestes, eussent dit nos ancêtres... Les Scènes de la vie privée représentent l'enfance, l'adolescence et leurs fautes, comme les Scènes de la vie de province représentent l'âge des passions, des calculs, des intérêts et de l'ambition. Puis les Scènes de la vie parisienne offrent le tableau des goûts, des vices et de toutes les choses effrénées qu'excitent les mœurs particulières aux capitales où se rencontrent à la fois l'extrême bien et l'extrême mal... (Extrait de l'avant-propos de Scène de la vie privée Tome I de Honoré de Balzac) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - La Comédie Humaine: 08 - Scènes de la vie de province tome 4 (29-07-43) - Illusions perdues Author: Honore de Balzac Narrator: Bernard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 10, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ce n'était pas une petite tâche que de peindre les deux ou trois mille figures saillantes d'une époque, car telle est, en définitif, la somme des types que présente chaque génération et que La Comédie Humaine comportera. Ce nombre de figures, de caractères, cette multitude d'existences exigeaient des cadres, et, qu'on me pardonne cette expression, des galeries. De là, les divisions si naturelles, déjà connues, de mon ouvrage en Scènes de la vie privée, de province, parisienne, politique, militaire et de campagne. Dans ces six livres sont classées toutes les Études de mœurs qui forment l'histoire générale de la Société, la collection de tous ses faits et gestes, eussent dit nos ancêtres... Les Scènes de la vie privée représentent l'enfance, l'adolescence et leurs fautes, comme les Scènes de la vie de province représentent l'âge des passions, des calculs, des intérêts et de l'ambition. Puis les Scènes de la vie parisienne offrent le tableau des goûts, des vices et de toutes les choses effrénées qu'excitent les mœurs particulières aux capitales où se rencontrent à la fois l'extrême bien et l'extrême mal... (Extrait de l'avant-propos de Scène de la vie privée Tome I de Honoré de Balzac) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271087 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushing to the Front Author: Orison Swett Marden Narrator: Luke Sartor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Published in 1894, this is the first book by the renowned inspirational author, Dr. Orison Swett Marden. Pushing to the Front is the product of many years of hard work, and marks a turning point in the life of Dr. Marden. He rewrote it following an accidental fire that brought the five-thousand-plus page manuscript to flames. It went on to become the most popular personal-development book of its time, and is a timeless classic in its genre. Filled with stories of success, triumph and the surmounting of difficulties, it is especially well-targeted at the adolescent or young adult. It is a book to inspire the reader towards a noble sense of integrity, a strong moral foundation, and solid, enduring self-discipline to let the reader put each foot forward as the leader they are meant to be. (Summary by Luke Sartor) Orison Swett Marden Wed, 10 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271087 thebookvoice.com 33:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushing to the Front Author: Orison Swett Marden Narrator: Luke Sartor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Published in 1894, this is the first book by the renowned inspirational author, Dr. Orison Swett Marden. Pushing to the Front is the product of many years of hard work, and marks a turning point in the life of Dr. Marden. He rewrote it following an accidental fire that brought the five-thousand-plus page manuscript to flames. It went on to become the most popular personal-development book of its time, and is a timeless classic in its genre. Filled with stories of success, triumph and the surmounting of difficulties, it is especially well-targeted at the adolescent or young adult. It is a book to inspire the reader towards a noble sense of integrity, a strong moral foundation, and solid, enduring self-discipline to let the reader put each foot forward as the leader they are meant to be. (Summary by Luke Sartor) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pushing to the Front Author: Orison Swett Marden Narrator: Luke Sartor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 33 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 17 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Published in 1894, this is the first book by the renowned inspirational author, Dr. Orison Swett Marden. Pushing to the Front is the product of many years of hard work, and marks a turning point in the life of Dr. Marden. He rewrote it following an accidental fire that brought the five-thousand-plus page manuscript to flames. It went on to become the most popular personal-development book of its time, and is a timeless classic in its genre. Filled with stories of success, triumph and the surmounting of difficulties, it is especially well-targeted at the adolescent or young adult. It is a book to inspire the reader towards a noble sense of integrity, a strong moral foundation, and solid, enduring self-discipline to let the reader put each foot forward as the leader they are meant to be. (Summary by Luke Sartor) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271007 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sacred Journey: The Quest for Life's Higher Meaning Author: Sam Keen Narrator: Sam Keen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 16, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A richer life can be yours with Sam Keen's "The Sacred Journey". Take the journey of your life toward greater spiritual and personal fulfillment. Where am I going? What is my life about? What do I value? "The Sacred Journey" is a personal adventure that a lot more people are taking today because we live in a time of crisis when old myths, values, and world views are beginning to come apart at the seams. In this fascinating program, you will discover how to: Use a spiritual compass to find your way when you are lost, tell your own story, realize the extraordinary depths in ordinary moments, and encounter the sacred in everyday life Sam Keen Wed, 16 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271007 thebookvoice.com 4:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sacred Journey: The Quest for Life's Higher Meaning Author: Sam Keen Narrator: Sam Keen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 16, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A richer life can be yours with Sam Keen's "The Sacred Journey". Take the journey of your life toward greater spiritual and personal fulfillment. Where am I going? What is my life about? What do I value? "The Sacred Journey" is a personal adventure that a lot more people are taking today because we live in a time of crisis when old myths, values, and world views are beginning to come apart at the seams. In this fascinating program, you will discover how to: Use a spiritual compass to find your way when you are lost, tell your own story, realize the extraordinary depths in ordinary moments, and encounter the sacred in everyday life Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271007]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sacred Journey: The Quest for Life's Higher Meaning Author: Sam Keen Narrator: Sam Keen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 16, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A richer life can be yours with Sam Keen's "The Sacred Journey". Take the journey of your life toward greater spiritual and personal fulfillment. Where am I going? What is my life about? What do I value? "The Sacred Journey" is a personal adventure that a lot more people are taking today because we live in a time of crisis when old myths, values, and world views are beginning to come apart at the seams. In this fascinating program, you will discover how to: Use a spiritual compass to find your way when you are lost, tell your own story, realize the extraordinary depths in ordinary moments, and encounter the sacred in everyday life https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271006 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncovering Happiness Author: Elisha Goldstein Narrator: Elisha Goldstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: January 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In seven simple steps, Uncovering Happiness uses cutting-edge mindfulness and self-compassion techniques along with innovations in neuroscience to release natural antidepressants in the brain. Dr. Goldstein shows you how to take back control of your mind, your mood, and your life. Most of us believe when we're depressed that our situation is hopeless. That's a mistake, Dr. Elisha Goldstein reassures us in Uncovering Happiness. The secret to overcoming depression and uncovering happiness is in harnessing our brain's own natural antidepressant power and ultimately creating a more resilient antidepressant brain. Uncovering Happiness is grounded in two key foundations: mindfulness and self-compassion, and backed by recent scientific discoveries. Elisha Goldstein Sun, 31 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271006 thebookvoice.com 1:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncovering Happiness Author: Elisha Goldstein Narrator: Elisha Goldstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: January 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In seven simple steps, Uncovering Happiness uses cutting-edge mindfulness and self-compassion techniques along with innovations in neuroscience to release natural antidepressants in the brain. Dr. Goldstein shows you how to take back control of your mind, your mood, and your life. Most of us believe when we're depressed that our situation is hopeless. That's a mistake, Dr. Elisha Goldstein reassures us in Uncovering Happiness. The secret to overcoming depression and uncovering happiness is in harnessing our brain's own natural antidepressant power and ultimately creating a more resilient antidepressant brain. Uncovering Happiness is grounded in two key foundations: mindfulness and self-compassion, and backed by recent scientific discoveries. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncovering Happiness Author: Elisha Goldstein Narrator: Elisha Goldstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: January 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In seven simple steps, Uncovering Happiness uses cutting-edge mindfulness and self-compassion techniques along with innovations in neuroscience to release natural antidepressants in the brain. Dr. Goldstein shows you how to take back control of your mind, your mood, and your life. Most of us believe when we're depressed that our situation is hopeless. That's a mistake, Dr. Elisha Goldstein reassures us in Uncovering Happiness. The secret to overcoming depression and uncovering happiness is in harnessing our brain's own natural antidepressant power and ultimately creating a more resilient antidepressant brain. Uncovering Happiness is grounded in two key foundations: mindfulness and self-compassion, and backed by recent scientific discoveries. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271005 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alchemy of Psychology Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman was a past master of alchemical psychology. This field uses metaphors derived from ancient alchemy to elucidate deep structures in the creative imagination. These new awarenesses can engender unexpected new vitality and wonder. James Hillman Sat, 26 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271005 thebookvoice.com 11:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alchemy of Psychology Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman was a past master of alchemical psychology. This field uses metaphors derived from ancient alchemy to elucidate deep structures in the creative imagination. These new awarenesses can engender unexpected new vitality and wonder. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271005]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alchemy of Psychology Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman was a past master of alchemical psychology. This field uses metaphors derived from ancient alchemy to elucidate deep structures in the creative imagination. These new awarenesses can engender unexpected new vitality and wonder. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271004 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Bugs Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's essay "Going Bugs" is a classic exposition of the meaning of bugs in the human psyche. Hillman examines the role that bugs - insects and creepy-crawlies - play in dreams and how human reaction to them is symptomatic of larger concerns about animals and the natural world. James Hillman Mon, 01 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271004 thebookvoice.com 1:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Bugs Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's essay "Going Bugs" is a classic exposition of the meaning of bugs in the human psyche. Hillman examines the role that bugs - insects and creepy-crawlies - play in dreams and how human reaction to them is symptomatic of larger concerns about animals and the natural world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/271004]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Going Bugs Author: James Hillman Narrator: James Hillman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: James Hillman's essay "Going Bugs" is a classic exposition of the meaning of bugs in the human psyche. Hillman examines the role that bugs - insects and creepy-crawlies - play in dreams and how human reaction to them is symptomatic of larger concerns about animals and the natural world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created for Connection: The 'Hold Me Tight' Guide for Christian Couples Series: #3 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection Author: Sue Johnson, Kenneth Sanderfer Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Whoever does not love does not know God, because God is love.' -- 1 John 4:8 Are you looking to enrich a healthy relationship, revitalize a tired one, or rescue one gone awry? Do you yearn to grow closer to God, and to further incorporate Him and His teachings into your marriage? We all want a lifetime of love, support, and faith. But sometimes we need a little help. Enter Dr. Sue Johnson, developer of Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) and 'the best couple therapist in the world,' according to bestselling relationship expert Dr. John Gottman. In Created For Connection, Dr. Johnson and Kenneth Sanderfer, a leading EFT practitioner in the Christian community, share Johnson's groundbreaking and remarkably successful program for creating stronger, more secure relationships not only between partners, but between us and God. The message of Created For Connection is simple: Forget about learning how to argue better, analyzing your early childhood, or making grand romantic gestures. Instead, get to the emotional underpinnings of your relationship by recognizing that you are attached to and dependent on your partner in much the same way that a child is on a parent, and we are on the Heavenly Father, for nurturing, soothing, and protection. The way to enhance or save our relationships with each other and with God is to be open, attuned, responsive, and to reestablish safe emotional connection. Filled with Bible verses, inspiring real-life stories, and guidance, Created For Connection will ensure a lifetime of love. Sue Johnson, Kenneth Sanderfer Tue, 04 Oct 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270942 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created for Connection: The 'Hold Me Tight' Guide for Christian Couples Series: #3 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection Author: Sue Johnson, Kenneth Sanderfer Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Whoever does not love does not know God, because God is love.' -- 1 John 4:8 Are you looking to enrich a healthy relationship, revitalize a tired one, or rescue one gone awry? Do you yearn to grow closer to God, and to further incorporate Him and His teachings into your marriage? We all want a lifetime of love, support, and faith. But sometimes we need a little help. Enter Dr. Sue Johnson, developer of Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) and 'the best couple therapist in the world,' according to bestselling relationship expert Dr. John Gottman. In Created For Connection, Dr. Johnson and Kenneth Sanderfer, a leading EFT practitioner in the Christian community, share Johnson's groundbreaking and remarkably successful program for creating stronger, more secure relationships not only between partners, but between us and God. The message of Created For Connection is simple: Forget about learning how to argue better, analyzing your early childhood, or making grand romantic gestures. Instead, get to the emotional underpinnings of your relationship by recognizing that you are attached to and dependent on your partner in much the same way that a child is on a parent, and we are on the Heavenly Father, for nurturing, soothing, and protection. The way to enhance or save our relationships with each other and with God is to be open, attuned, responsive, and to reestablish safe emotional connection. Filled with Bible verses, inspiring real-life stories, and guidance, Created For Connection will ensure a lifetime of love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Created for Connection: The 'Hold Me Tight' Guide for Christian Couples Series: #3 of The Dr. Sue Johnson Collection Author: Sue Johnson, Kenneth Sanderfer Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: October 4, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Whoever does not love does not know God, because God is love.' -- 1 John 4:8 Are you looking to enrich a healthy relationship, revitalize a tired one, or rescue one gone awry? Do you yearn to grow closer to God, and to further incorporate Him and His teachings into your marriage? We all want a lifetime of love, support, and faith. But sometimes we need a little help. Enter Dr. Sue Johnson, developer of Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) and 'the best couple therapist in the world,' according to bestselling relationship expert Dr. John Gottman. In Created For Connection, Dr. Johnson and Kenneth Sanderfer, a leading EFT practitioner in the Christian community, share Johnson's groundbreaking and remarkably successful program for creating stronger, more secure relationships not only between partners, but between us and God. The message of Created For Connection is simple: Forget about learning how to argue better, analyzing your early childhood, or making grand romantic gestures. Instead, get to the emotional underpinnings of your relationship by recognizing that you are attached to and dependent on your partner in much the same way that a child is on a parent, and we are on the Heavenly Father, for nurturing, soothing, and protection. The way to enhance or save our relationships with each other and with God is to be open, attuned, responsive, and to reestablish safe emotional connection. Filled with Bible verses, inspiring real-life stories, and guidance, Created For Connection will ensure a lifetime of love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270747 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pets on the Couch: Neurotic Dogs, Compulsive Cats, Anxious Birds, and the New Science of Animal Psychiatry Author: Nicholas Dodman Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The pioneering veterinarian and author of the New York Times bestseller The Dog Who Loved Too Much recounts his uniquely entertaining—and poignant—stories of treating animals for all-too-human problems as he reveals his amazing breakthroughs with the new science of One Medicine. The Oliver Sacks of animal brains, Dr. Nicholas Dodman is an internationally renowned veterinarian and research scientist who wrote one of the first popular books to recognize the complex emotional lives of dogs and to reveal innovative ways to help them, including with Puppy Prozac. Now Dr. Dodman once again breaks new ground with the practice of One Medicine, the profound recognition that humans and other animals share the same neurochemistry, and that our minds and emotions work in similar ways. Racehorses with Tourette’s syndrome, spinning dogs with epilepsy, cats with obsessive-compulsive disorder, feather-plucking parrots with anxiety, and a diffident bull terrier with autism—these astonishing cases were all helped by One Medicine, which emphasizes the similarities rather than differences between animals and humans. Inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking, and utterly fascinating, Pets on the Couch demonstrates how what we share with our animals can only lead us to a greater appreciation for them—and for our mutual bonds. Nicholas Dodman Tue, 23 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270747 thebookvoice.com 8:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pets on the Couch: Neurotic Dogs, Compulsive Cats, Anxious Birds, and the New Science of Animal Psychiatry Author: Nicholas Dodman Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The pioneering veterinarian and author of the New York Times bestseller The Dog Who Loved Too Much recounts his uniquely entertaining—and poignant—stories of treating animals for all-too-human problems as he reveals his amazing breakthroughs with the new science of One Medicine. The Oliver Sacks of animal brains, Dr. Nicholas Dodman is an internationally renowned veterinarian and research scientist who wrote one of the first popular books to recognize the complex emotional lives of dogs and to reveal innovative ways to help them, including with Puppy Prozac. Now Dr. Dodman once again breaks new ground with the practice of One Medicine, the profound recognition that humans and other animals share the same neurochemistry, and that our minds and emotions work in similar ways. Racehorses with Tourette’s syndrome, spinning dogs with epilepsy, cats with obsessive-compulsive disorder, feather-plucking parrots with anxiety, and a diffident bull terrier with autism—these astonishing cases were all helped by One Medicine, which emphasizes the similarities rather than differences between animals and humans. Inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking, and utterly fascinating, Pets on the Couch demonstrates how what we share with our animals can only lead us to a greater appreciation for them—and for our mutual bonds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270747]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pets on the Couch: Neurotic Dogs, Compulsive Cats, Anxious Birds, and the New Science of Animal Psychiatry Author: Nicholas Dodman Narrator: James Langton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 43 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The pioneering veterinarian and author of the New York Times bestseller The Dog Who Loved Too Much recounts his uniquely entertaining—and poignant—stories of treating animals for all-too-human problems as he reveals his amazing breakthroughs with the new science of One Medicine. The Oliver Sacks of animal brains, Dr. Nicholas Dodman is an internationally renowned veterinarian and research scientist who wrote one of the first popular books to recognize the complex emotional lives of dogs and to reveal innovative ways to help them, including with Puppy Prozac. Now Dr. Dodman once again breaks new ground with the practice of One Medicine, the profound recognition that humans and other animals share the same neurochemistry, and that our minds and emotions work in similar ways. Racehorses with Tourette’s syndrome, spinning dogs with epilepsy, cats with obsessive-compulsive disorder, feather-plucking parrots with anxiety, and a diffident bull terrier with autism—these astonishing cases were all helped by One Medicine, which emphasizes the similarities rather than differences between animals and humans. Inspiring, sometimes heartbreaking, and utterly fascinating, Pets on the Couch demonstrates how what we share with our animals can only lead us to a greater appreciation for them—and for our mutual bonds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270560 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: *Hope Prevails: Insights from a Doctor's Personal Journey through Depression Author: Dr. Michelle Bengtson Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuropsychologist Offers Hope to Those Struggling with Depression As a board-certified neuropsychologist, Dr. Michelle Bengtson sees the devastation of depression. Early on, she practiced the most effective treatments and prescribed them for her clients. But when she experienced depression herself, she found that the treatments she had recommended were lacking. Her experience showed her the missing component in treating depression. In Hope Prevails, Dr. Bengtson writes with deep compassion, blending her training and faith, to offer readers a hope grounded in God's love and grace. She helps readers understand what depression is, how it affects them spiritually, and what, by God's grace, it cannot do. The result is an approach that offers the hope of release, not just the management of symptoms. For those who struggle with depression and those who want to help them, Hope Prevails offers hope for the future. Dr. Michelle Bengtson Tue, 16 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270560 thebookvoice.com 6:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: *Hope Prevails: Insights from a Doctor's Personal Journey through Depression Author: Dr. Michelle Bengtson Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuropsychologist Offers Hope to Those Struggling with Depression As a board-certified neuropsychologist, Dr. Michelle Bengtson sees the devastation of depression. Early on, she practiced the most effective treatments and prescribed them for her clients. But when she experienced depression herself, she found that the treatments she had recommended were lacking. Her experience showed her the missing component in treating depression. In Hope Prevails, Dr. Bengtson writes with deep compassion, blending her training and faith, to offer readers a hope grounded in God's love and grace. She helps readers understand what depression is, how it affects them spiritually, and what, by God's grace, it cannot do. The result is an approach that offers the hope of release, not just the management of symptoms. For those who struggle with depression and those who want to help them, Hope Prevails offers hope for the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/270560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: *Hope Prevails: Insights from a Doctor's Personal Journey through Depression Author: Dr. Michelle Bengtson Narrator: Nan McNamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 16, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuropsychologist Offers Hope to Those Struggling with Depression As a board-certified neuropsychologist, Dr. Michelle Bengtson sees the devastation of depression. Early on, she practiced the most effective treatments and prescribed them for her clients. But when she experienced depression herself, she found that the treatments she had recommended were lacking. Her experience showed her the missing component in treating depression. In Hope Prevails, Dr. Bengtson writes with deep compassion, blending her training and faith, to offer readers a hope grounded in God's love and grace. She helps readers understand what depression is, how it affects them spiritually, and what, by God's grace, it cannot do. The result is an approach that offers the hope of release, not just the management of symptoms. For those who struggle with depression and those who want to help them, Hope Prevails offers hope for the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cyber Effect: A Pioneering Cyberpsychologist Explains How Human Behavior Changes Online Author: Mary Aiken Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of how cyberspace is changing the way we think, feel, and behave “A must-read for this moment in time.”—Steven D. Levitt, co-author of Freakonomics • One of the best books of the year—Nature         Mary Aiken, the world’s leading expert in forensic cyberpsychology, offers a starting point for all future conversations about how the Internet is shaping development and behavior, societal norms and values, children, safety, privacy, and our perception of the world. Drawing on her own research and extensive experience with law enforcement, Aiken covers a wide range of subjects, from the impact of screens on the developing child to the explosion of teen sexting and the acceleration of compulsive and addictive behaviors online. Aiken provides surprising statistics and incredible-but-true case studies of hidden trends that are shaping our culture and raising troubling questions about where the digital revolution is taking us. Praise for The Cyber Effect “How to guide kids in a hyperconnected world is one of the biggest challenges for today’s parents. Mary Aiken clearly and calmly separates reality from myth. She clearly lays out the issues we really need to be concerned about and calmly instructs us on how to keep our kids safe and healthy in their digital lives.”—Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times bestseller Girls & Sex “[A] fresh voice and a uniquely compelling perspective that draws from the murky, fascinating depths of her criminal case file and her insight as a cyber-psychologist . . . This is Aiken’s cyber cri de coeur as a forensic scientist, and she wants everyone on the case.”—The Washington Post “Fascinating . . . If you have children, stop what you are doing and pick up a copy of The Cyber Effect.”—The Times (UK) “An incisive tour of sociotechnology and its discontents.”—Nature “Just as Rachel Carson launched the modern environmental movement with her Silent Spring, Mary Aiken delivers a deeply disturbing, utterly penetrating, and urgently timed investigation into the perils of the largest unregulated social experiment of our time.”—Bob Woodward   “Mary Aiken takes us on a fascinating, thought-provoking, and at times scary journey down the rabbit hole to witness how the Internet is changing the human psyche. A must-read for anyone who wants to understand the temptations and tragedies of cyberspace.”—John R. Suler, PhD, author of The Psychology of Cyberspace “Drawing on a fascinating and mind-boggling range of research and knowledge, Mary Aiken has written a great, important book that terrifies then consoles by pointing a way forward so that our experience online might not outstrip our common sense.”—Steven D. Levitt “Having worked with law enforcement groups from INTERPOL and Europol as well as the U.S. government, Aiken knows firsthand how today’s digital tools can be exploited by criminals lurking in the Internet’s Dark Net.”—Newsweek Mary Aiken Tue, 23 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269996 thebookvoice.com 13:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cyber Effect: A Pioneering Cyberpsychologist Explains How Human Behavior Changes Online Author: Mary Aiken Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of how cyberspace is changing the way we think, feel, and behave “A must-read for this moment in time.”—Steven D. Levitt, co-author of Freakonomics • One of the best books of the year—Nature         Mary Aiken, the world’s leading expert in forensic cyberpsychology, offers a starting point for all future conversations about how the Internet is shaping development and behavior, societal norms and values, children, safety, privacy, and our perception of the world. Drawing on her own research and extensive experience with law enforcement, Aiken covers a wide range of subjects, from the impact of screens on the developing child to the explosion of teen sexting and the acceleration of compulsive and addictive behaviors online. Aiken provides surprising statistics and incredible-but-true case studies of hidden trends that are shaping our culture and raising troubling questions about where the digital revolution is taking us. Praise for The Cyber Effect “How to guide kids in a hyperconnected world is one of the biggest challenges for today’s parents. Mary Aiken clearly and calmly separates reality from myth. She clearly lays out the issues we really need to be concerned about and calmly instructs us on how to keep our kids safe and healthy in their digital lives.”—Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times bestseller Girls & Sex “[A] fresh voice and a uniquely compelling perspective that draws from the murky, fascinating depths of her criminal case file and her insight as a cyber-psychologist . . . This is Aiken’s cyber cri de coeur as a forensic scientist, and she wants everyone on the case.”—The Washington Post “Fascinating . . . If you have children, stop what you are doing and pick up a copy of The Cyber Effect.”—The Times (UK) “An incisive tour of sociotechnology and its discontents.”—Nature “Just as Rachel Carson launched the modern environmental movement with her Silent Spring, Mary Aiken delivers a deeply disturbing, utterly penetrating, and urgently timed investigation into the perils of the largest unregulated social experiment of our time.”—Bob Woodward   “Mary Aiken takes us on a fascinating, thought-provoking, and at times scary journey down the rabbit hole to witness how the Internet is changing the human psyche. A must-read for anyone who wants to understand the temptations and tragedies of cyberspace.”—John R. Suler, PhD, author of The Psychology of Cyberspace “Drawing on a fascinating and mind-boggling range of research and knowledge, Mary Aiken has written a great, important book that terrifies then consoles by pointing a way forward so that our experience online might not outstrip our common sense.”—Steven D. Levitt “Having worked with law enforcement groups from INTERPOL and Europol as well as the U.S. government, Aiken knows firsthand how today’s digital tools can be exploited by criminals lurking in the Internet’s Dark Net.”—Newsweek Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Cyber Effect: A Pioneering Cyberpsychologist Explains How Human Behavior Changes Online Author: Mary Aiken Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking exploration of how cyberspace is changing the way we think, feel, and behave “A must-read for this moment in time.”—Steven D. Levitt, co-author of Freakonomics • One of the best books of the year—Nature         Mary Aiken, the world’s leading expert in forensic cyberpsychology, offers a starting point for all future conversations about how the Internet is shaping development and behavior, societal norms and values, children, safety, privacy, and our perception of the world. Drawing on her own research and extensive experience with law enforcement, Aiken covers a wide range of subjects, from the impact of screens on the developing child to the explosion of teen sexting and the acceleration of compulsive and addictive behaviors online. Aiken provides surprising statistics and incredible-but-true case studies of hidden trends that are shaping our culture and raising troubling questions about where the digital revolution is taking us. Praise for The Cyber Effect “How to guide kids in a hyperconnected world is one of the biggest challenges for today’s parents. Mary Aiken clearly and calmly separates reality from myth. She clearly lays out the issues we really need to be concerned about and calmly instructs us on how to keep our kids safe and healthy in their digital lives.”—Peggy Orenstein, author of the New York Times bestseller Girls & Sex “[A] fresh voice and a uniquely compelling perspective that draws from the murky, fascinating depths of her criminal case file and her insight as a cyber-psychologist . . . This is Aiken’s cyber cri de coeur as a forensic scientist, and she wants everyone on the case.”—The Washington Post “Fascinating . . . If you have children, stop what you are doing and pick up a copy of The Cyber Effect.”—The Times (UK) “An incisive tour of sociotechnology and its discontents.”—Nature “Just as Rachel Carson launched the modern environmental movement with her Silent Spring, Mary Aiken delivers a deeply disturbing, utterly penetrating, and urgently timed investigation into the perils of the largest unregulated social experiment of our time.”—Bob Woodward   “Mary Aiken takes us on a fascinating, thought-provoking, and at times scary journey down the rabbit hole to witness how the Internet is changing the human psyche. A must-read for anyone who wants to understand the temptations and tragedies of cyberspace.”—John R. Suler, PhD, author of The Psychology of Cyberspace “Drawing on a fascinating and mind-boggling range of research and knowledge, Mary Aiken has written a great, important book that terrifies then consoles by pointing a way forward so that our experience online might not outstrip our common sense.”—Steven D. Levitt “Having worked with law enforcement groups from INTERPOL and Europol as well as the U.S. government, Aiken knows firsthand how today’s digital tools can be exploited by criminals lurking in the Internet’s Dark Net.”—Newsweek https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: Channeling Attention for Change Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller from Robert Cialdini—“the foremost expert on effective persuasion” (Harvard Business Review)—explains how it’s not necessarily the message itself that changes minds, but the key moment before you deliver that message. What separates effective communicators from truly successful persuaders? With the same rigorous scientific research and accessibility that made his Influence an iconic bestseller, Robert Cialdini explains how to prepare people to be receptive to a message before they experience it. Optimal persuasion is achieved only through optimal pre-suasion. In other words, to change “minds” a pre-suader must also change “states of mind.” Named a “Best Business Books of 2016” by the Financial Times, and “compelling” by The Wall Street Journal, Cialdini’s Pre-Suasion draws on his extensive experience as the most cited social psychologist of our time and explains the techniques a person should implement to become a master persuader. Altering a listener’s attitudes, beliefs, or experiences isn’t necessary, says Cialdini—all that’s required is for a communicator to redirect the audience’s focus of attention before a relevant action. From studies on advertising imagery to treating opiate addiction, from the annual letters of Berkshire Hathaway to the annals of history, Cialdini outlines the specific techniques you can use on online marketing campaigns and even effective wartime propaganda. He illustrates how the artful diversion of attention leads to successful pre-suasion and gets your targeted audience primed and ready to say, “Yes.” His book is “an essential tool for anyone serious about science based business strategies…and is destined to be an instant classic. It belongs on the shelf of anyone in business, from the CEO to the newest salesperson” (Forbes). Robert Cialdini Tue, 06 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: Channeling Attention for Change Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller from Robert Cialdini—“the foremost expert on effective persuasion” (Harvard Business Review)—explains how it’s not necessarily the message itself that changes minds, but the key moment before you deliver that message. What separates effective communicators from truly successful persuaders? With the same rigorous scientific research and accessibility that made his Influence an iconic bestseller, Robert Cialdini explains how to prepare people to be receptive to a message before they experience it. Optimal persuasion is achieved only through optimal pre-suasion. In other words, to change “minds” a pre-suader must also change “states of mind.” Named a “Best Business Books of 2016” by the Financial Times, and “compelling” by The Wall Street Journal, Cialdini’s Pre-Suasion draws on his extensive experience as the most cited social psychologist of our time and explains the techniques a person should implement to become a master persuader. Altering a listener’s attitudes, beliefs, or experiences isn’t necessary, says Cialdini—all that’s required is for a communicator to redirect the audience’s focus of attention before a relevant action. From studies on advertising imagery to treating opiate addiction, from the annual letters of Berkshire Hathaway to the annals of history, Cialdini outlines the specific techniques you can use on online marketing campaigns and even effective wartime propaganda. He illustrates how the artful diversion of attention leads to successful pre-suasion and gets your targeted audience primed and ready to say, “Yes.” His book is “an essential tool for anyone serious about science based business strategies…and is destined to be an instant classic. It belongs on the shelf of anyone in business, from the CEO to the newest salesperson” (Forbes). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269990]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pre-Suasion: Channeling Attention for Change Author: Robert Cialdini Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 53 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The acclaimed New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestseller from Robert Cialdini—“the foremost expert on effective persuasion” (Harvard Business Review)—explains how it’s not necessarily the message itself that changes minds, but the key moment before you deliver that message. What separates effective communicators from truly successful persuaders? With the same rigorous scientific research and accessibility that made his Influence an iconic bestseller, Robert Cialdini explains how to prepare people to be receptive to a message before they experience it. Optimal persuasion is achieved only through optimal pre-suasion. In other words, to change “minds” a pre-suader must also change “states of mind.” Named a “Best Business Books of 2016” by the Financial Times, and “compelling” by The Wall Street Journal, Cialdini’s Pre-Suasion draws on his extensive experience as the most cited social psychologist of our time and explains the techniques a person should implement to become a master persuader. Altering a listener’s attitudes, beliefs, or experiences isn’t necessary, says Cialdini—all that’s required is for a communicator to redirect the audience’s focus of attention before a relevant action. From studies on advertising imagery to treating opiate addiction, from the annual letters of Berkshire Hathaway to the annals of history, Cialdini outlines the specific techniques you can use on online marketing campaigns and even effective wartime propaganda. He illustrates how the artful diversion of attention leads to successful pre-suasion and gets your targeted audience primed and ready to say, “Yes.” His book is “an essential tool for anyone serious about science based business strategies…and is destined to be an instant classic. It belongs on the shelf of anyone in business, from the CEO to the newest salesperson” (Forbes). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Human Beings: Creating a Collaborative Partnership with Your Child Author: Ross W. Greene Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Renowned child psychologist and New York Times bestselling author of Lost at School and The Explosive Child explains how to cultivate a better parent-child relationship while also nurturing empathy, honesty, resilience, and independence. Parents have an important task: figure out who their child is—his or her skills, preferences, beliefs, values, personality traits, goals, and direction—get comfortable with it, and then help them pursue and live a life according to it. Yet parents also want their kids to be independent, but not if they are going to make bad choices. They want to avoid being too overbearing, but not if an apathetic kid is what they have to show for it. They want to have a good relationship with their kids, but not if that means being a pushover. They don’t want to scream, but they do want to be heard. Good parenting is about striking the balance between a child’s characteristics and a parent’s desire to have influence. Dr. Ross Greene “makes a powerful case for rethinking typical approaches to parenting and disciplining children” (The Atlantic). Through his well-known model of solving problems collaboratively, parents can forgo timeout and sticker charts; stop badgering, berating, threatening, and punishing; allow their kids to feel heard and validated; and have influence. From homework to hygiene, curfews, to screen time, Dr. Greene “arms parents with guidelines that are clear, doable, and sure to empower both parents and their children” (Adele Faber, coauthor of How to Talk So Kids Will Listen). Raising Human Beings is “inspirational…a game-changer for parents, teachers, and other caregivers. Its advice is reasonable and empathetic, and readers will feel ready to start creating a better relationship with the children in their lives” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). Ross W. Greene Tue, 09 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269520 thebookvoice.com 7:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Human Beings: Creating a Collaborative Partnership with Your Child Author: Ross W. Greene Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Renowned child psychologist and New York Times bestselling author of Lost at School and The Explosive Child explains how to cultivate a better parent-child relationship while also nurturing empathy, honesty, resilience, and independence. Parents have an important task: figure out who their child is—his or her skills, preferences, beliefs, values, personality traits, goals, and direction—get comfortable with it, and then help them pursue and live a life according to it. Yet parents also want their kids to be independent, but not if they are going to make bad choices. They want to avoid being too overbearing, but not if an apathetic kid is what they have to show for it. They want to have a good relationship with their kids, but not if that means being a pushover. They don’t want to scream, but they do want to be heard. Good parenting is about striking the balance between a child’s characteristics and a parent’s desire to have influence. Dr. Ross Greene “makes a powerful case for rethinking typical approaches to parenting and disciplining children” (The Atlantic). Through his well-known model of solving problems collaboratively, parents can forgo timeout and sticker charts; stop badgering, berating, threatening, and punishing; allow their kids to feel heard and validated; and have influence. From homework to hygiene, curfews, to screen time, Dr. Greene “arms parents with guidelines that are clear, doable, and sure to empower both parents and their children” (Adele Faber, coauthor of How to Talk So Kids Will Listen). Raising Human Beings is “inspirational…a game-changer for parents, teachers, and other caregivers. Its advice is reasonable and empathetic, and readers will feel ready to start creating a better relationship with the children in their lives” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Human Beings: Creating a Collaborative Partnership with Your Child Author: Ross W. Greene Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 55 minutes Release date: August 9, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Renowned child psychologist and New York Times bestselling author of Lost at School and The Explosive Child explains how to cultivate a better parent-child relationship while also nurturing empathy, honesty, resilience, and independence. Parents have an important task: figure out who their child is—his or her skills, preferences, beliefs, values, personality traits, goals, and direction—get comfortable with it, and then help them pursue and live a life according to it. Yet parents also want their kids to be independent, but not if they are going to make bad choices. They want to avoid being too overbearing, but not if an apathetic kid is what they have to show for it. They want to have a good relationship with their kids, but not if that means being a pushover. They don’t want to scream, but they do want to be heard. Good parenting is about striking the balance between a child’s characteristics and a parent’s desire to have influence. Dr. Ross Greene “makes a powerful case for rethinking typical approaches to parenting and disciplining children” (The Atlantic). Through his well-known model of solving problems collaboratively, parents can forgo timeout and sticker charts; stop badgering, berating, threatening, and punishing; allow their kids to feel heard and validated; and have influence. From homework to hygiene, curfews, to screen time, Dr. Greene “arms parents with guidelines that are clear, doable, and sure to empower both parents and their children” (Adele Faber, coauthor of How to Talk So Kids Will Listen). Raising Human Beings is “inspirational…a game-changer for parents, teachers, and other caregivers. Its advice is reasonable and empathetic, and readers will feel ready to start creating a better relationship with the children in their lives” (Publishers Weekly, starred review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Rage: A Quest Author: Martin Moran Narrator: Martin Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A moving and surprisingly funny memoir about finding the right balance between anger and compassion “Why aren’t you angry?” people often asked Martin Moran after he told his story of how he came to forgive the man who sexually abused him as a boy. At first, the question pissed him off. Then, it began to haunt him. Why didn’t he have more anger? Why had he never sought redress for the crime committed against him? Was his fury hidden, buried? Was he not man enough? Here he was, an adult in mid-life, with an established acting career, a husband. A life. And yet the question of rage began to obsess him. As the narrative jumps from dream to memory to theory, from Colorado to New York to Johannesburg, Moran takes us along on his quest to understand the role of rage in our lives. Translating for an asylum seeker and survivor of torture, he wonders how the man is not consumed with the wrong done him, only to shortly thereafter find himself in a wild confrontation with his fuming stepmother at his father’s funeral. He admires a pedestrian’s furious put-down of a careless driver, and then, observing with a group of sex therapists at an S&M dungeon, he finds himself unexpectedly moved by the intimacy of the interchanges. Hiking the Rockies with his troubled younger brother, he’s confronted by the anger and the love that seem to exist simultaneously and in equal measure between them. With each encounter, we move more deeply into the human complexities at the heart of this book: into how we wrong and are wronged, how we seek redress but also forgiveness, how we yearn to mend what we think broken in us and liberate ourselves from what’s past. It is in this landscape of old wounds and complicated loves that Moran shows us how rage may meet compassion and our traumas unexpectedly open us to the humanity of others. “Moran brings his appealing acting skills and keen sensitivity to the subtle ebb and flow of his story’s pathos. He is absolutely engaging to hear, and his performance gracefully balances the moderation of an objective storyteller with the first-person intensity of an author-narrated memoir.”—Audiofile Magazine (Earphones Award Winner) Martin Moran Tue, 26 Jul 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269419 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Rage: A Quest Author: Martin Moran Narrator: Martin Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A moving and surprisingly funny memoir about finding the right balance between anger and compassion “Why aren’t you angry?” people often asked Martin Moran after he told his story of how he came to forgive the man who sexually abused him as a boy. At first, the question pissed him off. Then, it began to haunt him. Why didn’t he have more anger? Why had he never sought redress for the crime committed against him? Was his fury hidden, buried? Was he not man enough? Here he was, an adult in mid-life, with an established acting career, a husband. A life. And yet the question of rage began to obsess him. As the narrative jumps from dream to memory to theory, from Colorado to New York to Johannesburg, Moran takes us along on his quest to understand the role of rage in our lives. Translating for an asylum seeker and survivor of torture, he wonders how the man is not consumed with the wrong done him, only to shortly thereafter find himself in a wild confrontation with his fuming stepmother at his father’s funeral. He admires a pedestrian’s furious put-down of a careless driver, and then, observing with a group of sex therapists at an S&M dungeon, he finds himself unexpectedly moved by the intimacy of the interchanges. Hiking the Rockies with his troubled younger brother, he’s confronted by the anger and the love that seem to exist simultaneously and in equal measure between them. With each encounter, we move more deeply into the human complexities at the heart of this book: into how we wrong and are wronged, how we seek redress but also forgiveness, how we yearn to mend what we think broken in us and liberate ourselves from what’s past. It is in this landscape of old wounds and complicated loves that Moran shows us how rage may meet compassion and our traumas unexpectedly open us to the humanity of others. “Moran brings his appealing acting skills and keen sensitivity to the subtle ebb and flow of his story’s pathos. He is absolutely engaging to hear, and his performance gracefully balances the moderation of an objective storyteller with the first-person intensity of an author-narrated memoir.”—Audiofile Magazine (Earphones Award Winner) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Rage: A Quest Author: Martin Moran Narrator: Martin Moran Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A moving and surprisingly funny memoir about finding the right balance between anger and compassion “Why aren’t you angry?” people often asked Martin Moran after he told his story of how he came to forgive the man who sexually abused him as a boy. At first, the question pissed him off. Then, it began to haunt him. Why didn’t he have more anger? Why had he never sought redress for the crime committed against him? Was his fury hidden, buried? Was he not man enough? Here he was, an adult in mid-life, with an established acting career, a husband. A life. And yet the question of rage began to obsess him. As the narrative jumps from dream to memory to theory, from Colorado to New York to Johannesburg, Moran takes us along on his quest to understand the role of rage in our lives. Translating for an asylum seeker and survivor of torture, he wonders how the man is not consumed with the wrong done him, only to shortly thereafter find himself in a wild confrontation with his fuming stepmother at his father’s funeral. He admires a pedestrian’s furious put-down of a careless driver, and then, observing with a group of sex therapists at an S&M dungeon, he finds himself unexpectedly moved by the intimacy of the interchanges. Hiking the Rockies with his troubled younger brother, he’s confronted by the anger and the love that seem to exist simultaneously and in equal measure between them. With each encounter, we move more deeply into the human complexities at the heart of this book: into how we wrong and are wronged, how we seek redress but also forgiveness, how we yearn to mend what we think broken in us and liberate ourselves from what’s past. It is in this landscape of old wounds and complicated loves that Moran shows us how rage may meet compassion and our traumas unexpectedly open us to the humanity of others. “Moran brings his appealing acting skills and keen sensitivity to the subtle ebb and flow of his story’s pathos. He is absolutely engaging to hear, and his performance gracefully balances the moderation of an objective storyteller with the first-person intensity of an author-narrated memoir.”—Audiofile Magazine (Earphones Award Winner) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frientimacy: How to Deepen Friendships for Lifelong Health and Happiness Author: Shasta Nelson Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With the constant connectivity of today’s world, it’s never been easier to meet people and make new friends—but it’s never been harder to form meaningful friendships. In Frientimacy, award-winning speaker Shasta Nelson shows how anyone can form stronger, more meaningful friendships, marked by a level of trust she calls “frientimacy.” Shasta explores the most common complaints and conflicts facing female friendships today, and lays out strategies for overcoming these pitfalls to create deeper, supportive relationships that last for the long-term. Shasta is the founder of girlfriendcircles.com, a community of women seeking stronger, more fulfilling friendships, and the author of Friendships Don’t Just Happen. In Frientimacy, she teaches readers to reject the impulse to pull away from friendships that aren’t instantly and constantly gratifying. With a warm, engaging, and inspiring voice, she shows how friendships built on dedication and commitment can lead to enriched relationships, stronger and more meaningful ties, and an overall increase in mental health. Frientimacy is more than just a call for deeper connection between friends; it’s a blueprint for turning simple friendships into true bonds—and for the meaningful and satisfying relationships that come with them. Shasta Nelson Sun, 10 Jul 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269234 thebookvoice.com 8:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frientimacy: How to Deepen Friendships for Lifelong Health and Happiness Author: Shasta Nelson Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With the constant connectivity of today’s world, it’s never been easier to meet people and make new friends—but it’s never been harder to form meaningful friendships. In Frientimacy, award-winning speaker Shasta Nelson shows how anyone can form stronger, more meaningful friendships, marked by a level of trust she calls “frientimacy.” Shasta explores the most common complaints and conflicts facing female friendships today, and lays out strategies for overcoming these pitfalls to create deeper, supportive relationships that last for the long-term. Shasta is the founder of girlfriendcircles.com, a community of women seeking stronger, more fulfilling friendships, and the author of Friendships Don’t Just Happen. In Frientimacy, she teaches readers to reject the impulse to pull away from friendships that aren’t instantly and constantly gratifying. With a warm, engaging, and inspiring voice, she shows how friendships built on dedication and commitment can lead to enriched relationships, stronger and more meaningful ties, and an overall increase in mental health. Frientimacy is more than just a call for deeper connection between friends; it’s a blueprint for turning simple friendships into true bonds—and for the meaningful and satisfying relationships that come with them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Frientimacy: How to Deepen Friendships for Lifelong Health and Happiness Author: Shasta Nelson Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: July 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With the constant connectivity of today’s world, it’s never been easier to meet people and make new friends—but it’s never been harder to form meaningful friendships. In Frientimacy, award-winning speaker Shasta Nelson shows how anyone can form stronger, more meaningful friendships, marked by a level of trust she calls “frientimacy.” Shasta explores the most common complaints and conflicts facing female friendships today, and lays out strategies for overcoming these pitfalls to create deeper, supportive relationships that last for the long-term. Shasta is the founder of girlfriendcircles.com, a community of women seeking stronger, more fulfilling friendships, and the author of Friendships Don’t Just Happen. In Frientimacy, she teaches readers to reject the impulse to pull away from friendships that aren’t instantly and constantly gratifying. With a warm, engaging, and inspiring voice, she shows how friendships built on dedication and commitment can lead to enriched relationships, stronger and more meaningful ties, and an overall increase in mental health. Frientimacy is more than just a call for deeper connection between friends; it’s a blueprint for turning simple friendships into true bonds—and for the meaningful and satisfying relationships that come with them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268897 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The *ReWired Brain: Free Yourself of Negative Behaviors and Release Your Best Self Author: Dr. Margaret Rukstalis, Dr. Ski Chilton, A. J. Gregory Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trade Negative Thinking for Confident, Fearless Living Most of us don't realize that we have a surprising amount of control over our own thoughts and behaviors and can unintentionally influence our brains negatively, causing cycles of bad choices and experiences.The ReWired Brain offers a clear framework for understanding our brains and the decisions we make, showing how certain fears and instincts drive unhealthy emotional dysfunctions and related behavioral patterns in the most important areas of life. This book shows how to reframe negative experiences, overcome fears, experience emotional and spiritual healing, and ultimately rewire our brains, empowering us to be free and to live fearlessly. Dr. Margaret Rukstalis, Dr. Ski Chilton, A. J. Gregory Tue, 02 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268897 thebookvoice.com 8:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The *ReWired Brain: Free Yourself of Negative Behaviors and Release Your Best Self Author: Dr. Margaret Rukstalis, Dr. Ski Chilton, A. J. Gregory Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trade Negative Thinking for Confident, Fearless Living Most of us don't realize that we have a surprising amount of control over our own thoughts and behaviors and can unintentionally influence our brains negatively, causing cycles of bad choices and experiences.The ReWired Brain offers a clear framework for understanding our brains and the decisions we make, showing how certain fears and instincts drive unhealthy emotional dysfunctions and related behavioral patterns in the most important areas of life. This book shows how to reframe negative experiences, overcome fears, experience emotional and spiritual healing, and ultimately rewire our brains, empowering us to be free and to live fearlessly. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268897]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The *ReWired Brain: Free Yourself of Negative Behaviors and Release Your Best Self Author: Dr. Margaret Rukstalis, Dr. Ski Chilton, A. J. Gregory Narrator: P.J. Ochlan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.83 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Trade Negative Thinking for Confident, Fearless Living Most of us don't realize that we have a surprising amount of control over our own thoughts and behaviors and can unintentionally influence our brains negatively, causing cycles of bad choices and experiences.The ReWired Brain offers a clear framework for understanding our brains and the decisions we make, showing how certain fears and instincts drive unhealthy emotional dysfunctions and related behavioral patterns in the most important areas of life. This book shows how to reframe negative experiences, overcome fears, experience emotional and spiritual healing, and ultimately rewire our brains, empowering us to be free and to live fearlessly. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268799 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mother Dance: How Children Change Your Life Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the celebrated author of The Dance of Anger comes an extraordinary book about mothering and how it transforms us -- and all our relationships -- inside and out. Written from her dual perspective as a psychologist and a mother, Lerner brings us deeply personal tales that run the gamut from the hilarious to the heart-wrenching. From birth or adoption to the empty nest, The Mother Dance teaches the basic lessons of motherhood: that we are not in control of what happens to our children, that most of what we worry about doesn't happen, and that our children will love us with all our imperfections if we can do the same for them. Here is a gloriously witty and moving book about what it means to dance the mother dance. Harriet Lerner Tue, 12 Jul 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268799 thebookvoice.com 9:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mother Dance: How Children Change Your Life Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the celebrated author of The Dance of Anger comes an extraordinary book about mothering and how it transforms us -- and all our relationships -- inside and out. Written from her dual perspective as a psychologist and a mother, Lerner brings us deeply personal tales that run the gamut from the hilarious to the heart-wrenching. From birth or adoption to the empty nest, The Mother Dance teaches the basic lessons of motherhood: that we are not in control of what happens to our children, that most of what we worry about doesn't happen, and that our children will love us with all our imperfections if we can do the same for them. Here is a gloriously witty and moving book about what it means to dance the mother dance. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mother Dance: How Children Change Your Life Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the celebrated author of The Dance of Anger comes an extraordinary book about mothering and how it transforms us -- and all our relationships -- inside and out. Written from her dual perspective as a psychologist and a mother, Lerner brings us deeply personal tales that run the gamut from the hilarious to the heart-wrenching. From birth or adoption to the empty nest, The Mother Dance teaches the basic lessons of motherhood: that we are not in control of what happens to our children, that most of what we worry about doesn't happen, and that our children will love us with all our imperfections if we can do the same for them. Here is a gloriously witty and moving book about what it means to dance the mother dance. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268711 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book About Love Author: Jonah Lehrer Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Number one bestselling science writer Jonah Lehrer explores the “only happiness that lasts”—love—in a book that “is interesting on nearly every page” (David Brooks, The New York Times Book Review). Weaving together scientific studies from clinical psychologists, longitudinal studies of health and happiness, historical accounts and literary depictions, child-rearing manuals, and the language of online dating sites, Jonah Lehrer’s A Book About Love plumbs the most mysterious, most formative, most important impulse governing our lives. Love confuses and compels us—and it can destroy and define us. It has inspired our greatest poetry, defined our societies and our beliefs, and governs our biology. From the way infants attach to their parents, to the way we fall in love with another person, to the way some find a love for God or their pets, to the way we remember and mourn love after it expires, this book focuses on research that attempts, even in glancing ways, to deal with the long-term and the everyday. The most dangerous myth of love is that it’s easy, that we fall into the feeling and then the feeling takes care of itself. While we can easily measure the dopamine that causes the initial feelings of “falling” in love, the partnerships and devotions that last decades or longer remain a mystery. “Lehrer uses scores of detailed vignettes to traverse a complicated intellectual landscape, eventually arriving at modern theories of love…He is a talent” (USA TODAY), and A Book About Love decodes the set of skills necessary to cultivate a lifetime of love. Love, Lehrer argues, is not built solely on overwhelming passion, but, fascinatingly, on a set of skills to be cultivated over a lifetime. Jonah Lehrer Tue, 12 Jul 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268711 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book About Love Author: Jonah Lehrer Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Number one bestselling science writer Jonah Lehrer explores the “only happiness that lasts”—love—in a book that “is interesting on nearly every page” (David Brooks, The New York Times Book Review). Weaving together scientific studies from clinical psychologists, longitudinal studies of health and happiness, historical accounts and literary depictions, child-rearing manuals, and the language of online dating sites, Jonah Lehrer’s A Book About Love plumbs the most mysterious, most formative, most important impulse governing our lives. Love confuses and compels us—and it can destroy and define us. It has inspired our greatest poetry, defined our societies and our beliefs, and governs our biology. From the way infants attach to their parents, to the way we fall in love with another person, to the way some find a love for God or their pets, to the way we remember and mourn love after it expires, this book focuses on research that attempts, even in glancing ways, to deal with the long-term and the everyday. The most dangerous myth of love is that it’s easy, that we fall into the feeling and then the feeling takes care of itself. While we can easily measure the dopamine that causes the initial feelings of “falling” in love, the partnerships and devotions that last decades or longer remain a mystery. “Lehrer uses scores of detailed vignettes to traverse a complicated intellectual landscape, eventually arriving at modern theories of love…He is a talent” (USA TODAY), and A Book About Love decodes the set of skills necessary to cultivate a lifetime of love. Love, Lehrer argues, is not built solely on overwhelming passion, but, fascinatingly, on a set of skills to be cultivated over a lifetime. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268711]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Book About Love Author: Jonah Lehrer Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 12, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Number one bestselling science writer Jonah Lehrer explores the “only happiness that lasts”—love—in a book that “is interesting on nearly every page” (David Brooks, The New York Times Book Review). Weaving together scientific studies from clinical psychologists, longitudinal studies of health and happiness, historical accounts and literary depictions, child-rearing manuals, and the language of online dating sites, Jonah Lehrer’s A Book About Love plumbs the most mysterious, most formative, most important impulse governing our lives. Love confuses and compels us—and it can destroy and define us. It has inspired our greatest poetry, defined our societies and our beliefs, and governs our biology. From the way infants attach to their parents, to the way we fall in love with another person, to the way some find a love for God or their pets, to the way we remember and mourn love after it expires, this book focuses on research that attempts, even in glancing ways, to deal with the long-term and the everyday. The most dangerous myth of love is that it’s easy, that we fall into the feeling and then the feeling takes care of itself. While we can easily measure the dopamine that causes the initial feelings of “falling” in love, the partnerships and devotions that last decades or longer remain a mystery. “Lehrer uses scores of detailed vignettes to traverse a complicated intellectual landscape, eventually arriving at modern theories of love…He is a talent” (USA TODAY), and A Book About Love decodes the set of skills necessary to cultivate a lifetime of love. Love, Lehrer argues, is not built solely on overwhelming passion, but, fascinatingly, on a set of skills to be cultivated over a lifetime. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268700 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Marriage Work: Avoiding the Pitfalls and Achieving Success Author: Rob Pascale Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Staying happily married has become a difficult proposition in recent times. Although the institution is still firmly embedded in our culture, divorce rates have steadily climbed since the 1960s. While some marriages are truly divorce-worthy, many other broken marriages can be saved. Recent emphasis on personal needs and greater social acceptance of divorce and alternative lifestyles may have weakened the resolve of partners to work through their problems. Furthermore, many couples may not realize that problems in their current marriages are likely to surface in other relationships. Consequently, while they may consider divorce a solution, it may in fact only be a stepping stone to the next relationship where patterns may repeat. Solving marital differences can be difficult. They tend to be linked to or caused by other problems, and that can make it hard to identify the real reasons for conflicts. Without knowing the true nature of their problems, couples cannot arrive at solutions that actually work. To understand the underlying issues that plague many marriages, the authors look to the research conducted on the subject over the past fifty years and to real life stories of success and failure to outline the major issues that detract from marital stability. Drawing on Louis Primavera’s twenty-five years in private practice as a marriage counselor, each chapter is peppered with anecdotes that every married person can relate to, and that help bring issues to life. The authors also propose frank and honest solutions that can help couples have more satisfying relationships. Anyone looking to improve their marriage will find suggestions for sussing out the underlying problems they may be experiencing and guidance for addressing those problems. Rob Pascale Mon, 20 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268700 thebookvoice.com 9:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Marriage Work: Avoiding the Pitfalls and Achieving Success Author: Rob Pascale Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Staying happily married has become a difficult proposition in recent times. Although the institution is still firmly embedded in our culture, divorce rates have steadily climbed since the 1960s. While some marriages are truly divorce-worthy, many other broken marriages can be saved. Recent emphasis on personal needs and greater social acceptance of divorce and alternative lifestyles may have weakened the resolve of partners to work through their problems. Furthermore, many couples may not realize that problems in their current marriages are likely to surface in other relationships. Consequently, while they may consider divorce a solution, it may in fact only be a stepping stone to the next relationship where patterns may repeat. Solving marital differences can be difficult. They tend to be linked to or caused by other problems, and that can make it hard to identify the real reasons for conflicts. Without knowing the true nature of their problems, couples cannot arrive at solutions that actually work. To understand the underlying issues that plague many marriages, the authors look to the research conducted on the subject over the past fifty years and to real life stories of success and failure to outline the major issues that detract from marital stability. Drawing on Louis Primavera’s twenty-five years in private practice as a marriage counselor, each chapter is peppered with anecdotes that every married person can relate to, and that help bring issues to life. The authors also propose frank and honest solutions that can help couples have more satisfying relationships. Anyone looking to improve their marriage will find suggestions for sussing out the underlying problems they may be experiencing and guidance for addressing those problems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/268700]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Making Marriage Work: Avoiding the Pitfalls and Achieving Success Author: Rob Pascale Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: June 20, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Staying happily married has become a difficult proposition in recent times. Although the institution is still firmly embedded in our culture, divorce rates have steadily climbed since the 1960s. While some marriages are truly divorce-worthy, many other broken marriages can be saved. Recent emphasis on personal needs and greater social acceptance of divorce and alternative lifestyles may have weakened the resolve of partners to work through their problems. Furthermore, many couples may not realize that problems in their current marriages are likely to surface in other relationships. Consequently, while they may consider divorce a solution, it may in fact only be a stepping stone to the next relationship where patterns may repeat. Solving marital differences can be difficult. They tend to be linked to or caused by other problems, and that can make it hard to identify the real reasons for conflicts. Without knowing the true nature of their problems, couples cannot arrive at solutions that actually work. To understand the underlying issues that plague many marriages, the authors look to the research conducted on the subject over the past fifty years and to real life stories of success and failure to outline the major issues that detract from marital stability. Drawing on Louis Primavera’s twenty-five years in private practice as a marriage counselor, each chapter is peppered with anecdotes that every married person can relate to, and that help bring issues to life. The authors also propose frank and honest solutions that can help couples have more satisfying relationships. Anyone looking to improve their marriage will find suggestions for sussing out the underlying problems they may be experiencing and guidance for addressing those problems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Human Emotions: From Ambiguphobia to Umpty -- 154 Words from Around the World for How We Feel Author: Tiffany Watt Smith Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A thoughtful, gleeful encyclopedia of emotions, both broad and outrageously specific, from throughout history and around the world. How do you feel today? Is your heart fluttering in anticipation? Your stomach tight with nerves? Are you falling in love? Feeling a bit miffed? Do you have the heebie-jeebies? Are you antsy with iktsuarpok or filled with nakhes? Recent research suggests there are only six basic emotions. But if that makes you feel uneasy, suspicious, and maybe even a little bereft, The Book of Human Emotions is for you. In this unique book, you'll get to travel across the world and through time, learning how different cultures have articulated the human experience and picking up some fascinating new knowledge about yourself along the way. From the familiar (anger) to the foreign (zal), each entertaining and informative alphabetical entry reveals the surprising connections and fascinating facts behind our emotional lives. Whether you're in search of the perfect word to sum up that cozy feeling you get from being inside on a cold winter's night, surrounded by friends and good food (what the Dutch call gezelligheid), or wondering how nostalgia evolved from a fatal illness to enjoyable self-indulgence, Tiffany Watt Smith draws on history, anthropology, science, art, literature, music, and popular culture to find the answers. In reading The Book of Human Emotions, you'll discover feelings you never knew you had (like basorexia, the sudden urge to kiss someone) and gain unexpected insights into why you feel the way you do. Besides, aren't you curious what nginyiwarrarringu means? Tiffany Watt Smith Tue, 07 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266783 thebookvoice.com 10:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Human Emotions: From Ambiguphobia to Umpty -- 154 Words from Around the World for How We Feel Author: Tiffany Watt Smith Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A thoughtful, gleeful encyclopedia of emotions, both broad and outrageously specific, from throughout history and around the world. How do you feel today? Is your heart fluttering in anticipation? Your stomach tight with nerves? Are you falling in love? Feeling a bit miffed? Do you have the heebie-jeebies? Are you antsy with iktsuarpok or filled with nakhes? Recent research suggests there are only six basic emotions. But if that makes you feel uneasy, suspicious, and maybe even a little bereft, The Book of Human Emotions is for you. In this unique book, you'll get to travel across the world and through time, learning how different cultures have articulated the human experience and picking up some fascinating new knowledge about yourself along the way. From the familiar (anger) to the foreign (zal), each entertaining and informative alphabetical entry reveals the surprising connections and fascinating facts behind our emotional lives. Whether you're in search of the perfect word to sum up that cozy feeling you get from being inside on a cold winter's night, surrounded by friends and good food (what the Dutch call gezelligheid), or wondering how nostalgia evolved from a fatal illness to enjoyable self-indulgence, Tiffany Watt Smith draws on history, anthropology, science, art, literature, music, and popular culture to find the answers. In reading The Book of Human Emotions, you'll discover feelings you never knew you had (like basorexia, the sudden urge to kiss someone) and gain unexpected insights into why you feel the way you do. Besides, aren't you curious what nginyiwarrarringu means? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Book of Human Emotions: From Ambiguphobia to Umpty -- 154 Words from Around the World for How We Feel Author: Tiffany Watt Smith Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A thoughtful, gleeful encyclopedia of emotions, both broad and outrageously specific, from throughout history and around the world. How do you feel today? Is your heart fluttering in anticipation? Your stomach tight with nerves? Are you falling in love? Feeling a bit miffed? Do you have the heebie-jeebies? Are you antsy with iktsuarpok or filled with nakhes? Recent research suggests there are only six basic emotions. But if that makes you feel uneasy, suspicious, and maybe even a little bereft, The Book of Human Emotions is for you. In this unique book, you'll get to travel across the world and through time, learning how different cultures have articulated the human experience and picking up some fascinating new knowledge about yourself along the way. From the familiar (anger) to the foreign (zal), each entertaining and informative alphabetical entry reveals the surprising connections and fascinating facts behind our emotional lives. Whether you're in search of the perfect word to sum up that cozy feeling you get from being inside on a cold winter's night, surrounded by friends and good food (what the Dutch call gezelligheid), or wondering how nostalgia evolved from a fatal illness to enjoyable self-indulgence, Tiffany Watt Smith draws on history, anthropology, science, art, literature, music, and popular culture to find the answers. In reading The Book of Human Emotions, you'll discover feelings you never knew you had (like basorexia, the sudden urge to kiss someone) and gain unexpected insights into why you feel the way you do. Besides, aren't you curious what nginyiwarrarringu means? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266579 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Originals: How Non-conformists Change the World Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Originals is one of the most important and captivating books I have ever read, full of surprising and powerful ideas. It will not only change the way you see the world; it might just change the way you live your life. And it could very well inspire you to change your world.”— Sheryl Sandberg, bestselling author of Lean In The New York Times bestselling author examines how people can drive creative, moral, and organisational progress—and how leaders can encourage originality in their organisations. How can we originate new ideas, policies and practices without risking it all? Adam Grant shows how to improve the world by championing novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battling conformity, and bucking outdated traditions. Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt. Parents will learn how to nurture originality in children, and leaders will discover how to fight groupthink to build cultures that welcome dissent. Told through dazzling case studies of people going against the grain, you’ll encounter an entrepreneur who pitches the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who challenged secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees who don’t criticize him, and the TV executive who saved Seinfeld from the cutting room floor. Originals will give you groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and how to change the world. Adam Grant Thu, 23 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266579 thebookvoice.com 10:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Originals: How Non-conformists Change the World Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Originals is one of the most important and captivating books I have ever read, full of surprising and powerful ideas. It will not only change the way you see the world; it might just change the way you live your life. And it could very well inspire you to change your world.”— Sheryl Sandberg, bestselling author of Lean In The New York Times bestselling author examines how people can drive creative, moral, and organisational progress—and how leaders can encourage originality in their organisations. How can we originate new ideas, policies and practices without risking it all? Adam Grant shows how to improve the world by championing novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battling conformity, and bucking outdated traditions. Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt. Parents will learn how to nurture originality in children, and leaders will discover how to fight groupthink to build cultures that welcome dissent. Told through dazzling case studies of people going against the grain, you’ll encounter an entrepreneur who pitches the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who challenged secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees who don’t criticize him, and the TV executive who saved Seinfeld from the cutting room floor. Originals will give you groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and how to change the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/266579]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Originals: How Non-conformists Change the World Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.49 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Originals is one of the most important and captivating books I have ever read, full of surprising and powerful ideas. It will not only change the way you see the world; it might just change the way you live your life. And it could very well inspire you to change your world.”— Sheryl Sandberg, bestselling author of Lean In The New York Times bestselling author examines how people can drive creative, moral, and organisational progress—and how leaders can encourage originality in their organisations. How can we originate new ideas, policies and practices without risking it all? Adam Grant shows how to improve the world by championing novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battling conformity, and bucking outdated traditions. Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt. Parents will learn how to nurture originality in children, and leaders will discover how to fight groupthink to build cultures that welcome dissent. Told through dazzling case studies of people going against the grain, you’ll encounter an entrepreneur who pitches the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who challenged secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees who don’t criticize him, and the TV executive who saved Seinfeld from the cutting room floor. Originals will give you groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and how to change the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Could You Do That?! Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Barbara Caruso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How Could You Do That?! illustrates Dr. Laura Schlessinger's philosophy of personal responsibility through her usually provocative but always stimulating moral dialogues with callers about everyday ethical dilemmas. In her lively pull-no-punches style, Dr. Laura takes on the moral dilemmas of our time: from the mindless pursuit of pleasure and immediate gratification, to taking the easy way out when those actions produce uncomfortable life-altering consequences. She demonstrates in no uncertain terms that personal values are never someone else's responsibility but your own, and why choosing not to honor them compounds unhappiness. Dr. Laura delivers not only a compelling argument for an ethical approach to life but also an invaluable inspiration to rebuilding character, conscience, and courage. Here is a work that can make a genuine difference in the quality of your own life and the lives of those we love. Dr. Laura Schlessinger Tue, 02 Aug 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265801 thebookvoice.com 8:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Could You Do That?! Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Barbara Caruso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How Could You Do That?! illustrates Dr. Laura Schlessinger's philosophy of personal responsibility through her usually provocative but always stimulating moral dialogues with callers about everyday ethical dilemmas. In her lively pull-no-punches style, Dr. Laura takes on the moral dilemmas of our time: from the mindless pursuit of pleasure and immediate gratification, to taking the easy way out when those actions produce uncomfortable life-altering consequences. She demonstrates in no uncertain terms that personal values are never someone else's responsibility but your own, and why choosing not to honor them compounds unhappiness. Dr. Laura delivers not only a compelling argument for an ethical approach to life but also an invaluable inspiration to rebuilding character, conscience, and courage. Here is a work that can make a genuine difference in the quality of your own life and the lives of those we love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Could You Do That?! Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Barbara Caruso Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 31 minutes Release date: August 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How Could You Do That?! illustrates Dr. Laura Schlessinger's philosophy of personal responsibility through her usually provocative but always stimulating moral dialogues with callers about everyday ethical dilemmas. In her lively pull-no-punches style, Dr. Laura takes on the moral dilemmas of our time: from the mindless pursuit of pleasure and immediate gratification, to taking the easy way out when those actions produce uncomfortable life-altering consequences. She demonstrates in no uncertain terms that personal values are never someone else's responsibility but your own, and why choosing not to honor them compounds unhappiness. Dr. Laura delivers not only a compelling argument for an ethical approach to life but also an invaluable inspiration to rebuilding character, conscience, and courage. Here is a work that can make a genuine difference in the quality of your own life and the lives of those we love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265721 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Love Music: From Mozart to Metallica--The Emotional Power of Beautiful Sounds Author: John Powell Narrator: Phil Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A delightful journey through the psychology and science of music, Why You Love Music is the perfect book for anyone who loves a tune. Music plays a hugely important role in our emotional, intellectual, and even physical lives. It impacts the ways we work, relax, behave, and feel. It can make us smile or cry, it helps us bond with the people around us, and it even has the power to alleviate a range of medical conditions. The songs you love (and hate, and even the ones you feel pretty neutral about) don't just make up the soundtrack to your life -- they actually help to shape it. In Why You Love Music, scientist and musician John Powell dives deep into decades of psychological and sociological studies in order to answer the question 'Why does music affect us so profoundly?' With his relaxed, conversational style, Powell explores all aspects of music psychology, from how music helps babies bond with their mothers to the ways in which music can change the taste of wine or persuade you to spend more in restaurants. Why You Love Music will open your eyes (and ears) to the astounding variety of ways that music impacts the human experience. John Powell Tue, 14 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265721 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Love Music: From Mozart to Metallica--The Emotional Power of Beautiful Sounds Author: John Powell Narrator: Phil Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A delightful journey through the psychology and science of music, Why You Love Music is the perfect book for anyone who loves a tune. Music plays a hugely important role in our emotional, intellectual, and even physical lives. It impacts the ways we work, relax, behave, and feel. It can make us smile or cry, it helps us bond with the people around us, and it even has the power to alleviate a range of medical conditions. The songs you love (and hate, and even the ones you feel pretty neutral about) don't just make up the soundtrack to your life -- they actually help to shape it. In Why You Love Music, scientist and musician John Powell dives deep into decades of psychological and sociological studies in order to answer the question 'Why does music affect us so profoundly?' With his relaxed, conversational style, Powell explores all aspects of music psychology, from how music helps babies bond with their mothers to the ways in which music can change the taste of wine or persuade you to spend more in restaurants. Why You Love Music will open your eyes (and ears) to the astounding variety of ways that music impacts the human experience. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265721]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why You Love Music: From Mozart to Metallica--The Emotional Power of Beautiful Sounds Author: John Powell Narrator: Phil Fox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 14, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A delightful journey through the psychology and science of music, Why You Love Music is the perfect book for anyone who loves a tune. Music plays a hugely important role in our emotional, intellectual, and even physical lives. It impacts the ways we work, relax, behave, and feel. It can make us smile or cry, it helps us bond with the people around us, and it even has the power to alleviate a range of medical conditions. The songs you love (and hate, and even the ones you feel pretty neutral about) don't just make up the soundtrack to your life -- they actually help to shape it. In Why You Love Music, scientist and musician John Powell dives deep into decades of psychological and sociological studies in order to answer the question 'Why does music affect us so profoundly?' With his relaxed, conversational style, Powell explores all aspects of music psychology, from how music helps babies bond with their mothers to the ways in which music can change the taste of wine or persuade you to spend more in restaurants. Why You Love Music will open your eyes (and ears) to the astounding variety of ways that music impacts the human experience. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265428 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hands: What We Do with Them – and Why Author: Darian Leader Narrator: Darian Leader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Hands, written and read by Darian Leader. A fresh, thought-provoking and wide-ranging study of how mankind uses its hands Why do zombies walk with their arms outstretched? How can newborn babies grip an adult finger tightly enough to dangle unsupported from it? And why is everyone constantly texting, tapping and scrolling? For anyone curious about how human beings work, the answers are hidden in plain sight: in our hands. From early tools to machinery -- from fists to knives to guns -- from papyrus to QWERTY to a swipeable screen -- the history of civilization is a history of what humans do with their hands. We have always kept our hands occupied, and if mankind's story is marked out by profound changes in how we use our hands, it is also marked by underlying patterns that never change. And as much as the things we do with our hands reflect our psychological state, they can also change that state profoundly... Drawing examples from popular culture, art history, psychoanalysis, modern technology and clinical research, Darian Leader presents a unique and fascinating odyssey through the history of what human beings do with their hands - and why. Darian Leader Thu, 02 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265428 thebookvoice.com 3:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hands: What We Do with Them – and Why Author: Darian Leader Narrator: Darian Leader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Hands, written and read by Darian Leader. A fresh, thought-provoking and wide-ranging study of how mankind uses its hands Why do zombies walk with their arms outstretched? How can newborn babies grip an adult finger tightly enough to dangle unsupported from it? And why is everyone constantly texting, tapping and scrolling? For anyone curious about how human beings work, the answers are hidden in plain sight: in our hands. From early tools to machinery -- from fists to knives to guns -- from papyrus to QWERTY to a swipeable screen -- the history of civilization is a history of what humans do with their hands. We have always kept our hands occupied, and if mankind's story is marked out by profound changes in how we use our hands, it is also marked by underlying patterns that never change. And as much as the things we do with our hands reflect our psychological state, they can also change that state profoundly... Drawing examples from popular culture, art history, psychoanalysis, modern technology and clinical research, Darian Leader presents a unique and fascinating odyssey through the history of what human beings do with their hands - and why. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hands: What We Do with Them – and Why Author: Darian Leader Narrator: Darian Leader Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of Hands, written and read by Darian Leader. A fresh, thought-provoking and wide-ranging study of how mankind uses its hands Why do zombies walk with their arms outstretched? How can newborn babies grip an adult finger tightly enough to dangle unsupported from it? And why is everyone constantly texting, tapping and scrolling? For anyone curious about how human beings work, the answers are hidden in plain sight: in our hands. From early tools to machinery -- from fists to knives to guns -- from papyrus to QWERTY to a swipeable screen -- the history of civilization is a history of what humans do with their hands. We have always kept our hands occupied, and if mankind's story is marked out by profound changes in how we use our hands, it is also marked by underlying patterns that never change. And as much as the things we do with our hands reflect our psychological state, they can also change that state profoundly... Drawing examples from popular culture, art history, psychoanalysis, modern technology and clinical research, Darian Leader presents a unique and fascinating odyssey through the history of what human beings do with their hands - and why. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265108 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Secrets of Mindfulness: How to keep your everyday practice alive Author: Kate Carne Narrator: Becky Moult Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Wonderful...full of skilful guidance...a lifeline' Prof Mark Williams Mindfulness remains as popular as ever. Yet those who are drawn to it may face challenges such as lack of time, physical pain, anxiety, depression or uncertainty. In this ground-breaking book, Kate Carne shows how to deal with the many problems that can arise, and offers practical solutions to help you overcome obstacles and deepen your practice. Combining personal stories, grounded advice and insights drawn from Kate Carne’s own professional and personal experience, as well as the experience of the many people she has taught over the years, this unique book is essential reading for anyone who has ever been drawn to mindfulness, but who – in spite of the best of intentions – finds themselves struggling to keep going after their initial enthusiasm has waned. Kate Carne Thu, 02 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265108 thebookvoice.com 4:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Secrets of Mindfulness: How to keep your everyday practice alive Author: Kate Carne Narrator: Becky Moult Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Wonderful...full of skilful guidance...a lifeline' Prof Mark Williams Mindfulness remains as popular as ever. Yet those who are drawn to it may face challenges such as lack of time, physical pain, anxiety, depression or uncertainty. In this ground-breaking book, Kate Carne shows how to deal with the many problems that can arise, and offers practical solutions to help you overcome obstacles and deepen your practice. Combining personal stories, grounded advice and insights drawn from Kate Carne’s own professional and personal experience, as well as the experience of the many people she has taught over the years, this unique book is essential reading for anyone who has ever been drawn to mindfulness, but who – in spite of the best of intentions – finds themselves struggling to keep going after their initial enthusiasm has waned. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/265108]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Secrets of Mindfulness: How to keep your everyday practice alive Author: Kate Carne Narrator: Becky Moult Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Wonderful...full of skilful guidance...a lifeline' Prof Mark Williams Mindfulness remains as popular as ever. Yet those who are drawn to it may face challenges such as lack of time, physical pain, anxiety, depression or uncertainty. In this ground-breaking book, Kate Carne shows how to deal with the many problems that can arise, and offers practical solutions to help you overcome obstacles and deepen your practice. Combining personal stories, grounded advice and insights drawn from Kate Carne’s own professional and personal experience, as well as the experience of the many people she has taught over the years, this unique book is essential reading for anyone who has ever been drawn to mindfulness, but who – in spite of the best of intentions – finds themselves struggling to keep going after their initial enthusiasm has waned. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269995 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Agility: Get Unstuck, Embrace Change, and Thrive in Work and Life Author: Susan David Narrator: Susan David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 Wall Street Journal Best Seller Winner of the Thinkers50 Breakthrough Idea Award Amazon Best Book of the Year Forbes Recommended Books for Leaders TED Talk sensation—over 12 million views! The counterintuitive approach to achieving your true potential, heralded by the Harvard Business Review as a groundbreaking idea of the year.   The path to personal and professional fulfillment is rarely straight. Ask anyone who has achieved his or her biggest goals or whose relationships thrive and you’ll hear stories of many unexpected detours along the way. What separates those who master these challenges and those who get derailed? The answer is agility—emotional agility.   Emotional agility is a revolutionary, science-based approach that allows us to navigate life’s twists and turns with self-acceptance, clear-sightedness, and an open mind. Renowned psychologist Susan David developed this concept after studying emotions, happiness, and achievement for more than twenty years. She found that no matter how intelligent or creative people are, or what type of personality they have, it is how they navigate their inner world—their thoughts, feelings, and self-talk—that ultimately determines how successful they will become.   The way we respond to these internal experiences drives our actions, careers, relationships, happiness, health—everything that matters in our lives. As humans, we are all prone to common hooks—things like self-doubt, shame, sadness, fear, or anger—that can too easily steer us in the wrong direction. Emotionally agile people are not immune to stresses and setbacks. The key difference is that they know how to adapt, aligning their actions with their values and making small but powerful changes that lead to a lifetime of growth. Emotional agility is not about ignoring difficult emotions and thoughts; it’s about holding them loosely, facing them courageously and compassionately, and then moving past them to bring the best of yourself forward.   Drawing on her deep research, decades of international consulting, and her own experience overcoming adversity after losing her father at a young age, David shows how anyone can thrive in an uncertain world by becoming more emotionally agile. To guide us, she shares four key concepts that allow us to acknowledge uncomfortable experiences while simultaneously detaching from them, thereby allowing us to embrace our core values and adjust our actions so they can move us where we truly want to go.   Written with authority, wit, and empathy, Emotional Agility serves as a road map for real behavioral change—a new way of acting that will help you reach your full potential, whoever you are and whatever you face. Susan David Tue, 06 Sep 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269995 thebookvoice.com 9:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Agility: Get Unstuck, Embrace Change, and Thrive in Work and Life Author: Susan David Narrator: Susan David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 Wall Street Journal Best Seller Winner of the Thinkers50 Breakthrough Idea Award Amazon Best Book of the Year Forbes Recommended Books for Leaders TED Talk sensation—over 12 million views! The counterintuitive approach to achieving your true potential, heralded by the Harvard Business Review as a groundbreaking idea of the year.   The path to personal and professional fulfillment is rarely straight. Ask anyone who has achieved his or her biggest goals or whose relationships thrive and you’ll hear stories of many unexpected detours along the way. What separates those who master these challenges and those who get derailed? The answer is agility—emotional agility.   Emotional agility is a revolutionary, science-based approach that allows us to navigate life’s twists and turns with self-acceptance, clear-sightedness, and an open mind. Renowned psychologist Susan David developed this concept after studying emotions, happiness, and achievement for more than twenty years. She found that no matter how intelligent or creative people are, or what type of personality they have, it is how they navigate their inner world—their thoughts, feelings, and self-talk—that ultimately determines how successful they will become.   The way we respond to these internal experiences drives our actions, careers, relationships, happiness, health—everything that matters in our lives. As humans, we are all prone to common hooks—things like self-doubt, shame, sadness, fear, or anger—that can too easily steer us in the wrong direction. Emotionally agile people are not immune to stresses and setbacks. The key difference is that they know how to adapt, aligning their actions with their values and making small but powerful changes that lead to a lifetime of growth. Emotional agility is not about ignoring difficult emotions and thoughts; it’s about holding them loosely, facing them courageously and compassionately, and then moving past them to bring the best of yourself forward.   Drawing on her deep research, decades of international consulting, and her own experience overcoming adversity after losing her father at a young age, David shows how anyone can thrive in an uncertain world by becoming more emotionally agile. To guide us, she shares four key concepts that allow us to acknowledge uncomfortable experiences while simultaneously detaching from them, thereby allowing us to embrace our core values and adjust our actions so they can move us where we truly want to go.   Written with authority, wit, and empathy, Emotional Agility serves as a road map for real behavioral change—a new way of acting that will help you reach your full potential, whoever you are and whatever you face. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/269995]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Agility: Get Unstuck, Embrace Change, and Thrive in Work and Life Author: Susan David Narrator: Susan David Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 42 Ratings of Narrator: 4.57 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 Wall Street Journal Best Seller Winner of the Thinkers50 Breakthrough Idea Award Amazon Best Book of the Year Forbes Recommended Books for Leaders TED Talk sensation—over 12 million views! The counterintuitive approach to achieving your true potential, heralded by the Harvard Business Review as a groundbreaking idea of the year.   The path to personal and professional fulfillment is rarely straight. Ask anyone who has achieved his or her biggest goals or whose relationships thrive and you’ll hear stories of many unexpected detours along the way. What separates those who master these challenges and those who get derailed? The answer is agility—emotional agility.   Emotional agility is a revolutionary, science-based approach that allows us to navigate life’s twists and turns with self-acceptance, clear-sightedness, and an open mind. Renowned psychologist Susan David developed this concept after studying emotions, happiness, and achievement for more than twenty years. She found that no matter how intelligent or creative people are, or what type of personality they have, it is how they navigate their inner world—their thoughts, feelings, and self-talk—that ultimately determines how successful they will become.   The way we respond to these internal experiences drives our actions, careers, relationships, happiness, health—everything that matters in our lives. As humans, we are all prone to common hooks—things like self-doubt, shame, sadness, fear, or anger—that can too easily steer us in the wrong direction. Emotionally agile people are not immune to stresses and setbacks. The key difference is that they know how to adapt, aligning their actions with their values and making small but powerful changes that lead to a lifetime of growth. Emotional agility is not about ignoring difficult emotions and thoughts; it’s about holding them loosely, facing them courageously and compassionately, and then moving past them to bring the best of yourself forward.   Drawing on her deep research, decades of international consulting, and her own experience overcoming adversity after losing her father at a young age, David shows how anyone can thrive in an uncertain world by becoming more emotionally agile. To guide us, she shares four key concepts that allow us to acknowledge uncomfortable experiences while simultaneously detaching from them, thereby allowing us to embrace our core values and adjust our actions so they can move us where we truly want to go.   Written with authority, wit, and empathy, Emotional Agility serves as a road map for real behavioral change—a new way of acting that will help you reach your full potential, whoever you are and whatever you face. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must. Aaron James Tue, 03 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616 thebookvoice.com 2:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264616]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assholes: A Theory of Donald Trump Author: Aaron James Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Make America Great Again? Donald Trump is an asshole is a fact widely agreed upon—even by his supporters, who actually like that about him. But his startling political rise makes the question of just what sort of asshole he is, and how his assholedom may help to explain his success, one not just of philosophical interest but of almost existential urgency.      Enter the philosopher Aaron James, author of the foundational text in the burgeoning field of Asshole Studies: the bestselling Assholes: A Theory. In this brisk and trenchant inquiry into the phenomenon that is Donald Trump, James places the man firmly in the typology of the asshole (takes every advantage, entrenched sense of entitlement, immune to criticism); considers whether, in the Hobbesian world we seem to inhabit, he might not somehow be a force for good—i.e., the Stronger Asshole; and offers a suggestion for how the bonds of our social contract, spectacularly broken by Trump’s (and Ted Cruz’s) disdain for democratic civility, might in time be repaired.      You will never think about Donald Trump and his Art of the Deal the same way after reading this book. And, like it or not, think about him we must. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264512 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reg: How to Help Your Child (And You) Break the Stress Cycle and Successfully Engage With Life Author: Stuart Shanker Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There’s no such thing as a bad kid. That’s what a lifetime of experience has taught Dr. Stuart Shanker. No matter how difficult, out of control, distracted, or exhausted a child might seem, there’s a way forward: self-regulation. Overturning decades of conventional wisdom, this radical new technique allows children and the adults who care for them to regain their composure and peace of mind.   Self-Reg is a groundbreaking book that presents an entirely new understanding of your child’s emotions and behavior and a practical guide for parents to help their kids engage calmly and successfully in learning and life. Grounded in decades of research and working with children and parents by Dr. Shanker, Self-Reg realigns the power of the parent-child relationship for positive change. Self-regulation is the nervous system’s way of responding to stress. We are seeing a generation of children and teens with excessively high levels of stress, and, as a result, an explosion of emotional, social, learning, behavior, and physical health problems. But few parents recognize the “hidden stressors” that their children are struggling with: physiological as well as social and emotional. An entrenched view of child rearing sees our children as lacking self-control or willpower, but the real basis for these problems lies in excessive stress.   Self-regulation can dramatically improve a child’s mood, attention, and concentration. It can help children to feel empathy, and to cultivate the sorts of virtues that most parents know are vital for their child’s long-term wellbeing. Self-regulation brings about profound and lasting transformation that continues throughout life. Dr. Shanker translates decades of his findings from working with children into practical, prescriptive advice for parents, giving them concrete ways to develop their self-regulation skills and teach their children to do the same and engage successfully with life for optimal learning, social, and emotional growth. Stuart Shanker Tue, 21 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264512 thebookvoice.com 9:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reg: How to Help Your Child (And You) Break the Stress Cycle and Successfully Engage With Life Author: Stuart Shanker Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There’s no such thing as a bad kid. That’s what a lifetime of experience has taught Dr. Stuart Shanker. No matter how difficult, out of control, distracted, or exhausted a child might seem, there’s a way forward: self-regulation. Overturning decades of conventional wisdom, this radical new technique allows children and the adults who care for them to regain their composure and peace of mind.   Self-Reg is a groundbreaking book that presents an entirely new understanding of your child’s emotions and behavior and a practical guide for parents to help their kids engage calmly and successfully in learning and life. Grounded in decades of research and working with children and parents by Dr. Shanker, Self-Reg realigns the power of the parent-child relationship for positive change. Self-regulation is the nervous system’s way of responding to stress. We are seeing a generation of children and teens with excessively high levels of stress, and, as a result, an explosion of emotional, social, learning, behavior, and physical health problems. But few parents recognize the “hidden stressors” that their children are struggling with: physiological as well as social and emotional. An entrenched view of child rearing sees our children as lacking self-control or willpower, but the real basis for these problems lies in excessive stress.   Self-regulation can dramatically improve a child’s mood, attention, and concentration. It can help children to feel empathy, and to cultivate the sorts of virtues that most parents know are vital for their child’s long-term wellbeing. Self-regulation brings about profound and lasting transformation that continues throughout life. Dr. Shanker translates decades of his findings from working with children into practical, prescriptive advice for parents, giving them concrete ways to develop their self-regulation skills and teach their children to do the same and engage successfully with life for optimal learning, social, and emotional growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264512]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self-Reg: How to Help Your Child (And You) Break the Stress Cycle and Successfully Engage With Life Author: Stuart Shanker Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 21, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There’s no such thing as a bad kid. That’s what a lifetime of experience has taught Dr. Stuart Shanker. No matter how difficult, out of control, distracted, or exhausted a child might seem, there’s a way forward: self-regulation. Overturning decades of conventional wisdom, this radical new technique allows children and the adults who care for them to regain their composure and peace of mind.   Self-Reg is a groundbreaking book that presents an entirely new understanding of your child’s emotions and behavior and a practical guide for parents to help their kids engage calmly and successfully in learning and life. Grounded in decades of research and working with children and parents by Dr. Shanker, Self-Reg realigns the power of the parent-child relationship for positive change. Self-regulation is the nervous system’s way of responding to stress. We are seeing a generation of children and teens with excessively high levels of stress, and, as a result, an explosion of emotional, social, learning, behavior, and physical health problems. But few parents recognize the “hidden stressors” that their children are struggling with: physiological as well as social and emotional. An entrenched view of child rearing sees our children as lacking self-control or willpower, but the real basis for these problems lies in excessive stress.   Self-regulation can dramatically improve a child’s mood, attention, and concentration. It can help children to feel empathy, and to cultivate the sorts of virtues that most parents know are vital for their child’s long-term wellbeing. Self-regulation brings about profound and lasting transformation that continues throughout life. Dr. Shanker translates decades of his findings from working with children into practical, prescriptive advice for parents, giving them concrete ways to develop their self-regulation skills and teach their children to do the same and engage successfully with life for optimal learning, social, and emotional growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264493 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chancers: Addiction, Prison, Recovery, Love: One Couple's Memoir Author: Graham Macindoe, Susan Stellin Narrator: Graham Macindoe, Susan Stellin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this powerful memoir of addiction, prison, and recovery, a reporter and a photographer tell their gripping story of falling in love, the heroin habit that drove them apart, and the unlikely way a criminal conviction brought them back together. Books for a Better Life Award Finalist • LitHub Best Book of the Month When Susan Stellin asked Graham MacIndoe to shoot her author photo for an upcoming travel book, she barely knew him except for a few weekends with mutual friends at a summer house in Montauk. He was a gregarious, divorced Scotsman who had recently gotten sober; she was an independent New Yorker who decided to take a chance on a rough-around-the-edges guy. But their relationship was soon tested when Susan discovered that Graham still had a drug habit he was hiding. From their harrowing portrayal of the ravages of addiction to the stunning chain of events that led to Graham’s arrest and imprisonment at Rikers Island, Chancers unfolds in alternating chapters that offer two perspectives on a relationship that ultimately endures against long odds. Susan follows Graham down the rabbit hole of the American criminal justice system, determined to keep him from becoming another casualty of the war on drugs. Graham gives a stark, riveting description of his slide from brownstone Brooklyn to a prison cell, his gut-wrenching efforts to get clean, and his fight to avoid getting exiled far away from his son and the life he built over twenty years. Beautifully written, brutally honest, yet filled with suspense and hope, Chancers will resonate with anyone who has been touched by the heartache of addiction, the nightmare of incarceration, or the tough choice of leaving or staying with someone who is struggling on the road to recovery. By sharing their story, Susan and Graham show the value of talking about topics many of us are too scared to address. Praise for Chancers “Stellin and MacIndoe, in entries sometimes akin to fighters in the ring, tell the story of their lives as MacIndoe rides a roller-coaster life of drug addiction and prison. . . . [Chancers] grabs in a voyeuristic way and propels page-turning to find out what happens next in a saga no soap opera could create.”—The Buffalo News “Emotionally resonant and evenly structured, their tandem chronicle resists overly romanticizing their bittersweet interactions to focus on the dedication and devotion necessary to make their already-complicated relationship survive the fallout of critical hardships. An emotionally complex and intensely personal binary memoir of addiction and sustainable love.”—Kirkus Reviews Graham Macindoe, Susan Stellin Tue, 07 Jun 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264493 thebookvoice.com 10:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chancers: Addiction, Prison, Recovery, Love: One Couple's Memoir Author: Graham Macindoe, Susan Stellin Narrator: Graham Macindoe, Susan Stellin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this powerful memoir of addiction, prison, and recovery, a reporter and a photographer tell their gripping story of falling in love, the heroin habit that drove them apart, and the unlikely way a criminal conviction brought them back together. Books for a Better Life Award Finalist • LitHub Best Book of the Month When Susan Stellin asked Graham MacIndoe to shoot her author photo for an upcoming travel book, she barely knew him except for a few weekends with mutual friends at a summer house in Montauk. He was a gregarious, divorced Scotsman who had recently gotten sober; she was an independent New Yorker who decided to take a chance on a rough-around-the-edges guy. But their relationship was soon tested when Susan discovered that Graham still had a drug habit he was hiding. From their harrowing portrayal of the ravages of addiction to the stunning chain of events that led to Graham’s arrest and imprisonment at Rikers Island, Chancers unfolds in alternating chapters that offer two perspectives on a relationship that ultimately endures against long odds. Susan follows Graham down the rabbit hole of the American criminal justice system, determined to keep him from becoming another casualty of the war on drugs. Graham gives a stark, riveting description of his slide from brownstone Brooklyn to a prison cell, his gut-wrenching efforts to get clean, and his fight to avoid getting exiled far away from his son and the life he built over twenty years. Beautifully written, brutally honest, yet filled with suspense and hope, Chancers will resonate with anyone who has been touched by the heartache of addiction, the nightmare of incarceration, or the tough choice of leaving or staying with someone who is struggling on the road to recovery. By sharing their story, Susan and Graham show the value of talking about topics many of us are too scared to address. Praise for Chancers “Stellin and MacIndoe, in entries sometimes akin to fighters in the ring, tell the story of their lives as MacIndoe rides a roller-coaster life of drug addiction and prison. . . . [Chancers] grabs in a voyeuristic way and propels page-turning to find out what happens next in a saga no soap opera could create.”—The Buffalo News “Emotionally resonant and evenly structured, their tandem chronicle resists overly romanticizing their bittersweet interactions to focus on the dedication and devotion necessary to make their already-complicated relationship survive the fallout of critical hardships. An emotionally complex and intensely personal binary memoir of addiction and sustainable love.”—Kirkus Reviews Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/264493]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chancers: Addiction, Prison, Recovery, Love: One Couple's Memoir Author: Graham Macindoe, Susan Stellin Narrator: Graham Macindoe, Susan Stellin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 7, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this powerful memoir of addiction, prison, and recovery, a reporter and a photographer tell their gripping story of falling in love, the heroin habit that drove them apart, and the unlikely way a criminal conviction brought them back together. Books for a Better Life Award Finalist • LitHub Best Book of the Month When Susan Stellin asked Graham MacIndoe to shoot her author photo for an upcoming travel book, she barely knew him except for a few weekends with mutual friends at a summer house in Montauk. He was a gregarious, divorced Scotsman who had recently gotten sober; she was an independent New Yorker who decided to take a chance on a rough-around-the-edges guy. But their relationship was soon tested when Susan discovered that Graham still had a drug habit he was hiding. From their harrowing portrayal of the ravages of addiction to the stunning chain of events that led to Graham’s arrest and imprisonment at Rikers Island, Chancers unfolds in alternating chapters that offer two perspectives on a relationship that ultimately endures against long odds. Susan follows Graham down the rabbit hole of the American criminal justice system, determined to keep him from becoming another casualty of the war on drugs. Graham gives a stark, riveting description of his slide from brownstone Brooklyn to a prison cell, his gut-wrenching efforts to get clean, and his fight to avoid getting exiled far away from his son and the life he built over twenty years. Beautifully written, brutally honest, yet filled with suspense and hope, Chancers will resonate with anyone who has been touched by the heartache of addiction, the nightmare of incarceration, or the tough choice of leaving or staying with someone who is struggling on the road to recovery. By sharing their story, Susan and Graham show the value of talking about topics many of us are too scared to address. Praise for Chancers “Stellin and MacIndoe, in entries sometimes akin to fighters in the ring, tell the story of their lives as MacIndoe rides a roller-coaster life of drug addiction and prison. . . . [Chancers] grabs in a voyeuristic way and propels page-turning to find out what happens next in a saga no soap opera could create.”—The Buffalo News “Emotionally resonant and evenly structured, their tandem chronicle resists overly romanticizing their bittersweet interactions to focus on the dedication and devotion necessary to make their already-complicated relationship survive the fallout of critical hardships. An emotionally complex and intensely personal binary memoir of addiction and sustainable love.”—Kirkus Reviews https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263842 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing the Game: The Parent's Guide to Raising Happy, High-Performing Athletes and Giving Youth Sports Back to Our Kids Author: John O'Sullivan Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The modern day youth sports environment has taken the enjoyment out of athletics for our children. Currently, 70% of kids drop out of organized sports by the age of 13, which has given rise to a generation of overweight, unhealthy young adults. There is a solution. John O’Sullivan shares the secrets of the coaches and parents who have not only raised elite athletes, but have done so by creating an environment that promotes positive core values and teaches life lessons instead of focusing on wins and losses, scholarships, and professional aspirations. Changing the Game gives adults a paradigm and a game plan for raising happy, high performing children, and provides a national call to action to return youth sports to our kids. John O'Sullivan Tue, 26 Apr 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263842 thebookvoice.com 6:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing the Game: The Parent's Guide to Raising Happy, High-Performing Athletes and Giving Youth Sports Back to Our Kids Author: John O'Sullivan Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The modern day youth sports environment has taken the enjoyment out of athletics for our children. Currently, 70% of kids drop out of organized sports by the age of 13, which has given rise to a generation of overweight, unhealthy young adults. There is a solution. John O’Sullivan shares the secrets of the coaches and parents who have not only raised elite athletes, but have done so by creating an environment that promotes positive core values and teaches life lessons instead of focusing on wins and losses, scholarships, and professional aspirations. Changing the Game gives adults a paradigm and a game plan for raising happy, high performing children, and provides a national call to action to return youth sports to our kids. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263842]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Changing the Game: The Parent's Guide to Raising Happy, High-Performing Athletes and Giving Youth Sports Back to Our Kids Author: John O'Sullivan Narrator: Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The modern day youth sports environment has taken the enjoyment out of athletics for our children. Currently, 70% of kids drop out of organized sports by the age of 13, which has given rise to a generation of overweight, unhealthy young adults. There is a solution. John O’Sullivan shares the secrets of the coaches and parents who have not only raised elite athletes, but have done so by creating an environment that promotes positive core values and teaches life lessons instead of focusing on wins and losses, scholarships, and professional aspirations. Changing the Game gives adults a paradigm and a game plan for raising happy, high performing children, and provides a national call to action to return youth sports to our kids. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263693 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Birthing: Training the Mind, Body, and Heart for Childbirth and Beyond Author: Nancy Bardacke Narrator: Nancy Bardacke, Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With Mindful Birthing, Nancy Bardacke, nurse-midwife and mindfulness teacher, lays out her innovative program for pregnancy, childbirth, and beyond. Drawing on groundbreaking research in neuroscience, mindfulness meditation, and mind/body medicine, Bardacke offers practices that will help you find calm and ease during this life-changing time, providing lifelong skills for healthy living and wise parenting. SOME OF THE BENEFITS OF MINDFUL BIRTHING: - Increases confidence and decreases fear of childbirth - Taps into deep inner resources for working with pain - Improves couple communication, connection, and cooperation - Provides stress-reducing skills for greater joy and wellbeing Nancy Bardacke Tue, 18 Oct 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263693 thebookvoice.com 15:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Birthing: Training the Mind, Body, and Heart for Childbirth and Beyond Author: Nancy Bardacke Narrator: Nancy Bardacke, Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With Mindful Birthing, Nancy Bardacke, nurse-midwife and mindfulness teacher, lays out her innovative program for pregnancy, childbirth, and beyond. Drawing on groundbreaking research in neuroscience, mindfulness meditation, and mind/body medicine, Bardacke offers practices that will help you find calm and ease during this life-changing time, providing lifelong skills for healthy living and wise parenting. SOME OF THE BENEFITS OF MINDFUL BIRTHING: - Increases confidence and decreases fear of childbirth - Taps into deep inner resources for working with pain - Improves couple communication, connection, and cooperation - Provides stress-reducing skills for greater joy and wellbeing Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263693]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindful Birthing: Training the Mind, Body, and Heart for Childbirth and Beyond Author: Nancy Bardacke Narrator: Nancy Bardacke, Donna Postel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 40 minutes Release date: October 18, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With Mindful Birthing, Nancy Bardacke, nurse-midwife and mindfulness teacher, lays out her innovative program for pregnancy, childbirth, and beyond. Drawing on groundbreaking research in neuroscience, mindfulness meditation, and mind/body medicine, Bardacke offers practices that will help you find calm and ease during this life-changing time, providing lifelong skills for healthy living and wise parenting. SOME OF THE BENEFITS OF MINDFUL BIRTHING: - Increases confidence and decreases fear of childbirth - Taps into deep inner resources for working with pain - Improves couple communication, connection, and cooperation - Provides stress-reducing skills for greater joy and wellbeing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263625 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Out-of-Sync Child, Third Edition: Recognizing and Coping with Sensory Processing Differences Author: Carol Stock Kranowitz Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 2022 Mom's Choice Gold Award Winner The groundbreaking book that explains Sensory Processing Difference (SPD)--and presents a drug-free approach that offers hope for parents--now revised and updated. Does your child exhibit... Over-responsivity--or under-responsivity--to touch or movement? A child with SPD may be a 'sensory avoider,' withdrawing from touch, refusing to wear certain clothing, avoiding active games--or he may be a 'sensory disregarder,' needing a jump start to get moving. Over-responsivity--or under-responsivity--to sounds, sights taste, or smell? She may cover her ears or eyes, be a picky eater, or seem oblivious to sensory cues. Cravings for sensation? The 'sensory craver' never gets enough of certain sensations, e.g., messy play, spicy food, noisy action, and perpetual movement. Poor sensory discrimination? She may not sense the difference between objects or experiences--unaware of what she's holding unless she looks, and unable to sense when she's falling or how to catch herself. Unusually high or low activity level? The child may be constantly on the go--wearing out everyone around him--or move slowly and tire easily, showing little interest in the world. Problems with posture or motor coordination? He may slouch, move awkwardly, seem careless or accident-prone. These are often the first clues to Sensory Processing Difference--a common but frequently misdiagnosed problem in which the central nervous system misinterprets messages from the senses. The Out-of-Sync Child offers comprehensive, clear information for parents and professionals--and a drug-free treatment approach for children. This revised edition includes expanded information about SPD “look-alikes,” including Learning Disabilities, ADHD, and autism; about diagnosis and treatments; and about other topics. Carol Stock Kranowitz Tue, 03 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263625 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Out-of-Sync Child, Third Edition: Recognizing and Coping with Sensory Processing Differences Author: Carol Stock Kranowitz Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 2022 Mom's Choice Gold Award Winner The groundbreaking book that explains Sensory Processing Difference (SPD)--and presents a drug-free approach that offers hope for parents--now revised and updated. Does your child exhibit... Over-responsivity--or under-responsivity--to touch or movement? A child with SPD may be a 'sensory avoider,' withdrawing from touch, refusing to wear certain clothing, avoiding active games--or he may be a 'sensory disregarder,' needing a jump start to get moving. Over-responsivity--or under-responsivity--to sounds, sights taste, or smell? She may cover her ears or eyes, be a picky eater, or seem oblivious to sensory cues. Cravings for sensation? The 'sensory craver' never gets enough of certain sensations, e.g., messy play, spicy food, noisy action, and perpetual movement. Poor sensory discrimination? She may not sense the difference between objects or experiences--unaware of what she's holding unless she looks, and unable to sense when she's falling or how to catch herself. Unusually high or low activity level? The child may be constantly on the go--wearing out everyone around him--or move slowly and tire easily, showing little interest in the world. Problems with posture or motor coordination? He may slouch, move awkwardly, seem careless or accident-prone. These are often the first clues to Sensory Processing Difference--a common but frequently misdiagnosed problem in which the central nervous system misinterprets messages from the senses. The Out-of-Sync Child offers comprehensive, clear information for parents and professionals--and a drug-free treatment approach for children. This revised edition includes expanded information about SPD “look-alikes,” including Learning Disabilities, ADHD, and autism; about diagnosis and treatments; and about other topics. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263625]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Out-of-Sync Child, Third Edition: Recognizing and Coping with Sensory Processing Differences Author: Carol Stock Kranowitz Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 2022 Mom's Choice Gold Award Winner The groundbreaking book that explains Sensory Processing Difference (SPD)--and presents a drug-free approach that offers hope for parents--now revised and updated. Does your child exhibit... Over-responsivity--or under-responsivity--to touch or movement? A child with SPD may be a 'sensory avoider,' withdrawing from touch, refusing to wear certain clothing, avoiding active games--or he may be a 'sensory disregarder,' needing a jump start to get moving. Over-responsivity--or under-responsivity--to sounds, sights taste, or smell? She may cover her ears or eyes, be a picky eater, or seem oblivious to sensory cues. Cravings for sensation? The 'sensory craver' never gets enough of certain sensations, e.g., messy play, spicy food, noisy action, and perpetual movement. Poor sensory discrimination? She may not sense the difference between objects or experiences--unaware of what she's holding unless she looks, and unable to sense when she's falling or how to catch herself. Unusually high or low activity level? The child may be constantly on the go--wearing out everyone around him--or move slowly and tire easily, showing little interest in the world. Problems with posture or motor coordination? He may slouch, move awkwardly, seem careless or accident-prone. These are often the first clues to Sensory Processing Difference--a common but frequently misdiagnosed problem in which the central nervous system misinterprets messages from the senses. The Out-of-Sync Child offers comprehensive, clear information for parents and professionals--and a drug-free treatment approach for children. This revised edition includes expanded information about SPD “look-alikes,” including Learning Disabilities, ADHD, and autism; about diagnosis and treatments; and about other topics. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263624 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Paradox: How We Gain and Lose Influence Author: Dacher Keltner Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary and timely reconsideration of everything we know about power. Celebrated UC Berkeley psychologist Dr. Dacher Keltner argues that compassion and selflessness enable us to have the most influence over others and the result is power as a force for good in the world. It is taken for granted that power corrupts. This is reinforced culturally by everything from Machiavelli to contemporary politics. But how do we get power? And how does it change our behavior? So often, in spite of our best intentions, we lose our hard-won power. Enduring power comes from empathy and giving. Above all, power is given to us by other people. This is what all-too-often we forget, and what Dr. Keltner sets straight. This is the crux of the power paradox: by fundamentally misunderstanding the behaviors that helped us to gain power in the first place we set ourselves up to fall from power. We can't retain power because we've never understood it correctly, until now. Power isn't the capacity to act in cruel and uncaring ways; it is the ability to do good for others, expressed in daily life, and itself a good a thing. Dr. Keltner lays out exactly--in twenty original 'Power Principles'-- how to retain power, why power can be a demonstrably good thing, and the terrible consequences of letting those around us languish in powerlessness. *Includes Bonus PDF with images, graphs, and exercises. Dacher Keltner Tue, 17 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263624 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Paradox: How We Gain and Lose Influence Author: Dacher Keltner Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary and timely reconsideration of everything we know about power. Celebrated UC Berkeley psychologist Dr. Dacher Keltner argues that compassion and selflessness enable us to have the most influence over others and the result is power as a force for good in the world. It is taken for granted that power corrupts. This is reinforced culturally by everything from Machiavelli to contemporary politics. But how do we get power? And how does it change our behavior? So often, in spite of our best intentions, we lose our hard-won power. Enduring power comes from empathy and giving. Above all, power is given to us by other people. This is what all-too-often we forget, and what Dr. Keltner sets straight. This is the crux of the power paradox: by fundamentally misunderstanding the behaviors that helped us to gain power in the first place we set ourselves up to fall from power. We can't retain power because we've never understood it correctly, until now. Power isn't the capacity to act in cruel and uncaring ways; it is the ability to do good for others, expressed in daily life, and itself a good a thing. Dr. Keltner lays out exactly--in twenty original 'Power Principles'-- how to retain power, why power can be a demonstrably good thing, and the terrible consequences of letting those around us languish in powerlessness. *Includes Bonus PDF with images, graphs, and exercises. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263624]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Paradox: How We Gain and Lose Influence Author: Dacher Keltner Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revolutionary and timely reconsideration of everything we know about power. Celebrated UC Berkeley psychologist Dr. Dacher Keltner argues that compassion and selflessness enable us to have the most influence over others and the result is power as a force for good in the world. It is taken for granted that power corrupts. This is reinforced culturally by everything from Machiavelli to contemporary politics. But how do we get power? And how does it change our behavior? So often, in spite of our best intentions, we lose our hard-won power. Enduring power comes from empathy and giving. Above all, power is given to us by other people. This is what all-too-often we forget, and what Dr. Keltner sets straight. This is the crux of the power paradox: by fundamentally misunderstanding the behaviors that helped us to gain power in the first place we set ourselves up to fall from power. We can't retain power because we've never understood it correctly, until now. Power isn't the capacity to act in cruel and uncaring ways; it is the ability to do good for others, expressed in daily life, and itself a good a thing. Dr. Keltner lays out exactly--in twenty original 'Power Principles'-- how to retain power, why power can be a demonstrably good thing, and the terrible consequences of letting those around us languish in powerlessness. *Includes Bonus PDF with images, graphs, and exercises. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263614 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You May Also Like: Taste in an Age of Endless Choice Author: Tom Vanderbilt Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do we get so embarrassed when a colleague wears the same shirt? Why do we eat the same thing for breakfast every day, but seek out novelty at lunch and dinner? How has streaming changed the way Netflix makes recommendations? Why do people think the music of their youth is the best? How can you spot a fake review on Yelp? Our preferences and opinions are constantly being shaped by countless forces – especially in the digital age with its nonstop procession of “thumbs up” and “likes” and “stars.” Tom Vanderbilt, bestselling author of Traffic, explains why we like the things we like, why we hate the things we hate, and what all this tell us about ourselves.   With a voracious curiosity, Vanderbilt stalks the elusive beast of taste, probing research in psychology, marketing, and neuroscience to answer myriad complex and fascinating questions. If you’ve ever wondered how Netflix recommends movies or why books often see a sudden decline in Amazon ratings after they win a major prize, Tom Vanderbilt has answers to these questions and many more that you’ve probably never thought to ask. Tom Vanderbilt Tue, 10 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263614 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You May Also Like: Taste in an Age of Endless Choice Author: Tom Vanderbilt Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do we get so embarrassed when a colleague wears the same shirt? Why do we eat the same thing for breakfast every day, but seek out novelty at lunch and dinner? How has streaming changed the way Netflix makes recommendations? Why do people think the music of their youth is the best? How can you spot a fake review on Yelp? Our preferences and opinions are constantly being shaped by countless forces – especially in the digital age with its nonstop procession of “thumbs up” and “likes” and “stars.” Tom Vanderbilt, bestselling author of Traffic, explains why we like the things we like, why we hate the things we hate, and what all this tell us about ourselves.   With a voracious curiosity, Vanderbilt stalks the elusive beast of taste, probing research in psychology, marketing, and neuroscience to answer myriad complex and fascinating questions. If you’ve ever wondered how Netflix recommends movies or why books often see a sudden decline in Amazon ratings after they win a major prize, Tom Vanderbilt has answers to these questions and many more that you’ve probably never thought to ask. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263614]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You May Also Like: Taste in an Age of Endless Choice Author: Tom Vanderbilt Narrator: Jeffrey Kafer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 10, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do we get so embarrassed when a colleague wears the same shirt? Why do we eat the same thing for breakfast every day, but seek out novelty at lunch and dinner? How has streaming changed the way Netflix makes recommendations? Why do people think the music of their youth is the best? How can you spot a fake review on Yelp? Our preferences and opinions are constantly being shaped by countless forces – especially in the digital age with its nonstop procession of “thumbs up” and “likes” and “stars.” Tom Vanderbilt, bestselling author of Traffic, explains why we like the things we like, why we hate the things we hate, and what all this tell us about ourselves.   With a voracious curiosity, Vanderbilt stalks the elusive beast of taste, probing research in psychology, marketing, and neuroscience to answer myriad complex and fascinating questions. If you’ve ever wondered how Netflix recommends movies or why books often see a sudden decline in Amazon ratings after they win a major prize, Tom Vanderbilt has answers to these questions and many more that you’ve probably never thought to ask. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263480 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World According to Star Wars Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''Star Wars is the ultimate mythological tale of our age, a hero's journey that is a tribute to the beauty of human freedom as well as an exploration of its dark complexities. In this gem of a book, the brilliant Cass Sunstein uses the series to explore profound questions about being a parent, a child, and a human. It will change the way you think about your own journey, and it might even make you pick up the phone and call your dad.''  – Walter Isaacson A deeply original celebration of George Lucas’s masterpiece as it relates to history, presidential politics, law, economics, fatherhood, and culture by Harvard legal scholar and former White House advisor. There’s Santa Claus, Shakespeare, Mickey Mouse, The Bible, and then there’s Star Wars. Nothing quite compares to sitting with down with a young child and hearing the sound of John Williams’ score as those beloved golden letters fill the screen. In this fun, erudite and often moving book, Cass R. Sunstein explores the lessons of Star Wars as they relate to childhood, fathers, the Dark Side, rebellion, and redemption. As it turns out, Star Wars also has a lot to teach us about constitutional law, economics, and political uprisings. In rich detail, Sunstein tells story of the films’ wildly unanticipated success and what it has to say about why some things succeed while others fail. Ultimately, Sunstein argues, Star Wars is about the freedom of choice and our never-ending ability to make the right decision when the chips are down. Written with buoyant prose and considerable heart, The World According to Star Wars shines new light on the most beloved story of our time. Cass R. Sunstein Tue, 31 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263480 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World According to Star Wars Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''Star Wars is the ultimate mythological tale of our age, a hero's journey that is a tribute to the beauty of human freedom as well as an exploration of its dark complexities. In this gem of a book, the brilliant Cass Sunstein uses the series to explore profound questions about being a parent, a child, and a human. It will change the way you think about your own journey, and it might even make you pick up the phone and call your dad.''  – Walter Isaacson A deeply original celebration of George Lucas’s masterpiece as it relates to history, presidential politics, law, economics, fatherhood, and culture by Harvard legal scholar and former White House advisor. There’s Santa Claus, Shakespeare, Mickey Mouse, The Bible, and then there’s Star Wars. Nothing quite compares to sitting with down with a young child and hearing the sound of John Williams’ score as those beloved golden letters fill the screen. In this fun, erudite and often moving book, Cass R. Sunstein explores the lessons of Star Wars as they relate to childhood, fathers, the Dark Side, rebellion, and redemption. As it turns out, Star Wars also has a lot to teach us about constitutional law, economics, and political uprisings. In rich detail, Sunstein tells story of the films’ wildly unanticipated success and what it has to say about why some things succeed while others fail. Ultimately, Sunstein argues, Star Wars is about the freedom of choice and our never-ending ability to make the right decision when the chips are down. Written with buoyant prose and considerable heart, The World According to Star Wars shines new light on the most beloved story of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263480]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World According to Star Wars Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''Star Wars is the ultimate mythological tale of our age, a hero's journey that is a tribute to the beauty of human freedom as well as an exploration of its dark complexities. In this gem of a book, the brilliant Cass Sunstein uses the series to explore profound questions about being a parent, a child, and a human. It will change the way you think about your own journey, and it might even make you pick up the phone and call your dad.''  – Walter Isaacson A deeply original celebration of George Lucas’s masterpiece as it relates to history, presidential politics, law, economics, fatherhood, and culture by Harvard legal scholar and former White House advisor. There’s Santa Claus, Shakespeare, Mickey Mouse, The Bible, and then there’s Star Wars. Nothing quite compares to sitting with down with a young child and hearing the sound of John Williams’ score as those beloved golden letters fill the screen. In this fun, erudite and often moving book, Cass R. Sunstein explores the lessons of Star Wars as they relate to childhood, fathers, the Dark Side, rebellion, and redemption. As it turns out, Star Wars also has a lot to teach us about constitutional law, economics, and political uprisings. In rich detail, Sunstein tells story of the films’ wildly unanticipated success and what it has to say about why some things succeed while others fail. Ultimately, Sunstein argues, Star Wars is about the freedom of choice and our never-ending ability to make the right decision when the chips are down. Written with buoyant prose and considerable heart, The World According to Star Wars shines new light on the most beloved story of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263470 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awakened Family: A Revolution in Parenting Author: Shefali Tsabary Narrator: Shefali Tsabary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE BOOKS FOR A BETTER LIFE AWARD • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER 'Parents . . . you will be wowed and awed by [Dr. Shefali].' —Oprah Winfrey As seen on Oprah’s SuperSoul Sunday, a radically transformative plan that shows parents how to raise children to be their best, truest selves, from the New York Times bestselling author of The Conscious Parent. What if...? What if I told you that you can put an end to all of your parenting struggles? That you can learn to parent without fear or anxiety? That you can end conflict with your children? That you can create close and connected relationships within your family? …Would you accept this invitation to a revolution in parenting?  We all have the capacity to raise children who are highly resilient and emotionally connected. However, many of us are unable to because we are blinded by modern misconceptions of parenting and our own inner limitations. In The Awakened Family, I show you how you can cultivate a relationship with your children so they can thrive; moreover, you can be transformed to a state of greater calm, compassion and wisdom as well. This book will take you on a journey to transcending your fears and illusions around parenting and help you become the parent you always wanted to be: fully present and conscious. It will arm you with practical, hands-on strategies and real-life examples from my experience as a parent and clinical psychologist that show the extraordinary power of being a conscious parent.  Everyone in your family is ready to be awakened. Will you take this journey with me? —Shefali Shefali Tsabary Tue, 31 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263470 thebookvoice.com 14:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awakened Family: A Revolution in Parenting Author: Shefali Tsabary Narrator: Shefali Tsabary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE BOOKS FOR A BETTER LIFE AWARD • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER 'Parents . . . you will be wowed and awed by [Dr. Shefali].' —Oprah Winfrey As seen on Oprah’s SuperSoul Sunday, a radically transformative plan that shows parents how to raise children to be their best, truest selves, from the New York Times bestselling author of The Conscious Parent. What if...? What if I told you that you can put an end to all of your parenting struggles? That you can learn to parent without fear or anxiety? That you can end conflict with your children? That you can create close and connected relationships within your family? …Would you accept this invitation to a revolution in parenting?  We all have the capacity to raise children who are highly resilient and emotionally connected. However, many of us are unable to because we are blinded by modern misconceptions of parenting and our own inner limitations. In The Awakened Family, I show you how you can cultivate a relationship with your children so they can thrive; moreover, you can be transformed to a state of greater calm, compassion and wisdom as well. This book will take you on a journey to transcending your fears and illusions around parenting and help you become the parent you always wanted to be: fully present and conscious. It will arm you with practical, hands-on strategies and real-life examples from my experience as a parent and clinical psychologist that show the extraordinary power of being a conscious parent.  Everyone in your family is ready to be awakened. Will you take this journey with me? —Shefali Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263470]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Awakened Family: A Revolution in Parenting Author: Shefali Tsabary Narrator: Shefali Tsabary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 31, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.34 of Total 41 Ratings of Narrator: 4.9 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE BOOKS FOR A BETTER LIFE AWARD • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER 'Parents . . . you will be wowed and awed by [Dr. Shefali].' —Oprah Winfrey As seen on Oprah’s SuperSoul Sunday, a radically transformative plan that shows parents how to raise children to be their best, truest selves, from the New York Times bestselling author of The Conscious Parent. What if...? What if I told you that you can put an end to all of your parenting struggles? That you can learn to parent without fear or anxiety? That you can end conflict with your children? That you can create close and connected relationships within your family? …Would you accept this invitation to a revolution in parenting?  We all have the capacity to raise children who are highly resilient and emotionally connected. However, many of us are unable to because we are blinded by modern misconceptions of parenting and our own inner limitations. In The Awakened Family, I show you how you can cultivate a relationship with your children so they can thrive; moreover, you can be transformed to a state of greater calm, compassion and wisdom as well. This book will take you on a journey to transcending your fears and illusions around parenting and help you become the parent you always wanted to be: fully present and conscious. It will arm you with practical, hands-on strategies and real-life examples from my experience as a parent and clinical psychologist that show the extraordinary power of being a conscious parent.  Everyone in your family is ready to be awakened. Will you take this journey with me? —Shefali https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263236 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Didn't Start With You: How Inherited Family Trauma Shapes Who We Are and How to End the Cycle Author: Mark Wolynn Narrator: Mark Wolynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 126 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 22 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking approach to transforming traumatic legacies passed down in families over generations, by an acclaimed expert in the field   Depression. Anxiety. Chronic Pain. Phobias. Obsessive thoughts. The evidence is compelling: the roots of these difficulties may not reside in our immediate life experience or in chemical imbalances in our brains—but in the lives of our parents, grandparents, and even great-grandparents. The latest scientific research, now making headlines, supports what many have long intuited—that traumatic experience can be passed down through generations. It Didn’t Start with You builds on the work of leading experts in post-traumatic stress, including Mount Sinai School of Medicine neuroscientist Rachel Yehuda and psychiatrist Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score. Even if the person who suffered the original trauma has died, or the story has been forgotten or silenced, memory and feelings can live on. These emotional legacies are often hidden, encoded in everything from gene expression to everyday language, and they play a far greater role in our emotional and physical health than has ever before been understood.   As a pioneer in the field of inherited family trauma, Mark Wolynn has worked with individuals and groups on a therapeutic level for over twenty years. It Didn’t Start with You offers a pragmatic and prescriptive guide to his method, the Core Language Approach. Diagnostic self-inventories provide a way to uncover the fears and anxieties conveyed through everyday words, behaviors, and physical symptoms. Techniques for developing a genogram or extended family tree create a map of experiences going back through the generations. And visualization, active imagination, and direct dialogue create pathways to reconnection, integration, and reclaiming life and health. It Didn’t Start With You is a transformative approach to resolving longstanding difficulties that in many cases, traditional therapy, drugs, or other interventions have not had the capacity to touch. Includes a bonus PDF with diagrams and writing exercises Mark Wolynn Tue, 26 Apr 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263236 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Didn't Start With You: How Inherited Family Trauma Shapes Who We Are and How to End the Cycle Author: Mark Wolynn Narrator: Mark Wolynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 126 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 22 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking approach to transforming traumatic legacies passed down in families over generations, by an acclaimed expert in the field   Depression. Anxiety. Chronic Pain. Phobias. Obsessive thoughts. The evidence is compelling: the roots of these difficulties may not reside in our immediate life experience or in chemical imbalances in our brains—but in the lives of our parents, grandparents, and even great-grandparents. The latest scientific research, now making headlines, supports what many have long intuited—that traumatic experience can be passed down through generations. It Didn’t Start with You builds on the work of leading experts in post-traumatic stress, including Mount Sinai School of Medicine neuroscientist Rachel Yehuda and psychiatrist Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score. Even if the person who suffered the original trauma has died, or the story has been forgotten or silenced, memory and feelings can live on. These emotional legacies are often hidden, encoded in everything from gene expression to everyday language, and they play a far greater role in our emotional and physical health than has ever before been understood.   As a pioneer in the field of inherited family trauma, Mark Wolynn has worked with individuals and groups on a therapeutic level for over twenty years. It Didn’t Start with You offers a pragmatic and prescriptive guide to his method, the Core Language Approach. Diagnostic self-inventories provide a way to uncover the fears and anxieties conveyed through everyday words, behaviors, and physical symptoms. Techniques for developing a genogram or extended family tree create a map of experiences going back through the generations. And visualization, active imagination, and direct dialogue create pathways to reconnection, integration, and reclaiming life and health. It Didn’t Start With You is a transformative approach to resolving longstanding difficulties that in many cases, traditional therapy, drugs, or other interventions have not had the capacity to touch. Includes a bonus PDF with diagrams and writing exercises Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263236]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It Didn't Start With You: How Inherited Family Trauma Shapes Who We Are and How to End the Cycle Author: Mark Wolynn Narrator: Mark Wolynn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: April 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.09 of Total 126 Ratings of Narrator: 4.41 of Total 22 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking approach to transforming traumatic legacies passed down in families over generations, by an acclaimed expert in the field   Depression. Anxiety. Chronic Pain. Phobias. Obsessive thoughts. The evidence is compelling: the roots of these difficulties may not reside in our immediate life experience or in chemical imbalances in our brains—but in the lives of our parents, grandparents, and even great-grandparents. The latest scientific research, now making headlines, supports what many have long intuited—that traumatic experience can be passed down through generations. It Didn’t Start with You builds on the work of leading experts in post-traumatic stress, including Mount Sinai School of Medicine neuroscientist Rachel Yehuda and psychiatrist Bessel van der Kolk, author of The Body Keeps the Score. Even if the person who suffered the original trauma has died, or the story has been forgotten or silenced, memory and feelings can live on. These emotional legacies are often hidden, encoded in everything from gene expression to everyday language, and they play a far greater role in our emotional and physical health than has ever before been understood.   As a pioneer in the field of inherited family trauma, Mark Wolynn has worked with individuals and groups on a therapeutic level for over twenty years. It Didn’t Start with You offers a pragmatic and prescriptive guide to his method, the Core Language Approach. Diagnostic self-inventories provide a way to uncover the fears and anxieties conveyed through everyday words, behaviors, and physical symptoms. Techniques for developing a genogram or extended family tree create a map of experiences going back through the generations. And visualization, active imagination, and direct dialogue create pathways to reconnection, integration, and reclaiming life and health. It Didn’t Start With You is a transformative approach to resolving longstanding difficulties that in many cases, traditional therapy, drugs, or other interventions have not had the capacity to touch. Includes a bonus PDF with diagrams and writing exercises https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263014 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of the Other: The startling effect other people have on you, from the boardroom to the bedroom and beyond-and what to do about it Author: Henry Cloud Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An expert on the psychology of leadership and the bestselling author of Integrity, Necessary Endings, and Boundaries For Leaders identifies the critical ingredient for personal and professional wellbeing. Most leadership coaching focuses on helping leaders build their skills and knowledge and close performance gaps. These are necessary, but not sufficient. Using evidence from neuroscience and his work with leaders, Dr. Henry Cloud shows that the best performers draw on another vital resource: personal and professional relationships that fuel growth and help them surpass current limits. Popular wisdom suggests that we should not allow others to have power over us, but the reality is that they do, for better or for worse. Consider the boss who diminishes you through cutting remarks versus one who challenges you to get better. Or the colleague who always seeks the limelight versus the one who gives you the confidence to finish a difficult project. Or the spouse who is honest and supportive versus the one who resents your success. No matter how talented, intelligent, or experienced, the greatest leaders share one commonality: the power of the others in their lives. Combining engaging case studies, persuasive findings from cutting-edge brain research, and examples from his consulting practice, Dr. Cloud argues that whether you’re a Navy SEAL or a corporate executive, outstanding performance depends on having the right kind of connections to fuel personal growth and minimize toxic associations and their effects. Presenting a dynamic model of the impact these different kinds of connections produce, Dr. Cloud shows readers how to get more from themselves by drawing on the strength and expertise of others. You don’t have a choice whether or not others have power in your life, but you can choose what kinds of relationships you want. Henry Cloud Tue, 03 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263014 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of the Other: The startling effect other people have on you, from the boardroom to the bedroom and beyond-and what to do about it Author: Henry Cloud Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An expert on the psychology of leadership and the bestselling author of Integrity, Necessary Endings, and Boundaries For Leaders identifies the critical ingredient for personal and professional wellbeing. Most leadership coaching focuses on helping leaders build their skills and knowledge and close performance gaps. These are necessary, but not sufficient. Using evidence from neuroscience and his work with leaders, Dr. Henry Cloud shows that the best performers draw on another vital resource: personal and professional relationships that fuel growth and help them surpass current limits. Popular wisdom suggests that we should not allow others to have power over us, but the reality is that they do, for better or for worse. Consider the boss who diminishes you through cutting remarks versus one who challenges you to get better. Or the colleague who always seeks the limelight versus the one who gives you the confidence to finish a difficult project. Or the spouse who is honest and supportive versus the one who resents your success. No matter how talented, intelligent, or experienced, the greatest leaders share one commonality: the power of the others in their lives. Combining engaging case studies, persuasive findings from cutting-edge brain research, and examples from his consulting practice, Dr. Cloud argues that whether you’re a Navy SEAL or a corporate executive, outstanding performance depends on having the right kind of connections to fuel personal growth and minimize toxic associations and their effects. Presenting a dynamic model of the impact these different kinds of connections produce, Dr. Cloud shows readers how to get more from themselves by drawing on the strength and expertise of others. You don’t have a choice whether or not others have power in your life, but you can choose what kinds of relationships you want. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/263014]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of the Other: The startling effect other people have on you, from the boardroom to the bedroom and beyond-and what to do about it Author: Henry Cloud Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An expert on the psychology of leadership and the bestselling author of Integrity, Necessary Endings, and Boundaries For Leaders identifies the critical ingredient for personal and professional wellbeing. Most leadership coaching focuses on helping leaders build their skills and knowledge and close performance gaps. These are necessary, but not sufficient. Using evidence from neuroscience and his work with leaders, Dr. Henry Cloud shows that the best performers draw on another vital resource: personal and professional relationships that fuel growth and help them surpass current limits. Popular wisdom suggests that we should not allow others to have power over us, but the reality is that they do, for better or for worse. Consider the boss who diminishes you through cutting remarks versus one who challenges you to get better. Or the colleague who always seeks the limelight versus the one who gives you the confidence to finish a difficult project. Or the spouse who is honest and supportive versus the one who resents your success. No matter how talented, intelligent, or experienced, the greatest leaders share one commonality: the power of the others in their lives. Combining engaging case studies, persuasive findings from cutting-edge brain research, and examples from his consulting practice, Dr. Cloud argues that whether you’re a Navy SEAL or a corporate executive, outstanding performance depends on having the right kind of connections to fuel personal growth and minimize toxic associations and their effects. Presenting a dynamic model of the impact these different kinds of connections produce, Dr. Cloud shows readers how to get more from themselves by drawing on the strength and expertise of others. You don’t have a choice whether or not others have power in your life, but you can choose what kinds of relationships you want. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ** Grand Prize Winner of the 2017 Nautilus Book Award ** Are you struggling to deal with conflict in your life? In Negotiating the Nonnegotiable, Harvard negotiation expert Daniel Shapiro introduces a groundbreaking method to bridge the toughest divides—whether with family members, colleagues, or in the polarized world of politics. He reveals the hidden power of identity in fueling conflict, and presents a practical framework to reconcile even the most contentious situations.  Field-tested around the world, the results are empowering. Includes a bonus PDF with charts, work sheets, and more Daniel Shapiro Tue, 19 Apr 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944 thebookvoice.com 8:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ** Grand Prize Winner of the 2017 Nautilus Book Award ** Are you struggling to deal with conflict in your life? In Negotiating the Nonnegotiable, Harvard negotiation expert Daniel Shapiro introduces a groundbreaking method to bridge the toughest divides—whether with family members, colleagues, or in the polarized world of politics. He reveals the hidden power of identity in fueling conflict, and presents a practical framework to reconcile even the most contentious situations.  Field-tested around the world, the results are empowering. Includes a bonus PDF with charts, work sheets, and more Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Negotiating the Nonnegotiable: How to Resolve Your Most Emotionally Charged Conflicts Author: Daniel Shapiro Narrator: Daniel Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ** Grand Prize Winner of the 2017 Nautilus Book Award ** Are you struggling to deal with conflict in your life? In Negotiating the Nonnegotiable, Harvard negotiation expert Daniel Shapiro introduces a groundbreaking method to bridge the toughest divides—whether with family members, colleagues, or in the polarized world of politics. He reveals the hidden power of identity in fueling conflict, and presents a practical framework to reconcile even the most contentious situations.  Field-tested around the world, the results are empowering. Includes a bonus PDF with charts, work sheets, and more https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262916 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Paradox: How We Gain and Lose Influence Author: Dacher Keltner Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Power Paradox by Dacher Keltner, read by Kaleo Griffith. A concise, paradigm-shifting account of the power dynamics that shape everyday life - from the board room to the dinner table, the playground to the bedroom The Machiavellian view of power as a coercive force is one of the deepest currents in our culture, yet new psychological research reveals this vision to be dead wrong. Influence is gained instead through social intelligence and empathy - but ironically the seductions of power make us lose the very qualities that made us powerful in the first place. By drawing on fascinating case studies that debunk longstanding myths, Dacher Keltner illuminates this 'power paradox', revealing how it shapes not just boardrooms and elections but everyday relationships, and affects whether or not we will have an affair, break the law or find our purpose in life. Dacher Keltner Tue, 17 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262916 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Paradox: How We Gain and Lose Influence Author: Dacher Keltner Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Power Paradox by Dacher Keltner, read by Kaleo Griffith. A concise, paradigm-shifting account of the power dynamics that shape everyday life - from the board room to the dinner table, the playground to the bedroom The Machiavellian view of power as a coercive force is one of the deepest currents in our culture, yet new psychological research reveals this vision to be dead wrong. Influence is gained instead through social intelligence and empathy - but ironically the seductions of power make us lose the very qualities that made us powerful in the first place. By drawing on fascinating case studies that debunk longstanding myths, Dacher Keltner illuminates this 'power paradox', revealing how it shapes not just boardrooms and elections but everyday relationships, and affects whether or not we will have an affair, break the law or find our purpose in life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262916]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Paradox: How We Gain and Lose Influence Author: Dacher Keltner Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: May 17, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged, downloadable, audiobook edition of The Power Paradox by Dacher Keltner, read by Kaleo Griffith. A concise, paradigm-shifting account of the power dynamics that shape everyday life - from the board room to the dinner table, the playground to the bedroom The Machiavellian view of power as a coercive force is one of the deepest currents in our culture, yet new psychological research reveals this vision to be dead wrong. Influence is gained instead through social intelligence and empathy - but ironically the seductions of power make us lose the very qualities that made us powerful in the first place. By drawing on fascinating case studies that debunk longstanding myths, Dacher Keltner illuminates this 'power paradox', revealing how it shapes not just boardrooms and elections but everyday relationships, and affects whether or not we will have an affair, break the law or find our purpose in life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance Author: Angela Duckworth Narrator: Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do naturally talented people frequently fail to reach their potential while other far less gifted individuals go on to achieve amazing things? The secret to outstanding achievement is not talent, but a passionate persistence. In other words, grit. MacArthur Genius Award-winning psychologist Angela Duckworth shares fascinating new revelations about who succeeds in life and why. Based on her cutting-edge research, Duckworth shows how many people achieve remarkable things not just by relying on innate natural talent, but by practising what she calls grit. She then offers a Grit Formula to help anyone to become more gritty, focusing on six key factors: hope, effort, precision, passion, ritual and prioritisation. She reveals: - Why people who test high for talent often fail to achieve their potential, and why people who do not test high for talent often 'overachieve' what others expect them to do - How grit can be learned, whatever your IQ or circumstances - Why stubbornness is a key characteristic of gritty people - When to be stubborn and when giving up is the grittiest thing you can do - How gritty people found their passion, and you can find yours - How gritty experts practise, and how you can do the same in your own life - What the people who care about you can do to boost your grit when you need it most - How grit is cultivated in the highest-performing sports teams, companies and schools Leaping past clichés such as 'success is all about hard work', Grit offers a fresh and motivating way to climb to heights far beyond what natural talent would predict. Angela Duckworth Thu, 05 May 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824 thebookvoice.com 9:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance Author: Angela Duckworth Narrator: Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do naturally talented people frequently fail to reach their potential while other far less gifted individuals go on to achieve amazing things? The secret to outstanding achievement is not talent, but a passionate persistence. In other words, grit. MacArthur Genius Award-winning psychologist Angela Duckworth shares fascinating new revelations about who succeeds in life and why. Based on her cutting-edge research, Duckworth shows how many people achieve remarkable things not just by relying on innate natural talent, but by practising what she calls grit. She then offers a Grit Formula to help anyone to become more gritty, focusing on six key factors: hope, effort, precision, passion, ritual and prioritisation. She reveals: - Why people who test high for talent often fail to achieve their potential, and why people who do not test high for talent often 'overachieve' what others expect them to do - How grit can be learned, whatever your IQ or circumstances - Why stubbornness is a key characteristic of gritty people - When to be stubborn and when giving up is the grittiest thing you can do - How gritty people found their passion, and you can find yours - How gritty experts practise, and how you can do the same in your own life - What the people who care about you can do to boost your grit when you need it most - How grit is cultivated in the highest-performing sports teams, companies and schools Leaping past clichés such as 'success is all about hard work', Grit offers a fresh and motivating way to climb to heights far beyond what natural talent would predict. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance Author: Angela Duckworth Narrator: Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: May 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.27 of Total 49 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do naturally talented people frequently fail to reach their potential while other far less gifted individuals go on to achieve amazing things? The secret to outstanding achievement is not talent, but a passionate persistence. In other words, grit. MacArthur Genius Award-winning psychologist Angela Duckworth shares fascinating new revelations about who succeeds in life and why. Based on her cutting-edge research, Duckworth shows how many people achieve remarkable things not just by relying on innate natural talent, but by practising what she calls grit. She then offers a Grit Formula to help anyone to become more gritty, focusing on six key factors: hope, effort, precision, passion, ritual and prioritisation. She reveals: - Why people who test high for talent often fail to achieve their potential, and why people who do not test high for talent often 'overachieve' what others expect them to do - How grit can be learned, whatever your IQ or circumstances - Why stubbornness is a key characteristic of gritty people - When to be stubborn and when giving up is the grittiest thing you can do - How gritty people found their passion, and you can find yours - How gritty experts practise, and how you can do the same in your own life - What the people who care about you can do to boost your grit when you need it most - How grit is cultivated in the highest-performing sports teams, companies and schools Leaping past clichés such as 'success is all about hard work', Grit offers a fresh and motivating way to climb to heights far beyond what natural talent would predict. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262280 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capture: Unraveling the Mystery of Mental Suffering Author: David A. Kessler Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''A breakthrough book. In a world of increasingly specialized knowledge, it takes a particular gift and some stubbornness to cut across the fields of neuroscience, psychiatry, philosophy and psychology and to ask the fundamental question: Why it is that we can allow our best selves to be captured by and torpedoed by thoughts and actions that sink us?. . . . [Kessler's] ultimate answer is profound and one that could be life-changing and life-saving. I know I will be handing this book out for just that reason.” — Abraham Verghese, MD, author of Cutting for Stone In Capture, New York Times bestselling author Dr. David A. Kessler considers some of the most profound questions we face as human beings: What are the origins of mental afflictions, from everyday unhappiness to addiction and depression—and how are they connected? Where does healing and transcendence fit into this realm of emotional experience? Analyzing an array of insights from psychology, medicine, neuroscience, literature, philosophy, and theology, Dr. Kessler deconstructs centuries of thinking, examining the central role of capture in mental illness and questioning traditional labels that have obscured our understanding of it. Looking to the emotionally resonant lives of figures such as David Foster Wallace, Virginia Woolf, William James, Tennessee Williams, John Belushi, Sylvia Plath, and Robert Lowell, among others, he explains how this concept is at play in their lives and—by extension—our own. Ultimately, Capture offers insight into how we form thoughts and emotions, manage trauma, and heal. For the first time, we can begin to understand the underpinnings not only of mental illness but also of our everyday worries and anxieties. Capture is an intimate and critical exploration of the most enduring human mystery of all: the mind. David A. Kessler Tue, 12 Apr 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262280 thebookvoice.com 9:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capture: Unraveling the Mystery of Mental Suffering Author: David A. Kessler Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''A breakthrough book. In a world of increasingly specialized knowledge, it takes a particular gift and some stubbornness to cut across the fields of neuroscience, psychiatry, philosophy and psychology and to ask the fundamental question: Why it is that we can allow our best selves to be captured by and torpedoed by thoughts and actions that sink us?. . . . [Kessler's] ultimate answer is profound and one that could be life-changing and life-saving. I know I will be handing this book out for just that reason.” — Abraham Verghese, MD, author of Cutting for Stone In Capture, New York Times bestselling author Dr. David A. Kessler considers some of the most profound questions we face as human beings: What are the origins of mental afflictions, from everyday unhappiness to addiction and depression—and how are they connected? Where does healing and transcendence fit into this realm of emotional experience? Analyzing an array of insights from psychology, medicine, neuroscience, literature, philosophy, and theology, Dr. Kessler deconstructs centuries of thinking, examining the central role of capture in mental illness and questioning traditional labels that have obscured our understanding of it. Looking to the emotionally resonant lives of figures such as David Foster Wallace, Virginia Woolf, William James, Tennessee Williams, John Belushi, Sylvia Plath, and Robert Lowell, among others, he explains how this concept is at play in their lives and—by extension—our own. Ultimately, Capture offers insight into how we form thoughts and emotions, manage trauma, and heal. For the first time, we can begin to understand the underpinnings not only of mental illness but also of our everyday worries and anxieties. Capture is an intimate and critical exploration of the most enduring human mystery of all: the mind. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capture: Unraveling the Mystery of Mental Suffering Author: David A. Kessler Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 12, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''A breakthrough book. In a world of increasingly specialized knowledge, it takes a particular gift and some stubbornness to cut across the fields of neuroscience, psychiatry, philosophy and psychology and to ask the fundamental question: Why it is that we can allow our best selves to be captured by and torpedoed by thoughts and actions that sink us?. . . . [Kessler's] ultimate answer is profound and one that could be life-changing and life-saving. I know I will be handing this book out for just that reason.” — Abraham Verghese, MD, author of Cutting for Stone In Capture, New York Times bestselling author Dr. David A. Kessler considers some of the most profound questions we face as human beings: What are the origins of mental afflictions, from everyday unhappiness to addiction and depression—and how are they connected? Where does healing and transcendence fit into this realm of emotional experience? Analyzing an array of insights from psychology, medicine, neuroscience, literature, philosophy, and theology, Dr. Kessler deconstructs centuries of thinking, examining the central role of capture in mental illness and questioning traditional labels that have obscured our understanding of it. Looking to the emotionally resonant lives of figures such as David Foster Wallace, Virginia Woolf, William James, Tennessee Williams, John Belushi, Sylvia Plath, and Robert Lowell, among others, he explains how this concept is at play in their lives and—by extension—our own. Ultimately, Capture offers insight into how we form thoughts and emotions, manage trauma, and heal. For the first time, we can begin to understand the underpinnings not only of mental illness but also of our everyday worries and anxieties. Capture is an intimate and critical exploration of the most enduring human mystery of all: the mind. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262093 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Days to Resilience: How to Transcend the Daily Grind, Deal with the Tough Stuff, and Discover Your Strongest Self Author: Zelana Montminy Narrator: Heather Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, practical three-week program to help you cope with life’s tough moments, overcome misfortune, build habitual resiliency, and ultimately boost your overall happiness. Truly happy and successful people share a common trait: resilience. Not only do they know how to rebound from setbacks, they are strengthened by challenges, gaining the emotional toughness to persevere, whether facing a professional crisis, a personal tragedy—or just an ordinary bad day. The good news is that with the right tools, you can train yourself to be resilient—and become happier, healthier, and more successful. In 21 Days to Resilience Dr. Zelana Montminy gives you a practical, concrete toolkit to develop your capacity to recover quickly. Each day of her powerful program, Dr. Montmimy introduces a key concept necessary to improve resiliency and enhance wellbeing—such as courage, focus, positivity, self-care, and social support—then provides three quick skills to accomplish. Throughout the book, she teaches you lifelong skills you can continue to practice and return to as needed to keep your resiliency muscles strong. Combining science, real-life anecdotes, exercises, and insights from practical experience, 21 Days to Resilience provides the foundation for happiness and shows you how to achieve it—how to bounce back from any disappointment, hurdle, or misfortune—for the rest of your life. Zelana Montminy Tue, 05 Apr 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262093 thebookvoice.com 4:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Days to Resilience: How to Transcend the Daily Grind, Deal with the Tough Stuff, and Discover Your Strongest Self Author: Zelana Montminy Narrator: Heather Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, practical three-week program to help you cope with life’s tough moments, overcome misfortune, build habitual resiliency, and ultimately boost your overall happiness. Truly happy and successful people share a common trait: resilience. Not only do they know how to rebound from setbacks, they are strengthened by challenges, gaining the emotional toughness to persevere, whether facing a professional crisis, a personal tragedy—or just an ordinary bad day. The good news is that with the right tools, you can train yourself to be resilient—and become happier, healthier, and more successful. In 21 Days to Resilience Dr. Zelana Montminy gives you a practical, concrete toolkit to develop your capacity to recover quickly. Each day of her powerful program, Dr. Montmimy introduces a key concept necessary to improve resiliency and enhance wellbeing—such as courage, focus, positivity, self-care, and social support—then provides three quick skills to accomplish. Throughout the book, she teaches you lifelong skills you can continue to practice and return to as needed to keep your resiliency muscles strong. Combining science, real-life anecdotes, exercises, and insights from practical experience, 21 Days to Resilience provides the foundation for happiness and shows you how to achieve it—how to bounce back from any disappointment, hurdle, or misfortune—for the rest of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262093]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 21 Days to Resilience: How to Transcend the Daily Grind, Deal with the Tough Stuff, and Discover Your Strongest Self Author: Zelana Montminy Narrator: Heather Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, practical three-week program to help you cope with life’s tough moments, overcome misfortune, build habitual resiliency, and ultimately boost your overall happiness. Truly happy and successful people share a common trait: resilience. Not only do they know how to rebound from setbacks, they are strengthened by challenges, gaining the emotional toughness to persevere, whether facing a professional crisis, a personal tragedy—or just an ordinary bad day. The good news is that with the right tools, you can train yourself to be resilient—and become happier, healthier, and more successful. In 21 Days to Resilience Dr. Zelana Montminy gives you a practical, concrete toolkit to develop your capacity to recover quickly. Each day of her powerful program, Dr. Montmimy introduces a key concept necessary to improve resiliency and enhance wellbeing—such as courage, focus, positivity, self-care, and social support—then provides three quick skills to accomplish. Throughout the book, she teaches you lifelong skills you can continue to practice and return to as needed to keep your resiliency muscles strong. Combining science, real-life anecdotes, exercises, and insights from practical experience, 21 Days to Resilience provides the foundation for happiness and shows you how to achieve it—how to bounce back from any disappointment, hurdle, or misfortune—for the rest of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262029 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hero with a Thousand Faces Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Susan Denaker, John Lee, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since its release in 1949, The Hero with a Thousand Faces has influenced millions of readers by combining the insights of modern psychology with Joseph Campbell’s revolutionary understanding of comparative mythology. In this book, Campbell outlines the Hero’s Journey, a universal motif of adventure and transformation that runs through virtually all of the world’s mythic traditions. He also explores the Cosmogonic Cycle, the mythic pattern of world creation and destruction.As relevant today as when it was first published, The Hero with a Thousand Faces continues to find new audiences in fields ranging from religion and anthropology to literature and film studies. The book has also profoundly influenced creative artists—including authors, songwriters, game designers, and filmmakers—and continues to inspire all those interested in the inherent human need to tell stories. Joseph Campbell Tue, 22 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262029 thebookvoice.com 14:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hero with a Thousand Faces Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Susan Denaker, John Lee, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since its release in 1949, The Hero with a Thousand Faces has influenced millions of readers by combining the insights of modern psychology with Joseph Campbell’s revolutionary understanding of comparative mythology. In this book, Campbell outlines the Hero’s Journey, a universal motif of adventure and transformation that runs through virtually all of the world’s mythic traditions. He also explores the Cosmogonic Cycle, the mythic pattern of world creation and destruction.As relevant today as when it was first published, The Hero with a Thousand Faces continues to find new audiences in fields ranging from religion and anthropology to literature and film studies. The book has also profoundly influenced creative artists—including authors, songwriters, game designers, and filmmakers—and continues to inspire all those interested in the inherent human need to tell stories. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hero with a Thousand Faces Author: Joseph Campbell Narrator: Susan Denaker, John Lee, Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 3.33 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Since its release in 1949, The Hero with a Thousand Faces has influenced millions of readers by combining the insights of modern psychology with Joseph Campbell’s revolutionary understanding of comparative mythology. In this book, Campbell outlines the Hero’s Journey, a universal motif of adventure and transformation that runs through virtually all of the world’s mythic traditions. He also explores the Cosmogonic Cycle, the mythic pattern of world creation and destruction.As relevant today as when it was first published, The Hero with a Thousand Faces continues to find new audiences in fields ranging from religion and anthropology to literature and film studies. The book has also profoundly influenced creative artists—including authors, songwriters, game designers, and filmmakers—and continues to inspire all those interested in the inherent human need to tell stories. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259365 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Sad Today: Personal Essays Author: Melissa Broder Narrator: Melissa Broder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed poet and creator of the popular twitter account @SoSadToday comes the darkly funny and brutally honest collection of essays that Roxane Gay called 'sad and uncomfortable and their own kind of gorgeous.' Melissa Broder always struggled with anxiety. In the fall of 2012, she went through a harrowing cycle of panic attacks and dread that wouldn't abate for months. So she began @sosadtoday, an anonymous Twitter feed that allowed her to express her darkest feelings, and which quickly gained a dedicated following. In So Sad Today, Broder delves deeper into the existential themes she explores on Twitter, grappling with sex, death, love low self-esteem, addiction, and the drama of waiting for the universe to text you back. With insights as sharp as her humor, Broder explores--in prose that is both ballsy and beautiful, aggressively colloquial and achingly poetic--questions most of us are afraid to even acknowledge, let alone answer, in order to discover what it really means to be a person in this modern world. Melissa Broder Tue, 15 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259365 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Sad Today: Personal Essays Author: Melissa Broder Narrator: Melissa Broder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed poet and creator of the popular twitter account @SoSadToday comes the darkly funny and brutally honest collection of essays that Roxane Gay called 'sad and uncomfortable and their own kind of gorgeous.' Melissa Broder always struggled with anxiety. In the fall of 2012, she went through a harrowing cycle of panic attacks and dread that wouldn't abate for months. So she began @sosadtoday, an anonymous Twitter feed that allowed her to express her darkest feelings, and which quickly gained a dedicated following. In So Sad Today, Broder delves deeper into the existential themes she explores on Twitter, grappling with sex, death, love low self-esteem, addiction, and the drama of waiting for the universe to text you back. With insights as sharp as her humor, Broder explores--in prose that is both ballsy and beautiful, aggressively colloquial and achingly poetic--questions most of us are afraid to even acknowledge, let alone answer, in order to discover what it really means to be a person in this modern world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259365]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Sad Today: Personal Essays Author: Melissa Broder Narrator: Melissa Broder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From acclaimed poet and creator of the popular twitter account @SoSadToday comes the darkly funny and brutally honest collection of essays that Roxane Gay called 'sad and uncomfortable and their own kind of gorgeous.' Melissa Broder always struggled with anxiety. In the fall of 2012, she went through a harrowing cycle of panic attacks and dread that wouldn't abate for months. So she began @sosadtoday, an anonymous Twitter feed that allowed her to express her darkest feelings, and which quickly gained a dedicated following. In So Sad Today, Broder delves deeper into the existential themes she explores on Twitter, grappling with sex, death, love low self-esteem, addiction, and the drama of waiting for the universe to text you back. With insights as sharp as her humor, Broder explores--in prose that is both ballsy and beautiful, aggressively colloquial and achingly poetic--questions most of us are afraid to even acknowledge, let alone answer, in order to discover what it really means to be a person in this modern world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259221 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thought Vibration, or The Law of Attraction in the Thought World Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Algy Pug Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 126 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 29 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: William Walker Atkinson (December 5, 1862 - November 22, 1932) was an attorney, merchant, publisher, and author, as well as an occultist and an American pioneer of the New Thought movement. Atkinson was a prolific writer, and his many books achieved wide circulation among New Thought devotees and occult practitioners. He published under several pen names, including Magus Incognito, Theodore Sheldon, Theron Q. Dumont, Swami Panchadasi, Yogi Ramacharaka, Swami Bhakta Vishita, and probably other names not identified at present. The works published under the name of William Walker Atkinson generally treat themes related to the mental world, occultism, divination, psychic reality, and mankind's nature. They constitute a basis for what Atkinson called "New Psychology" or "New Thought". These titles include Thought-Force in Business & Everyday Life (1900), Thought Vibration or the Law of Attraction in the Thought World (1906) and Practical Mental Influence (1908). Due in part to Atkinson's intense personal secrecy and extensive use of pseudonyms, he is now largely forgotten, despite having obtained mention in past editions of Who's Who in America, Religious Leaders of America, and several similar publications - and having written more than 100 books in the last 30 years of his life. His works have remained in print more or less continuously since 1900. (Introduction from Wikipedia) William Walker Atkinson Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259221 thebookvoice.com 2:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thought Vibration, or The Law of Attraction in the Thought World Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Algy Pug Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 126 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 29 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: William Walker Atkinson (December 5, 1862 - November 22, 1932) was an attorney, merchant, publisher, and author, as well as an occultist and an American pioneer of the New Thought movement. Atkinson was a prolific writer, and his many books achieved wide circulation among New Thought devotees and occult practitioners. He published under several pen names, including Magus Incognito, Theodore Sheldon, Theron Q. Dumont, Swami Panchadasi, Yogi Ramacharaka, Swami Bhakta Vishita, and probably other names not identified at present. The works published under the name of William Walker Atkinson generally treat themes related to the mental world, occultism, divination, psychic reality, and mankind's nature. They constitute a basis for what Atkinson called "New Psychology" or "New Thought". These titles include Thought-Force in Business & Everyday Life (1900), Thought Vibration or the Law of Attraction in the Thought World (1906) and Practical Mental Influence (1908). Due in part to Atkinson's intense personal secrecy and extensive use of pseudonyms, he is now largely forgotten, despite having obtained mention in past editions of Who's Who in America, Religious Leaders of America, and several similar publications - and having written more than 100 books in the last 30 years of his life. His works have remained in print more or less continuously since 1900. (Introduction from Wikipedia) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259221]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thought Vibration, or The Law of Attraction in the Thought World Author: William Walker Atkinson Narrator: Algy Pug Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.99 of Total 126 Ratings of Narrator: 4.52 of Total 29 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: William Walker Atkinson (December 5, 1862 - November 22, 1932) was an attorney, merchant, publisher, and author, as well as an occultist and an American pioneer of the New Thought movement. Atkinson was a prolific writer, and his many books achieved wide circulation among New Thought devotees and occult practitioners. He published under several pen names, including Magus Incognito, Theodore Sheldon, Theron Q. Dumont, Swami Panchadasi, Yogi Ramacharaka, Swami Bhakta Vishita, and probably other names not identified at present. The works published under the name of William Walker Atkinson generally treat themes related to the mental world, occultism, divination, psychic reality, and mankind's nature. They constitute a basis for what Atkinson called "New Psychology" or "New Thought". These titles include Thought-Force in Business & Everyday Life (1900), Thought Vibration or the Law of Attraction in the Thought World (1906) and Practical Mental Influence (1908). Due in part to Atkinson's intense personal secrecy and extensive use of pseudonyms, he is now largely forgotten, despite having obtained mention in past editions of Who's Who in America, Religious Leaders of America, and several similar publications - and having written more than 100 books in the last 30 years of his life. His works have remained in print more or less continuously since 1900. (Introduction from Wikipedia) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of Dreams Author: Yacki Raizizun Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 139 Ratings of Narrator: 3.61 of Total 28 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A guide to different kinds of dreams, their meanings, and how they influence our waking lives. (Summary by Andrea Fiore) Yacki Raizizun Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259116 thebookvoice.com 0:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of Dreams Author: Yacki Raizizun Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 139 Ratings of Narrator: 3.61 of Total 28 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A guide to different kinds of dreams, their meanings, and how they influence our waking lives. (Summary by Andrea Fiore) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Secret of Dreams Author: Yacki Raizizun Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.45 of Total 139 Ratings of Narrator: 3.61 of Total 28 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A guide to different kinds of dreams, their meanings, and how they influence our waking lives. (Summary by Andrea Fiore) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259027 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Equivalent of War Author: William James Narrator: D.E. Wittkower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Moral Equivalent of War, the last public utterance of William James, is significant as expressing the opinions of a practical psychologist on a question of growing popular interest. For the past fifteen years the movement for promoting international peace has been enlisting the support of organizations and individuals the world over. That this is a question on which much may be said for the opposition, James, though a pacificist, admits with his usual fair-mindedness, pointing out that militarism is the sole nourisher of certain human virtues that the world cannot let die, and that until the peace party devises some substitute, some moral equivalent, for the disciplinary value of war, their utopian goal is neither desirable nor possible. His own solution is advanced not as a practical measure, but merely as an illustration to show that the world is full of opportunities for the peaceful development and continuation of the martial qualities of human life. This essay was written for general dissemination as a publication of the American Association for International Conciliation, February, 1910. As it not only presents a peace program but defines as well the most familiar arguments of the war party, no militarist article has been included, although it may be mentioned that a suggestive apology for war is to be found among De Quincey's Essays and also in Ruskin's Crown of Wild Olive. Additional documents on conciliation, approaching the question from innumerable points of view, are published by the Association mentioned above. (Summary by Harrison Ross Steeves and Frank Humphrey Ristine, editors.) William James Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259027 thebookvoice.com 0:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Equivalent of War Author: William James Narrator: D.E. Wittkower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Moral Equivalent of War, the last public utterance of William James, is significant as expressing the opinions of a practical psychologist on a question of growing popular interest. For the past fifteen years the movement for promoting international peace has been enlisting the support of organizations and individuals the world over. That this is a question on which much may be said for the opposition, James, though a pacificist, admits with his usual fair-mindedness, pointing out that militarism is the sole nourisher of certain human virtues that the world cannot let die, and that until the peace party devises some substitute, some moral equivalent, for the disciplinary value of war, their utopian goal is neither desirable nor possible. His own solution is advanced not as a practical measure, but merely as an illustration to show that the world is full of opportunities for the peaceful development and continuation of the martial qualities of human life. This essay was written for general dissemination as a publication of the American Association for International Conciliation, February, 1910. As it not only presents a peace program but defines as well the most familiar arguments of the war party, no militarist article has been included, although it may be mentioned that a suggestive apology for war is to be found among De Quincey's Essays and also in Ruskin's Crown of Wild Olive. Additional documents on conciliation, approaching the question from innumerable points of view, are published by the Association mentioned above. (Summary by Harrison Ross Steeves and Frank Humphrey Ristine, editors.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/259027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Moral Equivalent of War Author: William James Narrator: D.E. Wittkower Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Moral Equivalent of War, the last public utterance of William James, is significant as expressing the opinions of a practical psychologist on a question of growing popular interest. For the past fifteen years the movement for promoting international peace has been enlisting the support of organizations and individuals the world over. That this is a question on which much may be said for the opposition, James, though a pacificist, admits with his usual fair-mindedness, pointing out that militarism is the sole nourisher of certain human virtues that the world cannot let die, and that until the peace party devises some substitute, some moral equivalent, for the disciplinary value of war, their utopian goal is neither desirable nor possible. His own solution is advanced not as a practical measure, but merely as an illustration to show that the world is full of opportunities for the peaceful development and continuation of the martial qualities of human life. This essay was written for general dissemination as a publication of the American Association for International Conciliation, February, 1910. As it not only presents a peace program but defines as well the most familiar arguments of the war party, no militarist article has been included, although it may be mentioned that a suggestive apology for war is to be found among De Quincey's Essays and also in Ruskin's Crown of Wild Olive. Additional documents on conciliation, approaching the question from innumerable points of view, are published by the Association mentioned above. (Summary by Harrison Ross Steeves and Frank Humphrey Ristine, editors.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258952 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Are They Lying?: Body Language & Lie Detection Secrets Author: PUA Freeman Narrator: PUA Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: March 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "Everybody Lies", Gregory House MD It's true... while nobody likes to be called a liar; the reality is we all lie! We are taught to lie by the very people who end up being most offended by the practice. Our parents tell us to 'wipe that expression off our face', when we turn our nose up at food we don't like - they would apparently prefer us to pretend we do like it rather than admit the truth. Occasionally we are told to use a different tone of voice - a nice one, that doesn't reflect how we really feel. This is how we begin to learn that sometimes a lie can benefit us in the short term. As such the ability to lie becomes an important part of our communication toolbox. What we are not taught is how to detect a lie - possibly the most powerful skill you can have. As part of the Powerfully Confident Dating Psychology series, in this book human behaviour expert and renowned PUA Freeman reveals the lie detection secrets of the F.B.I. and behavioural analysis unit (B.A.U). Using these little known skills you too can become a master of reading the truth behind another persons story. The difference between the average pick up artist and the master in their depth of understanding of what makes women tick. The knowledge in this book will have practical applications in all areas of your life but especially to your dating: You are about to discover: • How to spot attraction signals a mile off. • What she is REALLY thinking & why. • Advanced dating & relationships indicators. • How she 'feels' about you in less than a second. • If she really have a boyfriend or is it a test? • And much more... PUA Freeman Sun, 06 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258952 thebookvoice.com 1:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Are They Lying?: Body Language & Lie Detection Secrets Author: PUA Freeman Narrator: PUA Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: March 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "Everybody Lies", Gregory House MD It's true... while nobody likes to be called a liar; the reality is we all lie! We are taught to lie by the very people who end up being most offended by the practice. Our parents tell us to 'wipe that expression off our face', when we turn our nose up at food we don't like - they would apparently prefer us to pretend we do like it rather than admit the truth. Occasionally we are told to use a different tone of voice - a nice one, that doesn't reflect how we really feel. This is how we begin to learn that sometimes a lie can benefit us in the short term. As such the ability to lie becomes an important part of our communication toolbox. What we are not taught is how to detect a lie - possibly the most powerful skill you can have. As part of the Powerfully Confident Dating Psychology series, in this book human behaviour expert and renowned PUA Freeman reveals the lie detection secrets of the F.B.I. and behavioural analysis unit (B.A.U). Using these little known skills you too can become a master of reading the truth behind another persons story. The difference between the average pick up artist and the master in their depth of understanding of what makes women tick. The knowledge in this book will have practical applications in all areas of your life but especially to your dating: You are about to discover: • How to spot attraction signals a mile off. • What she is REALLY thinking & why. • Advanced dating & relationships indicators. • How she 'feels' about you in less than a second. • If she really have a boyfriend or is it a test? • And much more... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Are They Lying?: Body Language & Lie Detection Secrets Author: PUA Freeman Narrator: PUA Freeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 43 minutes Release date: March 6, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "Everybody Lies", Gregory House MD It's true... while nobody likes to be called a liar; the reality is we all lie! We are taught to lie by the very people who end up being most offended by the practice. Our parents tell us to 'wipe that expression off our face', when we turn our nose up at food we don't like - they would apparently prefer us to pretend we do like it rather than admit the truth. Occasionally we are told to use a different tone of voice - a nice one, that doesn't reflect how we really feel. This is how we begin to learn that sometimes a lie can benefit us in the short term. As such the ability to lie becomes an important part of our communication toolbox. What we are not taught is how to detect a lie - possibly the most powerful skill you can have. As part of the Powerfully Confident Dating Psychology series, in this book human behaviour expert and renowned PUA Freeman reveals the lie detection secrets of the F.B.I. and behavioural analysis unit (B.A.U). Using these little known skills you too can become a master of reading the truth behind another persons story. The difference between the average pick up artist and the master in their depth of understanding of what makes women tick. The knowledge in this book will have practical applications in all areas of your life but especially to your dating: You are about to discover: • How to spot attraction signals a mile off. • What she is REALLY thinking & why. • Advanced dating & relationships indicators. • How she 'feels' about you in less than a second. • If she really have a boyfriend or is it a test? • And much more... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Personality Author: Delmer Eugene Croft Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 63 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is self-realization. Every birth is divine. We are born anew every morning. My wish is that you may catch the gleam, be freed from limitations and enter upon your boundless possibilities. To bring you into the throne-room of your being, that you may awaken in self-realization, is why I have prepared this course of lessons. Should you give five minutes a day to them, in a year you will know the joy there is in Life, in Power, and in Service. (from the text) Delmer Eugene Croft Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258722 thebookvoice.com 2:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Personality Author: Delmer Eugene Croft Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 63 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is self-realization. Every birth is divine. We are born anew every morning. My wish is that you may catch the gleam, be freed from limitations and enter upon your boundless possibilities. To bring you into the throne-room of your being, that you may awaken in self-realization, is why I have prepared this course of lessons. Should you give five minutes a day to them, in a year you will know the joy there is in Life, in Power, and in Service. (from the text) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Supreme Personality Author: Delmer Eugene Croft Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 2 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 63 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Life is self-realization. Every birth is divine. We are born anew every morning. My wish is that you may catch the gleam, be freed from limitations and enter upon your boundless possibilities. To bring you into the throne-room of your being, that you may awaken in self-realization, is why I have prepared this course of lessons. Should you give five minutes a day to them, in a year you will know the joy there is in Life, in Power, and in Service. (from the text) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258183 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258183]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Initiative Psychic Energy Author: Warren Hilton Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to accomplish your goals through increasing your mental power, avoiding energy drains, and becoming more mentally efficient. (Summary by Andrea Fiore.) Warren Hilton Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258183 thebookvoice.com 1:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258183]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Initiative Psychic Energy Author: Warren Hilton Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to accomplish your goals through increasing your mental power, avoiding energy drains, and becoming more mentally efficient. (Summary by Andrea Fiore.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258183]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Initiative Psychic Energy Author: Warren Hilton Narrator: Andrea Fiore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 5 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.65 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 3.8 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn how to accomplish your goals through increasing your mental power, avoiding energy drains, and becoming more mentally efficient. (Summary by Andrea Fiore.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helsinkiin Author: Juhani Aho Narrator: Tuija Aalto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The miniature novel Helsinkiin by Juhani Aho was published in 1889. A psychological novel about a young man's stepping into adult life, it also touches the then heated language politics as Finnish was emerging as a language of academia in the bilingual country. Aho (1861 - 1921) was among the first professional writers in Finland. This reading is in Finnish. (Summary by Tuija Aalto) Juhani Aho Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258158 thebookvoice.com 2:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helsinkiin Author: Juhani Aho Narrator: Tuija Aalto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The miniature novel Helsinkiin by Juhani Aho was published in 1889. A psychological novel about a young man's stepping into adult life, it also touches the then heated language politics as Finnish was emerging as a language of academia in the bilingual country. Aho (1861 - 1921) was among the first professional writers in Finland. This reading is in Finnish. (Summary by Tuija Aalto) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/258158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helsinkiin Author: Juhani Aho Narrator: Tuija Aalto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The miniature novel Helsinkiin by Juhani Aho was published in 1889. A psychological novel about a young man's stepping into adult life, it also touches the then heated language politics as Finnish was emerging as a language of academia in the bilingual country. Aho (1861 - 1921) was among the first professional writers in Finland. This reading is in Finnish. (Summary by Tuija Aalto) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confessions, volumes 3 and 4 Author: Jean Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "The smallest, the most trifling pleasure that is conveniently within my reach, tempts me more than all the joys of paradise." Here again is the youthful, hero-worshipping Jean-Jacques - displaying an emotional immaturity that leads him into picaresque escapades in the company of transients and misfits, always ending in reunion with mother-surrogate Madame de Warens. In a literally unprecedented gesture of self-revelation, Rousseau opens Volume 3 exposing himself indecently in dark alleyways. This 1903 edition fails to appreciate the humorous strangeness of the passage and removes it to protect the reader. (Summary by Martin Geeson) Jean Jacques Rousseau Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257905 thebookvoice.com 5:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confessions, volumes 3 and 4 Author: Jean Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "The smallest, the most trifling pleasure that is conveniently within my reach, tempts me more than all the joys of paradise." Here again is the youthful, hero-worshipping Jean-Jacques - displaying an emotional immaturity that leads him into picaresque escapades in the company of transients and misfits, always ending in reunion with mother-surrogate Madame de Warens. In a literally unprecedented gesture of self-revelation, Rousseau opens Volume 3 exposing himself indecently in dark alleyways. This 1903 edition fails to appreciate the humorous strangeness of the passage and removes it to protect the reader. (Summary by Martin Geeson) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confessions, volumes 3 and 4 Author: Jean Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "The smallest, the most trifling pleasure that is conveniently within my reach, tempts me more than all the joys of paradise." Here again is the youthful, hero-worshipping Jean-Jacques - displaying an emotional immaturity that leads him into picaresque escapades in the company of transients and misfits, always ending in reunion with mother-surrogate Madame de Warens. In a literally unprecedented gesture of self-revelation, Rousseau opens Volume 3 exposing himself indecently in dark alleyways. This 1903 edition fails to appreciate the humorous strangeness of the passage and removes it to protect the reader. (Summary by Martin Geeson) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257904 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Complete Hypnotism, Mesmerism, Mind-Reading and Spiritualism Author: A. Alpheus Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written in 1903, just sixty years after the word 'hypnotism' was coined, this book explores the contemporary understanding of the nature, uses and dangers of the technique. Hypnotism has been practiced for many centuries, but it was in the mid-to-late nineteenth century that it became a particularly fashionable way to explore the human mind. Although understanding of the subject has evolved considerably over subsequent years, this book remains a fascinating insight into a technique once thought to be at the forefront of medical science. (summary by Stuart Bell) A. Alpheus Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257904 thebookvoice.com 3:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Complete Hypnotism, Mesmerism, Mind-Reading and Spiritualism Author: A. Alpheus Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written in 1903, just sixty years after the word 'hypnotism' was coined, this book explores the contemporary understanding of the nature, uses and dangers of the technique. Hypnotism has been practiced for many centuries, but it was in the mid-to-late nineteenth century that it became a particularly fashionable way to explore the human mind. Although understanding of the subject has evolved considerably over subsequent years, this book remains a fascinating insight into a technique once thought to be at the forefront of medical science. (summary by Stuart Bell) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257904]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Complete Hypnotism, Mesmerism, Mind-Reading and Spiritualism Author: A. Alpheus Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.87 of Total 15 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written in 1903, just sixty years after the word 'hypnotism' was coined, this book explores the contemporary understanding of the nature, uses and dangers of the technique. Hypnotism has been practiced for many centuries, but it was in the mid-to-late nineteenth century that it became a particularly fashionable way to explore the human mind. Although understanding of the subject has evolved considerably over subsequent years, this book remains a fascinating insight into a technique once thought to be at the forefront of medical science. (summary by Stuart Bell) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Varieties of Religious Experience Author: William James Narrator: Musil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Varieties of Religious Experience: A Study in Human Nature is a book by the Harvard psychologist and philosopher William James that comprises his edited Gifford Lectures on "Natural Theology" delivered at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland between 1901 and 1902. These lectures concerned the nature of religion and the neglect of science, in James' view, in the academic study of religion. Soon after its publication, the book found its way into the canon of psychology and philosophy, and has remained in print for over a century. (Summary by Wikipedia) William James Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257518 thebookvoice.com 22:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Varieties of Religious Experience Author: William James Narrator: Musil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Varieties of Religious Experience: A Study in Human Nature is a book by the Harvard psychologist and philosopher William James that comprises his edited Gifford Lectures on "Natural Theology" delivered at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland between 1901 and 1902. These lectures concerned the nature of religion and the neglect of science, in James' view, in the academic study of religion. Soon after its publication, the book found its way into the canon of psychology and philosophy, and has remained in print for over a century. (Summary by Wikipedia) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Varieties of Religious Experience Author: William James Narrator: Musil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 26 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Varieties of Religious Experience: A Study in Human Nature is a book by the Harvard psychologist and philosopher William James that comprises his edited Gifford Lectures on "Natural Theology" delivered at the University of Edinburgh in Scotland between 1901 and 1902. These lectures concerned the nature of religion and the neglect of science, in James' view, in the academic study of religion. Soon after its publication, the book found its way into the canon of psychology and philosophy, and has remained in print for over a century. (Summary by Wikipedia) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257304 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 3 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) Robert Burton Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257304 thebookvoice.com 24:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 3 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257304]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 3 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 2 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) Robert Burton Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257282 thebookvoice.com 12:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 2 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 2 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257281 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 1 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) Robert Burton Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257281 thebookvoice.com 21:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 1 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257281]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anatomy of Melancholy Volume 1 Author: Robert Burton Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The Anatomy of Melancholy is a book by Robert Burton, first published in 1621. On its surface, the book is a medical textbook in which Burton applies his large and varied learning in the scholastic manner to the subject of melancholia (which includes what is now termed clinical depression). Though presented as a medical text, The Anatomy of Melancholy is as much a sui generis work of literature as it is a scientific or philosophical text, and Burton addresses far more than his stated subject. In fact, the Anatomy uses melancholy as the lens through which all human emotion and thought may be scrutinized, and virtually the entire contents of a 17th-century library are marshalled into service of this goal. Burton is forthright about his intentions in writing the Anatomy - "I write of melancholy by being busy to avoid melancholy," he concedes. This acknowledged desire to distract and amuse himself motivated Burton to produce a wide-ranging document, containing digressions and commentary. Whatever its strengths as a medical text or as a historical document, it is the Anatomy's vast breadth - addressing topics such as digestion, goblins, the geography of America, and others - and the particularly characteristic voice of its author that are most commonly cited by its admirers as the main sources of its appeal. Both satirical and serious in tone, the Anatomy is "vitalized by (Burton's) pervading humour", and Burton's digressive and inclusive style, often verging on a stream of consciousness, consistently informs and animates the text. (Summary from Wikipedia) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257268 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Studies in the Psychology of Sex, Volume 1 Author: Havelock Ellis Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The first of six volumes, this volume covers in extensive detail the topics of "The Evolution of Modesty", "The Phenomena of Sexual Periodicity", and "Auto-Eroticism". Written as an anthropological and psychological study from the point of view of Havelock, the famous British sexologist of the late 19th century, who was also a physician and social reformer. (Summary by Tim Ferreira) Havelock Ellis Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257268 thebookvoice.com 12:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Studies in the Psychology of Sex, Volume 1 Author: Havelock Ellis Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The first of six volumes, this volume covers in extensive detail the topics of "The Evolution of Modesty", "The Phenomena of Sexual Periodicity", and "Auto-Eroticism". Written as an anthropological and psychological study from the point of view of Havelock, the famous British sexologist of the late 19th century, who was also a physician and social reformer. (Summary by Tim Ferreira) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257268]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Studies in the Psychology of Sex, Volume 1 Author: Havelock Ellis Narrator: LibriVox Volunteers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 55 Ratings of Narrator: 2.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The first of six volumes, this volume covers in extensive detail the topics of "The Evolution of Modesty", "The Phenomena of Sexual Periodicity", and "Auto-Eroticism". Written as an anthropological and psychological study from the point of view of Havelock, the famous British sexologist of the late 19th century, who was also a physician and social reformer. (Summary by Tim Ferreira) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathological Lying, Accusation, and Swindling - A Study in Forensic Psychology Author: William Healy Narrator: Mary Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.9 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This work describes and analyzes several cases of pathological behavior. The interest comes not only from the cases themselves, but also from the of-its-time analysis which is mired in what we now know to be wrong thinking about mental illness, sexuality, gender, and race. - written by Mary Schneider William Healy Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257234 thebookvoice.com 9:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathological Lying, Accusation, and Swindling - A Study in Forensic Psychology Author: William Healy Narrator: Mary Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.9 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This work describes and analyzes several cases of pathological behavior. The interest comes not only from the cases themselves, but also from the of-its-time analysis which is mired in what we now know to be wrong thinking about mental illness, sexuality, gender, and race. - written by Mary Schneider Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pathological Lying, Accusation, and Swindling - A Study in Forensic Psychology Author: William Healy Narrator: Mary Schneider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.9 of Total 21 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This work describes and analyzes several cases of pathological behavior. The interest comes not only from the cases themselves, but also from the of-its-time analysis which is mired in what we now know to be wrong thinking about mental illness, sexuality, gender, and race. - written by Mary Schneider https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257131 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confessions, volumes 5 and 6 Author: Jean Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "She was more to me than a sister, a mother, a friend, or even than a mistress, and for this very reason she was not a mistress; in a word, I loved her too much to desire her..." More of the amours of the twentysomething Jean-Jacques: here initiated into a strangely compromised manhood by his "maman" and perennial comforter - "Was I happy? No: I felt I know-not-what invincible sadness which empoisoned my happiness, it seemed that I had committed an incest, and two or three times, pressing her eagerly in my arms, I deluged her bosom with my tears. On her part, as she had never sought pleasure, she had not the stings of remorse..." (Introduction by Martin Geeson) Jean Jacques Rousseau Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257131 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confessions, volumes 5 and 6 Author: Jean Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "She was more to me than a sister, a mother, a friend, or even than a mistress, and for this very reason she was not a mistress; in a word, I loved her too much to desire her..." More of the amours of the twentysomething Jean-Jacques: here initiated into a strangely compromised manhood by his "maman" and perennial comforter - "Was I happy? No: I felt I know-not-what invincible sadness which empoisoned my happiness, it seemed that I had committed an incest, and two or three times, pressing her eagerly in my arms, I deluged her bosom with my tears. On her part, as she had never sought pleasure, she had not the stings of remorse..." (Introduction by Martin Geeson) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/257131]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confessions, volumes 5 and 6 Author: Jean Jacques Rousseau Narrator: Martin Geeson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "She was more to me than a sister, a mother, a friend, or even than a mistress, and for this very reason she was not a mistress; in a word, I loved her too much to desire her..." More of the amours of the twentysomething Jean-Jacques: here initiated into a strangely compromised manhood by his "maman" and perennial comforter - "Was I happy? No: I felt I know-not-what invincible sadness which empoisoned my happiness, it seemed that I had committed an incest, and two or three times, pressing her eagerly in my arms, I deluged her bosom with my tears. On her part, as she had never sought pleasure, she had not the stings of remorse..." (Introduction by Martin Geeson) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256984 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mindful Athlete: Secrets to Pure Performance Author: George Mumford Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Michael Jordan credits George Mumford with transforming his on-court leadership of the Bulls, helping Jordan lead the team to six NBA championships. Mumford also helped Kobe Bryant, Andrew Bynum, and Lamar Odom and countless other NBA players turn around their games. A widely respected public speaker and coach, Mumford is sharing his own story and the strategies that have made these athletes into stars in The Mindful Athlete: The Secret to Pure Performance. His proven, gentle but groundbreaking mindfulness techniques can transform the performance of anyone with a goal, be they an Olympian, weekend warrior, executive, hacker, or artist.Mumford’s deeply moving personal story is unforgettable. A basketball player at the University of Massachusetts (where he roomed with Dr. J, Julius Erving), injuries forced Mumford out of the game he loved. The meds that relieved the pain of his injuries also numbed him to the emptiness he felt without the game and eventually led him to heroin. After years as a functioning addict, Mumford enrolled in Dr. Jon Kabat-Zinn’s Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction program, and made meditation, on and off the cushion, the center of his life. He kicked drugs, earned a master’s degree in counseling psychology and began teaching meditation to inmates and others.When Michael Jordan left the Chicago Bulls to play baseball in 1993, the team was in crisis. Coach Phil Jackson, a long-time mindfulness practitioner, contacted Dr. Kabat-Zinn to find someone who could teach mindfulness techniques to the struggling team—someone who would have credibility and could speak the language of his players. Kabat-Zinn led Jackson to Mumford and their partnership began. Mumford has worked with Jackson and each of the eleven teams he coached to become NBA champions. His roster of champion clients has since blossomed way beyond basketball to include corporate executives, Olympians, and athletes. George Mumford Tue, 15 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256984 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mindful Athlete: Secrets to Pure Performance Author: George Mumford Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Michael Jordan credits George Mumford with transforming his on-court leadership of the Bulls, helping Jordan lead the team to six NBA championships. Mumford also helped Kobe Bryant, Andrew Bynum, and Lamar Odom and countless other NBA players turn around their games. A widely respected public speaker and coach, Mumford is sharing his own story and the strategies that have made these athletes into stars in The Mindful Athlete: The Secret to Pure Performance. His proven, gentle but groundbreaking mindfulness techniques can transform the performance of anyone with a goal, be they an Olympian, weekend warrior, executive, hacker, or artist.Mumford’s deeply moving personal story is unforgettable. A basketball player at the University of Massachusetts (where he roomed with Dr. J, Julius Erving), injuries forced Mumford out of the game he loved. The meds that relieved the pain of his injuries also numbed him to the emptiness he felt without the game and eventually led him to heroin. After years as a functioning addict, Mumford enrolled in Dr. Jon Kabat-Zinn’s Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction program, and made meditation, on and off the cushion, the center of his life. He kicked drugs, earned a master’s degree in counseling psychology and began teaching meditation to inmates and others.When Michael Jordan left the Chicago Bulls to play baseball in 1993, the team was in crisis. Coach Phil Jackson, a long-time mindfulness practitioner, contacted Dr. Kabat-Zinn to find someone who could teach mindfulness techniques to the struggling team—someone who would have credibility and could speak the language of his players. Kabat-Zinn led Jackson to Mumford and their partnership began. Mumford has worked with Jackson and each of the eleven teams he coached to become NBA champions. His roster of champion clients has since blossomed way beyond basketball to include corporate executives, Olympians, and athletes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256984]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mindful Athlete: Secrets to Pure Performance Author: George Mumford Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Michael Jordan credits George Mumford with transforming his on-court leadership of the Bulls, helping Jordan lead the team to six NBA championships. Mumford also helped Kobe Bryant, Andrew Bynum, and Lamar Odom and countless other NBA players turn around their games. A widely respected public speaker and coach, Mumford is sharing his own story and the strategies that have made these athletes into stars in The Mindful Athlete: The Secret to Pure Performance. His proven, gentle but groundbreaking mindfulness techniques can transform the performance of anyone with a goal, be they an Olympian, weekend warrior, executive, hacker, or artist.Mumford’s deeply moving personal story is unforgettable. A basketball player at the University of Massachusetts (where he roomed with Dr. J, Julius Erving), injuries forced Mumford out of the game he loved. The meds that relieved the pain of his injuries also numbed him to the emptiness he felt without the game and eventually led him to heroin. After years as a functioning addict, Mumford enrolled in Dr. Jon Kabat-Zinn’s Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction program, and made meditation, on and off the cushion, the center of his life. He kicked drugs, earned a master’s degree in counseling psychology and began teaching meditation to inmates and others.When Michael Jordan left the Chicago Bulls to play baseball in 1993, the team was in crisis. Coach Phil Jackson, a long-time mindfulness practitioner, contacted Dr. Kabat-Zinn to find someone who could teach mindfulness techniques to the struggling team—someone who would have credibility and could speak the language of his players. Kabat-Zinn led Jackson to Mumford and their partnership began. Mumford has worked with Jackson and each of the eleven teams he coached to become NBA champions. His roster of champion clients has since blossomed way beyond basketball to include corporate executives, Olympians, and athletes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256951 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Fight Depression -- 9 Case Studies Author: John F. Walsh, M.S., Joyce Zborower, M.A. Narrator: Joyce Zborower, M.A. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are nine (9) psychological case studies of real people dealing with depression in this 37-page booklet. Each one shows how unique the consequences of this debilitating condition can be on one's life. The author of these studies, John F. Walsh, M.S. (1937 2012), spent the better part of his life 45 years working as a crisis intervention mental health professional within various mental health hospitals. Jack had a special knack for figuring out what was wrong and helping people deal with their circumstances. The final write-up in this collection of case studies lays out his ideas for how you can best help your friend or loved one. Don't get so wrapped up in their problems that you neglect taking care of yourself. John F. Walsh, M.S., Joyce Zborower, M.A. Mon, 29 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256951 thebookvoice.com 1:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Fight Depression -- 9 Case Studies Author: John F. Walsh, M.S., Joyce Zborower, M.A. Narrator: Joyce Zborower, M.A. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are nine (9) psychological case studies of real people dealing with depression in this 37-page booklet. Each one shows how unique the consequences of this debilitating condition can be on one's life. The author of these studies, John F. Walsh, M.S. (1937 2012), spent the better part of his life 45 years working as a crisis intervention mental health professional within various mental health hospitals. Jack had a special knack for figuring out what was wrong and helping people deal with their circumstances. The final write-up in this collection of case studies lays out his ideas for how you can best help your friend or loved one. Don't get so wrapped up in their problems that you neglect taking care of yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How To Fight Depression -- 9 Case Studies Author: John F. Walsh, M.S., Joyce Zborower, M.A. Narrator: Joyce Zborower, M.A. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: February 29, 2016 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There are nine (9) psychological case studies of real people dealing with depression in this 37-page booklet. Each one shows how unique the consequences of this debilitating condition can be on one's life. The author of these studies, John F. Walsh, M.S. (1937 2012), spent the better part of his life 45 years working as a crisis intervention mental health professional within various mental health hospitals. Jack had a special knack for figuring out what was wrong and helping people deal with their circumstances. The final write-up in this collection of case studies lays out his ideas for how you can best help your friend or loved one. Don't get so wrapped up in their problems that you neglect taking care of yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside of a Dog: What Dogs See, Smell, and Know Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling book from the author of The Year of the Puppy that asks what dogs know and how they think. The answers will surprise and delight you as Alexandra Horowitz, a cognitive scientist, explains how dogs perceive their daily worlds, each other, and that other quirky animal, the human. Horowitz introduces the reader to dogs’ perceptual and cognitive abilities and then draws a picture of what it might be like to be a dog. What’s it like to be able to smell not just every bit of open food in the house but also to smell sadness in humans, or even the passage of time? How does a tiny dog manage to play successfully with a Great Dane? What is it like to hear the bodily vibrations of insects or the hum of a fluorescent light? Why must a person on a bicycle be chased? What’s it like to use your mouth as a hand? In short, what is it like for a dog to experience life from two feet off the ground, amidst the smells of the sidewalk, gazing at our ankles or knees? Inside of a Dog explains these things and much more. The answers can be surprising—once we set aside our natural inclination to anthropomorphize dogs. Inside of a Dog also contains up-to-the-minute research—on dogs’ detection of disease, the secrets of their tails, and their skill at reading our attention—that Horowitz puts into useful context. Although not a formal training guide, Inside of a Dog has practical application for dog lovers interested in understanding why their dogs do what they do. With a light touch and the weight of science behind her, Alexandra Horowitz examines the animal we think we know best but may actually understand the least. This book is as close as you can get to knowing about dogs without being a dog yourself. Alexandra Horowitz Tue, 22 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256947 thebookvoice.com 10:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside of a Dog: What Dogs See, Smell, and Know Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling book from the author of The Year of the Puppy that asks what dogs know and how they think. The answers will surprise and delight you as Alexandra Horowitz, a cognitive scientist, explains how dogs perceive their daily worlds, each other, and that other quirky animal, the human. Horowitz introduces the reader to dogs’ perceptual and cognitive abilities and then draws a picture of what it might be like to be a dog. What’s it like to be able to smell not just every bit of open food in the house but also to smell sadness in humans, or even the passage of time? How does a tiny dog manage to play successfully with a Great Dane? What is it like to hear the bodily vibrations of insects or the hum of a fluorescent light? Why must a person on a bicycle be chased? What’s it like to use your mouth as a hand? In short, what is it like for a dog to experience life from two feet off the ground, amidst the smells of the sidewalk, gazing at our ankles or knees? Inside of a Dog explains these things and much more. The answers can be surprising—once we set aside our natural inclination to anthropomorphize dogs. Inside of a Dog also contains up-to-the-minute research—on dogs’ detection of disease, the secrets of their tails, and their skill at reading our attention—that Horowitz puts into useful context. Although not a formal training guide, Inside of a Dog has practical application for dog lovers interested in understanding why their dogs do what they do. With a light touch and the weight of science behind her, Alexandra Horowitz examines the animal we think we know best but may actually understand the least. This book is as close as you can get to knowing about dogs without being a dog yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Inside of a Dog: What Dogs See, Smell, and Know Author: Alexandra Horowitz Narrator: Karen White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 22, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling book from the author of The Year of the Puppy that asks what dogs know and how they think. The answers will surprise and delight you as Alexandra Horowitz, a cognitive scientist, explains how dogs perceive their daily worlds, each other, and that other quirky animal, the human. Horowitz introduces the reader to dogs’ perceptual and cognitive abilities and then draws a picture of what it might be like to be a dog. What’s it like to be able to smell not just every bit of open food in the house but also to smell sadness in humans, or even the passage of time? How does a tiny dog manage to play successfully with a Great Dane? What is it like to hear the bodily vibrations of insects or the hum of a fluorescent light? Why must a person on a bicycle be chased? What’s it like to use your mouth as a hand? In short, what is it like for a dog to experience life from two feet off the ground, amidst the smells of the sidewalk, gazing at our ankles or knees? Inside of a Dog explains these things and much more. The answers can be surprising—once we set aside our natural inclination to anthropomorphize dogs. Inside of a Dog also contains up-to-the-minute research—on dogs’ detection of disease, the secrets of their tails, and their skill at reading our attention—that Horowitz puts into useful context. Although not a formal training guide, Inside of a Dog has practical application for dog lovers interested in understanding why their dogs do what they do. With a light touch and the weight of science behind her, Alexandra Horowitz examines the animal we think we know best but may actually understand the least. This book is as close as you can get to knowing about dogs without being a dog yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256695 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls & Sex: Navigating the Complicated New Landscape Author: Peggy Orenstein Narrator: Peggy Orenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the New York Times bestseller Cinderella Ate My Daughter offers a clear-eyed picture of the new sexual landscape girls face in the post-princess stage—high school through college—and reveals how they are negotiating it. A generation gap has emerged between parents and their girls. Even in this age of helicopter parenting, the mothers and fathers of tomorrow’s women have little idea what their daughters are up to sexually or how they feel about it. Drawing on in-depth interviews with over seventy young women and a wide range of psychologists, academics, and experts, renowned journalist Peggy Orenstein goes where most others fear to tread, pulling back the curtain on the hidden truths, hard lessons, and important possibilities of girls’ sex lives in the modern world. While the media has focused—often to sensational effect—on the rise of casual sex and the prevalence of rape on campus, in Girls and Sex Peggy Orenstein brings much more to the table. She examines the ways in which porn and all its sexual myths have seeped into young people’s lives; what it means to be the “the perfect slut” and why many girls scorn virginity; the complicated terrain of hookup culture and the unfortunate realities surrounding assault. In Orenstein’s hands these issues are never reduced to simplistic “truths;” rather, her powerful reporting opens up a dialogue on a potent, often silent, subtext of American life today—giving readers comprehensive and in-depth information with which to understand, and navigate, this complicated new world. Peggy Orenstein Tue, 29 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256695 thebookvoice.com 7:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls & Sex: Navigating the Complicated New Landscape Author: Peggy Orenstein Narrator: Peggy Orenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the New York Times bestseller Cinderella Ate My Daughter offers a clear-eyed picture of the new sexual landscape girls face in the post-princess stage—high school through college—and reveals how they are negotiating it. A generation gap has emerged between parents and their girls. Even in this age of helicopter parenting, the mothers and fathers of tomorrow’s women have little idea what their daughters are up to sexually or how they feel about it. Drawing on in-depth interviews with over seventy young women and a wide range of psychologists, academics, and experts, renowned journalist Peggy Orenstein goes where most others fear to tread, pulling back the curtain on the hidden truths, hard lessons, and important possibilities of girls’ sex lives in the modern world. While the media has focused—often to sensational effect—on the rise of casual sex and the prevalence of rape on campus, in Girls and Sex Peggy Orenstein brings much more to the table. She examines the ways in which porn and all its sexual myths have seeped into young people’s lives; what it means to be the “the perfect slut” and why many girls scorn virginity; the complicated terrain of hookup culture and the unfortunate realities surrounding assault. In Orenstein’s hands these issues are never reduced to simplistic “truths;” rather, her powerful reporting opens up a dialogue on a potent, often silent, subtext of American life today—giving readers comprehensive and in-depth information with which to understand, and navigate, this complicated new world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls & Sex: Navigating the Complicated New Landscape Author: Peggy Orenstein Narrator: Peggy Orenstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 29, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The author of the New York Times bestseller Cinderella Ate My Daughter offers a clear-eyed picture of the new sexual landscape girls face in the post-princess stage—high school through college—and reveals how they are negotiating it. A generation gap has emerged between parents and their girls. Even in this age of helicopter parenting, the mothers and fathers of tomorrow’s women have little idea what their daughters are up to sexually or how they feel about it. Drawing on in-depth interviews with over seventy young women and a wide range of psychologists, academics, and experts, renowned journalist Peggy Orenstein goes where most others fear to tread, pulling back the curtain on the hidden truths, hard lessons, and important possibilities of girls’ sex lives in the modern world. While the media has focused—often to sensational effect—on the rise of casual sex and the prevalence of rape on campus, in Girls and Sex Peggy Orenstein brings much more to the table. She examines the ways in which porn and all its sexual myths have seeped into young people’s lives; what it means to be the “the perfect slut” and why many girls scorn virginity; the complicated terrain of hookup culture and the unfortunate realities surrounding assault. In Orenstein’s hands these issues are never reduced to simplistic “truths;” rather, her powerful reporting opens up a dialogue on a potent, often silent, subtext of American life today—giving readers comprehensive and in-depth information with which to understand, and navigate, this complicated new world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256633 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Remember Names and Faces Author: Harry Lorayne Narrator: Harry Lorayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Remember the name - but can't remember the face? Remember the face - but can't remember the name? Harry Lorayne's easy-to-use techniques will teach you how! How important is recalling a name or face? No matter how briefly you may have met, remembering someone can be a crucial social and business skill. By applying Lorayne's proven system of memory development, you'll be able to avoid the embarrassment - and possible cost - of forgetting a name or face. Learn to sidestep unnecessarily awkward situations and grasp potentially important relationships. You'll be amazed at how easy it is to train your memory through this unique approach. Harry Lorayne Tue, 02 Jan 2007 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256633 thebookvoice.com 0:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Remember Names and Faces Author: Harry Lorayne Narrator: Harry Lorayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Remember the name - but can't remember the face? Remember the face - but can't remember the name? Harry Lorayne's easy-to-use techniques will teach you how! How important is recalling a name or face? No matter how briefly you may have met, remembering someone can be a crucial social and business skill. By applying Lorayne's proven system of memory development, you'll be able to avoid the embarrassment - and possible cost - of forgetting a name or face. Learn to sidestep unnecessarily awkward situations and grasp potentially important relationships. You'll be amazed at how easy it is to train your memory through this unique approach. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256633]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Remember Names and Faces Author: Harry Lorayne Narrator: Harry Lorayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 37 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Remember the name - but can't remember the face? Remember the face - but can't remember the name? Harry Lorayne's easy-to-use techniques will teach you how! How important is recalling a name or face? No matter how briefly you may have met, remembering someone can be a crucial social and business skill. By applying Lorayne's proven system of memory development, you'll be able to avoid the embarrassment - and possible cost - of forgetting a name or face. Learn to sidestep unnecessarily awkward situations and grasp potentially important relationships. You'll be amazed at how easy it is to train your memory through this unique approach. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256632 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Improve Your Memory Author: Harry Lorayne Narrator: Harry Lorayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Increase your powers of recall and retention with Harry Lorayne's famous Memory Development Program How to Improve Your Memory teaches you proved techniques to help remember phone numbers, prices, appointments, speeches, lists, and much more. By applying the Lorayne link and peg system of memory development you will be able to: * Better your skills of observation and association * Double your powers of retention * Increase concentration * Remember almost anything you want to remember Let Harry Lorayne share his memory development strategies with you, and train your memory to serve you well. Harry Lorayne Tue, 02 Jan 2007 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256632 thebookvoice.com 0:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Improve Your Memory Author: Harry Lorayne Narrator: Harry Lorayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Increase your powers of recall and retention with Harry Lorayne's famous Memory Development Program How to Improve Your Memory teaches you proved techniques to help remember phone numbers, prices, appointments, speeches, lists, and much more. By applying the Lorayne link and peg system of memory development you will be able to: * Better your skills of observation and association * Double your powers of retention * Increase concentration * Remember almost anything you want to remember Let Harry Lorayne share his memory development strategies with you, and train your memory to serve you well. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256632]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Improve Your Memory Author: Harry Lorayne Narrator: Harry Lorayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 2, 2007 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Increase your powers of recall and retention with Harry Lorayne's famous Memory Development Program How to Improve Your Memory teaches you proved techniques to help remember phone numbers, prices, appointments, speeches, lists, and much more. By applying the Lorayne link and peg system of memory development you will be able to: * Better your skills of observation and association * Double your powers of retention * Increase concentration * Remember almost anything you want to remember Let Harry Lorayne share his memory development strategies with you, and train your memory to serve you well. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sleep Revolution: Transforming Your Life, One Night at a Time Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Agapi Stassinopoulos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Co-founder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post Arianna Huffington shows how our cultural dismissal of sleep as time wasted compromises our health and our decision-making and undermines our work lives, our personal lives--and even our sex lives in this New York Times bestseller. We are in the midst of a sleep deprivation crisis, with profound consequences to our health, our job performance, our relationships and our happiness. What we need is nothing short of a sleep revolution: only by renewing our relationship with sleep can we take back control of our lives. In The Sleep Revolution, Arianna explores all the latest science on what exactly is going on while we sleep and dream. She takes on the sleeping pill industry, and all the ways our addiction to technology disrupts our sleep. She also offers a range of recommendations and tips from leading scientists on how we can get better and more restorative sleep, and harness its incredible power. The result is a sweeping, scientifically rigorous, and deeply personal exploration of sleep from all angles, from the history of sleep, to the role of dreams in our lives, to the consequences of sleep deprivation, and the new golden age of sleep science that reveals the vital role sleep plays in our every waking moment and every aspect of our health--from weight gain, diabetes, and heart disease to cancer and Alzheimer’s.   In today's fast-paced, always-connected, perpetually-harried and sleep-deprived world, our need for a good night’s sleep is more important--and elusive--than ever. The Sleep Revolution both sounds the alarm on our worldwide sleep crisis and provides a detailed road map to the great sleep awakening that can help transform our lives, our communities, and our world. Includes a PDF of Appendices from the Book Arianna Huffington Tue, 05 Apr 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601 thebookvoice.com 9:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sleep Revolution: Transforming Your Life, One Night at a Time Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Agapi Stassinopoulos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Co-founder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post Arianna Huffington shows how our cultural dismissal of sleep as time wasted compromises our health and our decision-making and undermines our work lives, our personal lives--and even our sex lives in this New York Times bestseller. We are in the midst of a sleep deprivation crisis, with profound consequences to our health, our job performance, our relationships and our happiness. What we need is nothing short of a sleep revolution: only by renewing our relationship with sleep can we take back control of our lives. In The Sleep Revolution, Arianna explores all the latest science on what exactly is going on while we sleep and dream. She takes on the sleeping pill industry, and all the ways our addiction to technology disrupts our sleep. She also offers a range of recommendations and tips from leading scientists on how we can get better and more restorative sleep, and harness its incredible power. The result is a sweeping, scientifically rigorous, and deeply personal exploration of sleep from all angles, from the history of sleep, to the role of dreams in our lives, to the consequences of sleep deprivation, and the new golden age of sleep science that reveals the vital role sleep plays in our every waking moment and every aspect of our health--from weight gain, diabetes, and heart disease to cancer and Alzheimer’s.   In today's fast-paced, always-connected, perpetually-harried and sleep-deprived world, our need for a good night’s sleep is more important--and elusive--than ever. The Sleep Revolution both sounds the alarm on our worldwide sleep crisis and provides a detailed road map to the great sleep awakening that can help transform our lives, our communities, and our world. Includes a PDF of Appendices from the Book Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256601]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sleep Revolution: Transforming Your Life, One Night at a Time Author: Arianna Huffington Narrator: Agapi Stassinopoulos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.69 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Co-founder and editor in chief of The Huffington Post Arianna Huffington shows how our cultural dismissal of sleep as time wasted compromises our health and our decision-making and undermines our work lives, our personal lives--and even our sex lives in this New York Times bestseller. We are in the midst of a sleep deprivation crisis, with profound consequences to our health, our job performance, our relationships and our happiness. What we need is nothing short of a sleep revolution: only by renewing our relationship with sleep can we take back control of our lives. In The Sleep Revolution, Arianna explores all the latest science on what exactly is going on while we sleep and dream. She takes on the sleeping pill industry, and all the ways our addiction to technology disrupts our sleep. She also offers a range of recommendations and tips from leading scientists on how we can get better and more restorative sleep, and harness its incredible power. The result is a sweeping, scientifically rigorous, and deeply personal exploration of sleep from all angles, from the history of sleep, to the role of dreams in our lives, to the consequences of sleep deprivation, and the new golden age of sleep science that reveals the vital role sleep plays in our every waking moment and every aspect of our health--from weight gain, diabetes, and heart disease to cancer and Alzheimer’s.   In today's fast-paced, always-connected, perpetually-harried and sleep-deprived world, our need for a good night’s sleep is more important--and elusive--than ever. The Sleep Revolution both sounds the alarm on our worldwide sleep crisis and provides a detailed road map to the great sleep awakening that can help transform our lives, our communities, and our world. Includes a PDF of Appendices from the Book https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256351 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mind of Your Own: The Truth About Depression and How Women Can Heal Their Bodies to Reclaim Their Lives Author: Kristin Loberg, Kelly Brogan, M.D. Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Depression is not a disease. It is a symptom. Recent years have seen a shocking increase in antidepressant use the world over, with 1 in 4 women starting their day with medication. These drugs have steadily become the panacea for everything from grief, irritability, panic attacks, to insomnia, PMS, and stress.  But the truth is, what women really need can’t be found at a pharmacy. According to Dr. Kelly Brogan, antidepressants not only overpromise and underdeliver, but their use may permanently disable the body’s self-healing potential. We need a new paradigm: The best way to heal the mind is to heal the whole body. In this groundbreaking, science-based and holistic approach, Dr. Brogan shatters the mythology conventional medicine has built around the causes and treatment of depression. Based on her expert interpretation of published medical findings, combined with years of experience from her clinical practice, Dr. Brogan illuminates the true cause of depression: it is not simply a chemical imbalance, but a lifestyle crisis that demands a reset. It is a signal that the interconnected systems in the body are out of balance – from blood sugar, to gut health, to thyroid function– and inflammation is at the root. A Mind of Your Own offers an achievable, step-by-step 30-day action plan—including powerful dietary interventions, targeted nutrient support, detoxification, sleep, and stress reframing techniques—women can use to heal their bodies, alleviate inflammation, and feel like themselves again without a single prescription. Bold, brave, and revolutionary, A Mind of Your Own takes readers on a journey of self-empowerment for radical transformation that goes far beyond symptom relief. Kristin Loberg, Kelly Brogan, M.D. Tue, 15 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256351 thebookvoice.com 10:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mind of Your Own: The Truth About Depression and How Women Can Heal Their Bodies to Reclaim Their Lives Author: Kristin Loberg, Kelly Brogan, M.D. Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Depression is not a disease. It is a symptom. Recent years have seen a shocking increase in antidepressant use the world over, with 1 in 4 women starting their day with medication. These drugs have steadily become the panacea for everything from grief, irritability, panic attacks, to insomnia, PMS, and stress.  But the truth is, what women really need can’t be found at a pharmacy. According to Dr. Kelly Brogan, antidepressants not only overpromise and underdeliver, but their use may permanently disable the body’s self-healing potential. We need a new paradigm: The best way to heal the mind is to heal the whole body. In this groundbreaking, science-based and holistic approach, Dr. Brogan shatters the mythology conventional medicine has built around the causes and treatment of depression. Based on her expert interpretation of published medical findings, combined with years of experience from her clinical practice, Dr. Brogan illuminates the true cause of depression: it is not simply a chemical imbalance, but a lifestyle crisis that demands a reset. It is a signal that the interconnected systems in the body are out of balance – from blood sugar, to gut health, to thyroid function– and inflammation is at the root. A Mind of Your Own offers an achievable, step-by-step 30-day action plan—including powerful dietary interventions, targeted nutrient support, detoxification, sleep, and stress reframing techniques—women can use to heal their bodies, alleviate inflammation, and feel like themselves again without a single prescription. Bold, brave, and revolutionary, A Mind of Your Own takes readers on a journey of self-empowerment for radical transformation that goes far beyond symptom relief. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mind of Your Own: The Truth About Depression and How Women Can Heal Their Bodies to Reclaim Their Lives Author: Kristin Loberg, Kelly Brogan, M.D. Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.21 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Depression is not a disease. It is a symptom. Recent years have seen a shocking increase in antidepressant use the world over, with 1 in 4 women starting their day with medication. These drugs have steadily become the panacea for everything from grief, irritability, panic attacks, to insomnia, PMS, and stress.  But the truth is, what women really need can’t be found at a pharmacy. According to Dr. Kelly Brogan, antidepressants not only overpromise and underdeliver, but their use may permanently disable the body’s self-healing potential. We need a new paradigm: The best way to heal the mind is to heal the whole body. In this groundbreaking, science-based and holistic approach, Dr. Brogan shatters the mythology conventional medicine has built around the causes and treatment of depression. Based on her expert interpretation of published medical findings, combined with years of experience from her clinical practice, Dr. Brogan illuminates the true cause of depression: it is not simply a chemical imbalance, but a lifestyle crisis that demands a reset. It is a signal that the interconnected systems in the body are out of balance – from blood sugar, to gut health, to thyroid function– and inflammation is at the root. A Mind of Your Own offers an achievable, step-by-step 30-day action plan—including powerful dietary interventions, targeted nutrient support, detoxification, sleep, and stress reframing techniques—women can use to heal their bodies, alleviate inflammation, and feel like themselves again without a single prescription. Bold, brave, and revolutionary, A Mind of Your Own takes readers on a journey of self-empowerment for radical transformation that goes far beyond symptom relief. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256300 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Not That Interested, He's Just Passing Time: 40 Unmistakable Behaviors of Men Who Avoid Commitment and Play Games with Women Author: Bruce Bryans Narrator: Dan Culhane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.79 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men don't really have 'commitment issues'. At least, not in the way most women think men do. When a man tells you he has 'commitment issues', there's a good chance that what he really means is he's not that interested in you and is just using you to pass time with until he meets someone 'better'. But even though men don't really have commitment issues, they don't find it necessary or in their best interest to inform a woman when she's nothing more than a beautiful distraction, a way to earn the respect of his peers, or just a target to sharpen his seduction skills so that he'll be primed and ready when a 'better' woman comes along. In this audiobook, you'll get an inside look at how a man thinks and interacts with a woman when he's not that interested in her. It's extremely difficult for a man to waste your time and treat you like a short-term plaything without exhibiting certain unmistakable behaviors that clearly communicate that he's trying to keep you interested...but unclaimed. In this audiobook, you're going to learn: - The seductive language men use when they want to discourage you from wanting a committed relationship - How quickly learning this one thing about him can tell you if he's 'unequipped' to handle a serious relationship - How to avoid being confused by men who might love you tenderly but would never make you their girlfriend - How to stop losing sleep wondering 'Does he like me?' and get him to either take you seriously or take a hike! - How observing this simple behavior reveals if he thinks you're 'the one' or just 'someone' to pass time with until he finds his Ms. Right - How to tell if a man is still secretly in love with his ex and is only one sad love song away from abandoning you for her - And much more.... Get started now, and discover how to tell if a man desperately wants you or if he's just not that into you. Bruce Bryans Wed, 10 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256300 thebookvoice.com 2:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Not That Interested, He's Just Passing Time: 40 Unmistakable Behaviors of Men Who Avoid Commitment and Play Games with Women Author: Bruce Bryans Narrator: Dan Culhane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.79 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men don't really have 'commitment issues'. At least, not in the way most women think men do. When a man tells you he has 'commitment issues', there's a good chance that what he really means is he's not that interested in you and is just using you to pass time with until he meets someone 'better'. But even though men don't really have commitment issues, they don't find it necessary or in their best interest to inform a woman when she's nothing more than a beautiful distraction, a way to earn the respect of his peers, or just a target to sharpen his seduction skills so that he'll be primed and ready when a 'better' woman comes along. In this audiobook, you'll get an inside look at how a man thinks and interacts with a woman when he's not that interested in her. It's extremely difficult for a man to waste your time and treat you like a short-term plaything without exhibiting certain unmistakable behaviors that clearly communicate that he's trying to keep you interested...but unclaimed. In this audiobook, you're going to learn: - The seductive language men use when they want to discourage you from wanting a committed relationship - How quickly learning this one thing about him can tell you if he's 'unequipped' to handle a serious relationship - How to avoid being confused by men who might love you tenderly but would never make you their girlfriend - How to stop losing sleep wondering 'Does he like me?' and get him to either take you seriously or take a hike! - How observing this simple behavior reveals if he thinks you're 'the one' or just 'someone' to pass time with until he finds his Ms. Right - How to tell if a man is still secretly in love with his ex and is only one sad love song away from abandoning you for her - And much more.... Get started now, and discover how to tell if a man desperately wants you or if he's just not that into you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256300]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He's Not That Interested, He's Just Passing Time: 40 Unmistakable Behaviors of Men Who Avoid Commitment and Play Games with Women Author: Bruce Bryans Narrator: Dan Culhane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.79 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men don't really have 'commitment issues'. At least, not in the way most women think men do. When a man tells you he has 'commitment issues', there's a good chance that what he really means is he's not that interested in you and is just using you to pass time with until he meets someone 'better'. But even though men don't really have commitment issues, they don't find it necessary or in their best interest to inform a woman when she's nothing more than a beautiful distraction, a way to earn the respect of his peers, or just a target to sharpen his seduction skills so that he'll be primed and ready when a 'better' woman comes along. In this audiobook, you'll get an inside look at how a man thinks and interacts with a woman when he's not that interested in her. It's extremely difficult for a man to waste your time and treat you like a short-term plaything without exhibiting certain unmistakable behaviors that clearly communicate that he's trying to keep you interested...but unclaimed. In this audiobook, you're going to learn: - The seductive language men use when they want to discourage you from wanting a committed relationship - How quickly learning this one thing about him can tell you if he's 'unequipped' to handle a serious relationship - How to avoid being confused by men who might love you tenderly but would never make you their girlfriend - How to stop losing sleep wondering 'Does he like me?' and get him to either take you seriously or take a hike! - How observing this simple behavior reveals if he thinks you're 'the one' or just 'someone' to pass time with until he finds his Ms. Right - How to tell if a man is still secretly in love with his ex and is only one sad love song away from abandoning you for her - And much more.... Get started now, and discover how to tell if a man desperately wants you or if he's just not that into you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Him BEG for Your Attention: 75 Communication Secrets for Captivating Men to Get the Love and Commitment You Deserve Author: Bruce Bryans Narrator: Dan Culhane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: February 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.59 of Total 79 Ratings of Narrator: 3.44 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men give their undivided attention to those who respect them. If a man doesn't feel respected while communicating with you, he'll find the respect he needs elsewhere. The woman who knows how to communicate with men can influence the man she wants without resorting to that miniskirt he loves. A man craves the attention of a gracious woman who knows exactly what to say to him, when to say it, and, most importantly, how to say it to get what she wants. Men love being gracefully influenced by the woman they adore. If you're interested in learning how to talk to a man so he opens up to you, listens to you, and willingly gives you what you want without a fuss, this book will help you communicate with men more effectively. Here's what you're going to learn inside: • Discover how to tell him exactly what's on your mind without turning him off. • Learn how to communicate what you want and need from him, and make him happy to give it to you. • Find out the four most powerful words good men desperately need to hear from the women they love. • Discover how to have difficult conversations with him without making him resent or resist you. • Learn how to be a good wife or girlfriend by being more assertive (attractive) with your man without being aggressive (unattractive). • How to understand the masculine mind and speak his language so he feels exactly what you say to him. • How to get him to fall in love with you immediately after an intense argument. • Uncover the secrets to making him open up emotionally and get the deep, intimate connection you desperately want with him. • And much, much more... Get started right away and discover the communication secrets that make men want to please you and shower you with attention. Bruce Bryans Wed, 10 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256298 thebookvoice.com 1:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Him BEG for Your Attention: 75 Communication Secrets for Captivating Men to Get the Love and Commitment You Deserve Author: Bruce Bryans Narrator: Dan Culhane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: February 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.59 of Total 79 Ratings of Narrator: 3.44 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men give their undivided attention to those who respect them. If a man doesn't feel respected while communicating with you, he'll find the respect he needs elsewhere. The woman who knows how to communicate with men can influence the man she wants without resorting to that miniskirt he loves. A man craves the attention of a gracious woman who knows exactly what to say to him, when to say it, and, most importantly, how to say it to get what she wants. Men love being gracefully influenced by the woman they adore. If you're interested in learning how to talk to a man so he opens up to you, listens to you, and willingly gives you what you want without a fuss, this book will help you communicate with men more effectively. Here's what you're going to learn inside: • Discover how to tell him exactly what's on your mind without turning him off. • Learn how to communicate what you want and need from him, and make him happy to give it to you. • Find out the four most powerful words good men desperately need to hear from the women they love. • Discover how to have difficult conversations with him without making him resent or resist you. • Learn how to be a good wife or girlfriend by being more assertive (attractive) with your man without being aggressive (unattractive). • How to understand the masculine mind and speak his language so he feels exactly what you say to him. • How to get him to fall in love with you immediately after an intense argument. • Uncover the secrets to making him open up emotionally and get the deep, intimate connection you desperately want with him. • And much, much more... Get started right away and discover the communication secrets that make men want to please you and shower you with attention. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Him BEG for Your Attention: 75 Communication Secrets for Captivating Men to Get the Love and Commitment You Deserve Author: Bruce Bryans Narrator: Dan Culhane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 57 minutes Release date: February 10, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.59 of Total 79 Ratings of Narrator: 3.44 of Total 9 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men give their undivided attention to those who respect them. If a man doesn't feel respected while communicating with you, he'll find the respect he needs elsewhere. The woman who knows how to communicate with men can influence the man she wants without resorting to that miniskirt he loves. A man craves the attention of a gracious woman who knows exactly what to say to him, when to say it, and, most importantly, how to say it to get what she wants. Men love being gracefully influenced by the woman they adore. If you're interested in learning how to talk to a man so he opens up to you, listens to you, and willingly gives you what you want without a fuss, this book will help you communicate with men more effectively. Here's what you're going to learn inside: • Discover how to tell him exactly what's on your mind without turning him off. • Learn how to communicate what you want and need from him, and make him happy to give it to you. • Find out the four most powerful words good men desperately need to hear from the women they love. • Discover how to have difficult conversations with him without making him resent or resist you. • Learn how to be a good wife or girlfriend by being more assertive (attractive) with your man without being aggressive (unattractive). • How to understand the masculine mind and speak his language so he feels exactly what you say to him. • How to get him to fall in love with you immediately after an intense argument. • Uncover the secrets to making him open up emotionally and get the deep, intimate connection you desperately want with him. • And much, much more... Get started right away and discover the communication secrets that make men want to please you and shower you with attention. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256123 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messages from the Masters: Tapping into the Power of Love Author: Brian L. Weiss Narrator: Brian L. Weiss Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The true story of a prominent psychiatrist, his young patient, and the past-life therapy that changed both their lives. As a traditional psychotherapist, Dr. Brian Weiss was astonished and skeptical when one of his patients began recalling past-life traumas that seemed to hold the key to her recurring nightmares and anxiety attacks. His skepticism was eroded, however, when she began to channel messages from the 'space between lives,' which contained remarkable revelations about Dr. Weiss' family and his dead son. Using past-life therapy, he was able to cure the patient and embark on a new, more meaningful phase of his own career. Brian L. Weiss Tue, 02 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256123 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messages from the Masters: Tapping into the Power of Love Author: Brian L. Weiss Narrator: Brian L. Weiss Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The true story of a prominent psychiatrist, his young patient, and the past-life therapy that changed both their lives. As a traditional psychotherapist, Dr. Brian Weiss was astonished and skeptical when one of his patients began recalling past-life traumas that seemed to hold the key to her recurring nightmares and anxiety attacks. His skepticism was eroded, however, when she began to channel messages from the 'space between lives,' which contained remarkable revelations about Dr. Weiss' family and his dead son. Using past-life therapy, he was able to cure the patient and embark on a new, more meaningful phase of his own career. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Messages from the Masters: Tapping into the Power of Love Author: Brian L. Weiss Narrator: Brian L. Weiss Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The true story of a prominent psychiatrist, his young patient, and the past-life therapy that changed both their lives. As a traditional psychotherapist, Dr. Brian Weiss was astonished and skeptical when one of his patients began recalling past-life traumas that seemed to hold the key to her recurring nightmares and anxiety attacks. His skepticism was eroded, however, when she began to channel messages from the 'space between lives,' which contained remarkable revelations about Dr. Weiss' family and his dead son. Using past-life therapy, he was able to cure the patient and embark on a new, more meaningful phase of his own career. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The 7 Choices to Ignite a Radically Inspired Life Author: John O'leary Narrator: John O'leary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Brene Brown’s Daring Greatly and Nick Vujicic’s Life Without Limits comes a rousing 7-step plan for living a life on fire, filled with hope and possibility—from an inspirational speaker who survived a near-fatal fire at the age of nine and now runs a successful business inspiring people all around the world. When John O’Leary was nine years old, he was almost killed in a devastating house fire. With burns on one hundred percent of his body, O’Leary mustered an almost unimaginable amount of inner strength just to survive the ordeal. The insights he gained through this experience and the heroes who stepped into his life to help him through the journey—his family, the medical staff, and total strangers—changed his life. Now he is committed to living life to the fullest and inspiring others to do the same. An incredible and emotionally honest account of triumph over tragedy, On Fire contains O’Leary’s reflections on being that little boy, the life-giving choices made then, and the resulting lessons he learned. O’Leary very clearly shares that without the right people providing the right guidance, at the right time, he never would have made it through those five months in the hospital, let alone the years that followed as he struggled to regain mobility, embrace his story, and ignite clarity of his life’s purpose. On Fire encourages us to seize the power to choose our path and transform our lives from mundane to extraordinary. Once we stop thinking solely on the big moments in our lives, we can begin to focus on those smaller opportunities that tend to pass us by. These are the events—the inflection points in our lives—that can determine how we feel about life now, where we are headed in the future, and how many lives we can impact along the way. We can’t always choose the path we walk, but we can choose how we walk it. Empowering, inspiring, remarkably honest, and heartfelt, O’Leary’s strength and incredible spirit shine through on every page. John O'leary Tue, 15 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103 thebookvoice.com 6:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The 7 Choices to Ignite a Radically Inspired Life Author: John O'leary Narrator: John O'leary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Brene Brown’s Daring Greatly and Nick Vujicic’s Life Without Limits comes a rousing 7-step plan for living a life on fire, filled with hope and possibility—from an inspirational speaker who survived a near-fatal fire at the age of nine and now runs a successful business inspiring people all around the world. When John O’Leary was nine years old, he was almost killed in a devastating house fire. With burns on one hundred percent of his body, O’Leary mustered an almost unimaginable amount of inner strength just to survive the ordeal. The insights he gained through this experience and the heroes who stepped into his life to help him through the journey—his family, the medical staff, and total strangers—changed his life. Now he is committed to living life to the fullest and inspiring others to do the same. An incredible and emotionally honest account of triumph over tragedy, On Fire contains O’Leary’s reflections on being that little boy, the life-giving choices made then, and the resulting lessons he learned. O’Leary very clearly shares that without the right people providing the right guidance, at the right time, he never would have made it through those five months in the hospital, let alone the years that followed as he struggled to regain mobility, embrace his story, and ignite clarity of his life’s purpose. On Fire encourages us to seize the power to choose our path and transform our lives from mundane to extraordinary. Once we stop thinking solely on the big moments in our lives, we can begin to focus on those smaller opportunities that tend to pass us by. These are the events—the inflection points in our lives—that can determine how we feel about life now, where we are headed in the future, and how many lives we can impact along the way. We can’t always choose the path we walk, but we can choose how we walk it. Empowering, inspiring, remarkably honest, and heartfelt, O’Leary’s strength and incredible spirit shine through on every page. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/256103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Fire: The 7 Choices to Ignite a Radically Inspired Life Author: John O'leary Narrator: John O'leary Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.59 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In the bestselling tradition of Brene Brown’s Daring Greatly and Nick Vujicic’s Life Without Limits comes a rousing 7-step plan for living a life on fire, filled with hope and possibility—from an inspirational speaker who survived a near-fatal fire at the age of nine and now runs a successful business inspiring people all around the world. When John O’Leary was nine years old, he was almost killed in a devastating house fire. With burns on one hundred percent of his body, O’Leary mustered an almost unimaginable amount of inner strength just to survive the ordeal. The insights he gained through this experience and the heroes who stepped into his life to help him through the journey—his family, the medical staff, and total strangers—changed his life. Now he is committed to living life to the fullest and inspiring others to do the same. An incredible and emotionally honest account of triumph over tragedy, On Fire contains O’Leary’s reflections on being that little boy, the life-giving choices made then, and the resulting lessons he learned. O’Leary very clearly shares that without the right people providing the right guidance, at the right time, he never would have made it through those five months in the hospital, let alone the years that followed as he struggled to regain mobility, embrace his story, and ignite clarity of his life’s purpose. On Fire encourages us to seize the power to choose our path and transform our lives from mundane to extraordinary. Once we stop thinking solely on the big moments in our lives, we can begin to focus on those smaller opportunities that tend to pass us by. These are the events—the inflection points in our lives—that can determine how we feel about life now, where we are headed in the future, and how many lives we can impact along the way. We can’t always choose the path we walk, but we can choose how we walk it. Empowering, inspiring, remarkably honest, and heartfelt, O’Leary’s strength and incredible spirit shine through on every page. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255951 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smarter Faster Better: The Secrets of Being Productive in Life and Business Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 25 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Power of Habit and Supercommunicators and “master of the life hack” (GQ) explores the fascinating science of productivity and offers real-world takeaways to apply your life, whether you’re chasing peak productivity or simply trying to get back on track. “Duhigg melds cutting-edge science, deep reporting, and wide-ranging stories to give us a fuller, more human way of thinking about how productivity actually happens.”—Susan Cain, author of Quiet   In The Power of Habit, Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Charles Duhigg explained why we do what we do. In Smarter Faster Better, he applies the same relentless curiosity and rich storytelling to how we can improve at the things we do.    At the core of Smarter Faster Better are eight key concepts—from motivation and goal setting to focus and decision making—that explain why some people and companies get so much done. Drawing on the latest findings in neuroscience, psychology, and behavioral economics—as well as the experiences of CEOs, educational reformers, four-star generals, FBI agents, airplane pilots, and Broadway songwriters—this book reveals that the most productive people, companies, and organizations don’t merely act differently. They view the world, and their choices, in profoundly different ways.   Smarter Faster Better is a story-filled exploration of the science of productivity, one that can help us learn to succeed with less stress and struggle—and become smarter, faster, and better at everything we do. Charles Duhigg Tue, 08 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255951 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smarter Faster Better: The Secrets of Being Productive in Life and Business Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 25 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Power of Habit and Supercommunicators and “master of the life hack” (GQ) explores the fascinating science of productivity and offers real-world takeaways to apply your life, whether you’re chasing peak productivity or simply trying to get back on track. “Duhigg melds cutting-edge science, deep reporting, and wide-ranging stories to give us a fuller, more human way of thinking about how productivity actually happens.”—Susan Cain, author of Quiet   In The Power of Habit, Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Charles Duhigg explained why we do what we do. In Smarter Faster Better, he applies the same relentless curiosity and rich storytelling to how we can improve at the things we do.    At the core of Smarter Faster Better are eight key concepts—from motivation and goal setting to focus and decision making—that explain why some people and companies get so much done. Drawing on the latest findings in neuroscience, psychology, and behavioral economics—as well as the experiences of CEOs, educational reformers, four-star generals, FBI agents, airplane pilots, and Broadway songwriters—this book reveals that the most productive people, companies, and organizations don’t merely act differently. They view the world, and their choices, in profoundly different ways.   Smarter Faster Better is a story-filled exploration of the science of productivity, one that can help us learn to succeed with less stress and struggle—and become smarter, faster, and better at everything we do. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255951]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Smarter Faster Better: The Secrets of Being Productive in Life and Business Author: Charles Duhigg Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: March 8, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 143 Ratings of Narrator: 4.48 of Total 25 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The author of The Power of Habit and Supercommunicators and “master of the life hack” (GQ) explores the fascinating science of productivity and offers real-world takeaways to apply your life, whether you’re chasing peak productivity or simply trying to get back on track. “Duhigg melds cutting-edge science, deep reporting, and wide-ranging stories to give us a fuller, more human way of thinking about how productivity actually happens.”—Susan Cain, author of Quiet   In The Power of Habit, Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Charles Duhigg explained why we do what we do. In Smarter Faster Better, he applies the same relentless curiosity and rich storytelling to how we can improve at the things we do.    At the core of Smarter Faster Better are eight key concepts—from motivation and goal setting to focus and decision making—that explain why some people and companies get so much done. Drawing on the latest findings in neuroscience, psychology, and behavioral economics—as well as the experiences of CEOs, educational reformers, four-star generals, FBI agents, airplane pilots, and Broadway songwriters—this book reveals that the most productive people, companies, and organizations don’t merely act differently. They view the world, and their choices, in profoundly different ways.   Smarter Faster Better is a story-filled exploration of the science of productivity, one that can help us learn to succeed with less stress and struggle—and become smarter, faster, and better at everything we do. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255948 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Reimagined: The Science, Art, and Opportunity of Midlife Author: Barbara Bradley Hagerty Narrator: Barbara Bradley Hagerty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A dynamic and inspiring exploration of the new science that is redrawing the future for people in their forties, fifties, and sixties for the better—and for good. There’s no such thing as an inevitable midlife crisis, Barbara Bradley Hagerty writes in this provocative, hopeful book. It’s a myth, an illusion. New scientific research explodes the fable that midlife is a time when things start to go downhill for everybody. In fact, midlife can be a great new adventure, when you can embrace fresh possibilities, purposes, and pleasures. In Life Reimagined, Hagerty explains that midlife is about renewal: It’s the time to renegotiate your purpose, refocus your relationships, and transform the way you think about the world and yourself. Drawing from emerging information in neurology, psychology, biology, genetics, and sociology—as well as her own story of midlife transformation—Hagerty redraws the map for people in midlife and plots a new course forward in understanding our health, our relationships, even our futures. Barbara Bradley Hagerty Tue, 15 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255948 thebookvoice.com 11:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Reimagined: The Science, Art, and Opportunity of Midlife Author: Barbara Bradley Hagerty Narrator: Barbara Bradley Hagerty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A dynamic and inspiring exploration of the new science that is redrawing the future for people in their forties, fifties, and sixties for the better—and for good. There’s no such thing as an inevitable midlife crisis, Barbara Bradley Hagerty writes in this provocative, hopeful book. It’s a myth, an illusion. New scientific research explodes the fable that midlife is a time when things start to go downhill for everybody. In fact, midlife can be a great new adventure, when you can embrace fresh possibilities, purposes, and pleasures. In Life Reimagined, Hagerty explains that midlife is about renewal: It’s the time to renegotiate your purpose, refocus your relationships, and transform the way you think about the world and yourself. Drawing from emerging information in neurology, psychology, biology, genetics, and sociology—as well as her own story of midlife transformation—Hagerty redraws the map for people in midlife and plots a new course forward in understanding our health, our relationships, even our futures. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Reimagined: The Science, Art, and Opportunity of Midlife Author: Barbara Bradley Hagerty Narrator: Barbara Bradley Hagerty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A dynamic and inspiring exploration of the new science that is redrawing the future for people in their forties, fifties, and sixties for the better—and for good. There’s no such thing as an inevitable midlife crisis, Barbara Bradley Hagerty writes in this provocative, hopeful book. It’s a myth, an illusion. New scientific research explodes the fable that midlife is a time when things start to go downhill for everybody. In fact, midlife can be a great new adventure, when you can embrace fresh possibilities, purposes, and pleasures. In Life Reimagined, Hagerty explains that midlife is about renewal: It’s the time to renegotiate your purpose, refocus your relationships, and transform the way you think about the world and yourself. Drawing from emerging information in neurology, psychology, biology, genetics, and sociology—as well as her own story of midlife transformation—Hagerty redraws the map for people in midlife and plots a new course forward in understanding our health, our relationships, even our futures. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neuro-Philosophy and the Healthy Mind: Learning from the Unwell Brain Author: George Northoff Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Applying insights from neuroscience to philosophical questions about the self, consciousness, and the healthy mind. Can we “see” or “find” consciousness in the brain? How can we create working definitions of consciousness and subjectivity, informed by what contemporary research and technology have taught us about how the brain works? How do neuronal processes in the brain relate to our experience of a personal identity? Where does the brain end and the mind begin? To explore these and other questions, esteemed philosopher and neuroscientist Georg Northoff turns to examples of unhealthy minds. By investigating consciousness through its absence-in people in vegetative states, for example-we can develop a model for understanding its presence in an active, healthy person. By examining instances of distorted self-recognition in people with psychiatric disorders, like schizophrenia, we can begin to understand how the experience of “self” is established in a stable brain. Taking an integrative approach to understanding the self, consciousness, and what it means to be mentally healthy, this audiobook brings insights from neuroscience to bear on philosophical questions. Listeners will find a science-grounded examination of the human condition with far-reaching implications for psychology, medicine, our daily lives, and beyond. George Northoff Mon, 01 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255945 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neuro-Philosophy and the Healthy Mind: Learning from the Unwell Brain Author: George Northoff Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Applying insights from neuroscience to philosophical questions about the self, consciousness, and the healthy mind. Can we “see” or “find” consciousness in the brain? How can we create working definitions of consciousness and subjectivity, informed by what contemporary research and technology have taught us about how the brain works? How do neuronal processes in the brain relate to our experience of a personal identity? Where does the brain end and the mind begin? To explore these and other questions, esteemed philosopher and neuroscientist Georg Northoff turns to examples of unhealthy minds. By investigating consciousness through its absence-in people in vegetative states, for example-we can develop a model for understanding its presence in an active, healthy person. By examining instances of distorted self-recognition in people with psychiatric disorders, like schizophrenia, we can begin to understand how the experience of “self” is established in a stable brain. Taking an integrative approach to understanding the self, consciousness, and what it means to be mentally healthy, this audiobook brings insights from neuroscience to bear on philosophical questions. Listeners will find a science-grounded examination of the human condition with far-reaching implications for psychology, medicine, our daily lives, and beyond. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Neuro-Philosophy and the Healthy Mind: Learning from the Unwell Brain Author: George Northoff Narrator: Tim Andres Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Applying insights from neuroscience to philosophical questions about the self, consciousness, and the healthy mind. Can we “see” or “find” consciousness in the brain? How can we create working definitions of consciousness and subjectivity, informed by what contemporary research and technology have taught us about how the brain works? How do neuronal processes in the brain relate to our experience of a personal identity? Where does the brain end and the mind begin? To explore these and other questions, esteemed philosopher and neuroscientist Georg Northoff turns to examples of unhealthy minds. By investigating consciousness through its absence-in people in vegetative states, for example-we can develop a model for understanding its presence in an active, healthy person. By examining instances of distorted self-recognition in people with psychiatric disorders, like schizophrenia, we can begin to understand how the experience of “self” is established in a stable brain. Taking an integrative approach to understanding the self, consciousness, and what it means to be mentally healthy, this audiobook brings insights from neuroscience to bear on philosophical questions. Listeners will find a science-grounded examination of the human condition with far-reaching implications for psychology, medicine, our daily lives, and beyond. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255899 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics - Book Condensation Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: John Wells Rood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Maltz was a plastic surgeon and a humanitarian who truly cared about helping people. He had plenty of money, being one of the few plastic surgeons of his day. He unselfishly wrote this book from the center of his heart. His principles are based on some of his psychological experiences as a plastic surgeon. He saw low self-esteem as similar to the facial flaws of his plastic surgery patients and describes how you can fix your self-esteem to become a better you. He offers useful advice on how to avoid letting your negative thoughts make you a failure. He suggests how one's attitude alone can influence his or her success level. He also has ideas on how not to let the hateful, hurtful things people say keep you from the success you deserve. His book heals and teaches that one has control over his or her life and destiny. Dr. Maltz passed away some time ago, but his compassion for countless others lives on. Maxwell Maltz Sun, 03 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255899 thebookvoice.com 0:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics - Book Condensation Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: John Wells Rood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Maltz was a plastic surgeon and a humanitarian who truly cared about helping people. He had plenty of money, being one of the few plastic surgeons of his day. He unselfishly wrote this book from the center of his heart. His principles are based on some of his psychological experiences as a plastic surgeon. He saw low self-esteem as similar to the facial flaws of his plastic surgery patients and describes how you can fix your self-esteem to become a better you. He offers useful advice on how to avoid letting your negative thoughts make you a failure. He suggests how one's attitude alone can influence his or her success level. He also has ideas on how not to let the hateful, hurtful things people say keep you from the success you deserve. His book heals and teaches that one has control over his or her life and destiny. Dr. Maltz passed away some time ago, but his compassion for countless others lives on. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255899]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics - Book Condensation Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: John Wells Rood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Maltz was a plastic surgeon and a humanitarian who truly cared about helping people. He had plenty of money, being one of the few plastic surgeons of his day. He unselfishly wrote this book from the center of his heart. His principles are based on some of his psychological experiences as a plastic surgeon. He saw low self-esteem as similar to the facial flaws of his plastic surgery patients and describes how you can fix your self-esteem to become a better you. He offers useful advice on how to avoid letting your negative thoughts make you a failure. He suggests how one's attitude alone can influence his or her success level. He also has ideas on how not to let the hateful, hurtful things people say keep you from the success you deserve. His book heals and teaches that one has control over his or her life and destiny. Dr. Maltz passed away some time ago, but his compassion for countless others lives on. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255898 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics - A New Technique for Using Your Subconscious Power Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Daniel Hauman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Happiness and success are habits. So are failure and misery. But negative habits can be changed - and Psycho-Cybernetics shows you how! This is your personal guide to the amazing power of Psycho-Cybernetics - a program based on one of the world's classic self-help books, a multimillion-copy best seller proven effective by readers worldwide. Presenting positive attitude as a means for change, Maltz's teaching has the ring of common sense. Psycho-Cybernetics is the original text that defined the mind/body connection - the concept that paved the way for most of today's personal empowerment programs. Turn crises into creative opportunities, dehypnotize yourself from false beliefs, and celebrate new freedom from fear and guilt. Testimonials and stories are interspersed with advice from Maltz as well as techniques for relaxation and visualization. Dr. Maxwell Maltz teaches you his techniques of "emotional surgery" - the path to a dynamic new self-image and self-esteem and to achieving the success and happiness you deserve! Maxwell Maltz Sun, 03 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255898 thebookvoice.com 0:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics - A New Technique for Using Your Subconscious Power Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Daniel Hauman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Happiness and success are habits. So are failure and misery. But negative habits can be changed - and Psycho-Cybernetics shows you how! This is your personal guide to the amazing power of Psycho-Cybernetics - a program based on one of the world's classic self-help books, a multimillion-copy best seller proven effective by readers worldwide. Presenting positive attitude as a means for change, Maltz's teaching has the ring of common sense. Psycho-Cybernetics is the original text that defined the mind/body connection - the concept that paved the way for most of today's personal empowerment programs. Turn crises into creative opportunities, dehypnotize yourself from false beliefs, and celebrate new freedom from fear and guilt. Testimonials and stories are interspersed with advice from Maltz as well as techniques for relaxation and visualization. Dr. Maxwell Maltz teaches you his techniques of "emotional surgery" - the path to a dynamic new self-image and self-esteem and to achieving the success and happiness you deserve! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255898]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics - A New Technique for Using Your Subconscious Power Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Daniel Hauman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 55 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Happiness and success are habits. So are failure and misery. But negative habits can be changed - and Psycho-Cybernetics shows you how! This is your personal guide to the amazing power of Psycho-Cybernetics - a program based on one of the world's classic self-help books, a multimillion-copy best seller proven effective by readers worldwide. Presenting positive attitude as a means for change, Maltz's teaching has the ring of common sense. Psycho-Cybernetics is the original text that defined the mind/body connection - the concept that paved the way for most of today's personal empowerment programs. Turn crises into creative opportunities, dehypnotize yourself from false beliefs, and celebrate new freedom from fear and guilt. Testimonials and stories are interspersed with advice from Maltz as well as techniques for relaxation and visualization. Dr. Maxwell Maltz teaches you his techniques of "emotional surgery" - the path to a dynamic new self-image and self-esteem and to achieving the success and happiness you deserve! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255874 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master the Magic Power of Self-Image Psychology Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Maxwell Maltz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Maltz was one of the world's most widely known and highly regarded plastic surgeons when he wrote Psycho Cybernetics. It's fair to say that from then on he became even more famous for his contribution to man's ability to know himself better and to change himself for the better through what he called self-image psychology. Dr. Maltz came to his understanding of the importance of the power of self-image through his practices as plastic surgeon. He found that many people who really didn't needed plastic surgery wanted operations in order to portray an image to the world. It became apparent to him that the real problem with his patients wasn't their outward physical image but their inner self-image. In fact, in some cases, they were unhappy or unsuccessful because their self-images were actually compelling them to make mistakes and complicate their lives. Patients hoped that changing their outward images would make them happy, and in some cases it did. But there were a number of patients who underwent surgery and then were very disappointed that their lives weren't suddenly transformed in some way. It was those patients who changed their self-images at the same time that Dr. Maltz was changing their outer images who had the most positive results. Obviously, for some, the change in physical features was important and was the stimulus needed to change their self-image, but for others it was simply the change in self image that was needed, and it could have been accomplished without surgery. If only the patient had understood how important self-image was, he could have changed his self-image himself. It was for these patients and for all those who wanted to improve their lives that Dr. Maltz developed the system of mental exercises and techniques that he called self-image psychology. Maxwell Maltz Sun, 03 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255874 thebookvoice.com 0:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master the Magic Power of Self-Image Psychology Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Maxwell Maltz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Maltz was one of the world's most widely known and highly regarded plastic surgeons when he wrote Psycho Cybernetics. It's fair to say that from then on he became even more famous for his contribution to man's ability to know himself better and to change himself for the better through what he called self-image psychology. Dr. Maltz came to his understanding of the importance of the power of self-image through his practices as plastic surgeon. He found that many people who really didn't needed plastic surgery wanted operations in order to portray an image to the world. It became apparent to him that the real problem with his patients wasn't their outward physical image but their inner self-image. In fact, in some cases, they were unhappy or unsuccessful because their self-images were actually compelling them to make mistakes and complicate their lives. Patients hoped that changing their outward images would make them happy, and in some cases it did. But there were a number of patients who underwent surgery and then were very disappointed that their lives weren't suddenly transformed in some way. It was those patients who changed their self-images at the same time that Dr. Maltz was changing their outer images who had the most positive results. Obviously, for some, the change in physical features was important and was the stimulus needed to change their self-image, but for others it was simply the change in self image that was needed, and it could have been accomplished without surgery. If only the patient had understood how important self-image was, he could have changed his self-image himself. It was for these patients and for all those who wanted to improve their lives that Dr. Maltz developed the system of mental exercises and techniques that he called self-image psychology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255874]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master the Magic Power of Self-Image Psychology Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Maxwell Maltz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 57 minutes Release date: January 3, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Dr. Maltz was one of the world's most widely known and highly regarded plastic surgeons when he wrote Psycho Cybernetics. It's fair to say that from then on he became even more famous for his contribution to man's ability to know himself better and to change himself for the better through what he called self-image psychology. Dr. Maltz came to his understanding of the importance of the power of self-image through his practices as plastic surgeon. He found that many people who really didn't needed plastic surgery wanted operations in order to portray an image to the world. It became apparent to him that the real problem with his patients wasn't their outward physical image but their inner self-image. In fact, in some cases, they were unhappy or unsuccessful because their self-images were actually compelling them to make mistakes and complicate their lives. Patients hoped that changing their outward images would make them happy, and in some cases it did. But there were a number of patients who underwent surgery and then were very disappointed that their lives weren't suddenly transformed in some way. It was those patients who changed their self-images at the same time that Dr. Maltz was changing their outer images who had the most positive results. Obviously, for some, the change in physical features was important and was the stimulus needed to change their self-image, but for others it was simply the change in self image that was needed, and it could have been accomplished without surgery. If only the patient had understood how important self-image was, he could have changed his self-image himself. It was for these patients and for all those who wanted to improve their lives that Dr. Maltz developed the system of mental exercises and techniques that he called self-image psychology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255869 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carl Jung in His Own Words Author: Carl Jung Narrator: Carl Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Not only is this a rare glimpse into the world of a master therapist; it is also an account of the 'inner void' that seems to lie at the core of addiction. Jung: "A case where there was an intelligent, young woman, she was a student of philosophy [with a] very good mind, where one would expect easily that she would see that I am not the parental authority. But she was utterly unable to get out of this delusion. And, in such a case, one always has recourse to dreams: it was just as if one would ask the unconscious 'Now what do you say to such a condition?' You see, she says in her conscious 'of course I know you are not my father, but I just feel like that, it is like that: I depend on you...'" Carl Jung Fri, 01 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255869 thebookvoice.com 1:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carl Jung in His Own Words Author: Carl Jung Narrator: Carl Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Not only is this a rare glimpse into the world of a master therapist; it is also an account of the 'inner void' that seems to lie at the core of addiction. Jung: "A case where there was an intelligent, young woman, she was a student of philosophy [with a] very good mind, where one would expect easily that she would see that I am not the parental authority. But she was utterly unable to get out of this delusion. And, in such a case, one always has recourse to dreams: it was just as if one would ask the unconscious 'Now what do you say to such a condition?' You see, she says in her conscious 'of course I know you are not my father, but I just feel like that, it is like that: I depend on you...'" Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255869]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Carl Jung in His Own Words Author: Carl Jung Narrator: Carl Jung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 15 minutes Release date: January 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Not only is this a rare glimpse into the world of a master therapist; it is also an account of the 'inner void' that seems to lie at the core of addiction. Jung: "A case where there was an intelligent, young woman, she was a student of philosophy [with a] very good mind, where one would expect easily that she would see that I am not the parental authority. But she was utterly unable to get out of this delusion. And, in such a case, one always has recourse to dreams: it was just as if one would ask the unconscious 'Now what do you say to such a condition?' You see, she says in her conscious 'of course I know you are not my father, but I just feel like that, it is like that: I depend on you...'" https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255752 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mother's Reckoning: Living in the aftermath of the Columbine tragedy Author: Sue Klebold Narrator: Sue Klebold, Andrew Solomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: On April 20, 1999, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold walked into Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado. Over the course of minutes, they would kill twelve students and a teacher and wound twenty-four others before taking their own lives. For the last sixteen years, Sue Klebold, Dylan’s mother, has lived with the indescribable grief and shame of that day. How could her child, the promising young man she had loved and raised, be responsible for such horror? And how, as his mother, had she not known something was wrong? Were there subtle signs she had missed? What, if anything, could she have done differently? These are questions that Klebold has grappled with every day since the Columbine tragedy. In A Mother’s Reckoning, she chronicles with unflinching honesty her journey as a mother trying to come to terms with the incomprehensible. In the hope that the insights and understanding she has gained may help other families recognize when a child is in distress, she tells her story in full, drawing upon her personal journals, the videos and writings that Dylan left behind, and on countless interviews with mental health experts. Filled with hard-won wisdom and compassion, A Mother’s Reckoning is a powerful and haunting book that sheds light on one of the most pressing issues of our time. And with fresh wounds from the recent Newtown and Charleston shootings, never has the need for understanding been more urgent. All author profits from the book will be donated to research and to charitable organizations focusing on mental health issues. Sue Klebold Mon, 15 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255752 thebookvoice.com 11:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mother's Reckoning: Living in the aftermath of the Columbine tragedy Author: Sue Klebold Narrator: Sue Klebold, Andrew Solomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: On April 20, 1999, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold walked into Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado. Over the course of minutes, they would kill twelve students and a teacher and wound twenty-four others before taking their own lives. For the last sixteen years, Sue Klebold, Dylan’s mother, has lived with the indescribable grief and shame of that day. How could her child, the promising young man she had loved and raised, be responsible for such horror? And how, as his mother, had she not known something was wrong? Were there subtle signs she had missed? What, if anything, could she have done differently? These are questions that Klebold has grappled with every day since the Columbine tragedy. In A Mother’s Reckoning, she chronicles with unflinching honesty her journey as a mother trying to come to terms with the incomprehensible. In the hope that the insights and understanding she has gained may help other families recognize when a child is in distress, she tells her story in full, drawing upon her personal journals, the videos and writings that Dylan left behind, and on countless interviews with mental health experts. Filled with hard-won wisdom and compassion, A Mother’s Reckoning is a powerful and haunting book that sheds light on one of the most pressing issues of our time. And with fresh wounds from the recent Newtown and Charleston shootings, never has the need for understanding been more urgent. All author profits from the book will be donated to research and to charitable organizations focusing on mental health issues. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255752]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mother's Reckoning: Living in the aftermath of the Columbine tragedy Author: Sue Klebold Narrator: Sue Klebold, Andrew Solomon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 15, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: On April 20, 1999, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold walked into Columbine High School in Littleton, Colorado. Over the course of minutes, they would kill twelve students and a teacher and wound twenty-four others before taking their own lives. For the last sixteen years, Sue Klebold, Dylan’s mother, has lived with the indescribable grief and shame of that day. How could her child, the promising young man she had loved and raised, be responsible for such horror? And how, as his mother, had she not known something was wrong? Were there subtle signs she had missed? What, if anything, could she have done differently? These are questions that Klebold has grappled with every day since the Columbine tragedy. In A Mother’s Reckoning, she chronicles with unflinching honesty her journey as a mother trying to come to terms with the incomprehensible. In the hope that the insights and understanding she has gained may help other families recognize when a child is in distress, she tells her story in full, drawing upon her personal journals, the videos and writings that Dylan left behind, and on countless interviews with mental health experts. Filled with hard-won wisdom and compassion, A Mother’s Reckoning is a powerful and haunting book that sheds light on one of the most pressing issues of our time. And with fresh wounds from the recent Newtown and Charleston shootings, never has the need for understanding been more urgent. All author profits from the book will be donated to research and to charitable organizations focusing on mental health issues. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255745 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction: The Untold Story of Putting Jodi Arias Behind Bars Author: Juan Martinez Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Juan Martinez, the fiery prosecutor who convicted notorious murderess Jodi Arias for the disturbing killing of Travis Alexander, speaks for the first time about the shocking investigation and sensational trial that captivated the nation. Through two trials, America watched with baited breath as Juan Martinez fought relentlessly to convict Jodi Arias of Murder One for viciously stabbing her ex-boyfriend Travis Alexander to death. What emerged was a story wrought with sex, manipulation, and deceit that stunned the public at every turn. Arias, always playing the wronged and innocent woman, changed her story continually as her bizarre behavior surrounding the crime and its aftermath came to light. Unwavering, Arias and her defense team continued to play off the salacious details of the case, until she was finally found guilty and—controversially—sentenced to life behind bars. Now, speaking openly for the first time, prosecutor Juan Martinez will unearth new details from the investigation that were never revealed at trial, exploring key facts from the case and the pieces of evidence he chose to keep close to the vest. Throughout the trials, his bullish and unfaltering prosecution strategy was both commended and criticized, and in his book, Martinez will illuminate the unique tactics he utilized in this case and how they lead to a successful conviction, and-for the first time-discuss how he felt losing the death penalty sentence he’d pursued for years. Going beyond the news reports, Martinez will explore the truth behind the multiple facades of Jodi Arias. Sparring with her from across the stand, Martinez came to know Arias like no one else could, dissecting what it took for a seemingly normal girl to become a deluded, cunning, and unrepentant murderer. With new stories from behind the scenes of the trial and Martinez’s own take on his defendant, the book takes you inside the mind of Jodi Arias like never before and is the definitive account of the case that shocked America. Juan Martinez Tue, 16 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255745 thebookvoice.com 12:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction: The Untold Story of Putting Jodi Arias Behind Bars Author: Juan Martinez Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Juan Martinez, the fiery prosecutor who convicted notorious murderess Jodi Arias for the disturbing killing of Travis Alexander, speaks for the first time about the shocking investigation and sensational trial that captivated the nation. Through two trials, America watched with baited breath as Juan Martinez fought relentlessly to convict Jodi Arias of Murder One for viciously stabbing her ex-boyfriend Travis Alexander to death. What emerged was a story wrought with sex, manipulation, and deceit that stunned the public at every turn. Arias, always playing the wronged and innocent woman, changed her story continually as her bizarre behavior surrounding the crime and its aftermath came to light. Unwavering, Arias and her defense team continued to play off the salacious details of the case, until she was finally found guilty and—controversially—sentenced to life behind bars. Now, speaking openly for the first time, prosecutor Juan Martinez will unearth new details from the investigation that were never revealed at trial, exploring key facts from the case and the pieces of evidence he chose to keep close to the vest. Throughout the trials, his bullish and unfaltering prosecution strategy was both commended and criticized, and in his book, Martinez will illuminate the unique tactics he utilized in this case and how they lead to a successful conviction, and-for the first time-discuss how he felt losing the death penalty sentence he’d pursued for years. Going beyond the news reports, Martinez will explore the truth behind the multiple facades of Jodi Arias. Sparring with her from across the stand, Martinez came to know Arias like no one else could, dissecting what it took for a seemingly normal girl to become a deluded, cunning, and unrepentant murderer. With new stories from behind the scenes of the trial and Martinez’s own take on his defendant, the book takes you inside the mind of Jodi Arias like never before and is the definitive account of the case that shocked America. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255745]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Conviction: The Untold Story of Putting Jodi Arias Behind Bars Author: Juan Martinez Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 27 minutes Release date: February 16, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 27 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Juan Martinez, the fiery prosecutor who convicted notorious murderess Jodi Arias for the disturbing killing of Travis Alexander, speaks for the first time about the shocking investigation and sensational trial that captivated the nation. Through two trials, America watched with baited breath as Juan Martinez fought relentlessly to convict Jodi Arias of Murder One for viciously stabbing her ex-boyfriend Travis Alexander to death. What emerged was a story wrought with sex, manipulation, and deceit that stunned the public at every turn. Arias, always playing the wronged and innocent woman, changed her story continually as her bizarre behavior surrounding the crime and its aftermath came to light. Unwavering, Arias and her defense team continued to play off the salacious details of the case, until she was finally found guilty and—controversially—sentenced to life behind bars. Now, speaking openly for the first time, prosecutor Juan Martinez will unearth new details from the investigation that were never revealed at trial, exploring key facts from the case and the pieces of evidence he chose to keep close to the vest. Throughout the trials, his bullish and unfaltering prosecution strategy was both commended and criticized, and in his book, Martinez will illuminate the unique tactics he utilized in this case and how they lead to a successful conviction, and-for the first time-discuss how he felt losing the death penalty sentence he’d pursued for years. Going beyond the news reports, Martinez will explore the truth behind the multiple facades of Jodi Arias. Sparring with her from across the stand, Martinez came to know Arias like no one else could, dissecting what it took for a seemingly normal girl to become a deluded, cunning, and unrepentant murderer. With new stories from behind the scenes of the trial and Martinez’s own take on his defendant, the book takes you inside the mind of Jodi Arias like never before and is the definitive account of the case that shocked America. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255589 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Murder Over a Girl: Justice, Gender, Junior High Author: Ken Corbett Narrator: Ken Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist's gripping, troubling, and moving exploration of the brutal murder of a possibly transgender middle school student by an eighth grade classmate On Feb. 12, 2008, at E. O. Green Junior High in Oxnard, CA, 14-year-old Brandon McInerney shot and killed his classmate, Larry King, who had recently begun to call himself 'Leticia' and wear makeup and jewelry to school. Profoundly shaken by the news, and unsettled by media coverage that sidestepped the issues of gender identity and of race integral to the case, psychologist Ken Corbett traveled to LA to attend the trial. As visions of victim and perpetrator were woven and unwoven in the theater of the courtroom, a haunting picture emerged not only of the two young teenagers, but also of spectators altered by an atrocity and of a community that had unwittingly gestated a murder. Drawing on firsthand observations, extensive interviews and research, as well as on his decades of academic work on gender and sexuality, Corbett holds each murky facet of this case up to the light, exploring the fault lines of memory and the lacunae of uncertainty behind facts. Deeply compassionate, and brimming with wit and acute insight, A Murder Over a Girl is a riveting and stranger-than-fiction drama of the human psyche. Ken Corbett Tue, 01 Mar 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255589 thebookvoice.com 10:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Murder Over a Girl: Justice, Gender, Junior High Author: Ken Corbett Narrator: Ken Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist's gripping, troubling, and moving exploration of the brutal murder of a possibly transgender middle school student by an eighth grade classmate On Feb. 12, 2008, at E. O. Green Junior High in Oxnard, CA, 14-year-old Brandon McInerney shot and killed his classmate, Larry King, who had recently begun to call himself 'Leticia' and wear makeup and jewelry to school. Profoundly shaken by the news, and unsettled by media coverage that sidestepped the issues of gender identity and of race integral to the case, psychologist Ken Corbett traveled to LA to attend the trial. As visions of victim and perpetrator were woven and unwoven in the theater of the courtroom, a haunting picture emerged not only of the two young teenagers, but also of spectators altered by an atrocity and of a community that had unwittingly gestated a murder. Drawing on firsthand observations, extensive interviews and research, as well as on his decades of academic work on gender and sexuality, Corbett holds each murky facet of this case up to the light, exploring the fault lines of memory and the lacunae of uncertainty behind facts. Deeply compassionate, and brimming with wit and acute insight, A Murder Over a Girl is a riveting and stranger-than-fiction drama of the human psyche. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255589]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Murder Over a Girl: Justice, Gender, Junior High Author: Ken Corbett Narrator: Ken Corbett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 30 minutes Release date: March 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A psychologist's gripping, troubling, and moving exploration of the brutal murder of a possibly transgender middle school student by an eighth grade classmate On Feb. 12, 2008, at E. O. Green Junior High in Oxnard, CA, 14-year-old Brandon McInerney shot and killed his classmate, Larry King, who had recently begun to call himself 'Leticia' and wear makeup and jewelry to school. Profoundly shaken by the news, and unsettled by media coverage that sidestepped the issues of gender identity and of race integral to the case, psychologist Ken Corbett traveled to LA to attend the trial. As visions of victim and perpetrator were woven and unwoven in the theater of the courtroom, a haunting picture emerged not only of the two young teenagers, but also of spectators altered by an atrocity and of a community that had unwittingly gestated a murder. Drawing on firsthand observations, extensive interviews and research, as well as on his decades of academic work on gender and sexuality, Corbett holds each murky facet of this case up to the light, exploring the fault lines of memory and the lacunae of uncertainty behind facts. Deeply compassionate, and brimming with wit and acute insight, A Murder Over a Girl is a riveting and stranger-than-fiction drama of the human psyche. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255501 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Ryland: Our Story of Parenting a Transgender Child with No Strings Attached Author: Hillary Whittington Narrator: Hillary Whittington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This powerful, moving story—which has already touched more than seven million through a viral video created by the Whittington family—is a mother’s first-hand account of her emotional choice to embrace her transgender child. When Hillary and Jeff Whittington posted a YouTube video chronicling their five-year-old son Ryland’s transition from girl to boy, they didn’t expect it to be greeted with such fervor. Beautiful and moving, the video documenting Hillary’s and Jeff’s love for their child instantly went viral and has been seen by more than seven million viewers since its posting in May 2014. Now for the first time, they tell their story in full, offering an emotional and moving account of their journey alongside their exceptional child. After they discovered their daughter Ryland was deaf at age one and needed cochlear implants, the Whittingtons spent nearly four years successfully teaching Ryland to speak. But once Ryland gained the power of speech, it was time for them to listen as Ryland insisted, “I am a boy!” And listen they did. After learning that forty-one percent of people who identify as transgender attempt to take their own lives, Hillary and her husband Jeff made it their mission to support their child—no matter what. From the earliest stages of deciphering Ryland through clothing choices to examining the difficult conversations that have marked every stage of Ryland’s transition, Hillary Whittington shares her experiences as a mother through it all, demonstrating both the resistance and support that their family has encountered as they try to erase the stigma surrounding the word “transgender.” In telling her family’s story, she hopes she can assist the world in accepting that even children as young as five, can have profound and impactful things to say and share. What emerges is a powerful story of unconditional love, accepting others for who they are, and doing what’s right, regardless of whether those around you understand it. Hillary Whittington Tue, 23 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255501 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Ryland: Our Story of Parenting a Transgender Child with No Strings Attached Author: Hillary Whittington Narrator: Hillary Whittington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This powerful, moving story—which has already touched more than seven million through a viral video created by the Whittington family—is a mother’s first-hand account of her emotional choice to embrace her transgender child. When Hillary and Jeff Whittington posted a YouTube video chronicling their five-year-old son Ryland’s transition from girl to boy, they didn’t expect it to be greeted with such fervor. Beautiful and moving, the video documenting Hillary’s and Jeff’s love for their child instantly went viral and has been seen by more than seven million viewers since its posting in May 2014. Now for the first time, they tell their story in full, offering an emotional and moving account of their journey alongside their exceptional child. After they discovered their daughter Ryland was deaf at age one and needed cochlear implants, the Whittingtons spent nearly four years successfully teaching Ryland to speak. But once Ryland gained the power of speech, it was time for them to listen as Ryland insisted, “I am a boy!” And listen they did. After learning that forty-one percent of people who identify as transgender attempt to take their own lives, Hillary and her husband Jeff made it their mission to support their child—no matter what. From the earliest stages of deciphering Ryland through clothing choices to examining the difficult conversations that have marked every stage of Ryland’s transition, Hillary Whittington shares her experiences as a mother through it all, demonstrating both the resistance and support that their family has encountered as they try to erase the stigma surrounding the word “transgender.” In telling her family’s story, she hopes she can assist the world in accepting that even children as young as five, can have profound and impactful things to say and share. What emerges is a powerful story of unconditional love, accepting others for who they are, and doing what’s right, regardless of whether those around you understand it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/255501]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Raising Ryland: Our Story of Parenting a Transgender Child with No Strings Attached Author: Hillary Whittington Narrator: Hillary Whittington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 23, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This powerful, moving story—which has already touched more than seven million through a viral video created by the Whittington family—is a mother’s first-hand account of her emotional choice to embrace her transgender child. When Hillary and Jeff Whittington posted a YouTube video chronicling their five-year-old son Ryland’s transition from girl to boy, they didn’t expect it to be greeted with such fervor. Beautiful and moving, the video documenting Hillary’s and Jeff’s love for their child instantly went viral and has been seen by more than seven million viewers since its posting in May 2014. Now for the first time, they tell their story in full, offering an emotional and moving account of their journey alongside their exceptional child. After they discovered their daughter Ryland was deaf at age one and needed cochlear implants, the Whittingtons spent nearly four years successfully teaching Ryland to speak. But once Ryland gained the power of speech, it was time for them to listen as Ryland insisted, “I am a boy!” And listen they did. After learning that forty-one percent of people who identify as transgender attempt to take their own lives, Hillary and her husband Jeff made it their mission to support their child—no matter what. From the earliest stages of deciphering Ryland through clothing choices to examining the difficult conversations that have marked every stage of Ryland’s transition, Hillary Whittington shares her experiences as a mother through it all, demonstrating both the resistance and support that their family has encountered as they try to erase the stigma surrounding the word “transgender.” In telling her family’s story, she hopes she can assist the world in accepting that even children as young as five, can have profound and impactful things to say and share. What emerges is a powerful story of unconditional love, accepting others for who they are, and doing what’s right, regardless of whether those around you understand it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled Author: Ruby Wax Narrator: Ruby Wax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled, written and read by Ruby Wax. Five hundred years ago no-one died of stress: we have invented this concept and now we let it rule us. Rest has become a dirty word, and our idea of satisfaction is answering the last email. We're sleepwalking through our own lives. Ruby Wax shows us how to wake up from this stupor with a scientific solution to modern problems: mindfulness. Outrageously witty, smart and accessible, Ruby Wax shows ordinary people how and why to change for good. With practical exercises for your daily routine, and a six-week course based on her studies of Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy with Mark Williams at Oxford University, A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled is the only guide you need for a healthier, happier life. Ruby Wax Thu, 28 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252506 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled Author: Ruby Wax Narrator: Ruby Wax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled, written and read by Ruby Wax. Five hundred years ago no-one died of stress: we have invented this concept and now we let it rule us. Rest has become a dirty word, and our idea of satisfaction is answering the last email. We're sleepwalking through our own lives. Ruby Wax shows us how to wake up from this stupor with a scientific solution to modern problems: mindfulness. Outrageously witty, smart and accessible, Ruby Wax shows ordinary people how and why to change for good. With practical exercises for your daily routine, and a six-week course based on her studies of Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy with Mark Williams at Oxford University, A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled is the only guide you need for a healthier, happier life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled Author: Ruby Wax Narrator: Ruby Wax Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 28, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled, written and read by Ruby Wax. Five hundred years ago no-one died of stress: we have invented this concept and now we let it rule us. Rest has become a dirty word, and our idea of satisfaction is answering the last email. We're sleepwalking through our own lives. Ruby Wax shows us how to wake up from this stupor with a scientific solution to modern problems: mindfulness. Outrageously witty, smart and accessible, Ruby Wax shows ordinary people how and why to change for good. With practical exercises for your daily routine, and a six-week course based on her studies of Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy with Mark Williams at Oxford University, A Mindfulness Guide for the Frazzled is the only guide you need for a healthier, happier life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252443 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Develop a Healthy Mind: How Focus Impacts Brain Function Author: Mirabai Bush, Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Mirabai Bush, Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: November 18, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Develop a Healthy Mind, Daniel Goleman, author of Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence and Richard Davidson, neuroscientist and founder of the Center for Investigating Healthy Minds highlight what the latest scientific research tells us about our brain functions and common psychological conditions, habits, and what it means to have a healthy mind. They answer questions such as: How can attention training enhance emotional intelligence abilities? What are the different types of attention - and how can we recognize them? Why is it crucial to teach our children how to focus? How can we develop an attention training practice that suits our needs and style? Included are guided exercises to help you practice attention-training skills at work, at home, and in the classroom. Guided exercises include: Sensory Focus, Body Scan, Breath Exercise, Listening Exercise, Breath Count, Enhancing Listening and Communication, and Managing Negative Emotions. Mirabai Bush, Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Wed, 18 Nov 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252443 thebookvoice.com 1:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Develop a Healthy Mind: How Focus Impacts Brain Function Author: Mirabai Bush, Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Mirabai Bush, Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: November 18, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Develop a Healthy Mind, Daniel Goleman, author of Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence and Richard Davidson, neuroscientist and founder of the Center for Investigating Healthy Minds highlight what the latest scientific research tells us about our brain functions and common psychological conditions, habits, and what it means to have a healthy mind. They answer questions such as: How can attention training enhance emotional intelligence abilities? What are the different types of attention - and how can we recognize them? Why is it crucial to teach our children how to focus? How can we develop an attention training practice that suits our needs and style? Included are guided exercises to help you practice attention-training skills at work, at home, and in the classroom. Guided exercises include: Sensory Focus, Body Scan, Breath Exercise, Listening Exercise, Breath Count, Enhancing Listening and Communication, and Managing Negative Emotions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252443]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Develop a Healthy Mind: How Focus Impacts Brain Function Author: Mirabai Bush, Richard M. Davidson, Richard Davidson, Daniel Goleman Narrator: Mirabai Bush, Richard M. Davidson, Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: November 18, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Develop a Healthy Mind, Daniel Goleman, author of Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence and Richard Davidson, neuroscientist and founder of the Center for Investigating Healthy Minds highlight what the latest scientific research tells us about our brain functions and common psychological conditions, habits, and what it means to have a healthy mind. They answer questions such as: How can attention training enhance emotional intelligence abilities? What are the different types of attention - and how can we recognize them? Why is it crucial to teach our children how to focus? How can we develop an attention training practice that suits our needs and style? Included are guided exercises to help you practice attention-training skills at work, at home, and in the classroom. Guided exercises include: Sensory Focus, Body Scan, Breath Exercise, Listening Exercise, Breath Count, Enhancing Listening and Communication, and Managing Negative Emotions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252405 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In a Different Key: The Story of Autism Author: Caren Zucker, John Donvan Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Sweeping in scope but with intimate personal stories, this is a deeply moving book about the history, science, and human drama of autism.”—Walter Isaacson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker   “Remarkable . . . A riveting tale about how a seemingly rare childhood disorder became a salient fixture in our cultural landscape.”—The Wall Street Journal (Ten Best Nonfiction Books of the Year) The inspiration for the PBS documentary, In a Different Key   In 1938, Donald Triplett of Forest, Mississippi, became the first child diagnosed with autism. Beginning with his family’s odyssey, In a Different Key tells the extraordinary story of this often misunderstood condition, from the civil rights battles waged by the families of those who have it to the fierce debates among scientists over how to define and treat it.    Unfolding over decades, In a Different Key is a beautifully rendered history of people determined to secure a place in the world for those with autism—by liberating children from dank institutions, campaigning for their right to go to school, challenging expert opinion on what it means to have autism, and persuading society to accept those who are different.    This is also a story of fierce controversies—from the question of whether there is truly an autism “epidemic,” and whether vaccines played a part in it; to scandals involving “facilitated communication,” one of many unsuccessful treatments; to stark disagreements about whether scientists should pursue a cure for autism; to compelling evidence that Hans Asperger, discoverer of the syndrome named after him, participated in the Nazi program that consigned disabled children to death. By turns intimate and panoramic, In a Different Key takes us on a journey from an era when families were shamed and children were condemned to institutions to one in which a cadre of people with autism push not simply for inclusion, but for a new understanding of autism: as difference rather than disability. Caren Zucker, John Donvan Tue, 02 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252405 thebookvoice.com 23:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In a Different Key: The Story of Autism Author: Caren Zucker, John Donvan Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Sweeping in scope but with intimate personal stories, this is a deeply moving book about the history, science, and human drama of autism.”—Walter Isaacson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker   “Remarkable . . . A riveting tale about how a seemingly rare childhood disorder became a salient fixture in our cultural landscape.”—The Wall Street Journal (Ten Best Nonfiction Books of the Year) The inspiration for the PBS documentary, In a Different Key   In 1938, Donald Triplett of Forest, Mississippi, became the first child diagnosed with autism. Beginning with his family’s odyssey, In a Different Key tells the extraordinary story of this often misunderstood condition, from the civil rights battles waged by the families of those who have it to the fierce debates among scientists over how to define and treat it.    Unfolding over decades, In a Different Key is a beautifully rendered history of people determined to secure a place in the world for those with autism—by liberating children from dank institutions, campaigning for their right to go to school, challenging expert opinion on what it means to have autism, and persuading society to accept those who are different.    This is also a story of fierce controversies—from the question of whether there is truly an autism “epidemic,” and whether vaccines played a part in it; to scandals involving “facilitated communication,” one of many unsuccessful treatments; to stark disagreements about whether scientists should pursue a cure for autism; to compelling evidence that Hans Asperger, discoverer of the syndrome named after him, participated in the Nazi program that consigned disabled children to death. By turns intimate and panoramic, In a Different Key takes us on a journey from an era when families were shamed and children were condemned to institutions to one in which a cadre of people with autism push not simply for inclusion, but for a new understanding of autism: as difference rather than disability. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252405]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In a Different Key: The Story of Autism Author: Caren Zucker, John Donvan Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 7 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: PULITZER PRIZE FINALIST • NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Sweeping in scope but with intimate personal stories, this is a deeply moving book about the history, science, and human drama of autism.”—Walter Isaacson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of The Code Breaker   “Remarkable . . . A riveting tale about how a seemingly rare childhood disorder became a salient fixture in our cultural landscape.”—The Wall Street Journal (Ten Best Nonfiction Books of the Year) The inspiration for the PBS documentary, In a Different Key   In 1938, Donald Triplett of Forest, Mississippi, became the first child diagnosed with autism. Beginning with his family’s odyssey, In a Different Key tells the extraordinary story of this often misunderstood condition, from the civil rights battles waged by the families of those who have it to the fierce debates among scientists over how to define and treat it.    Unfolding over decades, In a Different Key is a beautifully rendered history of people determined to secure a place in the world for those with autism—by liberating children from dank institutions, campaigning for their right to go to school, challenging expert opinion on what it means to have autism, and persuading society to accept those who are different.    This is also a story of fierce controversies—from the question of whether there is truly an autism “epidemic,” and whether vaccines played a part in it; to scandals involving “facilitated communication,” one of many unsuccessful treatments; to stark disagreements about whether scientists should pursue a cure for autism; to compelling evidence that Hans Asperger, discoverer of the syndrome named after him, participated in the Nazi program that consigned disabled children to death. By turns intimate and panoramic, In a Different Key takes us on a journey from an era when families were shamed and children were condemned to institutions to one in which a cadre of people with autism push not simply for inclusion, but for a new understanding of autism: as difference rather than disability. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252395 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: While the City Slept: A Love Lost to Violence and a Wake-Up Call for Mental Health Care in America Author: Eli Sanders Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Binged Making a Murderer? Try . . . [this] riveting portrait of a tragic, preventable crime.” —Entertainment Weekly Finalist for the Edgar Award for Best Fact Crime Finalist for the Dayton Literary Peace Prize A Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter’s gripping account of one young man’s path to murder—and a wake-up call for mental health care in America   On a summer night in 2009, three lives intersected in one American neighborhood. Two people newly in love—Teresa Butz and Jennifer Hopper, who spent many years trying to find themselves and who eventually found each other—and a young man on a dangerous psychological descent: Isaiah Kalebu, age twenty-three, the son of a distant, authoritarian father and a mother with a family history of mental illness. All three paths forever altered by a violent crime, all three stories a wake-up call to the system that failed to see the signs.   In this riveting, probing, compassionate account of a murder in Seattle, Eli Sanders, who won a Pulitzer Prize for his newspaper coverage of the crime, offers a deeply reported portrait in microcosm of the state of mental health care in this country—as well as an inspiring story of love and forgiveness. Culminating in Kalebu’s dangerous slide toward violence—observed by family members, police, mental health workers, lawyers, and judges, but stopped by no one—While the City Slept is the story of a crime of opportunity and of the string of missed opportunities that made it possible. It shows what can happen when a disturbed member of society repeatedly falls through the cracks, and in the tradition of The Other Wes Moore and The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace, is an indelible, human-level story, brilliantly told, with the potential to inspire social change. Eli Sanders Tue, 02 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252395 thebookvoice.com 9:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: While the City Slept: A Love Lost to Violence and a Wake-Up Call for Mental Health Care in America Author: Eli Sanders Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Binged Making a Murderer? Try . . . [this] riveting portrait of a tragic, preventable crime.” —Entertainment Weekly Finalist for the Edgar Award for Best Fact Crime Finalist for the Dayton Literary Peace Prize A Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter’s gripping account of one young man’s path to murder—and a wake-up call for mental health care in America   On a summer night in 2009, three lives intersected in one American neighborhood. Two people newly in love—Teresa Butz and Jennifer Hopper, who spent many years trying to find themselves and who eventually found each other—and a young man on a dangerous psychological descent: Isaiah Kalebu, age twenty-three, the son of a distant, authoritarian father and a mother with a family history of mental illness. All three paths forever altered by a violent crime, all three stories a wake-up call to the system that failed to see the signs.   In this riveting, probing, compassionate account of a murder in Seattle, Eli Sanders, who won a Pulitzer Prize for his newspaper coverage of the crime, offers a deeply reported portrait in microcosm of the state of mental health care in this country—as well as an inspiring story of love and forgiveness. Culminating in Kalebu’s dangerous slide toward violence—observed by family members, police, mental health workers, lawyers, and judges, but stopped by no one—While the City Slept is the story of a crime of opportunity and of the string of missed opportunities that made it possible. It shows what can happen when a disturbed member of society repeatedly falls through the cracks, and in the tradition of The Other Wes Moore and The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace, is an indelible, human-level story, brilliantly told, with the potential to inspire social change. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252395]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: While the City Slept: A Love Lost to Violence and a Wake-Up Call for Mental Health Care in America Author: Eli Sanders Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Binged Making a Murderer? Try . . . [this] riveting portrait of a tragic, preventable crime.” —Entertainment Weekly Finalist for the Edgar Award for Best Fact Crime Finalist for the Dayton Literary Peace Prize A Pulitzer Prize–winning reporter’s gripping account of one young man’s path to murder—and a wake-up call for mental health care in America   On a summer night in 2009, three lives intersected in one American neighborhood. Two people newly in love—Teresa Butz and Jennifer Hopper, who spent many years trying to find themselves and who eventually found each other—and a young man on a dangerous psychological descent: Isaiah Kalebu, age twenty-three, the son of a distant, authoritarian father and a mother with a family history of mental illness. All three paths forever altered by a violent crime, all three stories a wake-up call to the system that failed to see the signs.   In this riveting, probing, compassionate account of a murder in Seattle, Eli Sanders, who won a Pulitzer Prize for his newspaper coverage of the crime, offers a deeply reported portrait in microcosm of the state of mental health care in this country—as well as an inspiring story of love and forgiveness. Culminating in Kalebu’s dangerous slide toward violence—observed by family members, police, mental health workers, lawyers, and judges, but stopped by no one—While the City Slept is the story of a crime of opportunity and of the string of missed opportunities that made it possible. It shows what can happen when a disturbed member of society repeatedly falls through the cracks, and in the tradition of The Other Wes Moore and The Short and Tragic Life of Robert Peace, is an indelible, human-level story, brilliantly told, with the potential to inspire social change. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252164 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wounded Heart: Hope for Adult Victims of Childhood Sexual Abuse Author: Dan B. Allender Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sexual abuse knows no religious or social boundaries. The Wounded Heart is an intensely personal and specific look at this form of abuse. Dr. Allender explores the secret lament of the soul damaged by sexual abuse and lays hold of the hope buried there by the One whose unstained image we all bear. Includes information about false memory issues. Dan B. Allender Wed, 30 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252164 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wounded Heart: Hope for Adult Victims of Childhood Sexual Abuse Author: Dan B. Allender Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sexual abuse knows no religious or social boundaries. The Wounded Heart is an intensely personal and specific look at this form of abuse. Dr. Allender explores the secret lament of the soul damaged by sexual abuse and lays hold of the hope buried there by the One whose unstained image we all bear. Includes information about false memory issues. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252164]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wounded Heart: Hope for Adult Victims of Childhood Sexual Abuse Author: Dan B. Allender Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 30, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Sexual abuse knows no religious or social boundaries. The Wounded Heart is an intensely personal and specific look at this form of abuse. Dr. Allender explores the secret lament of the soul damaged by sexual abuse and lays hold of the hope buried there by the One whose unstained image we all bear. Includes information about false memory issues. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252111 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care of the Soul, Twenty-fifth Anniversary Ed: A Guide for Cultivating Depth and Sacredness in Everyday Life Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Charles Bice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller With a new introduction by the author and additional material, this 25th anniversary edition of the #1 New York Times bestseller by Thomas Moore provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In this special 25th anniversary edition of Thomas Moore’s bestselling book Care of the Soul readers are presented with a  revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of "care of the soul"—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings "care of the soul" into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing "care of the soul," as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. Thomas Moore Tue, 26 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252111 thebookvoice.com 12:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care of the Soul, Twenty-fifth Anniversary Ed: A Guide for Cultivating Depth and Sacredness in Everyday Life Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Charles Bice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller With a new introduction by the author and additional material, this 25th anniversary edition of the #1 New York Times bestseller by Thomas Moore provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In this special 25th anniversary edition of Thomas Moore’s bestselling book Care of the Soul readers are presented with a  revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of "care of the soul"—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings "care of the soul" into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing "care of the soul," as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/252111]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care of the Soul, Twenty-fifth Anniversary Ed: A Guide for Cultivating Depth and Sacredness in Everyday Life Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Charles Bice Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 26, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller With a new introduction by the author and additional material, this 25th anniversary edition of the #1 New York Times bestseller by Thomas Moore provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In this special 25th anniversary edition of Thomas Moore’s bestselling book Care of the Soul readers are presented with a  revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of "care of the soul"—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings "care of the soul" into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing "care of the soul," as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251986 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Originals: How Non-Conformists Move the World Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Susan Denaker, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life—and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Hidden Potential, Think Again, and the co-author of Option B “Filled with fresh insights on a broad array of topics that are important to our personal and professional lives.”—The New York Times DealBook “Originals is one of the most important and captivating books I have ever read, full of surprising and powerful ideas. It will not only change the way you see the world; it might just change the way you live your life. And it could very well inspire you to change your world.” —Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and author of Lean In With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all?   Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo. Adam Grant Tue, 02 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251986 thebookvoice.com 10:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Originals: How Non-Conformists Move the World Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Susan Denaker, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life—and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Hidden Potential, Think Again, and the co-author of Option B “Filled with fresh insights on a broad array of topics that are important to our personal and professional lives.”—The New York Times DealBook “Originals is one of the most important and captivating books I have ever read, full of surprising and powerful ideas. It will not only change the way you see the world; it might just change the way you live your life. And it could very well inspire you to change your world.” —Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and author of Lean In With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all?   Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251986]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Originals: How Non-Conformists Move the World Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Susan Denaker, Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 2 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 70 Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 15 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestseller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life—and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Hidden Potential, Think Again, and the co-author of Option B “Filled with fresh insights on a broad array of topics that are important to our personal and professional lives.”—The New York Times DealBook “Originals is one of the most important and captivating books I have ever read, full of surprising and powerful ideas. It will not only change the way you see the world; it might just change the way you live your life. And it could very well inspire you to change your world.” —Sheryl Sandberg, COO of Facebook and author of Lean In With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all?   Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Have a Good Day: Harness the Power of Behavioral Science to Transform Your Working Life Author: Caroline Webb Narrator: Caroline Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In How to Have a Good Day, economist and former McKinsey partner Caroline Webb shows readers how to use recent findings from behavioral economics, psychology, and neuroscience to transform our approach to everyday working life.   Advances in behavioral sciences are giving us an ever better understanding of how our brains work, why we make the choices we do, and what it takes for us to be at our best. But it has not always been easy to see how to apply these insights in the real world--until now.   In How to Have a Good Day, Webb explains exactly how to apply this science to our daily tasks and routines. She translates three big scientific ideas into step-by-step guidance that shows us how to set better priorities, make our time go further, ace every interaction, be our smartest selves, strengthen our personal impact, be resilient to setbacks, and boost our energy and enjoyment. Through it all, Webb teaches us how to navigate the typical challenges of modern workplaces—from conflict with colleagues to dull meetings and overflowing inboxes—with skill and ease.   Filled with stories of people who have used Webb’s insights to boost their job satisfaction and performance at work, How to Have a Good Day is the book so many people wanted when they finished Nudge, Blink and Thinking Fast and Slow and were looking for practical ways to apply this fascinating science to their own lives and careers.   A remarkable and much-needed book, How to Have a Good Day gives us the tools we need to have a lifetime of good days. Caroline Webb Tue, 02 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251791 thebookvoice.com 13:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Have a Good Day: Harness the Power of Behavioral Science to Transform Your Working Life Author: Caroline Webb Narrator: Caroline Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In How to Have a Good Day, economist and former McKinsey partner Caroline Webb shows readers how to use recent findings from behavioral economics, psychology, and neuroscience to transform our approach to everyday working life.   Advances in behavioral sciences are giving us an ever better understanding of how our brains work, why we make the choices we do, and what it takes for us to be at our best. But it has not always been easy to see how to apply these insights in the real world--until now.   In How to Have a Good Day, Webb explains exactly how to apply this science to our daily tasks and routines. She translates three big scientific ideas into step-by-step guidance that shows us how to set better priorities, make our time go further, ace every interaction, be our smartest selves, strengthen our personal impact, be resilient to setbacks, and boost our energy and enjoyment. Through it all, Webb teaches us how to navigate the typical challenges of modern workplaces—from conflict with colleagues to dull meetings and overflowing inboxes—with skill and ease.   Filled with stories of people who have used Webb’s insights to boost their job satisfaction and performance at work, How to Have a Good Day is the book so many people wanted when they finished Nudge, Blink and Thinking Fast and Slow and were looking for practical ways to apply this fascinating science to their own lives and careers.   A remarkable and much-needed book, How to Have a Good Day gives us the tools we need to have a lifetime of good days. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Have a Good Day: Harness the Power of Behavioral Science to Transform Your Working Life Author: Caroline Webb Narrator: Caroline Webb Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In How to Have a Good Day, economist and former McKinsey partner Caroline Webb shows readers how to use recent findings from behavioral economics, psychology, and neuroscience to transform our approach to everyday working life.   Advances in behavioral sciences are giving us an ever better understanding of how our brains work, why we make the choices we do, and what it takes for us to be at our best. But it has not always been easy to see how to apply these insights in the real world--until now.   In How to Have a Good Day, Webb explains exactly how to apply this science to our daily tasks and routines. She translates three big scientific ideas into step-by-step guidance that shows us how to set better priorities, make our time go further, ace every interaction, be our smartest selves, strengthen our personal impact, be resilient to setbacks, and boost our energy and enjoyment. Through it all, Webb teaches us how to navigate the typical challenges of modern workplaces—from conflict with colleagues to dull meetings and overflowing inboxes—with skill and ease.   Filled with stories of people who have used Webb’s insights to boost their job satisfaction and performance at work, How to Have a Good Day is the book so many people wanted when they finished Nudge, Blink and Thinking Fast and Slow and were looking for practical ways to apply this fascinating science to their own lives and careers.   A remarkable and much-needed book, How to Have a Good Day gives us the tools we need to have a lifetime of good days. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251779 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Your Brain on Sports: The Science of Underdogs, the Value of Rivalry, and What We Can Learn from the T-Shirt Cannon Author: L. Jon Wertheim Narrator: Sam Sommers, Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is Your Brain on Sports is the book for sports fans searching for a deeper understanding of the games they watch and the people who play them.  Sports Illustrated executive editor and bestselling author L. Jon Wertheim teams up with Tufts psychologist Sam Sommers to take readers on a wild ride into the inner world of sports.  Through the prism of behavioral economics, neuroscience, and psychology, they reveal the hidden influences and surprising cues that inspire and derail us—on the field and in the stands—and by extension, in corporate board rooms, office settings, and our daily lives.  In this irresistible narrative romp, Wertheim and Sommers usher us from professional football to the NBA to Grand Slam tennis, from the psychology of athletes self-handicapping their performance in the boxing ring or the World Series, to an explanation of why even the glimpse of a finish line can lift us beyond ordinary physical limits.  They explore why Tom Brady and other starting NFL quarterbacks all seem to look like fashion models; why fans of teams like the Cubs, Mets, and any franchise from Cleveland love rooting for a loser; why the best players make the worst coaches; why hockey goons (and fans) would rather fight at home than on the road; and why the arena t-shirt cannon has something to teach us about human nature.  In short, this book is an entertaining and thought-provoking journey into how psychology and behavioral science collide with the universe of wins-and-losses, coaching changes, underdogs, and rivalry games. — Boston Globe, Best Books of 2016, Sports L. Jon Wertheim Tue, 02 Feb 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251779 thebookvoice.com 8:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Your Brain on Sports: The Science of Underdogs, the Value of Rivalry, and What We Can Learn from the T-Shirt Cannon Author: L. Jon Wertheim Narrator: Sam Sommers, Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is Your Brain on Sports is the book for sports fans searching for a deeper understanding of the games they watch and the people who play them.  Sports Illustrated executive editor and bestselling author L. Jon Wertheim teams up with Tufts psychologist Sam Sommers to take readers on a wild ride into the inner world of sports.  Through the prism of behavioral economics, neuroscience, and psychology, they reveal the hidden influences and surprising cues that inspire and derail us—on the field and in the stands—and by extension, in corporate board rooms, office settings, and our daily lives.  In this irresistible narrative romp, Wertheim and Sommers usher us from professional football to the NBA to Grand Slam tennis, from the psychology of athletes self-handicapping their performance in the boxing ring or the World Series, to an explanation of why even the glimpse of a finish line can lift us beyond ordinary physical limits.  They explore why Tom Brady and other starting NFL quarterbacks all seem to look like fashion models; why fans of teams like the Cubs, Mets, and any franchise from Cleveland love rooting for a loser; why the best players make the worst coaches; why hockey goons (and fans) would rather fight at home than on the road; and why the arena t-shirt cannon has something to teach us about human nature.  In short, this book is an entertaining and thought-provoking journey into how psychology and behavioral science collide with the universe of wins-and-losses, coaching changes, underdogs, and rivalry games. — Boston Globe, Best Books of 2016, Sports Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251779]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is Your Brain on Sports: The Science of Underdogs, the Value of Rivalry, and What We Can Learn from the T-Shirt Cannon Author: L. Jon Wertheim Narrator: Sam Sommers, Keith Szarabajka Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 49 minutes Release date: February 2, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is Your Brain on Sports is the book for sports fans searching for a deeper understanding of the games they watch and the people who play them.  Sports Illustrated executive editor and bestselling author L. Jon Wertheim teams up with Tufts psychologist Sam Sommers to take readers on a wild ride into the inner world of sports.  Through the prism of behavioral economics, neuroscience, and psychology, they reveal the hidden influences and surprising cues that inspire and derail us—on the field and in the stands—and by extension, in corporate board rooms, office settings, and our daily lives.  In this irresistible narrative romp, Wertheim and Sommers usher us from professional football to the NBA to Grand Slam tennis, from the psychology of athletes self-handicapping their performance in the boxing ring or the World Series, to an explanation of why even the glimpse of a finish line can lift us beyond ordinary physical limits.  They explore why Tom Brady and other starting NFL quarterbacks all seem to look like fashion models; why fans of teams like the Cubs, Mets, and any franchise from Cleveland love rooting for a loser; why the best players make the worst coaches; why hockey goons (and fans) would rather fight at home than on the road; and why the arena t-shirt cannon has something to teach us about human nature.  In short, this book is an entertaining and thought-provoking journey into how psychology and behavioral science collide with the universe of wins-and-losses, coaching changes, underdogs, and rivalry games. — Boston Globe, Best Books of 2016, Sports https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251722 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mystery of the Lone Wolf Killer Author: Unni Turrettini Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: July 22, 2011 was the darkest day in Norway’s history since Nazi Germany’s invasion. It was one hundred eighty-nine minutes of terror—from the moment the bomb exploded outside a government building until Anders Behring Breivik was apprehended by the police at Utoya Island. Breivik murdered seventy-seven people, most of them teenagers and young adults, and wounded hundreds more. Breivik is a 'lone wolf killer,' often overlooked until they commit their crime. Breivik is also unique as he is the only 'lone wolf' killer in recent history to still be alive and in captivity. Unparalleled research and a unique international perspective. The Mystery of the Lone Wolf Killer examines the massacre itself and why this lone-killer phenomenon is increasing worldwide. Based on true events. Unni Turrettini Tue, 22 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251722 thebookvoice.com 13:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mystery of the Lone Wolf Killer Author: Unni Turrettini Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: July 22, 2011 was the darkest day in Norway’s history since Nazi Germany’s invasion. It was one hundred eighty-nine minutes of terror—from the moment the bomb exploded outside a government building until Anders Behring Breivik was apprehended by the police at Utoya Island. Breivik murdered seventy-seven people, most of them teenagers and young adults, and wounded hundreds more. Breivik is a 'lone wolf killer,' often overlooked until they commit their crime. Breivik is also unique as he is the only 'lone wolf' killer in recent history to still be alive and in captivity. Unparalleled research and a unique international perspective. The Mystery of the Lone Wolf Killer examines the massacre itself and why this lone-killer phenomenon is increasing worldwide. Based on true events. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251722]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mystery of the Lone Wolf Killer Author: Unni Turrettini Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 1 minute Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: July 22, 2011 was the darkest day in Norway’s history since Nazi Germany’s invasion. It was one hundred eighty-nine minutes of terror—from the moment the bomb exploded outside a government building until Anders Behring Breivik was apprehended by the police at Utoya Island. Breivik murdered seventy-seven people, most of them teenagers and young adults, and wounded hundreds more. Breivik is a 'lone wolf killer,' often overlooked until they commit their crime. Breivik is also unique as he is the only 'lone wolf' killer in recent history to still be alive and in captivity. Unparalleled research and a unique international perspective. The Mystery of the Lone Wolf Killer examines the massacre itself and why this lone-killer phenomenon is increasing worldwide. Based on true events. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251660 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Average: How We Succeed in a World That Values Sameness Author: Todd Rose Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you above average? Is your child an A student? Is your employee an introvert or an extrovert? Every day we are measured against the yardstick of averages, judged according to how closely we come to it or how far we deviate from it. The assumption that metrics comparing us to an average—like GPAs, personality test results, and performance review ratings—reveal something meaningful about our potential is so ingrained in our consciousness that we don’t even question it. That assumption, says Harvard’s Todd Rose, is spectacularly—and scientifically—wrong. In The End of Average, Rose, a rising star in the new field of the science of the individual shows that no one is average. Not you. Not your kids. Not your employees. This isn’t hollow sloganeering—it’s a mathematical fact with enormous practical consequences. But while we know people learn and develop in distinctive ways, these unique patterns of behaviors are lost in our schools and businesses which have been designed around the mythical “average person.” This average-size-fits-all model ignores our differences and fails at recognizing talent. It’s time to change it. Weaving science, history, and his personal experiences as a high school dropout, Rose offers a powerful alternative to understanding individuals through averages: the three principles of individuality. The jaggedness principle (talent is always jagged), the context principle (traits are a myth), and the pathways principle (we all walk the road less traveled) help us understand our true uniqueness—and that of others—and how to take full advantage of individuality to gain an edge in life. Read this powerful manifesto in the ranks of Drive, Quiet, and Mindset—and you won’t see averages or talent in the same way again. Todd Rose Tue, 19 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251660 thebookvoice.com 6:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Average: How We Succeed in a World That Values Sameness Author: Todd Rose Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you above average? Is your child an A student? Is your employee an introvert or an extrovert? Every day we are measured against the yardstick of averages, judged according to how closely we come to it or how far we deviate from it. The assumption that metrics comparing us to an average—like GPAs, personality test results, and performance review ratings—reveal something meaningful about our potential is so ingrained in our consciousness that we don’t even question it. That assumption, says Harvard’s Todd Rose, is spectacularly—and scientifically—wrong. In The End of Average, Rose, a rising star in the new field of the science of the individual shows that no one is average. Not you. Not your kids. Not your employees. This isn’t hollow sloganeering—it’s a mathematical fact with enormous practical consequences. But while we know people learn and develop in distinctive ways, these unique patterns of behaviors are lost in our schools and businesses which have been designed around the mythical “average person.” This average-size-fits-all model ignores our differences and fails at recognizing talent. It’s time to change it. Weaving science, history, and his personal experiences as a high school dropout, Rose offers a powerful alternative to understanding individuals through averages: the three principles of individuality. The jaggedness principle (talent is always jagged), the context principle (traits are a myth), and the pathways principle (we all walk the road less traveled) help us understand our true uniqueness—and that of others—and how to take full advantage of individuality to gain an edge in life. Read this powerful manifesto in the ranks of Drive, Quiet, and Mindset—and you won’t see averages or talent in the same way again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251660]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The End of Average: How We Succeed in a World That Values Sameness Author: Todd Rose Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 19, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 4.8 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you above average? Is your child an A student? Is your employee an introvert or an extrovert? Every day we are measured against the yardstick of averages, judged according to how closely we come to it or how far we deviate from it. The assumption that metrics comparing us to an average—like GPAs, personality test results, and performance review ratings—reveal something meaningful about our potential is so ingrained in our consciousness that we don’t even question it. That assumption, says Harvard’s Todd Rose, is spectacularly—and scientifically—wrong. In The End of Average, Rose, a rising star in the new field of the science of the individual shows that no one is average. Not you. Not your kids. Not your employees. This isn’t hollow sloganeering—it’s a mathematical fact with enormous practical consequences. But while we know people learn and develop in distinctive ways, these unique patterns of behaviors are lost in our schools and businesses which have been designed around the mythical “average person.” This average-size-fits-all model ignores our differences and fails at recognizing talent. It’s time to change it. Weaving science, history, and his personal experiences as a high school dropout, Rose offers a powerful alternative to understanding individuals through averages: the three principles of individuality. The jaggedness principle (talent is always jagged), the context principle (traits are a myth), and the pathways principle (we all walk the road less traveled) help us understand our true uniqueness—and that of others—and how to take full advantage of individuality to gain an edge in life. Read this powerful manifesto in the ranks of Drive, Quiet, and Mindset—and you won’t see averages or talent in the same way again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NeuroLogic: The Brain's Hidden Rationale Behind Our Irrational Behavior Author: Eliezer Sternberg Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of the brain’s hidden logic behind our strangest behaviors, and of how conscious and unconscious systems interact in order to create our experience and preserve our sense of self.   From bizarre dreams and hallucinations to schizophrenia and multiple personalities, the human brain is responsible for a diverse spectrum of strange thoughts and behaviors. When observed from the outside, these phenomena are often written off as being just “crazy,” but what if they were actually planned and logical?   NeuroLogic explores the brain’s internal system of reasoning, from its unconscious depths to conscious decision making, and illuminates how it explains our most outlandish as well as our most stereotyped behaviors. From sleepwalking murderers, contagious yawning, and the brains of sports fans to false memories, subliminal messages, and the secret of ticklishness, Dr. Eliezer Sternberg shows that there are patterns to the way the brain interprets the world—–patterns that fit the brain’s unique logic. Unraveling these patterns and the various ways they can be disturbed will not only alter our view of mental illness and supernatural experience, but will also shed light on the hidden parts of ourselves.   (With black-and-white illustrations throughout.) Eliezer Sternberg Tue, 12 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251547 thebookvoice.com 10:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NeuroLogic: The Brain's Hidden Rationale Behind Our Irrational Behavior Author: Eliezer Sternberg Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of the brain’s hidden logic behind our strangest behaviors, and of how conscious and unconscious systems interact in order to create our experience and preserve our sense of self.   From bizarre dreams and hallucinations to schizophrenia and multiple personalities, the human brain is responsible for a diverse spectrum of strange thoughts and behaviors. When observed from the outside, these phenomena are often written off as being just “crazy,” but what if they were actually planned and logical?   NeuroLogic explores the brain’s internal system of reasoning, from its unconscious depths to conscious decision making, and illuminates how it explains our most outlandish as well as our most stereotyped behaviors. From sleepwalking murderers, contagious yawning, and the brains of sports fans to false memories, subliminal messages, and the secret of ticklishness, Dr. Eliezer Sternberg shows that there are patterns to the way the brain interprets the world—–patterns that fit the brain’s unique logic. Unraveling these patterns and the various ways they can be disturbed will not only alter our view of mental illness and supernatural experience, but will also shed light on the hidden parts of ourselves.   (With black-and-white illustrations throughout.) Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NeuroLogic: The Brain's Hidden Rationale Behind Our Irrational Behavior Author: Eliezer Sternberg Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 18 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking investigation of the brain’s hidden logic behind our strangest behaviors, and of how conscious and unconscious systems interact in order to create our experience and preserve our sense of self.   From bizarre dreams and hallucinations to schizophrenia and multiple personalities, the human brain is responsible for a diverse spectrum of strange thoughts and behaviors. When observed from the outside, these phenomena are often written off as being just “crazy,” but what if they were actually planned and logical?   NeuroLogic explores the brain’s internal system of reasoning, from its unconscious depths to conscious decision making, and illuminates how it explains our most outlandish as well as our most stereotyped behaviors. From sleepwalking murderers, contagious yawning, and the brains of sports fans to false memories, subliminal messages, and the secret of ticklishness, Dr. Eliezer Sternberg shows that there are patterns to the way the brain interprets the world—–patterns that fit the brain’s unique logic. Unraveling these patterns and the various ways they can be disturbed will not only alter our view of mental illness and supernatural experience, but will also shed light on the hidden parts of ourselves.   (With black-and-white illustrations throughout.) https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251423 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Momma and the Meaning of Life: Tales of Psychotherapy Author: Irvin D. Yalom Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychotherapist Irvin D. Yalom probes further into the mysteries of the therapeutic encounter in this entertaining and thoughtful follow-up to his bestselling Love’s Executioner In six enthralling stories drawn from his own clinical experience, Irvin D. Yalom once again proves himself an intrepid explorer of the human psyche as he guides his patients—and himself—toward transformation. With eloquent detail and sharp-eyed observation, Yalom introduces us to a memorable cast of characters. Drifting through his dreams and trampling through his thoughts are Paula, Yalom’s “courtesan of death”; Myrna, whose eavesdropping gives new meaning to patient confidentiality; Magnolia, into whose ample lap Yalom longs to pour his own sorrows, even as he strives to ease hers; and Momma—ill-tempered, overpowering, and suffocating her son with both love and disapproval. A richly rewarding, almost illicit glimpse into the therapist’s heart and mind, Momma and the Meaning of Life illuminates the unique potential of every human relationship. Irvin D. Yalom Tue, 05 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251423 thebookvoice.com 9:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Momma and the Meaning of Life: Tales of Psychotherapy Author: Irvin D. Yalom Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychotherapist Irvin D. Yalom probes further into the mysteries of the therapeutic encounter in this entertaining and thoughtful follow-up to his bestselling Love’s Executioner In six enthralling stories drawn from his own clinical experience, Irvin D. Yalom once again proves himself an intrepid explorer of the human psyche as he guides his patients—and himself—toward transformation. With eloquent detail and sharp-eyed observation, Yalom introduces us to a memorable cast of characters. Drifting through his dreams and trampling through his thoughts are Paula, Yalom’s “courtesan of death”; Myrna, whose eavesdropping gives new meaning to patient confidentiality; Magnolia, into whose ample lap Yalom longs to pour his own sorrows, even as he strives to ease hers; and Momma—ill-tempered, overpowering, and suffocating her son with both love and disapproval. A richly rewarding, almost illicit glimpse into the therapist’s heart and mind, Momma and the Meaning of Life illuminates the unique potential of every human relationship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Momma and the Meaning of Life: Tales of Psychotherapy Author: Irvin D. Yalom Narrator: Traber Burns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 56 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychotherapist Irvin D. Yalom probes further into the mysteries of the therapeutic encounter in this entertaining and thoughtful follow-up to his bestselling Love’s Executioner In six enthralling stories drawn from his own clinical experience, Irvin D. Yalom once again proves himself an intrepid explorer of the human psyche as he guides his patients—and himself—toward transformation. With eloquent detail and sharp-eyed observation, Yalom introduces us to a memorable cast of characters. Drifting through his dreams and trampling through his thoughts are Paula, Yalom’s “courtesan of death”; Myrna, whose eavesdropping gives new meaning to patient confidentiality; Magnolia, into whose ample lap Yalom longs to pour his own sorrows, even as he strives to ease hers; and Momma—ill-tempered, overpowering, and suffocating her son with both love and disapproval. A richly rewarding, almost illicit glimpse into the therapist’s heart and mind, Momma and the Meaning of Life illuminates the unique potential of every human relationship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251272 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage to Create Author: Rollo May Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Extraordinary, wise, and hopeful... nearly poetic meditations.'—Boston Globe What if imagination and art are not, as many of us might think, the frosting on life but the fountainhead of human experience? What if our logic and science derive from art forms, rather than the other way around? In this trenchant volume, Rollo May helps all of us find those creative impulses that, once liberated, offer new possibilities for achievement. A renowned therapist and inspiring guide, Dr. May draws on his experience to show how we can break out of old patterns in our lives. His insightful book offers us a way through our fears into a fully realized self. Rollo May Tue, 01 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251272 thebookvoice.com 4:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage to Create Author: Rollo May Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Extraordinary, wise, and hopeful... nearly poetic meditations.'—Boston Globe What if imagination and art are not, as many of us might think, the frosting on life but the fountainhead of human experience? What if our logic and science derive from art forms, rather than the other way around? In this trenchant volume, Rollo May helps all of us find those creative impulses that, once liberated, offer new possibilities for achievement. A renowned therapist and inspiring guide, Dr. May draws on his experience to show how we can break out of old patterns in our lives. His insightful book offers us a way through our fears into a fully realized self. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251272]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Courage to Create Author: Rollo May Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Extraordinary, wise, and hopeful... nearly poetic meditations.'—Boston Globe What if imagination and art are not, as many of us might think, the frosting on life but the fountainhead of human experience? What if our logic and science derive from art forms, rather than the other way around? In this trenchant volume, Rollo May helps all of us find those creative impulses that, once liberated, offer new possibilities for achievement. A renowned therapist and inspiring guide, Dr. May draws on his experience to show how we can break out of old patterns in our lives. His insightful book offers us a way through our fears into a fully realized self. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life Author: Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Part psychological study, part self-help book, Finding Flow is a prescriptive guide that helps us reclaim ownership of our lives. Based on a far-reaching study of thousands of individuals, Finding Flow contends that we often walk through our days unaware and out of touch with our emotional lives. Our inattention makes us constantly bounce between two extremes: during much of the day we live filled with the anxiety and pressures of our work and obligations, while during our leisure moments, we tend to live in passive boredom. The key, according to Csikszentmihalyi, is to challenge ourselves with tasks requiring a high degree of skill and commitment. Instead of watching television, play the piano. Transform a routine task by taking a different approach. In short, learn the joy of complete engagement. Thought they appear simple, the lessons in Finding Flow are life-altering. Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Tue, 01 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265 thebookvoice.com 5:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life Author: Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Part psychological study, part self-help book, Finding Flow is a prescriptive guide that helps us reclaim ownership of our lives. Based on a far-reaching study of thousands of individuals, Finding Flow contends that we often walk through our days unaware and out of touch with our emotional lives. Our inattention makes us constantly bounce between two extremes: during much of the day we live filled with the anxiety and pressures of our work and obligations, while during our leisure moments, we tend to live in passive boredom. The key, according to Csikszentmihalyi, is to challenge ourselves with tasks requiring a high degree of skill and commitment. Instead of watching television, play the piano. Transform a routine task by taking a different approach. In short, learn the joy of complete engagement. Thought they appear simple, the lessons in Finding Flow are life-altering. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life Author: Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 17 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Part psychological study, part self-help book, Finding Flow is a prescriptive guide that helps us reclaim ownership of our lives. Based on a far-reaching study of thousands of individuals, Finding Flow contends that we often walk through our days unaware and out of touch with our emotional lives. Our inattention makes us constantly bounce between two extremes: during much of the day we live filled with the anxiety and pressures of our work and obligations, while during our leisure moments, we tend to live in passive boredom. The key, according to Csikszentmihalyi, is to challenge ourselves with tasks requiring a high degree of skill and commitment. Instead of watching television, play the piano. Transform a routine task by taking a different approach. In short, learn the joy of complete engagement. Thought they appear simple, the lessons in Finding Flow are life-altering. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251012 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mozart's Brain and the Fighter Pilot: Unleashing Your Brain's Potential Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Richard Restak, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 14, 2002 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Mozart’s Brain and the Fighter Pilot, eminent neuropsychiatrist and bestselling author Richard Restak, M.D., combines the latest research in neurology and psychology to show us how to get our brain up to speed for managing every aspect of our busy lives. Everything we think and everything we choose to do alters our brain and fundamentally changes who we are, a process that continues until the end of our lives. Few people think of the brain as being susceptible to change in its actual structure, but in fact we can preselect the kind of brain we will have by continually exposing ourselves to rich and varied life experiences. Unlike other organs that eventually wear out with repeated and sustained use, the brain actually improves the more we challenge it. Most of us incorporate some kind of physical exercise into our daily lives. We do this to improve our bodies and health and generally make us feel better. Why not do the same for the brain? The more we exercise it, the better it performs and the better we feel. Think of Restak as a personal trainer for your brain—he will help you assess your mental strengths and weaknesses, and his entertaining book will set you to thinking about the world and the people around you in a new light, providing you with improved and varied skills and capabilities. From interacting with colleagues to recognizing your own psychological makeup, from understanding the way you see something to why you’re looking at it in the first place, from explaining the cause of panic attacks to warding off performance anxiety, this book will tell you the whys and hows of the brain’s workings. Packed with practical advice and fascinating examples drawn from history, literature, and science, Mozart’s Brain and the Fighter Pilot provides twenty-eight informative and realistic steps that we can all take to improve our brainpower. Richard Restak, M.D. Tue, 14 May 2002 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251012 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mozart's Brain and the Fighter Pilot: Unleashing Your Brain's Potential Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Richard Restak, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 14, 2002 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Mozart’s Brain and the Fighter Pilot, eminent neuropsychiatrist and bestselling author Richard Restak, M.D., combines the latest research in neurology and psychology to show us how to get our brain up to speed for managing every aspect of our busy lives. Everything we think and everything we choose to do alters our brain and fundamentally changes who we are, a process that continues until the end of our lives. Few people think of the brain as being susceptible to change in its actual structure, but in fact we can preselect the kind of brain we will have by continually exposing ourselves to rich and varied life experiences. Unlike other organs that eventually wear out with repeated and sustained use, the brain actually improves the more we challenge it. Most of us incorporate some kind of physical exercise into our daily lives. We do this to improve our bodies and health and generally make us feel better. Why not do the same for the brain? The more we exercise it, the better it performs and the better we feel. Think of Restak as a personal trainer for your brain—he will help you assess your mental strengths and weaknesses, and his entertaining book will set you to thinking about the world and the people around you in a new light, providing you with improved and varied skills and capabilities. From interacting with colleagues to recognizing your own psychological makeup, from understanding the way you see something to why you’re looking at it in the first place, from explaining the cause of panic attacks to warding off performance anxiety, this book will tell you the whys and hows of the brain’s workings. Packed with practical advice and fascinating examples drawn from history, literature, and science, Mozart’s Brain and the Fighter Pilot provides twenty-eight informative and realistic steps that we can all take to improve our brainpower. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mozart's Brain and the Fighter Pilot: Unleashing Your Brain's Potential Author: Richard Restak, M.D. Narrator: Richard Restak, M.D. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: May 14, 2002 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Mozart’s Brain and the Fighter Pilot, eminent neuropsychiatrist and bestselling author Richard Restak, M.D., combines the latest research in neurology and psychology to show us how to get our brain up to speed for managing every aspect of our busy lives. Everything we think and everything we choose to do alters our brain and fundamentally changes who we are, a process that continues until the end of our lives. Few people think of the brain as being susceptible to change in its actual structure, but in fact we can preselect the kind of brain we will have by continually exposing ourselves to rich and varied life experiences. Unlike other organs that eventually wear out with repeated and sustained use, the brain actually improves the more we challenge it. Most of us incorporate some kind of physical exercise into our daily lives. We do this to improve our bodies and health and generally make us feel better. Why not do the same for the brain? The more we exercise it, the better it performs and the better we feel. Think of Restak as a personal trainer for your brain—he will help you assess your mental strengths and weaknesses, and his entertaining book will set you to thinking about the world and the people around you in a new light, providing you with improved and varied skills and capabilities. From interacting with colleagues to recognizing your own psychological makeup, from understanding the way you see something to why you’re looking at it in the first place, from explaining the cause of panic attacks to warding off performance anxiety, this book will tell you the whys and hows of the brain’s workings. Packed with practical advice and fascinating examples drawn from history, literature, and science, Mozart’s Brain and the Fighter Pilot provides twenty-eight informative and realistic steps that we can all take to improve our brainpower. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self to Your Biggest Challenges Author: Amy Cuddy Narrator: Amy Cuddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever left a nerve-racking challenge and immediately wished for a do over? Maybe after a job interview, a performance, or a difficult conversation? The very moments that require us to be genuine and commanding can instead cause us to feel phony and powerless. Too often we approach our lives' biggest hurdles with dread, execute them with anxiety, and leave them with regret. By accessing our personal power, we can achieve 'presence,' the state in which we stop worrying about the impression we're making on others and instead adjust the impression we've been making on ourselves. As Harvard professor Amy Cuddy's revolutionary book reveals, we don't need to embark on a grand spiritual quest or complete an inner transformation to harness the power of presence. Instead, we need to nudge ourselves, moment by moment, by tweaking our body language, behavior, and mind-set in our day-to-day lives. Amy Cuddy has galvanized tens of millions of viewers around the world with her TED talk about 'power poses.' Now she presents the enthralling science underlying these and many other fascinating body-mind effects, and teaches us how to use simple techniques to liberate ourselves from fear in high-pressure moments, perform at our best, and connect with and empower others to do the same. Brilliantly researched, impassioned, and accessible, Presence is filled with stories of individuals who learned how to flourish during the stressful moments that once terrified them. Every reader will learn how to approach their biggest challenges with confidence instead of dread, and to leave them with satisfaction instead of regret. 'Presence feels at once concrete and inspiring, simple but ambitious -- above all, truly powerful.'-New York Times Book Review Amy Cuddy Tue, 22 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self to Your Biggest Challenges Author: Amy Cuddy Narrator: Amy Cuddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever left a nerve-racking challenge and immediately wished for a do over? Maybe after a job interview, a performance, or a difficult conversation? The very moments that require us to be genuine and commanding can instead cause us to feel phony and powerless. Too often we approach our lives' biggest hurdles with dread, execute them with anxiety, and leave them with regret. By accessing our personal power, we can achieve 'presence,' the state in which we stop worrying about the impression we're making on others and instead adjust the impression we've been making on ourselves. As Harvard professor Amy Cuddy's revolutionary book reveals, we don't need to embark on a grand spiritual quest or complete an inner transformation to harness the power of presence. Instead, we need to nudge ourselves, moment by moment, by tweaking our body language, behavior, and mind-set in our day-to-day lives. Amy Cuddy has galvanized tens of millions of viewers around the world with her TED talk about 'power poses.' Now she presents the enthralling science underlying these and many other fascinating body-mind effects, and teaches us how to use simple techniques to liberate ourselves from fear in high-pressure moments, perform at our best, and connect with and empower others to do the same. Brilliantly researched, impassioned, and accessible, Presence is filled with stories of individuals who learned how to flourish during the stressful moments that once terrified them. Every reader will learn how to approach their biggest challenges with confidence instead of dread, and to leave them with satisfaction instead of regret. 'Presence feels at once concrete and inspiring, simple but ambitious -- above all, truly powerful.'-New York Times Book Review Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presence: Bringing Your Boldest Self to Your Biggest Challenges Author: Amy Cuddy Narrator: Amy Cuddy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.64 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you ever left a nerve-racking challenge and immediately wished for a do over? Maybe after a job interview, a performance, or a difficult conversation? The very moments that require us to be genuine and commanding can instead cause us to feel phony and powerless. Too often we approach our lives' biggest hurdles with dread, execute them with anxiety, and leave them with regret. By accessing our personal power, we can achieve 'presence,' the state in which we stop worrying about the impression we're making on others and instead adjust the impression we've been making on ourselves. As Harvard professor Amy Cuddy's revolutionary book reveals, we don't need to embark on a grand spiritual quest or complete an inner transformation to harness the power of presence. Instead, we need to nudge ourselves, moment by moment, by tweaking our body language, behavior, and mind-set in our day-to-day lives. Amy Cuddy has galvanized tens of millions of viewers around the world with her TED talk about 'power poses.' Now she presents the enthralling science underlying these and many other fascinating body-mind effects, and teaches us how to use simple techniques to liberate ourselves from fear in high-pressure moments, perform at our best, and connect with and empower others to do the same. Brilliantly researched, impassioned, and accessible, Presence is filled with stories of individuals who learned how to flourish during the stressful moments that once terrified them. Every reader will learn how to approach their biggest challenges with confidence instead of dread, and to leave them with satisfaction instead of regret. 'Presence feels at once concrete and inspiring, simple but ambitious -- above all, truly powerful.'-New York Times Book Review https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250545 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Confidence Game: Why We Fall for It . . . Every Time Author: Maria Konnikova Narrator: Maria Konnikova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'It’s a startling and disconcerting read that should make you think twice every time a friend of a friend offers you the opportunity of a lifetime.” —Erik Larson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Dead Wake and bestselling author of Devil in the White City Think you can’t get conned? Think again. The New York Times bestselling author of Mastermind: How to Think Like Sherlock Holmes explains how to spot the con before they spot you. “[An] excellent study of Con Artists, stories & the human need to believe” –Neil Gaiman, via Twitter A compelling investigation into the minds, motives, and methods of con artists—and the people who fall for their cons over and over again. While cheats and swindlers may be a dime a dozen, true conmen—the Bernie Madoffs, the Jim Bakkers, the Lance Armstrongs—are elegant, outsized personalities, artists of persuasion and exploiters of trust. How do they do it? Why are they successful? And what keeps us falling for it, over and over again? These are the questions that journalist and psychologist Maria Konnikova tackles in her mesmerizing new book.   From multimillion-dollar Ponzi schemes to small-time frauds, Konnikova pulls together a selection of fascinating stories to demonstrate what all cons share in common, drawing on scientific, dramatic, and psychological perspectives. Insightful and gripping, the book brings readers into the world of the con, examining the relationship between artist and victim. The Confidence Game asks not only why we believe con artists, but also examines the very act of believing and how our sense of truth can be manipulated by those around us. Maria Konnikova Tue, 12 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250545 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Confidence Game: Why We Fall for It . . . Every Time Author: Maria Konnikova Narrator: Maria Konnikova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'It’s a startling and disconcerting read that should make you think twice every time a friend of a friend offers you the opportunity of a lifetime.” —Erik Larson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Dead Wake and bestselling author of Devil in the White City Think you can’t get conned? Think again. The New York Times bestselling author of Mastermind: How to Think Like Sherlock Holmes explains how to spot the con before they spot you. “[An] excellent study of Con Artists, stories & the human need to believe” –Neil Gaiman, via Twitter A compelling investigation into the minds, motives, and methods of con artists—and the people who fall for their cons over and over again. While cheats and swindlers may be a dime a dozen, true conmen—the Bernie Madoffs, the Jim Bakkers, the Lance Armstrongs—are elegant, outsized personalities, artists of persuasion and exploiters of trust. How do they do it? Why are they successful? And what keeps us falling for it, over and over again? These are the questions that journalist and psychologist Maria Konnikova tackles in her mesmerizing new book.   From multimillion-dollar Ponzi schemes to small-time frauds, Konnikova pulls together a selection of fascinating stories to demonstrate what all cons share in common, drawing on scientific, dramatic, and psychological perspectives. Insightful and gripping, the book brings readers into the world of the con, examining the relationship between artist and victim. The Confidence Game asks not only why we believe con artists, but also examines the very act of believing and how our sense of truth can be manipulated by those around us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250545]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Confidence Game: Why We Fall for It . . . Every Time Author: Maria Konnikova Narrator: Maria Konnikova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 12, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'It’s a startling and disconcerting read that should make you think twice every time a friend of a friend offers you the opportunity of a lifetime.” —Erik Larson, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Dead Wake and bestselling author of Devil in the White City Think you can’t get conned? Think again. The New York Times bestselling author of Mastermind: How to Think Like Sherlock Holmes explains how to spot the con before they spot you. “[An] excellent study of Con Artists, stories & the human need to believe” –Neil Gaiman, via Twitter A compelling investigation into the minds, motives, and methods of con artists—and the people who fall for their cons over and over again. While cheats and swindlers may be a dime a dozen, true conmen—the Bernie Madoffs, the Jim Bakkers, the Lance Armstrongs—are elegant, outsized personalities, artists of persuasion and exploiters of trust. How do they do it? Why are they successful? And what keeps us falling for it, over and over again? These are the questions that journalist and psychologist Maria Konnikova tackles in her mesmerizing new book.   From multimillion-dollar Ponzi schemes to small-time frauds, Konnikova pulls together a selection of fascinating stories to demonstrate what all cons share in common, drawing on scientific, dramatic, and psychological perspectives. Insightful and gripping, the book brings readers into the world of the con, examining the relationship between artist and victim. The Confidence Game asks not only why we believe con artists, but also examines the very act of believing and how our sense of truth can be manipulated by those around us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exuberance: The Passion For Life Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We have learned much about depression, but what about its opposite? Why hasn't the human emotion that lifts us, inspires us, drives us on, and makes life worth living been discussed-and celebrated? In this outstanding book, bestselling author Dr. Kay Redfield Jamison explores exuberance in all its unrestrained, joyful energy, and shows how its unique vitality is essential to our existence. Jamison points to the contagiousness of laughter, excitement, and positive feelings, and how it plays a role in choosing a mate, in the giddiness of new love, music, and religious ecstasy. She also discusses our dangerous desire to simulate exuberance by using drugs or alcohol. Most of all, Jamison points to some of our most famous artists and scientists to show how they all share an exuberance for life that inspires their discoveries, drives, and the force to persevere even when it seems the odds are against them. Kay Redfield Jamison Mon, 07 Jun 2004 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801 thebookvoice.com 11:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exuberance: The Passion For Life Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We have learned much about depression, but what about its opposite? Why hasn't the human emotion that lifts us, inspires us, drives us on, and makes life worth living been discussed-and celebrated? In this outstanding book, bestselling author Dr. Kay Redfield Jamison explores exuberance in all its unrestrained, joyful energy, and shows how its unique vitality is essential to our existence. Jamison points to the contagiousness of laughter, excitement, and positive feelings, and how it plays a role in choosing a mate, in the giddiness of new love, music, and religious ecstasy. She also discusses our dangerous desire to simulate exuberance by using drugs or alcohol. Most of all, Jamison points to some of our most famous artists and scientists to show how they all share an exuberance for life that inspires their discoveries, drives, and the force to persevere even when it seems the odds are against them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/346801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Exuberance: The Passion For Life Author: Kay Redfield Jamison Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 7, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We have learned much about depression, but what about its opposite? Why hasn't the human emotion that lifts us, inspires us, drives us on, and makes life worth living been discussed-and celebrated? In this outstanding book, bestselling author Dr. Kay Redfield Jamison explores exuberance in all its unrestrained, joyful energy, and shows how its unique vitality is essential to our existence. Jamison points to the contagiousness of laughter, excitement, and positive feelings, and how it plays a role in choosing a mate, in the giddiness of new love, music, and religious ecstasy. She also discusses our dangerous desire to simulate exuberance by using drugs or alcohol. Most of all, Jamison points to some of our most famous artists and scientists to show how they all share an exuberance for life that inspires their discoveries, drives, and the force to persevere even when it seems the odds are against them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250158 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Choosing Love: Discover How to Connect to the Universal Power of Love -- and Live a Full, Fearless, and Authentic Life! Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 4, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Fearful Living to Fearless Loving! Are you ready to see love in a whole new light, let go of your deepest fears and everyday stresses, and experience real joy and abundance? Choosing Love redefines the way you perceive love and teaches you how to connect with yourself—and others—in ways you've never imagined. Using her years of expertise as a psychologist, professor, and energy healer, Sherianna Boyle guides you through each step of your journey with details on setting an intention to choose love, breaking free from fear and self-limiting beliefs, and tapping deep within yourself to access the love that's already there. Each page offers groundbreaking techniques for nurturing love's vibrations and releasing anything that no longer serves you. Complete with exercises and mediations to further open up your heart, Choosing Love will show you how to heal from past experiences, empower your inner voice, and manifest a full and fearless life. Sherianna Boyle Fri, 04 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250158 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Choosing Love: Discover How to Connect to the Universal Power of Love -- and Live a Full, Fearless, and Authentic Life! Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 4, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Fearful Living to Fearless Loving! Are you ready to see love in a whole new light, let go of your deepest fears and everyday stresses, and experience real joy and abundance? Choosing Love redefines the way you perceive love and teaches you how to connect with yourself—and others—in ways you've never imagined. Using her years of expertise as a psychologist, professor, and energy healer, Sherianna Boyle guides you through each step of your journey with details on setting an intention to choose love, breaking free from fear and self-limiting beliefs, and tapping deep within yourself to access the love that's already there. Each page offers groundbreaking techniques for nurturing love's vibrations and releasing anything that no longer serves you. Complete with exercises and mediations to further open up your heart, Choosing Love will show you how to heal from past experiences, empower your inner voice, and manifest a full and fearless life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250158]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Choosing Love: Discover How to Connect to the Universal Power of Love -- and Live a Full, Fearless, and Authentic Life! Author: Sherianna Boyle Narrator: Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 4, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From Fearful Living to Fearless Loving! Are you ready to see love in a whole new light, let go of your deepest fears and everyday stresses, and experience real joy and abundance? Choosing Love redefines the way you perceive love and teaches you how to connect with yourself—and others—in ways you've never imagined. Using her years of expertise as a psychologist, professor, and energy healer, Sherianna Boyle guides you through each step of your journey with details on setting an intention to choose love, breaking free from fear and self-limiting beliefs, and tapping deep within yourself to access the love that's already there. Each page offers groundbreaking techniques for nurturing love's vibrations and releasing anything that no longer serves you. Complete with exercises and mediations to further open up your heart, Choosing Love will show you how to heal from past experiences, empower your inner voice, and manifest a full and fearless life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaim Your Brain: How to Calm Your Thoughts, Heal Your Mind, and Bring Your Life Back Under Control Author: Joseph A. Annibali Narrator: Joseph A. Annibali, Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A prescriptive guide to restoring cognitive calm, based on Amen Clinics chief psychiatrist Dr. Joseph Annibali’s three decades of treating patients who suffer from overloaded, overstimulated brains.   Dr. Joseph Annibali has treated thousands of people with overloaded, overstimulated brains. Some people describe their brain as being “in chaos”; others feel that their brain is “on fire.” But whether they are ultimately diagnosed with anxiety, disabling OCD, depression, bipolar disorder, or even substance abuse, the underlying problem is a Too-Busy Brain, a great irritant that interferes with attention, concentration, focus, mood, and often much more. It may even be a sign of undetected damage to either the brain or the body itself. But through practical strategies, understandable explanations, and prescriptive mind-management techniques, Dr. Annibali will help readers finally reclaim their brains and get back in control of their lives. Joseph A. Annibali Tue, 29 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250151 thebookvoice.com 9:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaim Your Brain: How to Calm Your Thoughts, Heal Your Mind, and Bring Your Life Back Under Control Author: Joseph A. Annibali Narrator: Joseph A. Annibali, Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A prescriptive guide to restoring cognitive calm, based on Amen Clinics chief psychiatrist Dr. Joseph Annibali’s three decades of treating patients who suffer from overloaded, overstimulated brains.   Dr. Joseph Annibali has treated thousands of people with overloaded, overstimulated brains. Some people describe their brain as being “in chaos”; others feel that their brain is “on fire.” But whether they are ultimately diagnosed with anxiety, disabling OCD, depression, bipolar disorder, or even substance abuse, the underlying problem is a Too-Busy Brain, a great irritant that interferes with attention, concentration, focus, mood, and often much more. It may even be a sign of undetected damage to either the brain or the body itself. But through practical strategies, understandable explanations, and prescriptive mind-management techniques, Dr. Annibali will help readers finally reclaim their brains and get back in control of their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaim Your Brain: How to Calm Your Thoughts, Heal Your Mind, and Bring Your Life Back Under Control Author: Joseph A. Annibali Narrator: Joseph A. Annibali, Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A prescriptive guide to restoring cognitive calm, based on Amen Clinics chief psychiatrist Dr. Joseph Annibali’s three decades of treating patients who suffer from overloaded, overstimulated brains.   Dr. Joseph Annibali has treated thousands of people with overloaded, overstimulated brains. Some people describe their brain as being “in chaos”; others feel that their brain is “on fire.” But whether they are ultimately diagnosed with anxiety, disabling OCD, depression, bipolar disorder, or even substance abuse, the underlying problem is a Too-Busy Brain, a great irritant that interferes with attention, concentration, focus, mood, and often much more. It may even be a sign of undetected damage to either the brain or the body itself. But through practical strategies, understandable explanations, and prescriptive mind-management techniques, Dr. Annibali will help readers finally reclaim their brains and get back in control of their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250143 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving What Is: Four Questions That Can Change Your Life Author: Stephen Mitchell, Byron Katie Narrator: Macleod Andrews, Rebecca Lowman, Stephen Mitchell, Byron Katie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Out of nowhere, like a cool breeze in a marketplace crowded with advice, comes Byron Katie and “The Work.” In the midst of a normal life, Katie became increasingly depressed, and over a ten-year period sank further into rage, despair, and thoughts of suicide. Then one morning, she woke up in a state of absolute joy, filled with the realization of how her own suffering had ended. The freedom of that realization has never left her, and now in Loving What Is you can discover the same freedom through The Work. The Work is simply four questions that, when applied to a specific problem, enable you to see what is troubling you in an entirely different light. As Katie says, “It’s not the problem that causes our suffering; it’s our thinking about the problem.” Contrary to popular belief, trying to let go of a painful thought never works; instead, once we have done The Work, the thought lets go of us. At that point, we can truly love what is, just as it is. Loving What Is will show you step-by-step, through clear and vivid examples, exactly how to use this revolutionary process for yourself. You’ll see people do The Work with Katie on a broad range of human problems, from a wife ready to leave her husband because he wants more sex, to a Manhattan worker paralyzed by fear of terrorism, to a woman suffering over a death in her family. Many people have discovered The Work’s power to solve problems; in addition, they say that through The Work they experience a sense of lasting peace and find the clarity and energy to act, even in situations that had previously seemed impossible. If you continue to do The Work, you may discover, as many people have, that the questioning flows into every aspect of your life, effortlessly undoing the stressful thoughts that keep you from experiencing peace. Loving What Is offers everything you need to learn and live this remarkable process, and to find happiness as what Katie calls “a lover of reality.” Stephen Mitchell, Byron Katie Tue, 05 Jan 2016 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250143 thebookvoice.com 9:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving What Is: Four Questions That Can Change Your Life Author: Stephen Mitchell, Byron Katie Narrator: Macleod Andrews, Rebecca Lowman, Stephen Mitchell, Byron Katie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Out of nowhere, like a cool breeze in a marketplace crowded with advice, comes Byron Katie and “The Work.” In the midst of a normal life, Katie became increasingly depressed, and over a ten-year period sank further into rage, despair, and thoughts of suicide. Then one morning, she woke up in a state of absolute joy, filled with the realization of how her own suffering had ended. The freedom of that realization has never left her, and now in Loving What Is you can discover the same freedom through The Work. The Work is simply four questions that, when applied to a specific problem, enable you to see what is troubling you in an entirely different light. As Katie says, “It’s not the problem that causes our suffering; it’s our thinking about the problem.” Contrary to popular belief, trying to let go of a painful thought never works; instead, once we have done The Work, the thought lets go of us. At that point, we can truly love what is, just as it is. Loving What Is will show you step-by-step, through clear and vivid examples, exactly how to use this revolutionary process for yourself. You’ll see people do The Work with Katie on a broad range of human problems, from a wife ready to leave her husband because he wants more sex, to a Manhattan worker paralyzed by fear of terrorism, to a woman suffering over a death in her family. Many people have discovered The Work’s power to solve problems; in addition, they say that through The Work they experience a sense of lasting peace and find the clarity and energy to act, even in situations that had previously seemed impossible. If you continue to do The Work, you may discover, as many people have, that the questioning flows into every aspect of your life, effortlessly undoing the stressful thoughts that keep you from experiencing peace. Loving What Is offers everything you need to learn and live this remarkable process, and to find happiness as what Katie calls “a lover of reality.” Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250143]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Loving What Is: Four Questions That Can Change Your Life Author: Stephen Mitchell, Byron Katie Narrator: Macleod Andrews, Rebecca Lowman, Stephen Mitchell, Byron Katie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: January 5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.23 of Total 69 Ratings of Narrator: 4.68 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Out of nowhere, like a cool breeze in a marketplace crowded with advice, comes Byron Katie and “The Work.” In the midst of a normal life, Katie became increasingly depressed, and over a ten-year period sank further into rage, despair, and thoughts of suicide. Then one morning, she woke up in a state of absolute joy, filled with the realization of how her own suffering had ended. The freedom of that realization has never left her, and now in Loving What Is you can discover the same freedom through The Work. The Work is simply four questions that, when applied to a specific problem, enable you to see what is troubling you in an entirely different light. As Katie says, “It’s not the problem that causes our suffering; it’s our thinking about the problem.” Contrary to popular belief, trying to let go of a painful thought never works; instead, once we have done The Work, the thought lets go of us. At that point, we can truly love what is, just as it is. Loving What Is will show you step-by-step, through clear and vivid examples, exactly how to use this revolutionary process for yourself. You’ll see people do The Work with Katie on a broad range of human problems, from a wife ready to leave her husband because he wants more sex, to a Manhattan worker paralyzed by fear of terrorism, to a woman suffering over a death in her family. Many people have discovered The Work’s power to solve problems; in addition, they say that through The Work they experience a sense of lasting peace and find the clarity and energy to act, even in situations that had previously seemed impossible. If you continue to do The Work, you may discover, as many people have, that the questioning flows into every aspect of your life, effortlessly undoing the stressful thoughts that keep you from experiencing peace. Loving What Is offers everything you need to learn and live this remarkable process, and to find happiness as what Katie calls “a lover of reality.” https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250045 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Moms & Digital Dads: A Fact-Not-Fear Approach to Parenting in the Digital Age Author: Yalda T. Uhls Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Is social media ruining our kids? How much internet activity is too much? What do FOMO (Fear of Missing Out), sexting, and selfies mean for teens? Are you curious about what research says about how media and technology are impacting childhood? Supported by academic research focused on technology, Media Moms & Digital Dads breaks down complex issues in a friendly, accessible fashion, making it a highly useful and, ultimately, reassuring read for anyone worries about the impact that media might be having on young minds. Dr. Uhls ends each chapter with summaries of the science, bottom lines for quick takeaways, and tips and guidance for parents. Each chapter delves into a different issue, so parents can easily turn to their own particular needs and skip what doesn't concern them. Dr Uhls expertise as former Hollywood executive and current expert on child development and media gives her a unique and important perspective. As a trained scientist she understands the fascinating studies conducted by researchers, and as a mom of digital teens, she knows what actually works and can relate to the reality of being a parent in the 21st century. Dr. Uhls also describes the research she conducted at UCLA (extensively reported on in news outlets such as the NY Times, NPR and Time Magazine) including her studies about fame and social media and about whether the extensive time we stare at screens impacts non verbal emotional understanding. Chapters (with descriptions of research, bottom lines and guidance for parents) include: Forward by the CEO from the national, non-profit Common Sense Media Overview of parenting in the digital age Screen time for babies and toddlers The Mobile Era The Digital Brain Social Media and Social Lives Fame, FOMO and selfies The Digital Brain Learning in the Digital Age Education in the Digital Age Videogames There are few hotter parenting issues today than helping our children safely navigate they digital world in which we live. It provides both immense opportunity for learning and connecting and yet great opportunity for making mistakes and harm. Knowing what the facts are and when and how to get involved is perhaps one of the most challenging aspects of parenting. Media Moms & Digital Dads offers parents reassuring and fact based guidance on how best to manage screens and media for their children. Yalda T. Uhls Tue, 01 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250045 thebookvoice.com 5:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Moms & Digital Dads: A Fact-Not-Fear Approach to Parenting in the Digital Age Author: Yalda T. Uhls Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Is social media ruining our kids? How much internet activity is too much? What do FOMO (Fear of Missing Out), sexting, and selfies mean for teens? Are you curious about what research says about how media and technology are impacting childhood? Supported by academic research focused on technology, Media Moms & Digital Dads breaks down complex issues in a friendly, accessible fashion, making it a highly useful and, ultimately, reassuring read for anyone worries about the impact that media might be having on young minds. Dr. Uhls ends each chapter with summaries of the science, bottom lines for quick takeaways, and tips and guidance for parents. Each chapter delves into a different issue, so parents can easily turn to their own particular needs and skip what doesn't concern them. Dr Uhls expertise as former Hollywood executive and current expert on child development and media gives her a unique and important perspective. As a trained scientist she understands the fascinating studies conducted by researchers, and as a mom of digital teens, she knows what actually works and can relate to the reality of being a parent in the 21st century. Dr. Uhls also describes the research she conducted at UCLA (extensively reported on in news outlets such as the NY Times, NPR and Time Magazine) including her studies about fame and social media and about whether the extensive time we stare at screens impacts non verbal emotional understanding. Chapters (with descriptions of research, bottom lines and guidance for parents) include: Forward by the CEO from the national, non-profit Common Sense Media Overview of parenting in the digital age Screen time for babies and toddlers The Mobile Era The Digital Brain Social Media and Social Lives Fame, FOMO and selfies The Digital Brain Learning in the Digital Age Education in the Digital Age Videogames There are few hotter parenting issues today than helping our children safely navigate they digital world in which we live. It provides both immense opportunity for learning and connecting and yet great opportunity for making mistakes and harm. Knowing what the facts are and when and how to get involved is perhaps one of the most challenging aspects of parenting. Media Moms & Digital Dads offers parents reassuring and fact based guidance on how best to manage screens and media for their children. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/250045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Media Moms & Digital Dads: A Fact-Not-Fear Approach to Parenting in the Digital Age Author: Yalda T. Uhls Narrator: Cyndee Maxwell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Is social media ruining our kids? How much internet activity is too much? What do FOMO (Fear of Missing Out), sexting, and selfies mean for teens? Are you curious about what research says about how media and technology are impacting childhood? Supported by academic research focused on technology, Media Moms & Digital Dads breaks down complex issues in a friendly, accessible fashion, making it a highly useful and, ultimately, reassuring read for anyone worries about the impact that media might be having on young minds. Dr. Uhls ends each chapter with summaries of the science, bottom lines for quick takeaways, and tips and guidance for parents. Each chapter delves into a different issue, so parents can easily turn to their own particular needs and skip what doesn't concern them. Dr Uhls expertise as former Hollywood executive and current expert on child development and media gives her a unique and important perspective. As a trained scientist she understands the fascinating studies conducted by researchers, and as a mom of digital teens, she knows what actually works and can relate to the reality of being a parent in the 21st century. Dr. Uhls also describes the research she conducted at UCLA (extensively reported on in news outlets such as the NY Times, NPR and Time Magazine) including her studies about fame and social media and about whether the extensive time we stare at screens impacts non verbal emotional understanding. Chapters (with descriptions of research, bottom lines and guidance for parents) include: Forward by the CEO from the national, non-profit Common Sense Media Overview of parenting in the digital age Screen time for babies and toddlers The Mobile Era The Digital Brain Social Media and Social Lives Fame, FOMO and selfies The Digital Brain Learning in the Digital Age Education in the Digital Age Videogames There are few hotter parenting issues today than helping our children safely navigate they digital world in which we live. It provides both immense opportunity for learning and connecting and yet great opportunity for making mistakes and harm. Knowing what the facts are and when and how to get involved is perhaps one of the most challenging aspects of parenting. Media Moms & Digital Dads offers parents reassuring and fact based guidance on how best to manage screens and media for their children. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249978 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short Guide to a Happy Life Author: Anna Quindlen Narrator: Anna Quindlen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 1, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Anna Quindlen’s classic reflection on a meaningful life makes a perfect gift for any occasion. “Life is made of moments, small pieces of silver amidst long stretches of tedium. It would be wonderful if they came to us unsummoned, but particularly in lives as busy as the ones most of us lead now, that won’t happen. We have to teach ourselves now to live, really live . . . to love the journey, not the destination.” In this treasure of a book, Anna Quindlen, the bestselling novelist and columnist, reflects on what it takes to “get a life”—to live deeply every day and from your own unique self, rather than merely to exist through your days.   “Knowledge of our own mortality is the greatest gift God ever gives us,” Quindlen writes, “because unless you know the clock is ticking, it is so easy to waste our days, our lives.” Her mother died when Quindlen was nineteen: “It was the dividing line between seeing the world in black and white, and in Technicolor. The lights came on for the darkest possible reason. . . . I learned something enduring, in a very short period of time, about life. And that was that it was glorious, and that you had no business taking it for granted.” But how to live from that perspective, to fully engage in our days?   In A Short Guide to a Happy Life, Quindlen guides us with an understanding that comes from knowing how to see the view, the richness in living. Anna Quindlen Wed, 01 Nov 2000 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249978 thebookvoice.com 0:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short Guide to a Happy Life Author: Anna Quindlen Narrator: Anna Quindlen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 1, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Anna Quindlen’s classic reflection on a meaningful life makes a perfect gift for any occasion. “Life is made of moments, small pieces of silver amidst long stretches of tedium. It would be wonderful if they came to us unsummoned, but particularly in lives as busy as the ones most of us lead now, that won’t happen. We have to teach ourselves now to live, really live . . . to love the journey, not the destination.” In this treasure of a book, Anna Quindlen, the bestselling novelist and columnist, reflects on what it takes to “get a life”—to live deeply every day and from your own unique self, rather than merely to exist through your days.   “Knowledge of our own mortality is the greatest gift God ever gives us,” Quindlen writes, “because unless you know the clock is ticking, it is so easy to waste our days, our lives.” Her mother died when Quindlen was nineteen: “It was the dividing line between seeing the world in black and white, and in Technicolor. The lights came on for the darkest possible reason. . . . I learned something enduring, in a very short period of time, about life. And that was that it was glorious, and that you had no business taking it for granted.” But how to live from that perspective, to fully engage in our days?   In A Short Guide to a Happy Life, Quindlen guides us with an understanding that comes from knowing how to see the view, the richness in living. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249978]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Short Guide to a Happy Life Author: Anna Quindlen Narrator: Anna Quindlen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 1, 2000 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times bestselling author Anna Quindlen’s classic reflection on a meaningful life makes a perfect gift for any occasion. “Life is made of moments, small pieces of silver amidst long stretches of tedium. It would be wonderful if they came to us unsummoned, but particularly in lives as busy as the ones most of us lead now, that won’t happen. We have to teach ourselves now to live, really live . . . to love the journey, not the destination.” In this treasure of a book, Anna Quindlen, the bestselling novelist and columnist, reflects on what it takes to “get a life”—to live deeply every day and from your own unique self, rather than merely to exist through your days.   “Knowledge of our own mortality is the greatest gift God ever gives us,” Quindlen writes, “because unless you know the clock is ticking, it is so easy to waste our days, our lives.” Her mother died when Quindlen was nineteen: “It was the dividing line between seeing the world in black and white, and in Technicolor. The lights came on for the darkest possible reason. . . . I learned something enduring, in a very short period of time, about life. And that was that it was glorious, and that you had no business taking it for granted.” But how to live from that perspective, to fully engage in our days?   In A Short Guide to a Happy Life, Quindlen guides us with an understanding that comes from knowing how to see the view, the richness in living. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249879 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying on the Couch: A Novel Author: Irvin D. Yalom Narrator: Tony Pasqualini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Love’s Executioner and When Nietzsche Wept comes a provocative exploration of the unusual relationships three therapists form with their patients. Seymour is a therapist of the old school who blurs the boundary of sexual propriety with one of his clients. Marshal, who is haunted by his own obsessive-compulsive behaviors, is troubled by the role money plays in his dealings with his patients. Finally, there is Ernest Lash. Driven by his sincere desire to help and his faith in psychoanalysis, he invents a radically new approach to therapy—a totally open and honest relationship with a patient that threatens to have devastating results. Exposing the many lies that are told on and off the psychoanalyst’s couch, Lying on the Couch gives listeners a tantalizing, almost illicit glimpse at what their therapists might really be thinking during their sessions. Fascinating, engrossing, and relentlessly intelligent, it ultimately moves listeners with a denouement of surprising humanity and redemptive faith. Irvin D. Yalom Tue, 01 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249879 thebookvoice.com 15:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying on the Couch: A Novel Author: Irvin D. Yalom Narrator: Tony Pasqualini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Love’s Executioner and When Nietzsche Wept comes a provocative exploration of the unusual relationships three therapists form with their patients. Seymour is a therapist of the old school who blurs the boundary of sexual propriety with one of his clients. Marshal, who is haunted by his own obsessive-compulsive behaviors, is troubled by the role money plays in his dealings with his patients. Finally, there is Ernest Lash. Driven by his sincere desire to help and his faith in psychoanalysis, he invents a radically new approach to therapy—a totally open and honest relationship with a patient that threatens to have devastating results. Exposing the many lies that are told on and off the psychoanalyst’s couch, Lying on the Couch gives listeners a tantalizing, almost illicit glimpse at what their therapists might really be thinking during their sessions. Fascinating, engrossing, and relentlessly intelligent, it ultimately moves listeners with a denouement of surprising humanity and redemptive faith. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249879]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying on the Couch: A Novel Author: Irvin D. Yalom Narrator: Tony Pasqualini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 44 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.91 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Love’s Executioner and When Nietzsche Wept comes a provocative exploration of the unusual relationships three therapists form with their patients. Seymour is a therapist of the old school who blurs the boundary of sexual propriety with one of his clients. Marshal, who is haunted by his own obsessive-compulsive behaviors, is troubled by the role money plays in his dealings with his patients. Finally, there is Ernest Lash. Driven by his sincere desire to help and his faith in psychoanalysis, he invents a radically new approach to therapy—a totally open and honest relationship with a patient that threatens to have devastating results. Exposing the many lies that are told on and off the psychoanalyst’s couch, Lying on the Couch gives listeners a tantalizing, almost illicit glimpse at what their therapists might really be thinking during their sessions. Fascinating, engrossing, and relentlessly intelligent, it ultimately moves listeners with a denouement of surprising humanity and redemptive faith. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249873 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find 'Em & Keep 'Em: A Guide to Attracting the Right Partner Author: Michael Santonato Narrator: Michael Santonato Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find ‘Em & Keep ‘Em is not about dating. You’ve got enough books and blogs for that. Instead, it is about getting to know yourself, what you want, and what you have to offer within a relationship. By mastering who you are, and what is at play in the dynamics of attraction and magnetism, you will be able to understand why you haven’t had those great partners and relationships in the past. And how you can start to have them now! “There is no reason why someone can’t be in a fulfilling relationship with someone they love.” It’s about becoming the kind of person who can be with anyone you want to be with and naturally attracting him or her in record speed. This book is essential if you want to get off the fence and get into a great relationship! The book is filled with exercises, and insights to help you let go of limiting beliefs around yourself and relationships. It will help you reach new perceptions and take new actions, which you never thought of in the past. Michael takes the method he’s been teaching people all over the world to attract a great partner and proves its truth, giving you easy access to using it immediately. Attracting that great partner into your life will be so easy you’ll never have to wonder “how” again. Michael Santonato Tue, 01 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249873 thebookvoice.com 11:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find 'Em & Keep 'Em: A Guide to Attracting the Right Partner Author: Michael Santonato Narrator: Michael Santonato Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find ‘Em & Keep ‘Em is not about dating. You’ve got enough books and blogs for that. Instead, it is about getting to know yourself, what you want, and what you have to offer within a relationship. By mastering who you are, and what is at play in the dynamics of attraction and magnetism, you will be able to understand why you haven’t had those great partners and relationships in the past. And how you can start to have them now! “There is no reason why someone can’t be in a fulfilling relationship with someone they love.” It’s about becoming the kind of person who can be with anyone you want to be with and naturally attracting him or her in record speed. This book is essential if you want to get off the fence and get into a great relationship! The book is filled with exercises, and insights to help you let go of limiting beliefs around yourself and relationships. It will help you reach new perceptions and take new actions, which you never thought of in the past. Michael takes the method he’s been teaching people all over the world to attract a great partner and proves its truth, giving you easy access to using it immediately. Attracting that great partner into your life will be so easy you’ll never have to wonder “how” again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249873]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find 'Em & Keep 'Em: A Guide to Attracting the Right Partner Author: Michael Santonato Narrator: Michael Santonato Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Find ‘Em & Keep ‘Em is not about dating. You’ve got enough books and blogs for that. Instead, it is about getting to know yourself, what you want, and what you have to offer within a relationship. By mastering who you are, and what is at play in the dynamics of attraction and magnetism, you will be able to understand why you haven’t had those great partners and relationships in the past. And how you can start to have them now! “There is no reason why someone can’t be in a fulfilling relationship with someone they love.” It’s about becoming the kind of person who can be with anyone you want to be with and naturally attracting him or her in record speed. This book is essential if you want to get off the fence and get into a great relationship! The book is filled with exercises, and insights to help you let go of limiting beliefs around yourself and relationships. It will help you reach new perceptions and take new actions, which you never thought of in the past. Michael takes the method he’s been teaching people all over the world to attract a great partner and proves its truth, giving you easy access to using it immediately. Attracting that great partner into your life will be so easy you’ll never have to wonder “how” again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotional Intelligence Activity Kit: 50 Easy and Effective Exercises for Building EQ Author: Adele B. Lynn, Janele R. Lynn Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine what would happen if you could quickly elevate the EQ score of everyone in your organization. Profitability, retention, and customer satisfaction would soar! Studies prove that emotional intelligence—knowing how to manage emotions, empathize, build relationships, and more—drives performance. But how do you get naturally resistant people to practice new ways of thinking? Trainers, coaches, and organizational development professionals can now break through and trigger lasting EQ improvements. The fifty original activities in The Emotional Intelligence Activity Kit help: Promote introspection • Increase empathy • Improve social skills • Boost personal influence • Inspire purpose • Bring everyone on board • Make learning stick From setup instructions to debriefing questions, these simple exercises are quick to deploy and target key areas that benefit most from EQ training: leadership, project management, customer service, teamwork, sales, and more. Know-it-all bosses, overcompetitive colleagues, or leaders who rarely leave their offices—common EQ problems such as these damage not just camaraderie, but also results. Fix them fast, and create thriving, successful organizations. Adele B. Lynn, Janele R. Lynn Tue, 01 Dec 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249868 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotional Intelligence Activity Kit: 50 Easy and Effective Exercises for Building EQ Author: Adele B. Lynn, Janele R. Lynn Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine what would happen if you could quickly elevate the EQ score of everyone in your organization. Profitability, retention, and customer satisfaction would soar! Studies prove that emotional intelligence—knowing how to manage emotions, empathize, build relationships, and more—drives performance. But how do you get naturally resistant people to practice new ways of thinking? Trainers, coaches, and organizational development professionals can now break through and trigger lasting EQ improvements. The fifty original activities in The Emotional Intelligence Activity Kit help: Promote introspection • Increase empathy • Improve social skills • Boost personal influence • Inspire purpose • Bring everyone on board • Make learning stick From setup instructions to debriefing questions, these simple exercises are quick to deploy and target key areas that benefit most from EQ training: leadership, project management, customer service, teamwork, sales, and more. Know-it-all bosses, overcompetitive colleagues, or leaders who rarely leave their offices—common EQ problems such as these damage not just camaraderie, but also results. Fix them fast, and create thriving, successful organizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotional Intelligence Activity Kit: 50 Easy and Effective Exercises for Building EQ Author: Adele B. Lynn, Janele R. Lynn Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Imagine what would happen if you could quickly elevate the EQ score of everyone in your organization. Profitability, retention, and customer satisfaction would soar! Studies prove that emotional intelligence—knowing how to manage emotions, empathize, build relationships, and more—drives performance. But how do you get naturally resistant people to practice new ways of thinking? Trainers, coaches, and organizational development professionals can now break through and trigger lasting EQ improvements. The fifty original activities in The Emotional Intelligence Activity Kit help: Promote introspection • Increase empathy • Improve social skills • Boost personal influence • Inspire purpose • Bring everyone on board • Make learning stick From setup instructions to debriefing questions, these simple exercises are quick to deploy and target key areas that benefit most from EQ training: leadership, project management, customer service, teamwork, sales, and more. Know-it-all bosses, overcompetitive colleagues, or leaders who rarely leave their offices—common EQ problems such as these damage not just camaraderie, but also results. Fix them fast, and create thriving, successful organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249805 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Say No Without Feeling Guilty: And Say Yes to More Time, and What Matters Most to You Author: Connie Hatch, Patti Breitman Narrator: Connie Hatch, Patti Breitman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'To this book I say yes, yes, yes!' —from the Foreword by Richard Carlson, author of Don't Sweat the Small Stuff Find more time and energy for the things you love to do—learn to say no without feeling guilty! The simple word 'no' is often the most difficult to say. Yet anyone can develop the skills to say no with confidence, kindness, and peace of mind. And the benefits are enormous. You'll spend less time doing things you don't want to do with people you don't want to see, and move closer to your own priorities and passions. How to Say No Without Feeling Guilty shows you the five simple techniques that will help you say no with finesse in nearly any situation and how to apply two basic principles to minimize guilt about saying no and reduce the likelihood of personal conflicts. In addition, authors Patti Breitman and Connie Hatch provide specific language and practical strategies for defending your boundaries against life's many intrusions and distractions, including: • Demanding friends and family members • Unwelcome invitations, dates, and romantic entanglements • Requests for money, whether from friends, relatives, organizations, or panhandlers • Unreasonable assignments at work • Pushy people who ask for too many favors • Junk mail, annoying phone calls, and buddies with something to sell • High-maintenance people • And much more Ultimately, 'no' can be one of the most positive words in your vocabulary. Whether you crave more family time, more time for yourself, or more time to pursue a dream, saying no frees up room for the 'yeses' in your life. Connie Hatch, Patti Breitman Wed, 05 Jul 2000 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249805 thebookvoice.com 2:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Say No Without Feeling Guilty: And Say Yes to More Time, and What Matters Most to You Author: Connie Hatch, Patti Breitman Narrator: Connie Hatch, Patti Breitman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'To this book I say yes, yes, yes!' —from the Foreword by Richard Carlson, author of Don't Sweat the Small Stuff Find more time and energy for the things you love to do—learn to say no without feeling guilty! The simple word 'no' is often the most difficult to say. Yet anyone can develop the skills to say no with confidence, kindness, and peace of mind. And the benefits are enormous. You'll spend less time doing things you don't want to do with people you don't want to see, and move closer to your own priorities and passions. How to Say No Without Feeling Guilty shows you the five simple techniques that will help you say no with finesse in nearly any situation and how to apply two basic principles to minimize guilt about saying no and reduce the likelihood of personal conflicts. In addition, authors Patti Breitman and Connie Hatch provide specific language and practical strategies for defending your boundaries against life's many intrusions and distractions, including: • Demanding friends and family members • Unwelcome invitations, dates, and romantic entanglements • Requests for money, whether from friends, relatives, organizations, or panhandlers • Unreasonable assignments at work • Pushy people who ask for too many favors • Junk mail, annoying phone calls, and buddies with something to sell • High-maintenance people • And much more Ultimately, 'no' can be one of the most positive words in your vocabulary. Whether you crave more family time, more time for yourself, or more time to pursue a dream, saying no frees up room for the 'yeses' in your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249805]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Say No Without Feeling Guilty: And Say Yes to More Time, and What Matters Most to You Author: Connie Hatch, Patti Breitman Narrator: Connie Hatch, Patti Breitman Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'To this book I say yes, yes, yes!' —from the Foreword by Richard Carlson, author of Don't Sweat the Small Stuff Find more time and energy for the things you love to do—learn to say no without feeling guilty! The simple word 'no' is often the most difficult to say. Yet anyone can develop the skills to say no with confidence, kindness, and peace of mind. And the benefits are enormous. You'll spend less time doing things you don't want to do with people you don't want to see, and move closer to your own priorities and passions. How to Say No Without Feeling Guilty shows you the five simple techniques that will help you say no with finesse in nearly any situation and how to apply two basic principles to minimize guilt about saying no and reduce the likelihood of personal conflicts. In addition, authors Patti Breitman and Connie Hatch provide specific language and practical strategies for defending your boundaries against life's many intrusions and distractions, including: • Demanding friends and family members • Unwelcome invitations, dates, and romantic entanglements • Requests for money, whether from friends, relatives, organizations, or panhandlers • Unreasonable assignments at work • Pushy people who ask for too many favors • Junk mail, annoying phone calls, and buddies with something to sell • High-maintenance people • And much more Ultimately, 'no' can be one of the most positive words in your vocabulary. Whether you crave more family time, more time for yourself, or more time to pursue a dream, saying no frees up room for the 'yeses' in your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249569 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commitment...The Flame Focused Passion Author: Edwene Gaines Narrator: Edwene Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 15, 2006 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is an audio recording of the Commitment workshop recorded at Unity of Dayton, Ohio, focusing on the intense power of commitments, how to make them, how to keep from over-committing, and how to determine which are ours to make. Mastery begins with self-examination. Find out what is running your life. Take charge of the process. Achieve your goals. When you understand and use the Commitment process, your life will work. Edwene Gaines Wed, 15 Nov 2006 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249569 thebookvoice.com 2:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commitment...The Flame Focused Passion Author: Edwene Gaines Narrator: Edwene Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 15, 2006 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is an audio recording of the Commitment workshop recorded at Unity of Dayton, Ohio, focusing on the intense power of commitments, how to make them, how to keep from over-committing, and how to determine which are ours to make. Mastery begins with self-examination. Find out what is running your life. Take charge of the process. Achieve your goals. When you understand and use the Commitment process, your life will work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249569]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Commitment...The Flame Focused Passion Author: Edwene Gaines Narrator: Edwene Gaines Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: November 15, 2006 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This is an audio recording of the Commitment workshop recorded at Unity of Dayton, Ohio, focusing on the intense power of commitments, how to make them, how to keep from over-committing, and how to determine which are ours to make. Mastery begins with self-examination. Find out what is running your life. Take charge of the process. Achieve your goals. When you understand and use the Commitment process, your life will work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248531 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainblocks: Overcoming the 7 Hidden Barriers to Success Author: Theo Tsaousides Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brainblocks are the mental obstacles that keep people from achieving success, defined as setting, pursuing, and achieving a goal. Managing the brain is the solution to preventing mental blocks from interfering with achieving your goals. And neuropsychologist Dr. Theo Tsaousides gives you the tools to improve: Awareness: • the seven brainblocks to success (self-doubt, procrastination, impatience, multitasking, rigidity, perfectionism, negativity) • the characteristic feelings, thoughts, and actions associated with each brainblock • the brain functions involved in goal-oriented action • brain glitches and how they create setbacks • the cost of not removing brainblocks • the best strategies to remove the blocks Engagement: • actively search for brainblocks in your actions, thoughts, and feelings • recognize and label each brainblock as soon as it is identified • practice each strategy consistently until it becomes second nature • track your progress toward a goal Through these strategies you will learn to overcome these cognitive obstacles and harness the power of the brain to achieve success in any endeavor. Theo Tsaousides Tue, 01 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248531 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainblocks: Overcoming the 7 Hidden Barriers to Success Author: Theo Tsaousides Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brainblocks are the mental obstacles that keep people from achieving success, defined as setting, pursuing, and achieving a goal. Managing the brain is the solution to preventing mental blocks from interfering with achieving your goals. And neuropsychologist Dr. Theo Tsaousides gives you the tools to improve: Awareness: • the seven brainblocks to success (self-doubt, procrastination, impatience, multitasking, rigidity, perfectionism, negativity) • the characteristic feelings, thoughts, and actions associated with each brainblock • the brain functions involved in goal-oriented action • brain glitches and how they create setbacks • the cost of not removing brainblocks • the best strategies to remove the blocks Engagement: • actively search for brainblocks in your actions, thoughts, and feelings • recognize and label each brainblock as soon as it is identified • practice each strategy consistently until it becomes second nature • track your progress toward a goal Through these strategies you will learn to overcome these cognitive obstacles and harness the power of the brain to achieve success in any endeavor. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248531]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brainblocks: Overcoming the 7 Hidden Barriers to Success Author: Theo Tsaousides Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brainblocks are the mental obstacles that keep people from achieving success, defined as setting, pursuing, and achieving a goal. Managing the brain is the solution to preventing mental blocks from interfering with achieving your goals. And neuropsychologist Dr. Theo Tsaousides gives you the tools to improve: Awareness: • the seven brainblocks to success (self-doubt, procrastination, impatience, multitasking, rigidity, perfectionism, negativity) • the characteristic feelings, thoughts, and actions associated with each brainblock • the brain functions involved in goal-oriented action • brain glitches and how they create setbacks • the cost of not removing brainblocks • the best strategies to remove the blocks Engagement: • actively search for brainblocks in your actions, thoughts, and feelings • recognize and label each brainblock as soon as it is identified • practice each strategy consistently until it becomes second nature • track your progress toward a goal Through these strategies you will learn to overcome these cognitive obstacles and harness the power of the brain to achieve success in any endeavor. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248202 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Mind: An Owner's Manual for a Better Life Author: Harold Shinitzky, Christopher Cortman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: During their more than 80,000 hours facilitating psychotherapy, Drs. Cortman and Shinitzky realized that most people are unaware of 10 crucial psychological truths--truths imperative to maintaining mental health and well-being. As a result of this lack of awareness, they become anxious, depressed, and generally unhappy; if they learn the 10 truths, they are much more likely to lead productive, fulfilled lives. Do you know that: * Emotions are understandable and contain valuable information? * Our behavior has a hidden purpose? * We all have an internal saboteur whom we must identify and control? * We can change how we act if we change how we think? * Time heals nothing? Your Mind: An Owner's Manual for a Better Life combines extensive psychological research with decades of clinical practice and delivers its wisdom in a practical, easy-to-digest narrative. Through examples and exercises, Drs. Cortman and Shinitzky present a step-by-step strategy to help you make use of the truths and become a happier, healthier you. Harold Shinitzky, Christopher Cortman Sun, 01 Nov 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248202 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Mind: An Owner's Manual for a Better Life Author: Harold Shinitzky, Christopher Cortman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: During their more than 80,000 hours facilitating psychotherapy, Drs. Cortman and Shinitzky realized that most people are unaware of 10 crucial psychological truths--truths imperative to maintaining mental health and well-being. As a result of this lack of awareness, they become anxious, depressed, and generally unhappy; if they learn the 10 truths, they are much more likely to lead productive, fulfilled lives. Do you know that: * Emotions are understandable and contain valuable information? * Our behavior has a hidden purpose? * We all have an internal saboteur whom we must identify and control? * We can change how we act if we change how we think? * Time heals nothing? Your Mind: An Owner's Manual for a Better Life combines extensive psychological research with decades of clinical practice and delivers its wisdom in a practical, easy-to-digest narrative. Through examples and exercises, Drs. Cortman and Shinitzky present a step-by-step strategy to help you make use of the truths and become a happier, healthier you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248202]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Mind: An Owner's Manual for a Better Life Author: Harold Shinitzky, Christopher Cortman Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: During their more than 80,000 hours facilitating psychotherapy, Drs. Cortman and Shinitzky realized that most people are unaware of 10 crucial psychological truths--truths imperative to maintaining mental health and well-being. As a result of this lack of awareness, they become anxious, depressed, and generally unhappy; if they learn the 10 truths, they are much more likely to lead productive, fulfilled lives. Do you know that: * Emotions are understandable and contain valuable information? * Our behavior has a hidden purpose? * We all have an internal saboteur whom we must identify and control? * We can change how we act if we change how we think? * Time heals nothing? Your Mind: An Owner's Manual for a Better Life combines extensive psychological research with decades of clinical practice and delivers its wisdom in a practical, easy-to-digest narrative. Through examples and exercises, Drs. Cortman and Shinitzky present a step-by-step strategy to help you make use of the truths and become a happier, healthier you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248071 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If God Were Your Therapist: How to Love Yourself and Your Life and Never Feel Angry, Anxious or Insecure Again Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Stay Sane In An Insane World Given the high level of both opportunity and comfort, we would expect people to be happier than ever, and even more satisfied with their lives. The reality, though, is startlingly different. Instead of thriving and feeling empowered as a result of greater choices, we are deteriorating. Drawing on timeless wisdom and fundamental principles in psychology, Dr. David Leiberman, offers insights into the human condition, and reveals how regardless of the opportunities available to us today, a lack of self-control results in poor choices, and ultimately leads to negative emotions and destructive habits. If God Were Your Therapist offers neither exercises or affirmations, nor meditations or motivating mantras. There is no homework to do or journals to fill out. Rather, readers learn how to regain self-control and move their thoughts, choices, and lives in a purposeful, powerful, direction, free from the shackles of anxiety and stress. Experience a new kind of freedom and power when you discover how to permanently rise above your nature, and move confidently through life on ordinary days, and in extraordinary times. David J. Lieberman Fri, 24 Dec 2010 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248071 thebookvoice.com 2:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If God Were Your Therapist: How to Love Yourself and Your Life and Never Feel Angry, Anxious or Insecure Again Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Stay Sane In An Insane World Given the high level of both opportunity and comfort, we would expect people to be happier than ever, and even more satisfied with their lives. The reality, though, is startlingly different. Instead of thriving and feeling empowered as a result of greater choices, we are deteriorating. Drawing on timeless wisdom and fundamental principles in psychology, Dr. David Leiberman, offers insights into the human condition, and reveals how regardless of the opportunities available to us today, a lack of self-control results in poor choices, and ultimately leads to negative emotions and destructive habits. If God Were Your Therapist offers neither exercises or affirmations, nor meditations or motivating mantras. There is no homework to do or journals to fill out. Rather, readers learn how to regain self-control and move their thoughts, choices, and lives in a purposeful, powerful, direction, free from the shackles of anxiety and stress. Experience a new kind of freedom and power when you discover how to permanently rise above your nature, and move confidently through life on ordinary days, and in extraordinary times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/248071]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: If God Were Your Therapist: How to Love Yourself and Your Life and Never Feel Angry, Anxious or Insecure Again Author: David J. Lieberman Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 12 minutes Release date: December 24, 2010 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to Stay Sane In An Insane World Given the high level of both opportunity and comfort, we would expect people to be happier than ever, and even more satisfied with their lives. The reality, though, is startlingly different. Instead of thriving and feeling empowered as a result of greater choices, we are deteriorating. Drawing on timeless wisdom and fundamental principles in psychology, Dr. David Leiberman, offers insights into the human condition, and reveals how regardless of the opportunities available to us today, a lack of self-control results in poor choices, and ultimately leads to negative emotions and destructive habits. If God Were Your Therapist offers neither exercises or affirmations, nor meditations or motivating mantras. There is no homework to do or journals to fill out. Rather, readers learn how to regain self-control and move their thoughts, choices, and lives in a purposeful, powerful, direction, free from the shackles of anxiety and stress. Experience a new kind of freedom and power when you discover how to permanently rise above your nature, and move confidently through life on ordinary days, and in extraordinary times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247964 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infectious Madness: The Surprising Science of How We 'Catch' Mental Illness Author: Harriet A. Washington Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking look at the connection between germs and mental illness, and how we can protect ourselves. Is it possible to catch autism or OCD the same way we catch the flu? Can a child's contact with cat litter lead to schizophrenia? In her eye-opening new book, National Book Critics Circle Award-winning author Harriet Washington reveals that we can in fact 'catch' mental illness. In Infectious Madness, Washington presents the new germ theory, which posits not only that many instances of Alzheimer's, OCD, and schizophrenia are caused by viruses, prions, and bacteria, but also that with antibiotics, vaccinations, and other strategies, these cases can be easily prevented or treated. Packed with cutting-edge research and tantalizing mysteries, Infectious Madness is rich in science, characters, and practical advice on how to protect yourself and your children from exposure to infectious threats that could sabotage your mental and physical health. Harriet A. Washington Tue, 06 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247964 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infectious Madness: The Surprising Science of How We 'Catch' Mental Illness Author: Harriet A. Washington Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking look at the connection between germs and mental illness, and how we can protect ourselves. Is it possible to catch autism or OCD the same way we catch the flu? Can a child's contact with cat litter lead to schizophrenia? In her eye-opening new book, National Book Critics Circle Award-winning author Harriet Washington reveals that we can in fact 'catch' mental illness. In Infectious Madness, Washington presents the new germ theory, which posits not only that many instances of Alzheimer's, OCD, and schizophrenia are caused by viruses, prions, and bacteria, but also that with antibiotics, vaccinations, and other strategies, these cases can be easily prevented or treated. Packed with cutting-edge research and tantalizing mysteries, Infectious Madness is rich in science, characters, and practical advice on how to protect yourself and your children from exposure to infectious threats that could sabotage your mental and physical health. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infectious Madness: The Surprising Science of How We 'Catch' Mental Illness Author: Harriet A. Washington Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 6, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking look at the connection between germs and mental illness, and how we can protect ourselves. Is it possible to catch autism or OCD the same way we catch the flu? Can a child's contact with cat litter lead to schizophrenia? In her eye-opening new book, National Book Critics Circle Award-winning author Harriet Washington reveals that we can in fact 'catch' mental illness. In Infectious Madness, Washington presents the new germ theory, which posits not only that many instances of Alzheimer's, OCD, and schizophrenia are caused by viruses, prions, and bacteria, but also that with antibiotics, vaccinations, and other strategies, these cases can be easily prevented or treated. Packed with cutting-edge research and tantalizing mysteries, Infectious Madness is rich in science, characters, and practical advice on how to protect yourself and your children from exposure to infectious threats that could sabotage your mental and physical health. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teach Your Children Well: Parenting for Authentic Success Author: Madeline Levine Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 24, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologist Madeline Levine, author of the New York Times bestseller The Price of Privilege, brings together cutting-edge research and thirty years of clinical experience to explode once and for all the myth that good grades, high test scores, and college acceptances should define the parenting endgame. Teach Your Children Well is a toolbox for parents, providing information, relevant research and a series of exercises to help parents clarify a definition of success that is in line with their own values as well as their children’s interests and abilities. Teach Your Children Well is a must-read for parents, educators, and therapists looking for tangible tools to help kids thrive in today’s high-stakes, competitive culture. Madeline Levine Tue, 24 Jul 2012 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247942 thebookvoice.com 10:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teach Your Children Well: Parenting for Authentic Success Author: Madeline Levine Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 24, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologist Madeline Levine, author of the New York Times bestseller The Price of Privilege, brings together cutting-edge research and thirty years of clinical experience to explode once and for all the myth that good grades, high test scores, and college acceptances should define the parenting endgame. Teach Your Children Well is a toolbox for parents, providing information, relevant research and a series of exercises to help parents clarify a definition of success that is in line with their own values as well as their children’s interests and abilities. Teach Your Children Well is a must-read for parents, educators, and therapists looking for tangible tools to help kids thrive in today’s high-stakes, competitive culture. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teach Your Children Well: Parenting for Authentic Success Author: Madeline Levine Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 24, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologist Madeline Levine, author of the New York Times bestseller The Price of Privilege, brings together cutting-edge research and thirty years of clinical experience to explode once and for all the myth that good grades, high test scores, and college acceptances should define the parenting endgame. Teach Your Children Well is a toolbox for parents, providing information, relevant research and a series of exercises to help parents clarify a definition of success that is in line with their own values as well as their children’s interests and abilities. Teach Your Children Well is a must-read for parents, educators, and therapists looking for tangible tools to help kids thrive in today’s high-stakes, competitive culture. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247861 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mama Rock's Rules: Ten Lessons for Raising Ten (or Less) Su Author: Valerie Graham, Rose Rock Narrator: Rose Rock Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 8, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''To be a parent is and should be a calling. There is absolutely nothing as great, challenging, or rewarding as raising a child.'' So says Über-mom Rose Rock, who has raised 10 children in addition to caring for 17 foster children in her 40-plus years as a mother. As a mother who does not shy away from the hard conversations, Rose isn't afraid to present strong ideas about boundaries, discipline, choices, and consequences—and she tells it like it is. In Mama Rock's Rules, Rose shares the funny and highly practical lessons she learned both as a parent and an educator, while offering strategies for teaching a child to be self-reliant in this world. Written with a kicky blend of maternal spirituality and a ''don't mess with me or you won't get old'' sense of authority, the book spotlights 10 vital rules, each tackling a specific parenting issue. From ''I Am Your Mama, Not Your Friend,'' which helps parents regain their authority and establish respectful relationships with their children, to ''Don't Lie Down with Anything You Don't Want to Live with Forever,'' which takes a different approach to the often tricky conversation about sex, each topic is lovingly explained and bolstered by stories from Rose Rock's own childhood and parenting experiences. We will also hear from her own kids, as they share memories and anecdotes about what it was like to grow up in the Rock household. Rose's heartfelt and no-nonsense advice—delivered with a dose of wit and homespun humor—will resonate with thousands of parents and will inspire them to teach their kids right, whether their brood is one child or ten. Valerie Graham, Rose Rock Tue, 08 Apr 2008 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247861 thebookvoice.com 7:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mama Rock's Rules: Ten Lessons for Raising Ten (or Less) Su Author: Valerie Graham, Rose Rock Narrator: Rose Rock Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 8, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''To be a parent is and should be a calling. There is absolutely nothing as great, challenging, or rewarding as raising a child.'' So says Über-mom Rose Rock, who has raised 10 children in addition to caring for 17 foster children in her 40-plus years as a mother. As a mother who does not shy away from the hard conversations, Rose isn't afraid to present strong ideas about boundaries, discipline, choices, and consequences—and she tells it like it is. In Mama Rock's Rules, Rose shares the funny and highly practical lessons she learned both as a parent and an educator, while offering strategies for teaching a child to be self-reliant in this world. Written with a kicky blend of maternal spirituality and a ''don't mess with me or you won't get old'' sense of authority, the book spotlights 10 vital rules, each tackling a specific parenting issue. From ''I Am Your Mama, Not Your Friend,'' which helps parents regain their authority and establish respectful relationships with their children, to ''Don't Lie Down with Anything You Don't Want to Live with Forever,'' which takes a different approach to the often tricky conversation about sex, each topic is lovingly explained and bolstered by stories from Rose Rock's own childhood and parenting experiences. We will also hear from her own kids, as they share memories and anecdotes about what it was like to grow up in the Rock household. Rose's heartfelt and no-nonsense advice—delivered with a dose of wit and homespun humor—will resonate with thousands of parents and will inspire them to teach their kids right, whether their brood is one child or ten. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mama Rock's Rules: Ten Lessons for Raising Ten (or Less) Su Author: Valerie Graham, Rose Rock Narrator: Rose Rock Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 8, 2008 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''To be a parent is and should be a calling. There is absolutely nothing as great, challenging, or rewarding as raising a child.'' So says Über-mom Rose Rock, who has raised 10 children in addition to caring for 17 foster children in her 40-plus years as a mother. As a mother who does not shy away from the hard conversations, Rose isn't afraid to present strong ideas about boundaries, discipline, choices, and consequences—and she tells it like it is. In Mama Rock's Rules, Rose shares the funny and highly practical lessons she learned both as a parent and an educator, while offering strategies for teaching a child to be self-reliant in this world. Written with a kicky blend of maternal spirituality and a ''don't mess with me or you won't get old'' sense of authority, the book spotlights 10 vital rules, each tackling a specific parenting issue. From ''I Am Your Mama, Not Your Friend,'' which helps parents regain their authority and establish respectful relationships with their children, to ''Don't Lie Down with Anything You Don't Want to Live with Forever,'' which takes a different approach to the often tricky conversation about sex, each topic is lovingly explained and bolstered by stories from Rose Rock's own childhood and parenting experiences. We will also hear from her own kids, as they share memories and anecdotes about what it was like to grow up in the Rock household. Rose's heartfelt and no-nonsense advice—delivered with a dose of wit and homespun humor—will resonate with thousands of parents and will inspire them to teach their kids right, whether their brood is one child or ten. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247765 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Natural: How to Effortlessly Attract the Women You Want Author: Richard La Ruina Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the world’s top pick-up artists, Richard La Ruina went from having no women to being a true master of seduction. Now he shows you how to do the same. So move over Mystery, and tell Neil Strauss that The Rules of the Game are about to be rewritten. Every element of the winning pickup is right here, from discovering confidence to exuding charm, learning conversation starters to mastering body language, to much more. And as you move from daydreaming to flirtation to passion to romance to love, The Natural will show you how it’s done. Richard La Ruina Tue, 17 Nov 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247765 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Natural: How to Effortlessly Attract the Women You Want Author: Richard La Ruina Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the world’s top pick-up artists, Richard La Ruina went from having no women to being a true master of seduction. Now he shows you how to do the same. So move over Mystery, and tell Neil Strauss that The Rules of the Game are about to be rewritten. Every element of the winning pickup is right here, from discovering confidence to exuding charm, learning conversation starters to mastering body language, to much more. And as you move from daydreaming to flirtation to passion to romance to love, The Natural will show you how it’s done. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Natural: How to Effortlessly Attract the Women You Want Author: Richard La Ruina Narrator: Steve West Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: November 17, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.88 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of the world’s top pick-up artists, Richard La Ruina went from having no women to being a true master of seduction. Now he shows you how to do the same. So move over Mystery, and tell Neil Strauss that The Rules of the Game are about to be rewritten. Every element of the winning pickup is right here, from discovering confidence to exuding charm, learning conversation starters to mastering body language, to much more. And as you move from daydreaming to flirtation to passion to romance to love, The Natural will show you how it’s done. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strong and Kind: Raising Kids of Character Author: Korie Robertson Narrator: Korie Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How do you instill godly virtues in kids who live in a 'me-first' world? Encouraging you to model positive behavior for your kids, Korie Robertson identifies nine specific traits and provides biblical insights to help you train up your children in the way they should go. As stars of the hit reality show 'Duck Dynasty', Korie and Willie Robertson receive thousands of letters and messages from fans asking how they raised such good kids. According to Korie, it wasn’t easy. When Korie and Willie discussed the character traits they most wanted to pass on to their children, both agreed they wanted them to be strong to endure in this world and to be kindhearted people. A straightforward approach to parenting, Strong and Kind helps parents identify the characteristics they want to see in their children and provides them with the tools for putting them in place. Korie Robertson identifies nine specific traits—strength, kindness, self-control, honesty, loyalty, humility, compassion, patience, and joy—that were the keys to her children’s upbringing. This practical guide to parenthood: - Helps parents identify the character traits they want to see in their children, no matter what age they are - Gives parents the tools to imprint those traits in their children’s lives - Includes an 8-page color photo insert with Robertson family pictures  - Includes anecdotes from Korie’s husband, Duck Commander CEO Willie Robertson Although there are no perfect parents or perfect children, Korie shares principles—based on biblical wisdom and time-tested practices—that will help you parent your own one-of-a-kind child. Korie Robertson Tue, 27 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247726 thebookvoice.com 5:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strong and Kind: Raising Kids of Character Author: Korie Robertson Narrator: Korie Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How do you instill godly virtues in kids who live in a 'me-first' world? Encouraging you to model positive behavior for your kids, Korie Robertson identifies nine specific traits and provides biblical insights to help you train up your children in the way they should go. As stars of the hit reality show 'Duck Dynasty', Korie and Willie Robertson receive thousands of letters and messages from fans asking how they raised such good kids. According to Korie, it wasn’t easy. When Korie and Willie discussed the character traits they most wanted to pass on to their children, both agreed they wanted them to be strong to endure in this world and to be kindhearted people. A straightforward approach to parenting, Strong and Kind helps parents identify the characteristics they want to see in their children and provides them with the tools for putting them in place. Korie Robertson identifies nine specific traits—strength, kindness, self-control, honesty, loyalty, humility, compassion, patience, and joy—that were the keys to her children’s upbringing. This practical guide to parenthood: - Helps parents identify the character traits they want to see in their children, no matter what age they are - Gives parents the tools to imprint those traits in their children’s lives - Includes an 8-page color photo insert with Robertson family pictures  - Includes anecdotes from Korie’s husband, Duck Commander CEO Willie Robertson Although there are no perfect parents or perfect children, Korie shares principles—based on biblical wisdom and time-tested practices—that will help you parent your own one-of-a-kind child. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strong and Kind: Raising Kids of Character Author: Korie Robertson Narrator: Korie Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 57 minutes Release date: October 27, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How do you instill godly virtues in kids who live in a 'me-first' world? Encouraging you to model positive behavior for your kids, Korie Robertson identifies nine specific traits and provides biblical insights to help you train up your children in the way they should go. As stars of the hit reality show 'Duck Dynasty', Korie and Willie Robertson receive thousands of letters and messages from fans asking how they raised such good kids. According to Korie, it wasn’t easy. When Korie and Willie discussed the character traits they most wanted to pass on to their children, both agreed they wanted them to be strong to endure in this world and to be kindhearted people. A straightforward approach to parenting, Strong and Kind helps parents identify the characteristics they want to see in their children and provides them with the tools for putting them in place. Korie Robertson identifies nine specific traits—strength, kindness, self-control, honesty, loyalty, humility, compassion, patience, and joy—that were the keys to her children’s upbringing. This practical guide to parenthood: - Helps parents identify the character traits they want to see in their children, no matter what age they are - Gives parents the tools to imprint those traits in their children’s lives - Includes an 8-page color photo insert with Robertson family pictures  - Includes anecdotes from Korie’s husband, Duck Commander CEO Willie Robertson Although there are no perfect parents or perfect children, Korie shares principles—based on biblical wisdom and time-tested practices—that will help you parent your own one-of-a-kind child. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247684 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weapons of Mass Destruction Author: Margaret Vandenburg Narrator: MacLeod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 31, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For patriots like Billy Sinclair, the Iraq War started on 9/11. He is primed to kill in the backwoods of Montana, hunting with his buddy Pete under the tutelage of his grandfather, a decorated World War II veteran. When they kill their first deer, Grandpa smears its blood on their faces in honor of Pete’s great-great-grandfather, a Sioux scout who corralled the first wild horses bearing the Sinclair brand. A more sublime boyhood is unimaginable, a more tragic adolescence unthinkable. Nobody sees it coming. Pete’s inexplicable suicide steels Sinclair’s resolve to join the Marines. The moral certainty of the war on terror fills the void left by his best friend’s death. But Sinclair’s faith falters when his platoon is forced to attack equivocal targets in Fallujah: mosques, cemeteries, and countless homes. Urban combat is tough enough without being haunted by the specters of defenseless women, let alone children. Sinclair summons his training, holding his doubts at bay until a suicide bomber triggers flashbacks to the role he unwittingly played in Pete’s death. His own survival will ultimately depend on solving the riddle posed by these two suicides—mirror images of self-destructive compulsions at home and abroad. Margaret Vandenburg Sat, 31 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247684 thebookvoice.com 7:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weapons of Mass Destruction Author: Margaret Vandenburg Narrator: MacLeod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 31, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For patriots like Billy Sinclair, the Iraq War started on 9/11. He is primed to kill in the backwoods of Montana, hunting with his buddy Pete under the tutelage of his grandfather, a decorated World War II veteran. When they kill their first deer, Grandpa smears its blood on their faces in honor of Pete’s great-great-grandfather, a Sioux scout who corralled the first wild horses bearing the Sinclair brand. A more sublime boyhood is unimaginable, a more tragic adolescence unthinkable. Nobody sees it coming. Pete’s inexplicable suicide steels Sinclair’s resolve to join the Marines. The moral certainty of the war on terror fills the void left by his best friend’s death. But Sinclair’s faith falters when his platoon is forced to attack equivocal targets in Fallujah: mosques, cemeteries, and countless homes. Urban combat is tough enough without being haunted by the specters of defenseless women, let alone children. Sinclair summons his training, holding his doubts at bay until a suicide bomber triggers flashbacks to the role he unwittingly played in Pete’s death. His own survival will ultimately depend on solving the riddle posed by these two suicides—mirror images of self-destructive compulsions at home and abroad. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247684]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Weapons of Mass Destruction Author: Margaret Vandenburg Narrator: MacLeod Andrews Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 31, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For patriots like Billy Sinclair, the Iraq War started on 9/11. He is primed to kill in the backwoods of Montana, hunting with his buddy Pete under the tutelage of his grandfather, a decorated World War II veteran. When they kill their first deer, Grandpa smears its blood on their faces in honor of Pete’s great-great-grandfather, a Sioux scout who corralled the first wild horses bearing the Sinclair brand. A more sublime boyhood is unimaginable, a more tragic adolescence unthinkable. Nobody sees it coming. Pete’s inexplicable suicide steels Sinclair’s resolve to join the Marines. The moral certainty of the war on terror fills the void left by his best friend’s death. But Sinclair’s faith falters when his platoon is forced to attack equivocal targets in Fallujah: mosques, cemeteries, and countless homes. Urban combat is tough enough without being haunted by the specters of defenseless women, let alone children. Sinclair summons his training, holding his doubts at bay until a suicide bomber triggers flashbacks to the role he unwittingly played in Pete’s death. His own survival will ultimately depend on solving the riddle posed by these two suicides—mirror images of self-destructive compulsions at home and abroad. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Lying: Secrets From an Expert Military Interrogator to Spot the Lies and Get to the Truth Author: Lena Sisco Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lena wrote You're Lying! because no matter what your profession or life circumstances, you need the skills to take control of a situation, detect deception, and reveal the truth. While you probably won't ever have to interrogate a detainee who doesn't want to tell you about an upcoming terrorist attack--as Lena has--You're Lying! will help you deal with that salesperson trying to rip you off, the kid bullying your child who claims innocence, a cheating spouse, or dissembling boss. As the adage says, knowledge is power. Lena interrogated numerous members of Al Qaeda and the Taliban while stationed at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, then taught those skills to Defense Department personnel for years afterward. Her ability to build rapport, accurately read body language, and employ effective questioning techniques led to numerous successes that saved American lives. You will also learn her easy-to-follow five-step program on how to accurately detect verbal (both spoken and written) and non-verbal deceptive tells, how to conduct an effective line of questioning, and what to do after you identify the lies we all face every day. Take the knowledge in You're Lying! and empower yourself. Lena Sisco Thu, 01 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247503 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Lying: Secrets From an Expert Military Interrogator to Spot the Lies and Get to the Truth Author: Lena Sisco Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lena wrote You're Lying! because no matter what your profession or life circumstances, you need the skills to take control of a situation, detect deception, and reveal the truth. While you probably won't ever have to interrogate a detainee who doesn't want to tell you about an upcoming terrorist attack--as Lena has--You're Lying! will help you deal with that salesperson trying to rip you off, the kid bullying your child who claims innocence, a cheating spouse, or dissembling boss. As the adage says, knowledge is power. Lena interrogated numerous members of Al Qaeda and the Taliban while stationed at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, then taught those skills to Defense Department personnel for years afterward. Her ability to build rapport, accurately read body language, and employ effective questioning techniques led to numerous successes that saved American lives. You will also learn her easy-to-follow five-step program on how to accurately detect verbal (both spoken and written) and non-verbal deceptive tells, how to conduct an effective line of questioning, and what to do after you identify the lies we all face every day. Take the knowledge in You're Lying! and empower yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/247503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You're Lying: Secrets From an Expert Military Interrogator to Spot the Lies and Get to the Truth Author: Lena Sisco Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Lena wrote You're Lying! because no matter what your profession or life circumstances, you need the skills to take control of a situation, detect deception, and reveal the truth. While you probably won't ever have to interrogate a detainee who doesn't want to tell you about an upcoming terrorist attack--as Lena has--You're Lying! will help you deal with that salesperson trying to rip you off, the kid bullying your child who claims innocence, a cheating spouse, or dissembling boss. As the adage says, knowledge is power. Lena interrogated numerous members of Al Qaeda and the Taliban while stationed at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, then taught those skills to Defense Department personnel for years afterward. Her ability to build rapport, accurately read body language, and employ effective questioning techniques led to numerous successes that saved American lives. You will also learn her easy-to-follow five-step program on how to accurately detect verbal (both spoken and written) and non-verbal deceptive tells, how to conduct an effective line of questioning, and what to do after you identify the lies we all face every day. Take the knowledge in You're Lying! and empower yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246403 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creativity: The Psychology of Discovery and Invention Author: Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The classic study of the creative process from the national bestselling author of Flow Creativity is about capturing those moments that make life worth living. Legendary psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi reveals what leads to these moments—be it the excitement of the artist at the easel or the scientist in the lab—so that this knowledge can be used to enrich people's lives. Drawing on nearly one hundred interviews with exceptional people, from biologists and physicists, to politicians and business leaders, to poets and artists, as well as his thirty years of research on the subject, Csikszentmihalyi uses his famous flow theory to explore the creative process. He discusses such ideas as why creative individuals are often seen as selfish and arrogant, and why the 'tortured genius' is largely a myth. Most important, he explains why creativity needs to be cultivated and is necessary for the future of our country, if not the world. Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Wed, 01 Jul 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246403 thebookvoice.com 15:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creativity: The Psychology of Discovery and Invention Author: Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The classic study of the creative process from the national bestselling author of Flow Creativity is about capturing those moments that make life worth living. Legendary psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi reveals what leads to these moments—be it the excitement of the artist at the easel or the scientist in the lab—so that this knowledge can be used to enrich people's lives. Drawing on nearly one hundred interviews with exceptional people, from biologists and physicists, to politicians and business leaders, to poets and artists, as well as his thirty years of research on the subject, Csikszentmihalyi uses his famous flow theory to explore the creative process. He discusses such ideas as why creative individuals are often seen as selfish and arrogant, and why the 'tortured genius' is largely a myth. Most important, he explains why creativity needs to be cultivated and is necessary for the future of our country, if not the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creativity: The Psychology of Discovery and Invention Author: Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 34 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The classic study of the creative process from the national bestselling author of Flow Creativity is about capturing those moments that make life worth living. Legendary psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi reveals what leads to these moments—be it the excitement of the artist at the easel or the scientist in the lab—so that this knowledge can be used to enrich people's lives. Drawing on nearly one hundred interviews with exceptional people, from biologists and physicists, to politicians and business leaders, to poets and artists, as well as his thirty years of research on the subject, Csikszentmihalyi uses his famous flow theory to explore the creative process. He discusses such ideas as why creative individuals are often seen as selfish and arrogant, and why the 'tortured genius' is largely a myth. Most important, he explains why creativity needs to be cultivated and is necessary for the future of our country, if not the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246359 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation Made Easy: More Than 50 Exercises for Peace, Relaxation, and Mindfulness Author: Preston Bentley Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's more to meditation than just rhythmically chanting "Om" in a seated position - inner calm can be achieved through the simplest of actions, such as mindfully drinking a cup of tea. This guide shows you how to harness the power of meditation in your daily life with a variety of meditation techniques that you can learn and carry out in just a few minutes. From breathing exercises that can help you quickly calm down in a stressful situation to mantras that can help you state your intentions for the day, every page offers powerful techniques, showing you effective ways to boost your mood, manage worries, and get a good night's sleep. Featuring more than 50 easy-to-follow guided meditations, Meditation Made Easy helps lead you toward peace, tranquility, and a more relaxed life. Preston Bentley Thu, 01 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246359 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation Made Easy: More Than 50 Exercises for Peace, Relaxation, and Mindfulness Author: Preston Bentley Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's more to meditation than just rhythmically chanting "Om" in a seated position - inner calm can be achieved through the simplest of actions, such as mindfully drinking a cup of tea. This guide shows you how to harness the power of meditation in your daily life with a variety of meditation techniques that you can learn and carry out in just a few minutes. From breathing exercises that can help you quickly calm down in a stressful situation to mantras that can help you state your intentions for the day, every page offers powerful techniques, showing you effective ways to boost your mood, manage worries, and get a good night's sleep. Featuring more than 50 easy-to-follow guided meditations, Meditation Made Easy helps lead you toward peace, tranquility, and a more relaxed life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246359]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation Made Easy: More Than 50 Exercises for Peace, Relaxation, and Mindfulness Author: Preston Bentley Narrator: Nancy Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: There's more to meditation than just rhythmically chanting "Om" in a seated position - inner calm can be achieved through the simplest of actions, such as mindfully drinking a cup of tea. This guide shows you how to harness the power of meditation in your daily life with a variety of meditation techniques that you can learn and carry out in just a few minutes. From breathing exercises that can help you quickly calm down in a stressful situation to mantras that can help you state your intentions for the day, every page offers powerful techniques, showing you effective ways to boost your mood, manage worries, and get a good night's sleep. Featuring more than 50 easy-to-follow guided meditations, Meditation Made Easy helps lead you toward peace, tranquility, and a more relaxed life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246351 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Time for Tears: Coping with Grief in a Busy World (Revised and Updated Second Edition) Author: Judy Heath Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Facing the loss of a loved one in a death-avoidant culture can be excruciating. Grievers may be expected to put on a brave face, to “move on” quickly, and to seek medication if they are still grief-stricken after an “acceptable” amount of time. Psycho­therapist Judy Heath draws on extensive experience as a grief specialist in private practice to help those struggling with the anguish of loss. Addressing the myths and misinformation about mourning that still abound today, Heath gently coaches readers to understand that coping with loss is a natural process that our society tends to avoid and hurry people through, often leading to unresolved, lasting grief. No Time for Tears offers practical advice for both short- and long-term recovery, including how to manage rarely discussed physical and emotional changes: feelings of “going crazy” and inability to focus; feeling out of sync with the world, exhausted and chilled, and crushingly lonely. This updated second edition includes new information about medication and discusses various types of loss including that of a parent, child, spouse, friend, or pet. Helpful not only to grievers but also to those who care about, counsel, or employ them, No Time for Tears is an essential resource for grief management and recovery. Judy Heath Thu, 01 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246351 thebookvoice.com 9:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Time for Tears: Coping with Grief in a Busy World (Revised and Updated Second Edition) Author: Judy Heath Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Facing the loss of a loved one in a death-avoidant culture can be excruciating. Grievers may be expected to put on a brave face, to “move on” quickly, and to seek medication if they are still grief-stricken after an “acceptable” amount of time. Psycho­therapist Judy Heath draws on extensive experience as a grief specialist in private practice to help those struggling with the anguish of loss. Addressing the myths and misinformation about mourning that still abound today, Heath gently coaches readers to understand that coping with loss is a natural process that our society tends to avoid and hurry people through, often leading to unresolved, lasting grief. No Time for Tears offers practical advice for both short- and long-term recovery, including how to manage rarely discussed physical and emotional changes: feelings of “going crazy” and inability to focus; feeling out of sync with the world, exhausted and chilled, and crushingly lonely. This updated second edition includes new information about medication and discusses various types of loss including that of a parent, child, spouse, friend, or pet. Helpful not only to grievers but also to those who care about, counsel, or employ them, No Time for Tears is an essential resource for grief management and recovery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246351]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Time for Tears: Coping with Grief in a Busy World (Revised and Updated Second Edition) Author: Judy Heath Narrator: Susan Boyce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Facing the loss of a loved one in a death-avoidant culture can be excruciating. Grievers may be expected to put on a brave face, to “move on” quickly, and to seek medication if they are still grief-stricken after an “acceptable” amount of time. Psycho­therapist Judy Heath draws on extensive experience as a grief specialist in private practice to help those struggling with the anguish of loss. Addressing the myths and misinformation about mourning that still abound today, Heath gently coaches readers to understand that coping with loss is a natural process that our society tends to avoid and hurry people through, often leading to unresolved, lasting grief. No Time for Tears offers practical advice for both short- and long-term recovery, including how to manage rarely discussed physical and emotional changes: feelings of “going crazy” and inability to focus; feeling out of sync with the world, exhausted and chilled, and crushingly lonely. This updated second edition includes new information about medication and discusses various types of loss including that of a parent, child, spouse, friend, or pet. Helpful not only to grievers but also to those who care about, counsel, or employ them, No Time for Tears is an essential resource for grief management and recovery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246307 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Common Struggle: A Personal Journey Through the Past and Future of Mental Illness and Addiction Author: Stephen Fried, Patrick J. Kennedy Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller Patrick J. Kennedy, the former congressman and youngest child of Senator Ted Kennedy, details his personal and political battle with mental illness and addiction, exploring mental health care's history in the country alongside his and every family's private struggles.  On May 5, 2006, the New York Times ran two stories, “Patrick Kennedy Crashes Car into Capitol Barrier” and then, several hours later, “Patrick Kennedy Says He'll Seek Help for Addiction.” It was the first time that the popular Rhode Island congressman had publicly disclosed his addiction to prescription painkillers, the true extent of his struggle with bipolar disorder and his plan to immediately seek treatment. That could have been the end of his career, but instead it was the beginning.  Since then, Kennedy has become the nation’s leading advocate for mental health and substance abuse care, research and policy both in and out of Congress. And ever since passing the landmark Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act—and after the death of his father, leaving Congress—he has been changing the dialogue that surrounds all brain diseases. A Common Struggle weaves together Kennedy's private and professional narratives, echoing Kennedy's philosophy that for him, the personal is political and the political personal. Focusing on the years from his 'coming out' about suffering from bipolar disorder and addiction to the present day, the book examines Kennedy's journey toward recovery and reflects on Americans' propensity to treat mental illnesses as 'family secrets.' Beyond his own story, though, Kennedy creates a roadmap for equality in the mental health community, and outlines a bold plan for the future of mental health policy. Written with award-winning healthcare journalist and best-selling author Stephen Fried, A Common Struggle is both a cry for empathy and a call to action. Stephen Fried, Patrick J. Kennedy Mon, 05 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246307 thebookvoice.com 12:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Common Struggle: A Personal Journey Through the Past and Future of Mental Illness and Addiction Author: Stephen Fried, Patrick J. Kennedy Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller Patrick J. Kennedy, the former congressman and youngest child of Senator Ted Kennedy, details his personal and political battle with mental illness and addiction, exploring mental health care's history in the country alongside his and every family's private struggles.  On May 5, 2006, the New York Times ran two stories, “Patrick Kennedy Crashes Car into Capitol Barrier” and then, several hours later, “Patrick Kennedy Says He'll Seek Help for Addiction.” It was the first time that the popular Rhode Island congressman had publicly disclosed his addiction to prescription painkillers, the true extent of his struggle with bipolar disorder and his plan to immediately seek treatment. That could have been the end of his career, but instead it was the beginning.  Since then, Kennedy has become the nation’s leading advocate for mental health and substance abuse care, research and policy both in and out of Congress. And ever since passing the landmark Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act—and after the death of his father, leaving Congress—he has been changing the dialogue that surrounds all brain diseases. A Common Struggle weaves together Kennedy's private and professional narratives, echoing Kennedy's philosophy that for him, the personal is political and the political personal. Focusing on the years from his 'coming out' about suffering from bipolar disorder and addiction to the present day, the book examines Kennedy's journey toward recovery and reflects on Americans' propensity to treat mental illnesses as 'family secrets.' Beyond his own story, though, Kennedy creates a roadmap for equality in the mental health community, and outlines a bold plan for the future of mental health policy. Written with award-winning healthcare journalist and best-selling author Stephen Fried, A Common Struggle is both a cry for empathy and a call to action. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/246307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Common Struggle: A Personal Journey Through the Past and Future of Mental Illness and Addiction Author: Stephen Fried, Patrick J. Kennedy Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 5, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this New York Times bestseller Patrick J. Kennedy, the former congressman and youngest child of Senator Ted Kennedy, details his personal and political battle with mental illness and addiction, exploring mental health care's history in the country alongside his and every family's private struggles.  On May 5, 2006, the New York Times ran two stories, “Patrick Kennedy Crashes Car into Capitol Barrier” and then, several hours later, “Patrick Kennedy Says He'll Seek Help for Addiction.” It was the first time that the popular Rhode Island congressman had publicly disclosed his addiction to prescription painkillers, the true extent of his struggle with bipolar disorder and his plan to immediately seek treatment. That could have been the end of his career, but instead it was the beginning.  Since then, Kennedy has become the nation’s leading advocate for mental health and substance abuse care, research and policy both in and out of Congress. And ever since passing the landmark Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act—and after the death of his father, leaving Congress—he has been changing the dialogue that surrounds all brain diseases. A Common Struggle weaves together Kennedy's private and professional narratives, echoing Kennedy's philosophy that for him, the personal is political and the political personal. Focusing on the years from his 'coming out' about suffering from bipolar disorder and addiction to the present day, the book examines Kennedy's journey toward recovery and reflects on Americans' propensity to treat mental illnesses as 'family secrets.' Beyond his own story, though, Kennedy creates a roadmap for equality in the mental health community, and outlines a bold plan for the future of mental health policy. Written with award-winning healthcare journalist and best-selling author Stephen Fried, A Common Struggle is both a cry for empathy and a call to action. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245837 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Revised and Expanded): The Breakthrough Program for Conquering Anxiety, Depression, Obsessiveness, Lack of Focus, Anger, and Memory Problems Author: Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In this completely revised and updated edition, neuropsychiatrist Dr. Daniel Amen includes effective 'brain prescriptions' that can help heal your brain and change your life. “Perfection in combining leading-edge brain science technology with a proven, user-friendly, definitive, and actionable road map to safeguard and enhance brain health and functionality.”—David Perlmutter, M.D., New York Times bestselling author of Grain Brain   In Change Your Brain, Change Your Life, renowned neuropsychiatrist Daniel Amen, M.D., includes new, cutting-edge research gleaned from more than 100,000 SPECT brain scans over the last quarter century and scientific evidence that your anxiety, depression, anger, obsessiveness, or impulsiveness could be related to how specific structures work in your brain. Dr. Amen’s “brain prescriptions” will help you: • To quell anxiety and panic: Use simple breathing techniques to immediately calm inner turmoil • To fight depression: Learn how to kill ANTs (automatic negative thoughts) and use supplements targeted to your brain type • To curb anger: Follow the Amen anti-anger diet and learn the nutrients that calm rage • To boost memory: Learn the specific steps and habits to decrease your risk for Alzheimer’s disease that can help you today • To conquer impulsiveness and learn to focus: Develop total focus with the One-Page Miracle • To stop obsessive worrying: Follow the “get unstuck” writing exercise and learn other problem-solving exercises   You’re not stuck with the brain you’re born with. Daniel G. Amen Tue, 03 Nov 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245837 thebookvoice.com 16:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Revised and Expanded): The Breakthrough Program for Conquering Anxiety, Depression, Obsessiveness, Lack of Focus, Anger, and Memory Problems Author: Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In this completely revised and updated edition, neuropsychiatrist Dr. Daniel Amen includes effective 'brain prescriptions' that can help heal your brain and change your life. “Perfection in combining leading-edge brain science technology with a proven, user-friendly, definitive, and actionable road map to safeguard and enhance brain health and functionality.”—David Perlmutter, M.D., New York Times bestselling author of Grain Brain   In Change Your Brain, Change Your Life, renowned neuropsychiatrist Daniel Amen, M.D., includes new, cutting-edge research gleaned from more than 100,000 SPECT brain scans over the last quarter century and scientific evidence that your anxiety, depression, anger, obsessiveness, or impulsiveness could be related to how specific structures work in your brain. Dr. Amen’s “brain prescriptions” will help you: • To quell anxiety and panic: Use simple breathing techniques to immediately calm inner turmoil • To fight depression: Learn how to kill ANTs (automatic negative thoughts) and use supplements targeted to your brain type • To curb anger: Follow the Amen anti-anger diet and learn the nutrients that calm rage • To boost memory: Learn the specific steps and habits to decrease your risk for Alzheimer’s disease that can help you today • To conquer impulsiveness and learn to focus: Develop total focus with the One-Page Miracle • To stop obsessive worrying: Follow the “get unstuck” writing exercise and learn other problem-solving exercises   You’re not stuck with the brain you’re born with. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245837]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Change Your Brain, Change Your Life (Revised and Expanded): The Breakthrough Program for Conquering Anxiety, Depression, Obsessiveness, Lack of Focus, Anger, and Memory Problems Author: Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Daniel G. Amen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 52 minutes Release date: November 3, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 30 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • In this completely revised and updated edition, neuropsychiatrist Dr. Daniel Amen includes effective 'brain prescriptions' that can help heal your brain and change your life. “Perfection in combining leading-edge brain science technology with a proven, user-friendly, definitive, and actionable road map to safeguard and enhance brain health and functionality.”—David Perlmutter, M.D., New York Times bestselling author of Grain Brain   In Change Your Brain, Change Your Life, renowned neuropsychiatrist Daniel Amen, M.D., includes new, cutting-edge research gleaned from more than 100,000 SPECT brain scans over the last quarter century and scientific evidence that your anxiety, depression, anger, obsessiveness, or impulsiveness could be related to how specific structures work in your brain. Dr. Amen’s “brain prescriptions” will help you: • To quell anxiety and panic: Use simple breathing techniques to immediately calm inner turmoil • To fight depression: Learn how to kill ANTs (automatic negative thoughts) and use supplements targeted to your brain type • To curb anger: Follow the Amen anti-anger diet and learn the nutrients that calm rage • To boost memory: Learn the specific steps and habits to decrease your risk for Alzheimer’s disease that can help you today • To conquer impulsiveness and learn to focus: Develop total focus with the One-Page Miracle • To stop obsessive worrying: Follow the “get unstuck” writing exercise and learn other problem-solving exercises   You’re not stuck with the brain you’re born with. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245153 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Angst Adolescence: How to Parent Your Teen and Live to Laugh About It Author: Sara Villanueva Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Being a good parent is one of the most difficult, yet most rewarding, jobs a person can have in his or her lifetime. Being the parent of a teen is an especially daunting phase of the journey. As parents begin to notice the significant changes that come with adolescence (physical changes brought about by puberty, the constant angst and moodiness, and of course the classic eye-rolling and the I-know-it-all attitude), they wonder just what happened to their happy, sweet, and affectionate young boy or girl. Parents sit by amazed—and often lost and unprepared—as they witness their child morph and mutate into a full-blown pubescent display of emotions. The Angst of Adolescence: How to Parent Your Teen and Live to Laugh About It, written in a conversational, informative, humorous and relatable style, promises to deliver trustworthy resource for parents of teens who are searching for answers and guidance about how to maneuver their way through this tricky developmental period. Dr. Sara Villanueva, a prominent psychologist specializing in the adolescent years, shares relevant research findings so that parents can be informed of the facts as opposed to making assumptions based on ubiquitous but questionable sources. Most of all it will provide parents of teenagers with perspective in the midst of angst so they can come away with the sense that: They are not alone in their experience of raising teens; many, many people have gone through it and we can all relate to and learn from one another. Most of what your teen is feeling and expressing is normal and falls within the expected range of behavior for adolescent development. Despite the challenges involved in parenting teens, we should take time to focus on the positive things in life and live with our child through the tough adolescent years so that we emerge on the other side with friendship and a deeper bond. As a psychologist and mother of four, the author shares both research-based and first-hand advice on how to navigate the teen years and live to laugh about it. Sara Villanueva Thu, 01 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245153 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Angst Adolescence: How to Parent Your Teen and Live to Laugh About It Author: Sara Villanueva Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Being a good parent is one of the most difficult, yet most rewarding, jobs a person can have in his or her lifetime. Being the parent of a teen is an especially daunting phase of the journey. As parents begin to notice the significant changes that come with adolescence (physical changes brought about by puberty, the constant angst and moodiness, and of course the classic eye-rolling and the I-know-it-all attitude), they wonder just what happened to their happy, sweet, and affectionate young boy or girl. Parents sit by amazed—and often lost and unprepared—as they witness their child morph and mutate into a full-blown pubescent display of emotions. The Angst of Adolescence: How to Parent Your Teen and Live to Laugh About It, written in a conversational, informative, humorous and relatable style, promises to deliver trustworthy resource for parents of teens who are searching for answers and guidance about how to maneuver their way through this tricky developmental period. Dr. Sara Villanueva, a prominent psychologist specializing in the adolescent years, shares relevant research findings so that parents can be informed of the facts as opposed to making assumptions based on ubiquitous but questionable sources. Most of all it will provide parents of teenagers with perspective in the midst of angst so they can come away with the sense that: They are not alone in their experience of raising teens; many, many people have gone through it and we can all relate to and learn from one another. Most of what your teen is feeling and expressing is normal and falls within the expected range of behavior for adolescent development. Despite the challenges involved in parenting teens, we should take time to focus on the positive things in life and live with our child through the tough adolescent years so that we emerge on the other side with friendship and a deeper bond. As a psychologist and mother of four, the author shares both research-based and first-hand advice on how to navigate the teen years and live to laugh about it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245153]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Angst Adolescence: How to Parent Your Teen and Live to Laugh About It Author: Sara Villanueva Narrator: Karen Saltus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Being a good parent is one of the most difficult, yet most rewarding, jobs a person can have in his or her lifetime. Being the parent of a teen is an especially daunting phase of the journey. As parents begin to notice the significant changes that come with adolescence (physical changes brought about by puberty, the constant angst and moodiness, and of course the classic eye-rolling and the I-know-it-all attitude), they wonder just what happened to their happy, sweet, and affectionate young boy or girl. Parents sit by amazed—and often lost and unprepared—as they witness their child morph and mutate into a full-blown pubescent display of emotions. The Angst of Adolescence: How to Parent Your Teen and Live to Laugh About It, written in a conversational, informative, humorous and relatable style, promises to deliver trustworthy resource for parents of teens who are searching for answers and guidance about how to maneuver their way through this tricky developmental period. Dr. Sara Villanueva, a prominent psychologist specializing in the adolescent years, shares relevant research findings so that parents can be informed of the facts as opposed to making assumptions based on ubiquitous but questionable sources. Most of all it will provide parents of teenagers with perspective in the midst of angst so they can come away with the sense that: They are not alone in their experience of raising teens; many, many people have gone through it and we can all relate to and learn from one another. Most of what your teen is feeling and expressing is normal and falls within the expected range of behavior for adolescent development. Despite the challenges involved in parenting teens, we should take time to focus on the positive things in life and live with our child through the tough adolescent years so that we emerge on the other side with friendship and a deeper bond. As a psychologist and mother of four, the author shares both research-based and first-hand advice on how to navigate the teen years and live to laugh about it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245027 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Deeply: The Art and Science of Transformation in Everyday Life Author: Cassandra Vieten, PhD, Marilyn Schlitz, PhD Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Living Deeply transcends any one approach by focusing on common elements of transformation across a variety of traditions, while affirming and supporting the diversity of approaches across religious, spiritual, scientific, academic, and cultural backgrounds. Each chapter in the book ends with Experiences of Transformation, exercises drawn from wisdom traditions or scientific investigations meant to enhance your direct experience of the material. Opportunities to actively engage in your own transformation and that of our world are woven into the fabric of your everyday life. Learning more about the terrain of consciousness transformation can not only give you a map, but can help you become the cartographer of your own transformative journey. Research over the last decade at the Institute of Noetic Sciences (IONS) has systematically surveyed hundreds of people's stories of their own transformations, as well as conducting over 50 in-depth interviews with teachers and masters of the world's spiritual, religious, and transformative traditions. No matter who you are, where you come from, or what your current path is - whether you seek to transform your life completely or simply make adjustments that will add a layer of richness and depth to your life - exploring the many ways that transformation is stimulated and sustained can hold great power. Weaving together cutting-edge science with wisdom from teachers of the world's transformative traditions this book explores how people experience deep shifts in their consciousness, and how those shifts can lead to healing and wholeness. Research over the last decade at the Institute of Noetic Sciences has explored in depth the phenomenon by which people make significant shifts in the way they experience and view the world. Focusing in particular on positive transformations in consciousness, or those that result in improved health, well-being, and sense of meaning, purpose,and belonging, hundreds of people's stories of their own transformations were included in the research, as well as in-depth interviews with over 50 teachers and masters of the world's spiritual, religious, and transformative traditions. Cassandra Vieten, PhD, Marilyn Schlitz, PhD Thu, 10 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245027 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Deeply: The Art and Science of Transformation in Everyday Life Author: Cassandra Vieten, PhD, Marilyn Schlitz, PhD Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Living Deeply transcends any one approach by focusing on common elements of transformation across a variety of traditions, while affirming and supporting the diversity of approaches across religious, spiritual, scientific, academic, and cultural backgrounds. Each chapter in the book ends with Experiences of Transformation, exercises drawn from wisdom traditions or scientific investigations meant to enhance your direct experience of the material. Opportunities to actively engage in your own transformation and that of our world are woven into the fabric of your everyday life. Learning more about the terrain of consciousness transformation can not only give you a map, but can help you become the cartographer of your own transformative journey. Research over the last decade at the Institute of Noetic Sciences (IONS) has systematically surveyed hundreds of people's stories of their own transformations, as well as conducting over 50 in-depth interviews with teachers and masters of the world's spiritual, religious, and transformative traditions. No matter who you are, where you come from, or what your current path is - whether you seek to transform your life completely or simply make adjustments that will add a layer of richness and depth to your life - exploring the many ways that transformation is stimulated and sustained can hold great power. Weaving together cutting-edge science with wisdom from teachers of the world's transformative traditions this book explores how people experience deep shifts in their consciousness, and how those shifts can lead to healing and wholeness. Research over the last decade at the Institute of Noetic Sciences has explored in depth the phenomenon by which people make significant shifts in the way they experience and view the world. Focusing in particular on positive transformations in consciousness, or those that result in improved health, well-being, and sense of meaning, purpose,and belonging, hundreds of people's stories of their own transformations were included in the research, as well as in-depth interviews with over 50 teachers and masters of the world's spiritual, religious, and transformative traditions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Deeply: The Art and Science of Transformation in Everyday Life Author: Cassandra Vieten, PhD, Marilyn Schlitz, PhD Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Living Deeply transcends any one approach by focusing on common elements of transformation across a variety of traditions, while affirming and supporting the diversity of approaches across religious, spiritual, scientific, academic, and cultural backgrounds. Each chapter in the book ends with Experiences of Transformation, exercises drawn from wisdom traditions or scientific investigations meant to enhance your direct experience of the material. Opportunities to actively engage in your own transformation and that of our world are woven into the fabric of your everyday life. Learning more about the terrain of consciousness transformation can not only give you a map, but can help you become the cartographer of your own transformative journey. Research over the last decade at the Institute of Noetic Sciences (IONS) has systematically surveyed hundreds of people's stories of their own transformations, as well as conducting over 50 in-depth interviews with teachers and masters of the world's spiritual, religious, and transformative traditions. No matter who you are, where you come from, or what your current path is - whether you seek to transform your life completely or simply make adjustments that will add a layer of richness and depth to your life - exploring the many ways that transformation is stimulated and sustained can hold great power. Weaving together cutting-edge science with wisdom from teachers of the world's transformative traditions this book explores how people experience deep shifts in their consciousness, and how those shifts can lead to healing and wholeness. Research over the last decade at the Institute of Noetic Sciences has explored in depth the phenomenon by which people make significant shifts in the way they experience and view the world. Focusing in particular on positive transformations in consciousness, or those that result in improved health, well-being, and sense of meaning, purpose,and belonging, hundreds of people's stories of their own transformations were included in the research, as well as in-depth interviews with over 50 teachers and masters of the world's spiritual, religious, and transformative traditions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Things We Never Knew: Chasing the Chaos of Mental Illness Author: Sheila Hamilton Narrator: Sheila Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even as a reporter, Sheila Hamilton missed the signs as her husband David’s mental illness unfolded before her. By the time she had pieced together the puzzle, it was too late. Her once brilliant, intense, and hilarious partner was dead within six weeks of a formal diagnosis of bipolar disorder, leaving his nine-year-old daughter and wife without so much as a note to explain his actions, a plan to help them recover from their profound grief, or a solution for the hundreds of thousands of dollars in debt that they would inherit from him. All the Things We Never Knew takes listeners from David and Sheila’s romance through the last three months of their life together and into the year after his death. It details their unsettling descent from ordinary life into the world of mental illness and examines the fragile line between reality and madness. Now, a decade after David’s death, Sheila and her daughter, Sophie, have learned the power of choosing life over retreat, let themselves love and trust again, and understand the importance of forgiveness. Their story will resonate with all those who have loved someone suffering from bipolar disease and mental illness. Sheila Hamilton Tue, 20 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245021 thebookvoice.com 8:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Things We Never Knew: Chasing the Chaos of Mental Illness Author: Sheila Hamilton Narrator: Sheila Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even as a reporter, Sheila Hamilton missed the signs as her husband David’s mental illness unfolded before her. By the time she had pieced together the puzzle, it was too late. Her once brilliant, intense, and hilarious partner was dead within six weeks of a formal diagnosis of bipolar disorder, leaving his nine-year-old daughter and wife without so much as a note to explain his actions, a plan to help them recover from their profound grief, or a solution for the hundreds of thousands of dollars in debt that they would inherit from him. All the Things We Never Knew takes listeners from David and Sheila’s romance through the last three months of their life together and into the year after his death. It details their unsettling descent from ordinary life into the world of mental illness and examines the fragile line between reality and madness. Now, a decade after David’s death, Sheila and her daughter, Sophie, have learned the power of choosing life over retreat, let themselves love and trust again, and understand the importance of forgiveness. Their story will resonate with all those who have loved someone suffering from bipolar disease and mental illness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/245021]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All the Things We Never Knew: Chasing the Chaos of Mental Illness Author: Sheila Hamilton Narrator: Sheila Hamilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 20, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Even as a reporter, Sheila Hamilton missed the signs as her husband David’s mental illness unfolded before her. By the time she had pieced together the puzzle, it was too late. Her once brilliant, intense, and hilarious partner was dead within six weeks of a formal diagnosis of bipolar disorder, leaving his nine-year-old daughter and wife without so much as a note to explain his actions, a plan to help them recover from their profound grief, or a solution for the hundreds of thousands of dollars in debt that they would inherit from him. All the Things We Never Knew takes listeners from David and Sheila’s romance through the last three months of their life together and into the year after his death. It details their unsettling descent from ordinary life into the world of mental illness and examines the fragile line between reality and madness. Now, a decade after David’s death, Sheila and her daughter, Sophie, have learned the power of choosing life over retreat, let themselves love and trust again, and understand the importance of forgiveness. Their story will resonate with all those who have loved someone suffering from bipolar disease and mental illness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244794 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nonsense: The Power of Not Knowing Author: Jamie Holmes Narrator: Jamie Holmes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An illuminating look at the surprising upside of ambiguity—and how, properly harnessed, it can inspire learning, creativity, even empathy   Life today feels more overwhelming and chaotic than ever. Whether it’s a confounding work problem or a faltering relationship or an unclear medical diagnosis, we face constant uncertainty. And we’re continually bombarded with information, much of it contradictory.   Managing ambiguity—in our jobs, our relationships, and daily lives—is quickly becoming an essential skill. Yet most of us don’t know where to begin.   As Jamie Holmes shows in Nonsense, being confused is unpleasant, so we tend to shutter our minds as we grasp for meaning and stability, especially in stressful circumstances. We’re hard-wired to resolve contradictions quickly and extinguish anomalies. This can be useful, of course. When a tiger is chasing you, you can’t be indecisive. But as Nonsense reveals, our need for closure has its own dangers. It makes us stick to our first answer, which is not always the best, and it makes us search for meaning in the wrong places. When we latch onto fast and easy truths, we lose a vital opportunity to learn something new, solve a hard problem, or see the world from another perspective.   In other words, confusion—that uncomfortable mental place—has a hidden upside. We just need to know how to use it. This lively and original book points the way. Over the last few years, new insights from social psychology and cognitive science have deepened our understanding of the role of ambiguity in our lives and Holmes brings this research together for the first time, showing how we can use uncertainty to our advantage. Filled with illuminating stories—from spy games and doomsday cults to Absolut Vodka’s ad campaign and the creation of Mad Libs—Nonsense promises to transform the way we conduct business, educate our children, and make decisions.   In an increasingly unpredictable, complex world, it turns out that what matters most isn’t IQ, willpower, or confidence in what we know. It’s how we deal with what we don’t understand. Jamie Holmes Tue, 13 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244794 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nonsense: The Power of Not Knowing Author: Jamie Holmes Narrator: Jamie Holmes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An illuminating look at the surprising upside of ambiguity—and how, properly harnessed, it can inspire learning, creativity, even empathy   Life today feels more overwhelming and chaotic than ever. Whether it’s a confounding work problem or a faltering relationship or an unclear medical diagnosis, we face constant uncertainty. And we’re continually bombarded with information, much of it contradictory.   Managing ambiguity—in our jobs, our relationships, and daily lives—is quickly becoming an essential skill. Yet most of us don’t know where to begin.   As Jamie Holmes shows in Nonsense, being confused is unpleasant, so we tend to shutter our minds as we grasp for meaning and stability, especially in stressful circumstances. We’re hard-wired to resolve contradictions quickly and extinguish anomalies. This can be useful, of course. When a tiger is chasing you, you can’t be indecisive. But as Nonsense reveals, our need for closure has its own dangers. It makes us stick to our first answer, which is not always the best, and it makes us search for meaning in the wrong places. When we latch onto fast and easy truths, we lose a vital opportunity to learn something new, solve a hard problem, or see the world from another perspective.   In other words, confusion—that uncomfortable mental place—has a hidden upside. We just need to know how to use it. This lively and original book points the way. Over the last few years, new insights from social psychology and cognitive science have deepened our understanding of the role of ambiguity in our lives and Holmes brings this research together for the first time, showing how we can use uncertainty to our advantage. Filled with illuminating stories—from spy games and doomsday cults to Absolut Vodka’s ad campaign and the creation of Mad Libs—Nonsense promises to transform the way we conduct business, educate our children, and make decisions.   In an increasingly unpredictable, complex world, it turns out that what matters most isn’t IQ, willpower, or confidence in what we know. It’s how we deal with what we don’t understand. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/244794]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nonsense: The Power of Not Knowing Author: Jamie Holmes Narrator: Jamie Holmes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: October 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An illuminating look at the surprising upside of ambiguity—and how, properly harnessed, it can inspire learning, creativity, even empathy   Life today feels more overwhelming and chaotic than ever. Whether it’s a confounding work problem or a faltering relationship or an unclear medical diagnosis, we face constant uncertainty. And we’re continually bombarded with information, much of it contradictory.   Managing ambiguity—in our jobs, our relationships, and daily lives—is quickly becoming an essential skill. Yet most of us don’t know where to begin.   As Jamie Holmes shows in Nonsense, being confused is unpleasant, so we tend to shutter our minds as we grasp for meaning and stability, especially in stressful circumstances. We’re hard-wired to resolve contradictions quickly and extinguish anomalies. This can be useful, of course. When a tiger is chasing you, you can’t be indecisive. But as Nonsense reveals, our need for closure has its own dangers. It makes us stick to our first answer, which is not always the best, and it makes us search for meaning in the wrong places. When we latch onto fast and easy truths, we lose a vital opportunity to learn something new, solve a hard problem, or see the world from another perspective.   In other words, confusion—that uncomfortable mental place—has a hidden upside. We just need to know how to use it. This lively and original book points the way. Over the last few years, new insights from social psychology and cognitive science have deepened our understanding of the role of ambiguity in our lives and Holmes brings this research together for the first time, showing how we can use uncertainty to our advantage. Filled with illuminating stories—from spy games and doomsday cults to Absolut Vodka’s ad campaign and the creation of Mad Libs—Nonsense promises to transform the way we conduct business, educate our children, and make decisions.   In an increasingly unpredictable, complex world, it turns out that what matters most isn’t IQ, willpower, or confidence in what we know. It’s how we deal with what we don’t understand. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243315 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simple Road: A Handbook for the Contemporary Seeker Author: Obadiah Harris Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This elegant, concise guide by the founder of the University of Philosophical Research distills a lifetime of spiritual seeking into one beautiful, unforgettable blueprint for inner growth. 'When you grow exhausted with all of today’s spiritual programs, axioms, seminars, and techniques; when you feel fatigued from searching and cannot find a way forward; when it seems that years of seeking have netted so little – throw yourself upon the essential truths in this book…It can be lifesaving.' --Mitch Horowitz, from the introduction For more than a half-century, Obadiah Harris has studied the spiritual path, holding ministerial pulpits in traditions ranging from Pentecostalism to New Thought, and directing programs in continuing education, community-outreach, and distance-learning at major universities. He has worked with the ideas and legacies of spiritual icons ranging from Manly P. Hall, author of the landmark The Secret Teachings of All Ages, to Ernest Holmes, founder of the Science of Mind movement, America's most successful and intellectually rigorous New Thought congregation. When he was growing up in rural Oklahoma, Harris's family provided the first pulpit to internationally known televangelist Oral Roberts. As a scholar and seeker, Harris has traversed and helped shape broad swaths of our modern spiritual landscape. Now, he distills the insights he has found -- all of them potent, powerful, and, above all, useful -- in The Simple Road. The Simple Road is more than a book. This concise statement is a spiritual GPS that guides the earnest seeker past dead-ends and switchbacks to locate the path that most intimately and directly connect us with the Source of all life. The methods and ideas in this book can help rescue you from a crisis and provide a daily source of practice. This brave work addresses head-on topics that are often shunned or ignored in works of 'proper' theology, including the question of physical healing by spiritual means -- a topic treated with deepest seriousness -- and with the existence of hostile forces that test us on the spiritual path. The Simple Road is balm for parched souls. Whatever tradition you belong to, or if you belong to no one tradition, The Simple Road helps you locate the thread of universality that runs through all faiths, and leads you to practices, prayers, methods, and parables that lift your daily journey to a higher, better place. This brief, powerful audiobook can bring you literally life-saving solace when facing life's entanglements. Obadiah Harris Thu, 01 Oct 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243315 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simple Road: A Handbook for the Contemporary Seeker Author: Obadiah Harris Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This elegant, concise guide by the founder of the University of Philosophical Research distills a lifetime of spiritual seeking into one beautiful, unforgettable blueprint for inner growth. 'When you grow exhausted with all of today’s spiritual programs, axioms, seminars, and techniques; when you feel fatigued from searching and cannot find a way forward; when it seems that years of seeking have netted so little – throw yourself upon the essential truths in this book…It can be lifesaving.' --Mitch Horowitz, from the introduction For more than a half-century, Obadiah Harris has studied the spiritual path, holding ministerial pulpits in traditions ranging from Pentecostalism to New Thought, and directing programs in continuing education, community-outreach, and distance-learning at major universities. He has worked with the ideas and legacies of spiritual icons ranging from Manly P. Hall, author of the landmark The Secret Teachings of All Ages, to Ernest Holmes, founder of the Science of Mind movement, America's most successful and intellectually rigorous New Thought congregation. When he was growing up in rural Oklahoma, Harris's family provided the first pulpit to internationally known televangelist Oral Roberts. As a scholar and seeker, Harris has traversed and helped shape broad swaths of our modern spiritual landscape. Now, he distills the insights he has found -- all of them potent, powerful, and, above all, useful -- in The Simple Road. The Simple Road is more than a book. This concise statement is a spiritual GPS that guides the earnest seeker past dead-ends and switchbacks to locate the path that most intimately and directly connect us with the Source of all life. The methods and ideas in this book can help rescue you from a crisis and provide a daily source of practice. This brave work addresses head-on topics that are often shunned or ignored in works of 'proper' theology, including the question of physical healing by spiritual means -- a topic treated with deepest seriousness -- and with the existence of hostile forces that test us on the spiritual path. The Simple Road is balm for parched souls. Whatever tradition you belong to, or if you belong to no one tradition, The Simple Road helps you locate the thread of universality that runs through all faiths, and leads you to practices, prayers, methods, and parables that lift your daily journey to a higher, better place. This brief, powerful audiobook can bring you literally life-saving solace when facing life's entanglements. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243315]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Simple Road: A Handbook for the Contemporary Seeker Author: Obadiah Harris Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: October 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This elegant, concise guide by the founder of the University of Philosophical Research distills a lifetime of spiritual seeking into one beautiful, unforgettable blueprint for inner growth. 'When you grow exhausted with all of today’s spiritual programs, axioms, seminars, and techniques; when you feel fatigued from searching and cannot find a way forward; when it seems that years of seeking have netted so little – throw yourself upon the essential truths in this book…It can be lifesaving.' --Mitch Horowitz, from the introduction For more than a half-century, Obadiah Harris has studied the spiritual path, holding ministerial pulpits in traditions ranging from Pentecostalism to New Thought, and directing programs in continuing education, community-outreach, and distance-learning at major universities. He has worked with the ideas and legacies of spiritual icons ranging from Manly P. Hall, author of the landmark The Secret Teachings of All Ages, to Ernest Holmes, founder of the Science of Mind movement, America's most successful and intellectually rigorous New Thought congregation. When he was growing up in rural Oklahoma, Harris's family provided the first pulpit to internationally known televangelist Oral Roberts. As a scholar and seeker, Harris has traversed and helped shape broad swaths of our modern spiritual landscape. Now, he distills the insights he has found -- all of them potent, powerful, and, above all, useful -- in The Simple Road. The Simple Road is more than a book. This concise statement is a spiritual GPS that guides the earnest seeker past dead-ends and switchbacks to locate the path that most intimately and directly connect us with the Source of all life. The methods and ideas in this book can help rescue you from a crisis and provide a daily source of practice. This brave work addresses head-on topics that are often shunned or ignored in works of 'proper' theology, including the question of physical healing by spiritual means -- a topic treated with deepest seriousness -- and with the existence of hostile forces that test us on the spiritual path. The Simple Road is balm for parched souls. Whatever tradition you belong to, or if you belong to no one tradition, The Simple Road helps you locate the thread of universality that runs through all faiths, and leads you to practices, prayers, methods, and parables that lift your daily journey to a higher, better place. This brief, powerful audiobook can bring you literally life-saving solace when facing life's entanglements. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broadcasting Happiness: The Science of Igniting and Sustaining Positive Change Author: Michelle Gielan Narrator: Michelle Gielan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are all broadcasters. And the messages we choose to broadcast predict our success. All of us constantly broadcast information to others, even when we don’t say a word. Sales professionals broadcast to potential clients in a way that wins new business. Managers broadcast to their teams about projects. Colleagues broadcast to one another about available resources. The messages we choose to broadcast shape others’ belief in the potential for success and their ability to create positive change. Working as a CBS news anchor, Michelle Gielan saw how nonstop coverage of the 2009 recession left many viewers feeling paralyzed. She had an idea: a new interview series focused on positive psychology and creating happiness in the face of tragedy. “Happy Week” generated the greatest viewer response of the year. In Broadcasting Happiness, Gielan shows us how our words can move people from fearbased mindsets, where they see obstacles as insurmountable, to positive mindsets, where they see that change is possible and take action. Using scientifically proven communication strategies, we have the ability to increase others’ happiness and success at work, as well as our own, instantly making us more effective leaders. New research from the fields of positive psychology and neuroscience shows that small shifts in the way we communicate can create big ripple effects on business and educational outcomes, including 31 percent higher productivity, 25 percent better performance ratings, 37 percent higher sales, and 23 percent lower levels of stress. In Broadcasting Happiness, learn the seven keys of communicating more effectively to influence others and drive measurable results. Gielan, a happiness researcher and expert on positive communication, will teach you how to: Inoculate your brain against stress and negativity by fact-checking challenges Drive success by leading a conversation or communication with positivity Rewrite debilitating thought patterns and turn them into fuel for resilience and growth Deal with negative people in a way that lessens their power Share bad news more effectively to increase future social capital Create and sustain a positive culture at work by creating contagious optimism In the midst of challenges such as restructuring, low retention, and some of the lowest levels of engagement in history, creating a positive mindset is only the first step. Broadcasting Happiness showcases how real individuals and organizations have used these techniques to achieve results that include tripling revenues to more than a billion dollars, raising the graduation rate by 45 percent, and shifting the work culture from toxic to thriving. Changing your broadcast can change your life, your success, and the lives of others around you. Broadcasting Happiness will show you how! Michelle Gielan Tue, 01 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314 thebookvoice.com 7:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broadcasting Happiness: The Science of Igniting and Sustaining Positive Change Author: Michelle Gielan Narrator: Michelle Gielan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are all broadcasters. And the messages we choose to broadcast predict our success. All of us constantly broadcast information to others, even when we don’t say a word. Sales professionals broadcast to potential clients in a way that wins new business. Managers broadcast to their teams about projects. Colleagues broadcast to one another about available resources. The messages we choose to broadcast shape others’ belief in the potential for success and their ability to create positive change. Working as a CBS news anchor, Michelle Gielan saw how nonstop coverage of the 2009 recession left many viewers feeling paralyzed. She had an idea: a new interview series focused on positive psychology and creating happiness in the face of tragedy. “Happy Week” generated the greatest viewer response of the year. In Broadcasting Happiness, Gielan shows us how our words can move people from fearbased mindsets, where they see obstacles as insurmountable, to positive mindsets, where they see that change is possible and take action. Using scientifically proven communication strategies, we have the ability to increase others’ happiness and success at work, as well as our own, instantly making us more effective leaders. New research from the fields of positive psychology and neuroscience shows that small shifts in the way we communicate can create big ripple effects on business and educational outcomes, including 31 percent higher productivity, 25 percent better performance ratings, 37 percent higher sales, and 23 percent lower levels of stress. In Broadcasting Happiness, learn the seven keys of communicating more effectively to influence others and drive measurable results. Gielan, a happiness researcher and expert on positive communication, will teach you how to: Inoculate your brain against stress and negativity by fact-checking challenges Drive success by leading a conversation or communication with positivity Rewrite debilitating thought patterns and turn them into fuel for resilience and growth Deal with negative people in a way that lessens their power Share bad news more effectively to increase future social capital Create and sustain a positive culture at work by creating contagious optimism In the midst of challenges such as restructuring, low retention, and some of the lowest levels of engagement in history, creating a positive mindset is only the first step. Broadcasting Happiness showcases how real individuals and organizations have used these techniques to achieve results that include tripling revenues to more than a billion dollars, raising the graduation rate by 45 percent, and shifting the work culture from toxic to thriving. Changing your broadcast can change your life, your success, and the lives of others around you. Broadcasting Happiness will show you how! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broadcasting Happiness: The Science of Igniting and Sustaining Positive Change Author: Michelle Gielan Narrator: Michelle Gielan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 20 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are all broadcasters. And the messages we choose to broadcast predict our success. All of us constantly broadcast information to others, even when we don’t say a word. Sales professionals broadcast to potential clients in a way that wins new business. Managers broadcast to their teams about projects. Colleagues broadcast to one another about available resources. The messages we choose to broadcast shape others’ belief in the potential for success and their ability to create positive change. Working as a CBS news anchor, Michelle Gielan saw how nonstop coverage of the 2009 recession left many viewers feeling paralyzed. She had an idea: a new interview series focused on positive psychology and creating happiness in the face of tragedy. “Happy Week” generated the greatest viewer response of the year. In Broadcasting Happiness, Gielan shows us how our words can move people from fearbased mindsets, where they see obstacles as insurmountable, to positive mindsets, where they see that change is possible and take action. Using scientifically proven communication strategies, we have the ability to increase others’ happiness and success at work, as well as our own, instantly making us more effective leaders. New research from the fields of positive psychology and neuroscience shows that small shifts in the way we communicate can create big ripple effects on business and educational outcomes, including 31 percent higher productivity, 25 percent better performance ratings, 37 percent higher sales, and 23 percent lower levels of stress. In Broadcasting Happiness, learn the seven keys of communicating more effectively to influence others and drive measurable results. Gielan, a happiness researcher and expert on positive communication, will teach you how to: Inoculate your brain against stress and negativity by fact-checking challenges Drive success by leading a conversation or communication with positivity Rewrite debilitating thought patterns and turn them into fuel for resilience and growth Deal with negative people in a way that lessens their power Share bad news more effectively to increase future social capital Create and sustain a positive culture at work by creating contagious optimism In the midst of challenges such as restructuring, low retention, and some of the lowest levels of engagement in history, creating a positive mindset is only the first step. Broadcasting Happiness showcases how real individuals and organizations have used these techniques to achieve results that include tripling revenues to more than a billion dollars, raising the graduation rate by 45 percent, and shifting the work culture from toxic to thriving. Changing your broadcast can change your life, your success, and the lives of others around you. Broadcasting Happiness will show you how! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243170 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social: Why Our Brains Are Wired to Connect Author: Matthew D. Lieberman Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Social, renowned psychologist Matthew Lieberman explores groundbreaking research in social neuroscience, revealing that our need to connect with other people is even more fundamental, more basic, than our need for food or shelter. Because of this, our brain uses its spare time to learn about the social world—other people and our relation to them. It is believed that we must commit 10,000 hours to master a skill. According to Lieberman, each of us has spent 10,000 hours learning to make sense of people and groups by the time we are ten. Social argues that our need to reach out to and connect with others is a primary driver behind our behavior. We believe that pain and pleasure alone guide our actions. Yet, new research using fMRI—including a great deal of original research conducted by Lieberman and his UCLA lab—shows that our brains react to social pain and pleasure in much the same way as they do to physical pain and pleasure. Fortunately, the brain has evolved sophisticated mechanisms for securing our place in the social world. We have a unique ability to read other people's minds, to figure out their hopes, fears, and motivations, allowing us to effectively coordinate our lives with one another. And our most private sense of who we are is intimately linked to the important people and groups in our lives. This wiring often leads us to restrain our selfish impulses for the greater good. These mechanisms lead to behavior that might seem irrational, but is really just the result of our deep social wiring and necessary for our success as a species. Based on the latest cutting edge research, the findings in Social have important real-world implications. Our schools and businesses, for example, attempt to minimalize social distractions. But this is exactly the wrong thing to do to encourage engagement and learning, and literally shuts down the social brain, leaving powerful neuro-cognitive resources untapped. The insights revealed in this pioneering book suggest ways to improve learning in schools, make the workplace more productive, and improve our overall well-being. Matthew D. Lieberman Tue, 05 Nov 2013 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243170 thebookvoice.com 11:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social: Why Our Brains Are Wired to Connect Author: Matthew D. Lieberman Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Social, renowned psychologist Matthew Lieberman explores groundbreaking research in social neuroscience, revealing that our need to connect with other people is even more fundamental, more basic, than our need for food or shelter. Because of this, our brain uses its spare time to learn about the social world—other people and our relation to them. It is believed that we must commit 10,000 hours to master a skill. According to Lieberman, each of us has spent 10,000 hours learning to make sense of people and groups by the time we are ten. Social argues that our need to reach out to and connect with others is a primary driver behind our behavior. We believe that pain and pleasure alone guide our actions. Yet, new research using fMRI—including a great deal of original research conducted by Lieberman and his UCLA lab—shows that our brains react to social pain and pleasure in much the same way as they do to physical pain and pleasure. Fortunately, the brain has evolved sophisticated mechanisms for securing our place in the social world. We have a unique ability to read other people's minds, to figure out their hopes, fears, and motivations, allowing us to effectively coordinate our lives with one another. And our most private sense of who we are is intimately linked to the important people and groups in our lives. This wiring often leads us to restrain our selfish impulses for the greater good. These mechanisms lead to behavior that might seem irrational, but is really just the result of our deep social wiring and necessary for our success as a species. Based on the latest cutting edge research, the findings in Social have important real-world implications. Our schools and businesses, for example, attempt to minimalize social distractions. But this is exactly the wrong thing to do to encourage engagement and learning, and literally shuts down the social brain, leaving powerful neuro-cognitive resources untapped. The insights revealed in this pioneering book suggest ways to improve learning in schools, make the workplace more productive, and improve our overall well-being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243170]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social: Why Our Brains Are Wired to Connect Author: Matthew D. Lieberman Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 17 minutes Release date: November 5, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Social, renowned psychologist Matthew Lieberman explores groundbreaking research in social neuroscience, revealing that our need to connect with other people is even more fundamental, more basic, than our need for food or shelter. Because of this, our brain uses its spare time to learn about the social world—other people and our relation to them. It is believed that we must commit 10,000 hours to master a skill. According to Lieberman, each of us has spent 10,000 hours learning to make sense of people and groups by the time we are ten. Social argues that our need to reach out to and connect with others is a primary driver behind our behavior. We believe that pain and pleasure alone guide our actions. Yet, new research using fMRI—including a great deal of original research conducted by Lieberman and his UCLA lab—shows that our brains react to social pain and pleasure in much the same way as they do to physical pain and pleasure. Fortunately, the brain has evolved sophisticated mechanisms for securing our place in the social world. We have a unique ability to read other people's minds, to figure out their hopes, fears, and motivations, allowing us to effectively coordinate our lives with one another. And our most private sense of who we are is intimately linked to the important people and groups in our lives. This wiring often leads us to restrain our selfish impulses for the greater good. These mechanisms lead to behavior that might seem irrational, but is really just the result of our deep social wiring and necessary for our success as a species. Based on the latest cutting edge research, the findings in Social have important real-world implications. Our schools and businesses, for example, attempt to minimalize social distractions. But this is exactly the wrong thing to do to encourage engagement and learning, and literally shuts down the social brain, leaving powerful neuro-cognitive resources untapped. The insights revealed in this pioneering book suggest ways to improve learning in schools, make the workplace more productive, and improve our overall well-being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theater of War: What Ancient Greek Tragedies Can Teach Us Today Author: Bryan Doerries Narrator: Adam Driver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This compassionate, personal, and illuminating work of nonfiction draws on the author’s celebrated work as a director of socially conscious theater to connect listeners with the power of an ancient artistic tradition. For years, Bryan Doerries has been producing ancient tragedies for current and returned servicemen and women, addicts, tornado and hurricane victims, and a wide range of other at-risk people in society. Here, drawing on these extraordinary firsthand experiences, Doerries clearly and powerfully illustrates the redemptive and therapeutic potential of this classical, timeless art: how, for example, Ajax can help soldiers and their loved ones grapple with PTSD, or how Prometheus Bound provides insights into the modern penal system. Doerries is an original and magnanimous thinker, and The Theater of War—wholly unsentimental but intensely felt and emotionally engaging—is a humane, knowledgeable, and accessible book that will inspire and inform listeners, showing them that suffering and healing are both part of a timeless process. Bryan Doerries Tue, 22 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128 thebookvoice.com 6:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theater of War: What Ancient Greek Tragedies Can Teach Us Today Author: Bryan Doerries Narrator: Adam Driver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This compassionate, personal, and illuminating work of nonfiction draws on the author’s celebrated work as a director of socially conscious theater to connect listeners with the power of an ancient artistic tradition. For years, Bryan Doerries has been producing ancient tragedies for current and returned servicemen and women, addicts, tornado and hurricane victims, and a wide range of other at-risk people in society. Here, drawing on these extraordinary firsthand experiences, Doerries clearly and powerfully illustrates the redemptive and therapeutic potential of this classical, timeless art: how, for example, Ajax can help soldiers and their loved ones grapple with PTSD, or how Prometheus Bound provides insights into the modern penal system. Doerries is an original and magnanimous thinker, and The Theater of War—wholly unsentimental but intensely felt and emotionally engaging—is a humane, knowledgeable, and accessible book that will inspire and inform listeners, showing them that suffering and healing are both part of a timeless process. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/243128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theater of War: What Ancient Greek Tragedies Can Teach Us Today Author: Bryan Doerries Narrator: Adam Driver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 22, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This compassionate, personal, and illuminating work of nonfiction draws on the author’s celebrated work as a director of socially conscious theater to connect listeners with the power of an ancient artistic tradition. For years, Bryan Doerries has been producing ancient tragedies for current and returned servicemen and women, addicts, tornado and hurricane victims, and a wide range of other at-risk people in society. Here, drawing on these extraordinary firsthand experiences, Doerries clearly and powerfully illustrates the redemptive and therapeutic potential of this classical, timeless art: how, for example, Ajax can help soldiers and their loved ones grapple with PTSD, or how Prometheus Bound provides insights into the modern penal system. Doerries is an original and magnanimous thinker, and The Theater of War—wholly unsentimental but intensely felt and emotionally engaging—is a humane, knowledgeable, and accessible book that will inspire and inform listeners, showing them that suffering and healing are both part of a timeless process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242959 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phantoms in the Brain: Probing the Mysteries of the Human Mind Author: Sandra Blakeslee, V. S. Ramachandran Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuroscientist V. S. Ramachandran is internationally renowned for uncovering answers to the deep and quirky questions of human nature that few scientists have dared to address. His bold insights about the brain are matched only by the stunning simplicity of his experiments—using such low-tech tools such as cotton swabs, glasses of water, and dime-store mirrors. In Phantoms in the Brain, Dr. Ramachandran recounts how his work with patients who have bizarre neurological disorders has shed new light on the deep architecture of the brain, and what these findings tell us about who we are, how we construct our body image, why we laugh or become depressed, why we may believe in God, and how we make decisions, deceive ourselves, and dream. Some of his most notable cases: - A woman paralyzed on the left side of her body who believes she is lifting a tray of drinks with both hands offers a unique opportunity to test Freud's theory of denial. - A man who insists he is talking with God challenges us to ask: Could we be 'wired' for religious experience? - A woman who hallucinates cartoon characters illustrates how, in a sense, we are all hallucinating, all the time. Dr. Ramachandran's inspired medical detective work pushes the boundaries of medicine's last great frontier—the human mind—yielding new and provocative insights into the 'big questions' about consciousness and the self. Sandra Blakeslee, V. S. Ramachandran Tue, 24 Dec 2013 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242959 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phantoms in the Brain: Probing the Mysteries of the Human Mind Author: Sandra Blakeslee, V. S. Ramachandran Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuroscientist V. S. Ramachandran is internationally renowned for uncovering answers to the deep and quirky questions of human nature that few scientists have dared to address. His bold insights about the brain are matched only by the stunning simplicity of his experiments—using such low-tech tools such as cotton swabs, glasses of water, and dime-store mirrors. In Phantoms in the Brain, Dr. Ramachandran recounts how his work with patients who have bizarre neurological disorders has shed new light on the deep architecture of the brain, and what these findings tell us about who we are, how we construct our body image, why we laugh or become depressed, why we may believe in God, and how we make decisions, deceive ourselves, and dream. Some of his most notable cases: - A woman paralyzed on the left side of her body who believes she is lifting a tray of drinks with both hands offers a unique opportunity to test Freud's theory of denial. - A man who insists he is talking with God challenges us to ask: Could we be 'wired' for religious experience? - A woman who hallucinates cartoon characters illustrates how, in a sense, we are all hallucinating, all the time. Dr. Ramachandran's inspired medical detective work pushes the boundaries of medicine's last great frontier—the human mind—yielding new and provocative insights into the 'big questions' about consciousness and the self. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phantoms in the Brain: Probing the Mysteries of the Human Mind Author: Sandra Blakeslee, V. S. Ramachandran Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 24, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuroscientist V. S. Ramachandran is internationally renowned for uncovering answers to the deep and quirky questions of human nature that few scientists have dared to address. His bold insights about the brain are matched only by the stunning simplicity of his experiments—using such low-tech tools such as cotton swabs, glasses of water, and dime-store mirrors. In Phantoms in the Brain, Dr. Ramachandran recounts how his work with patients who have bizarre neurological disorders has shed new light on the deep architecture of the brain, and what these findings tell us about who we are, how we construct our body image, why we laugh or become depressed, why we may believe in God, and how we make decisions, deceive ourselves, and dream. Some of his most notable cases: - A woman paralyzed on the left side of her body who believes she is lifting a tray of drinks with both hands offers a unique opportunity to test Freud's theory of denial. - A man who insists he is talking with God challenges us to ask: Could we be 'wired' for religious experience? - A woman who hallucinates cartoon characters illustrates how, in a sense, we are all hallucinating, all the time. Dr. Ramachandran's inspired medical detective work pushes the boundaries of medicine's last great frontier—the human mind—yielding new and provocative insights into the 'big questions' about consciousness and the self. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242905 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Should We Be Worried About?: Real Scenarios That Keep Scientists Up at Night Author: John Brockman Narrator: Michelle Ford, Jo Anna Perrin, Peter Berkrot, Antony Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2014 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: John Brockman, editor of This Will Make You Smarter, presents his latest thought-provoking book, featuring insights from leading thinkers such as Steven Pinker, Lisa Randall, Matt Ridley, and Daniel C. Dennett. John Brockman Wed, 19 Feb 2014 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242905 thebookvoice.com 14:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Should We Be Worried About?: Real Scenarios That Keep Scientists Up at Night Author: John Brockman Narrator: Michelle Ford, Jo Anna Perrin, Peter Berkrot, Antony Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2014 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: John Brockman, editor of This Will Make You Smarter, presents his latest thought-provoking book, featuring insights from leading thinkers such as Steven Pinker, Lisa Randall, Matt Ridley, and Daniel C. Dennett. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242905]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Should We Be Worried About?: Real Scenarios That Keep Scientists Up at Night Author: John Brockman Narrator: Michelle Ford, Jo Anna Perrin, Peter Berkrot, Antony Ferguson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 19, 2014 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: John Brockman, editor of This Will Make You Smarter, presents his latest thought-provoking book, featuring insights from leading thinkers such as Steven Pinker, Lisa Randall, Matt Ridley, and Daniel C. Dennett. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strangers Drowning: Grappling with Impossible Idealism, Drastic Choices, and the Overpowering Urge to Help Author: Larissa Macfarquhar Narrator: Larissa Macfarquhar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to devote yourself wholly to helping others? In Strangers Drowning, Larissa MacFarquhar seeks out people living lives of extreme ethical commitment and tells their deeply intimate stories; their stubborn integrity and their compromises; their bravery and their recklessness; their joys and defeats and wrenching dilemmas. A couple adopts two children in distress. But then they think: If they can change two lives, why not four? Or ten? They adopt twenty. But how do they weigh the needs of unknown children in distress against the needs of the children they already have?   Another couple founds a leprosy colony in the wilderness in India, living in huts with no walls, knowing that their two small children may contract leprosy or be eaten by panthers. The children survive. But what if they hadn’t? How would their parents’ risk have been judged? A woman believes that if she spends money on herself, rather than donate it to buy life-saving medicine, then she’s responsible for the deaths that result. She lives on a fraction of her income, but wonders: when is compromise self-indulgence and when is it essential? We honor such generosity and high ideals; but when we call people do-gooders there is skepticism in it, even hostility. Why do moral people make us uneasy? Between her stories, MacFarquhar threads a lively history of the literature, philosophy, social science, and self-help that have contributed to a deep suspicion of do-gooders in Western culture. Through its sympathetic and beautifully vivid storytelling, Strangers Drowning confronts us with fundamental questions about what it means to be human. In a world of strangers drowning in need, how much should we help, and how much can we help? Is it right to care for strangers even at the expense of those we are closest to? Moving and provocative, Strangers Drowning challenges us to think about what we value most, and why. Larissa Macfarquhar Tue, 29 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808 thebookvoice.com 9:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strangers Drowning: Grappling with Impossible Idealism, Drastic Choices, and the Overpowering Urge to Help Author: Larissa Macfarquhar Narrator: Larissa Macfarquhar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to devote yourself wholly to helping others? In Strangers Drowning, Larissa MacFarquhar seeks out people living lives of extreme ethical commitment and tells their deeply intimate stories; their stubborn integrity and their compromises; their bravery and their recklessness; their joys and defeats and wrenching dilemmas. A couple adopts two children in distress. But then they think: If they can change two lives, why not four? Or ten? They adopt twenty. But how do they weigh the needs of unknown children in distress against the needs of the children they already have?   Another couple founds a leprosy colony in the wilderness in India, living in huts with no walls, knowing that their two small children may contract leprosy or be eaten by panthers. The children survive. But what if they hadn’t? How would their parents’ risk have been judged? A woman believes that if she spends money on herself, rather than donate it to buy life-saving medicine, then she’s responsible for the deaths that result. She lives on a fraction of her income, but wonders: when is compromise self-indulgence and when is it essential? We honor such generosity and high ideals; but when we call people do-gooders there is skepticism in it, even hostility. Why do moral people make us uneasy? Between her stories, MacFarquhar threads a lively history of the literature, philosophy, social science, and self-help that have contributed to a deep suspicion of do-gooders in Western culture. Through its sympathetic and beautifully vivid storytelling, Strangers Drowning confronts us with fundamental questions about what it means to be human. In a world of strangers drowning in need, how much should we help, and how much can we help? Is it right to care for strangers even at the expense of those we are closest to? Moving and provocative, Strangers Drowning challenges us to think about what we value most, and why. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242808]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strangers Drowning: Grappling with Impossible Idealism, Drastic Choices, and the Overpowering Urge to Help Author: Larissa Macfarquhar Narrator: Larissa Macfarquhar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What does it mean to devote yourself wholly to helping others? In Strangers Drowning, Larissa MacFarquhar seeks out people living lives of extreme ethical commitment and tells their deeply intimate stories; their stubborn integrity and their compromises; their bravery and their recklessness; their joys and defeats and wrenching dilemmas. A couple adopts two children in distress. But then they think: If they can change two lives, why not four? Or ten? They adopt twenty. But how do they weigh the needs of unknown children in distress against the needs of the children they already have?   Another couple founds a leprosy colony in the wilderness in India, living in huts with no walls, knowing that their two small children may contract leprosy or be eaten by panthers. The children survive. But what if they hadn’t? How would their parents’ risk have been judged? A woman believes that if she spends money on herself, rather than donate it to buy life-saving medicine, then she’s responsible for the deaths that result. She lives on a fraction of her income, but wonders: when is compromise self-indulgence and when is it essential? We honor such generosity and high ideals; but when we call people do-gooders there is skepticism in it, even hostility. Why do moral people make us uneasy? Between her stories, MacFarquhar threads a lively history of the literature, philosophy, social science, and self-help that have contributed to a deep suspicion of do-gooders in Western culture. Through its sympathetic and beautifully vivid storytelling, Strangers Drowning confronts us with fundamental questions about what it means to be human. In a world of strangers drowning in need, how much should we help, and how much can we help? Is it right to care for strangers even at the expense of those we are closest to? Moving and provocative, Strangers Drowning challenges us to think about what we value most, and why. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242596 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Depressive: In Pursuit of Personal and Political Happiness Author: Alastair Campbell Narrator: Alastair Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: January 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you happy? Does it matter? Increasingly, governments seem to think so. As the UK government conducts its first happiness survey, Alastair Campbell looks at happiness as a political as well as a personal issue; what it should mean to us, what it means to him. Taking in economic and political theories, he questions how happiness can survive in a grossly negative media culture, and how it could inform social policy. But happiness is also deeply personal. Campbell, who suffers from depression, looks in the mirror and finds a bittersweet reflection, a life divided between the bad and not-so-bad days, where the highest achievements in his professional life could leave him numb, and he can somehow look back on a catastrophic breakdown twenty-five years ago as the best thing that happened to him. He writes too of what he has learned from the recent death of his best friend, further informing his view that the pursuit of happiness is a long game. Originally published as part of the Brain Shots series, the pre-eminent source for high-quality, short-form digital non-fiction. Alastair Campbell Thu, 12 Jan 2012 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242596 thebookvoice.com 1:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Depressive: In Pursuit of Personal and Political Happiness Author: Alastair Campbell Narrator: Alastair Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: January 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you happy? Does it matter? Increasingly, governments seem to think so. As the UK government conducts its first happiness survey, Alastair Campbell looks at happiness as a political as well as a personal issue; what it should mean to us, what it means to him. Taking in economic and political theories, he questions how happiness can survive in a grossly negative media culture, and how it could inform social policy. But happiness is also deeply personal. Campbell, who suffers from depression, looks in the mirror and finds a bittersweet reflection, a life divided between the bad and not-so-bad days, where the highest achievements in his professional life could leave him numb, and he can somehow look back on a catastrophic breakdown twenty-five years ago as the best thing that happened to him. He writes too of what he has learned from the recent death of his best friend, further informing his view that the pursuit of happiness is a long game. Originally published as part of the Brain Shots series, the pre-eminent source for high-quality, short-form digital non-fiction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happy Depressive: In Pursuit of Personal and Political Happiness Author: Alastair Campbell Narrator: Alastair Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 42 minutes Release date: January 12, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you happy? Does it matter? Increasingly, governments seem to think so. As the UK government conducts its first happiness survey, Alastair Campbell looks at happiness as a political as well as a personal issue; what it should mean to us, what it means to him. Taking in economic and political theories, he questions how happiness can survive in a grossly negative media culture, and how it could inform social policy. But happiness is also deeply personal. Campbell, who suffers from depression, looks in the mirror and finds a bittersweet reflection, a life divided between the bad and not-so-bad days, where the highest achievements in his professional life could leave him numb, and he can somehow look back on a catastrophic breakdown twenty-five years ago as the best thing that happened to him. He writes too of what he has learned from the recent death of his best friend, further informing his view that the pursuit of happiness is a long game. Originally published as part of the Brain Shots series, the pre-eminent source for high-quality, short-form digital non-fiction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242541 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The User's Guide to the Human Mind: Why Our Brains Make Us Unhappy, Anxious, and Neurotic and What We Can Do about It Author: Shawn T. Smith, PsyD Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your mind is not built to make you happy; it’s built to help you survive. So far, it’s done a great job! But in the process, it may have developed some bad habits, like avoiding new experiences or scrounging around for problems where none exist. Is it any wonder that worry, bad moods, and self-critical thoughts so often get in the way of enjoying life? Based in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), The User’s Guide to the Human Mind is a road map to the puzzling inner workings of the human mind, replete with exercises for overriding the mind’s natural impulses toward worry, self-criticism, and fear, and helpful tips for acting in the service of your values and emotional well-being—even when your mind has other plans. Find out how your mind tries to limit your behavior and your potential Discover how pessimism functions as your mind’s error management system Learn why you shouldn’t believe everything you think Overrule your thoughts and feelings and take charge of your mind and your life Shawn T. Smith, PsyD Wed, 12 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242541 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The User's Guide to the Human Mind: Why Our Brains Make Us Unhappy, Anxious, and Neurotic and What We Can Do about It Author: Shawn T. Smith, PsyD Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your mind is not built to make you happy; it’s built to help you survive. So far, it’s done a great job! But in the process, it may have developed some bad habits, like avoiding new experiences or scrounging around for problems where none exist. Is it any wonder that worry, bad moods, and self-critical thoughts so often get in the way of enjoying life? Based in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), The User’s Guide to the Human Mind is a road map to the puzzling inner workings of the human mind, replete with exercises for overriding the mind’s natural impulses toward worry, self-criticism, and fear, and helpful tips for acting in the service of your values and emotional well-being—even when your mind has other plans. Find out how your mind tries to limit your behavior and your potential Discover how pessimism functions as your mind’s error management system Learn why you shouldn’t believe everything you think Overrule your thoughts and feelings and take charge of your mind and your life Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242541]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The User's Guide to the Human Mind: Why Our Brains Make Us Unhappy, Anxious, and Neurotic and What We Can Do about It Author: Shawn T. Smith, PsyD Narrator: Stephen Paul Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 12, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Your mind is not built to make you happy; it’s built to help you survive. So far, it’s done a great job! But in the process, it may have developed some bad habits, like avoiding new experiences or scrounging around for problems where none exist. Is it any wonder that worry, bad moods, and self-critical thoughts so often get in the way of enjoying life? Based in acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), The User’s Guide to the Human Mind is a road map to the puzzling inner workings of the human mind, replete with exercises for overriding the mind’s natural impulses toward worry, self-criticism, and fear, and helpful tips for acting in the service of your values and emotional well-being—even when your mind has other plans. Find out how your mind tries to limit your behavior and your potential Discover how pessimism functions as your mind’s error management system Learn why you shouldn’t believe everything you think Overrule your thoughts and feelings and take charge of your mind and your life https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242537 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life is Friends: A Complete Guide to the Lost Art of Connecting in Person Author: Jeanne Martinet Narrator: Jeanne Martinet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 13, 2009 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With an attitude that's savvy, sympathetic, and delightfully down-to-earth, Jeanne Martinet gives you the game plan for relearning the lost art of socializing. Forget texting, IM'ing, Facebook, and Internet 'relationships'. When it comes to building real friendships, there's simply no substitute for live, in-person hospitality. In Life Is Friends, Martinet focuses on at-home entertaining—the dinner parties, cocktail parties, and informal get togethers that are the key to creating lasting, fulfilling interpersonal bonds. So read what Martinet has to say. And then, go ahead: Invite people over. Jeanne Martinet Fri, 13 Mar 2009 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242537 thebookvoice.com 6:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life is Friends: A Complete Guide to the Lost Art of Connecting in Person Author: Jeanne Martinet Narrator: Jeanne Martinet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 13, 2009 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With an attitude that's savvy, sympathetic, and delightfully down-to-earth, Jeanne Martinet gives you the game plan for relearning the lost art of socializing. Forget texting, IM'ing, Facebook, and Internet 'relationships'. When it comes to building real friendships, there's simply no substitute for live, in-person hospitality. In Life Is Friends, Martinet focuses on at-home entertaining—the dinner parties, cocktail parties, and informal get togethers that are the key to creating lasting, fulfilling interpersonal bonds. So read what Martinet has to say. And then, go ahead: Invite people over. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242537]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life is Friends: A Complete Guide to the Lost Art of Connecting in Person Author: Jeanne Martinet Narrator: Jeanne Martinet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: March 13, 2009 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With an attitude that's savvy, sympathetic, and delightfully down-to-earth, Jeanne Martinet gives you the game plan for relearning the lost art of socializing. Forget texting, IM'ing, Facebook, and Internet 'relationships'. When it comes to building real friendships, there's simply no substitute for live, in-person hospitality. In Life Is Friends, Martinet focuses on at-home entertaining—the dinner parties, cocktail parties, and informal get togethers that are the key to creating lasting, fulfilling interpersonal bonds. So read what Martinet has to say. And then, go ahead: Invite people over. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242515 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heal Your PTSD: Dynamic Strategies That Work Author: Michele Rosenthal Narrator: Michele Rosenthal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For twenty-five years, Michele Rosenthal struggled with her own Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder following a horrific illness that almost killed her. Now an award-winning blogger and post-trauma coach, Rosenthal has developed a program that not only helped her make a full recovery but has been helping survivors around the world move beyond their PTSD as well. In this book, she shares the very best tools that have helped so many come through to the other side of trauma.There are several elements that make PTSD recovery enormously challenging; this is a book about making it easier. The more safe and in control you feel—over your own internal experience—the more safe and in control you’ll be as you examine how, when, and in what way to move toward recovery. —from the introductionThe book contains dozens of brief thought pieces on the many facets of healing as well as exercises to help you orient yourself to a life without PTSD. Rosenthal will guide you in breaking free of the maze of feelings and “trauma loops” that are keeping you from the life you deserve. It all starts with making simple choices that are life affirming. Read this book and healing and recovery can be yours. Michele Rosenthal Tue, 01 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242515 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heal Your PTSD: Dynamic Strategies That Work Author: Michele Rosenthal Narrator: Michele Rosenthal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For twenty-five years, Michele Rosenthal struggled with her own Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder following a horrific illness that almost killed her. Now an award-winning blogger and post-trauma coach, Rosenthal has developed a program that not only helped her make a full recovery but has been helping survivors around the world move beyond their PTSD as well. In this book, she shares the very best tools that have helped so many come through to the other side of trauma.There are several elements that make PTSD recovery enormously challenging; this is a book about making it easier. The more safe and in control you feel—over your own internal experience—the more safe and in control you’ll be as you examine how, when, and in what way to move toward recovery. —from the introductionThe book contains dozens of brief thought pieces on the many facets of healing as well as exercises to help you orient yourself to a life without PTSD. Rosenthal will guide you in breaking free of the maze of feelings and “trauma loops” that are keeping you from the life you deserve. It all starts with making simple choices that are life affirming. Read this book and healing and recovery can be yours. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242515]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heal Your PTSD: Dynamic Strategies That Work Author: Michele Rosenthal Narrator: Michele Rosenthal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For twenty-five years, Michele Rosenthal struggled with her own Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder following a horrific illness that almost killed her. Now an award-winning blogger and post-trauma coach, Rosenthal has developed a program that not only helped her make a full recovery but has been helping survivors around the world move beyond their PTSD as well. In this book, she shares the very best tools that have helped so many come through to the other side of trauma.There are several elements that make PTSD recovery enormously challenging; this is a book about making it easier. The more safe and in control you feel—over your own internal experience—the more safe and in control you’ll be as you examine how, when, and in what way to move toward recovery. —from the introductionThe book contains dozens of brief thought pieces on the many facets of healing as well as exercises to help you orient yourself to a life without PTSD. Rosenthal will guide you in breaking free of the maze of feelings and “trauma loops” that are keeping you from the life you deserve. It all starts with making simple choices that are life affirming. Read this book and healing and recovery can be yours. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242463 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life Too Short: The Tragedy of Robert Enke Author: Ronald Reng Narrator: John Telfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why does an international footballer with the World at his feet decide to take his own life? On 10 November 2009 the German national goalkeeper, Robert Enke, stepped in front of a passing train. He was thirty two years old. Viewed from the outside, Enke had it all. Here was a professional goalkeeper who had played for a string of Europe's top clubs including Jose Mourinho's Benfica and Louis Van Gaal's Barcelona. Enke was destined to be his country's first choice for years to come. But beneath the bright veneer of success lay a darker story. In A Life Too Short, award-winning writer Ronald Reng pieces together the puzzle of his lost friend's life. Reng brings into sharp relief the specific demands and fears faced by those who play top-level sport. Heartfelt, but never sentimental he tells the universal tragedy of a talented man's struggles against his own demons. Ronald Reng Thu, 14 Jun 2012 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242463 thebookvoice.com 13:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life Too Short: The Tragedy of Robert Enke Author: Ronald Reng Narrator: John Telfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why does an international footballer with the World at his feet decide to take his own life? On 10 November 2009 the German national goalkeeper, Robert Enke, stepped in front of a passing train. He was thirty two years old. Viewed from the outside, Enke had it all. Here was a professional goalkeeper who had played for a string of Europe's top clubs including Jose Mourinho's Benfica and Louis Van Gaal's Barcelona. Enke was destined to be his country's first choice for years to come. But beneath the bright veneer of success lay a darker story. In A Life Too Short, award-winning writer Ronald Reng pieces together the puzzle of his lost friend's life. Reng brings into sharp relief the specific demands and fears faced by those who play top-level sport. Heartfelt, but never sentimental he tells the universal tragedy of a talented man's struggles against his own demons. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242463]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Life Too Short: The Tragedy of Robert Enke Author: Ronald Reng Narrator: John Telfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 14, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why does an international footballer with the World at his feet decide to take his own life? On 10 November 2009 the German national goalkeeper, Robert Enke, stepped in front of a passing train. He was thirty two years old. Viewed from the outside, Enke had it all. Here was a professional goalkeeper who had played for a string of Europe's top clubs including Jose Mourinho's Benfica and Louis Van Gaal's Barcelona. Enke was destined to be his country's first choice for years to come. But beneath the bright veneer of success lay a darker story. In A Life Too Short, award-winning writer Ronald Reng pieces together the puzzle of his lost friend's life. Reng brings into sharp relief the specific demands and fears faced by those who play top-level sport. Heartfelt, but never sentimental he tells the universal tragedy of a talented man's struggles against his own demons. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242448 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why is the penis shaped like that? Author: Jesse Bering Narrator: Jesse Bering Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 19, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jesse Bering - author, psychologist, academic - has what you might call an enquiring mind. He takes the kind of questions about sex and sexuality which many of us have idly wondered about and he applies his knowledge of experimental psychology and rigorous scientific analysis to them until he finds an actual answer. It may surprise you, but there are serious evolutionary reasons why the penis is shaped like that, and why human testicles dangle is such an apparently vulnerable manner. If you would like to find out what human pubic hair has in common with a gorilla's fur, why girls are so cruel to each other, what happens if you swallow rather than spit, or why you should think twice about asking a gay man for directions, then this is the book for you. Based on Jesse Bering's columns for Scientific American, this endlessly fascinating, hilarious and downright gob-smacking book really does tell you everything you ever wanted to know about sex, but were afraid to ask... Jesse Bering Thu, 19 Jul 2012 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242448 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why is the penis shaped like that? Author: Jesse Bering Narrator: Jesse Bering Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 19, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jesse Bering - author, psychologist, academic - has what you might call an enquiring mind. He takes the kind of questions about sex and sexuality which many of us have idly wondered about and he applies his knowledge of experimental psychology and rigorous scientific analysis to them until he finds an actual answer. It may surprise you, but there are serious evolutionary reasons why the penis is shaped like that, and why human testicles dangle is such an apparently vulnerable manner. If you would like to find out what human pubic hair has in common with a gorilla's fur, why girls are so cruel to each other, what happens if you swallow rather than spit, or why you should think twice about asking a gay man for directions, then this is the book for you. Based on Jesse Bering's columns for Scientific American, this endlessly fascinating, hilarious and downright gob-smacking book really does tell you everything you ever wanted to know about sex, but were afraid to ask... Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why is the penis shaped like that? Author: Jesse Bering Narrator: Jesse Bering Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: July 19, 2012 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jesse Bering - author, psychologist, academic - has what you might call an enquiring mind. He takes the kind of questions about sex and sexuality which many of us have idly wondered about and he applies his knowledge of experimental psychology and rigorous scientific analysis to them until he finds an actual answer. It may surprise you, but there are serious evolutionary reasons why the penis is shaped like that, and why human testicles dangle is such an apparently vulnerable manner. If you would like to find out what human pubic hair has in common with a gorilla's fur, why girls are so cruel to each other, what happens if you swallow rather than spit, or why you should think twice about asking a gay man for directions, then this is the book for you. Based on Jesse Bering's columns for Scientific American, this endlessly fascinating, hilarious and downright gob-smacking book really does tell you everything you ever wanted to know about sex, but were afraid to ask... https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Feel Author: Giovanni Frazzetto Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? How can reading Heidegger, or conducting experiments on rats, help us to cope with anxiety in the face of the world's economic crisis? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than anti-depressants? What does the neuroscience of acting tell us about how we feel empathy, and fall for an actor on stage? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? And how can a bizarre neurological syndrome or a Shakespearean sonnet explain love and intimacy? We live at a time when neuroscience is unlocking the secrets of our emotions. But is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? Giovanni Frazzetto takes us on a journey through our everyday lives and most common emotions. In each chapter, his scientific knowledge mixes with personal experience to offer a compelling account of the continual contrast between rationality and sentiment, science and poetry. And he shows us that by facing this contrast, we can more fully understand ourselves and how we feel. Giovanni Frazzetto Thu, 01 Aug 2013 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Feel Author: Giovanni Frazzetto Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? How can reading Heidegger, or conducting experiments on rats, help us to cope with anxiety in the face of the world's economic crisis? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than anti-depressants? What does the neuroscience of acting tell us about how we feel empathy, and fall for an actor on stage? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? And how can a bizarre neurological syndrome or a Shakespearean sonnet explain love and intimacy? We live at a time when neuroscience is unlocking the secrets of our emotions. But is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? Giovanni Frazzetto takes us on a journey through our everyday lives and most common emotions. In each chapter, his scientific knowledge mixes with personal experience to offer a compelling account of the continual contrast between rationality and sentiment, science and poetry. And he shows us that by facing this contrast, we can more fully understand ourselves and how we feel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/242003]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Feel Author: Giovanni Frazzetto Narrator: Giovanni Frazzetto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 1, 2013 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What can a brain scan, or our reaction to a Caravaggio painting, reveal about the deep seat of guilt? How can reading Heidegger, or conducting experiments on rats, help us to cope with anxiety in the face of the world's economic crisis? Can ancient remedies fight sadness more effectively than anti-depressants? What does the neuroscience of acting tell us about how we feel empathy, and fall for an actor on stage? What can writing poetry tell us about how joy works? And how can a bizarre neurological syndrome or a Shakespearean sonnet explain love and intimacy? We live at a time when neuroscience is unlocking the secrets of our emotions. But is science ever enough to explain why we feel the way we feel? Giovanni Frazzetto takes us on a journey through our everyday lives and most common emotions. In each chapter, his scientific knowledge mixes with personal experience to offer a compelling account of the continual contrast between rationality and sentiment, science and poetry. And he shows us that by facing this contrast, we can more fully understand ourselves and how we feel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241856 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SuperBetter: A Revolutionary Approach to Getting Stronger, Happier, Braver and More Resilient -Powered by the Science of Games Author: Jane McGonigal Narrator: Jane McGonigal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An innovative guide to living gamefully, based on the program that has already helped nearly half a million people achieve remarkable personal growth In 2009, internationally renowned game designer Jane McGonigal suffered a severe concussion. Unable to think clearly or work or even get out of bed, she became anxious and depressed, even suicidal. But rather than let herself sink further, she decided to get better by doing what she does best: she turned her recovery process into a resilience-building game. What started as a simple motivational exercise quickly became a set of rules for “post-traumatic growth” that she shared on her blog. These rules led to a digital game and a major research study with the National Institutes of Health. Today nearly half a million people have played SuperBetter to get stronger, happier, and healthier. But the life-changing ideas behind SuperBetter are much bigger than just one game. In this book, McGonigal reveals a decade’s worth of scientific research into the ways all games—including videogames, sports, and puzzles—change how we respond to stress, challenge, and pain. She explains how we can cultivate new powers of recovery and resilience in everyday life simply by adopting a more “gameful” mind-set. Being gameful means bringing the same psychological strengths we naturally display when we play games—such as optimism, creativity, courage, and determination—to real-world goals. Drawing on hundreds of studies, McGonigal shows that getting superbetter is as simple as tapping into the three core psychological strengths that games help you build:    • Your ability to control your attention, and therefore your thoughts and feelings    • Your power to turn anyone into a potential ally, and to strengthen your existing relationships    • Your natural capacity to motivate yourself and super-charge your heroic qualities, like willpower, compassion, and determination SuperBetter contains nearly 100 playful challenges anyone can undertake in order to build these gameful strengths. It includes stories and data from people who have used the SuperBetter method to get stronger in the face of illness, injury, and other major setbacks, as well as to achieve goals like losing weight, running a marathon, and finding a new job. As inspiring as it is down to earth, and grounded in rigorous research, SuperBetter is a proven game plan for a better life. You’ll never say that something is “just a game” again. Jane McGonigal Tue, 15 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241856 thebookvoice.com 14:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SuperBetter: A Revolutionary Approach to Getting Stronger, Happier, Braver and More Resilient -Powered by the Science of Games Author: Jane McGonigal Narrator: Jane McGonigal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An innovative guide to living gamefully, based on the program that has already helped nearly half a million people achieve remarkable personal growth In 2009, internationally renowned game designer Jane McGonigal suffered a severe concussion. Unable to think clearly or work or even get out of bed, she became anxious and depressed, even suicidal. But rather than let herself sink further, she decided to get better by doing what she does best: she turned her recovery process into a resilience-building game. What started as a simple motivational exercise quickly became a set of rules for “post-traumatic growth” that she shared on her blog. These rules led to a digital game and a major research study with the National Institutes of Health. Today nearly half a million people have played SuperBetter to get stronger, happier, and healthier. But the life-changing ideas behind SuperBetter are much bigger than just one game. In this book, McGonigal reveals a decade’s worth of scientific research into the ways all games—including videogames, sports, and puzzles—change how we respond to stress, challenge, and pain. She explains how we can cultivate new powers of recovery and resilience in everyday life simply by adopting a more “gameful” mind-set. Being gameful means bringing the same psychological strengths we naturally display when we play games—such as optimism, creativity, courage, and determination—to real-world goals. Drawing on hundreds of studies, McGonigal shows that getting superbetter is as simple as tapping into the three core psychological strengths that games help you build:    • Your ability to control your attention, and therefore your thoughts and feelings    • Your power to turn anyone into a potential ally, and to strengthen your existing relationships    • Your natural capacity to motivate yourself and super-charge your heroic qualities, like willpower, compassion, and determination SuperBetter contains nearly 100 playful challenges anyone can undertake in order to build these gameful strengths. It includes stories and data from people who have used the SuperBetter method to get stronger in the face of illness, injury, and other major setbacks, as well as to achieve goals like losing weight, running a marathon, and finding a new job. As inspiring as it is down to earth, and grounded in rigorous research, SuperBetter is a proven game plan for a better life. You’ll never say that something is “just a game” again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241856]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SuperBetter: A Revolutionary Approach to Getting Stronger, Happier, Braver and More Resilient -Powered by the Science of Games Author: Jane McGonigal Narrator: Jane McGonigal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 15, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An innovative guide to living gamefully, based on the program that has already helped nearly half a million people achieve remarkable personal growth In 2009, internationally renowned game designer Jane McGonigal suffered a severe concussion. Unable to think clearly or work or even get out of bed, she became anxious and depressed, even suicidal. But rather than let herself sink further, she decided to get better by doing what she does best: she turned her recovery process into a resilience-building game. What started as a simple motivational exercise quickly became a set of rules for “post-traumatic growth” that she shared on her blog. These rules led to a digital game and a major research study with the National Institutes of Health. Today nearly half a million people have played SuperBetter to get stronger, happier, and healthier. But the life-changing ideas behind SuperBetter are much bigger than just one game. In this book, McGonigal reveals a decade’s worth of scientific research into the ways all games—including videogames, sports, and puzzles—change how we respond to stress, challenge, and pain. She explains how we can cultivate new powers of recovery and resilience in everyday life simply by adopting a more “gameful” mind-set. Being gameful means bringing the same psychological strengths we naturally display when we play games—such as optimism, creativity, courage, and determination—to real-world goals. Drawing on hundreds of studies, McGonigal shows that getting superbetter is as simple as tapping into the three core psychological strengths that games help you build:    • Your ability to control your attention, and therefore your thoughts and feelings    • Your power to turn anyone into a potential ally, and to strengthen your existing relationships    • Your natural capacity to motivate yourself and super-charge your heroic qualities, like willpower, compassion, and determination SuperBetter contains nearly 100 playful challenges anyone can undertake in order to build these gameful strengths. It includes stories and data from people who have used the SuperBetter method to get stronger in the face of illness, injury, and other major setbacks, as well as to achieve goals like losing weight, running a marathon, and finding a new job. As inspiring as it is down to earth, and grounded in rigorous research, SuperBetter is a proven game plan for a better life. You’ll never say that something is “just a game” again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241832 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius of Opposites: How Introverts and Extroverts Achieve Extraordinary Results Together Author: Jennifer B. Kahnweiler PhD Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 17, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Jennifer Kahnweiler (Quiet Influence and The Introverted Leader-over 20,000 copies sold each) offers a five-step process that will help introverts and extroverts understand and appreciate each other and work together to achieve more than they ever could on their own. Mick and Keith. Jobs and Woz. FDR and Eleanor. Gilbert and Sullivan. History is filled with examples of successful introvert-extrovert partnerships. But how can two people who sometimes seem to be from different planets not just work together but make extraordinary products, create great works of art, and even change history? Jennifer Kahnweiler says the key is to remember that these relationships are most successful when opposites stop emphasizing their differences and use approaches that move them towards results. She provides a five-step process that helps introverts and extroverts understand each other's 'cultures,' use their inevitable conflicts to spur creativity, find the right roles within their partnership, enjoy each other's company, and adapt and adjust their roles when working with clients. These partnerships require constant maintenance-opposites don't attract, they have to work at it. But when they succeed they produce exponential results. Blending the two points of view allows both partners to see and act on things neither partner would have separately. Jennifer B. Kahnweiler PhD Mon, 17 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241832 thebookvoice.com 2:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius of Opposites: How Introverts and Extroverts Achieve Extraordinary Results Together Author: Jennifer B. Kahnweiler PhD Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 17, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Jennifer Kahnweiler (Quiet Influence and The Introverted Leader-over 20,000 copies sold each) offers a five-step process that will help introverts and extroverts understand and appreciate each other and work together to achieve more than they ever could on their own. Mick and Keith. Jobs and Woz. FDR and Eleanor. Gilbert and Sullivan. History is filled with examples of successful introvert-extrovert partnerships. But how can two people who sometimes seem to be from different planets not just work together but make extraordinary products, create great works of art, and even change history? Jennifer Kahnweiler says the key is to remember that these relationships are most successful when opposites stop emphasizing their differences and use approaches that move them towards results. She provides a five-step process that helps introverts and extroverts understand each other's 'cultures,' use their inevitable conflicts to spur creativity, find the right roles within their partnership, enjoy each other's company, and adapt and adjust their roles when working with clients. These partnerships require constant maintenance-opposites don't attract, they have to work at it. But when they succeed they produce exponential results. Blending the two points of view allows both partners to see and act on things neither partner would have separately. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241832]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Genius of Opposites: How Introverts and Extroverts Achieve Extraordinary Results Together Author: Jennifer B. Kahnweiler PhD Narrator: Tiffany Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 39 minutes Release date: August 17, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Jennifer Kahnweiler (Quiet Influence and The Introverted Leader-over 20,000 copies sold each) offers a five-step process that will help introverts and extroverts understand and appreciate each other and work together to achieve more than they ever could on their own. Mick and Keith. Jobs and Woz. FDR and Eleanor. Gilbert and Sullivan. History is filled with examples of successful introvert-extrovert partnerships. But how can two people who sometimes seem to be from different planets not just work together but make extraordinary products, create great works of art, and even change history? Jennifer Kahnweiler says the key is to remember that these relationships are most successful when opposites stop emphasizing their differences and use approaches that move them towards results. She provides a five-step process that helps introverts and extroverts understand each other's 'cultures,' use their inevitable conflicts to spur creativity, find the right roles within their partnership, enjoy each other's company, and adapt and adjust their roles when working with clients. These partnerships require constant maintenance-opposites don't attract, they have to work at it. But when they succeed they produce exponential results. Blending the two points of view allows both partners to see and act on things neither partner would have separately. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241730 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Work Author: Barry Schwartz Narrator: Barry Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening, groundbreaking tour of the purpose of work in our lives, showing how work operates in our culture and how you can find your own path to happiness in the workplace. Why do we work? The question seems so simple. But Professor Barry Schwartz proves that the answer is surprising, complex, and urgent. We’ve long been taught that the reason we work is primarily for a paycheck. In fact, we’ve shaped much of the infrastructure of our society to accommodate this belief. Then why are so many people dissatisfied with their work, despite healthy compensation? And why do so many people find immense fulfillment and satisfaction through “menial” jobs? Schwartz explores why so many believe that the goal for working should be to earn money, how we arrived to believe that paying workers more leads to better work, and why this has made our society confused, unhappy, and has established a dangerously misguided system. Through fascinating studies and compelling anecdotes, this book dispels this myth. Schwartz takes us through hospitals and hair salons, auto plants and boardrooms, showing workers in all walks of life, showcasing the trends and patterns that lead to happiness in the workplace. Ultimately, Schwartz proves that the root of what drives us to do good work can rarely be incentivized, and that the cause of bad work is often an attempt to do just that. How did we get to this tangled place? How do we change the way we work? With great insight and wisdom, Schwartz shows us how to take our first steps toward understanding, and empowering us all to find great work. Barry Schwartz Tue, 01 Sep 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241730 thebookvoice.com 2:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Work Author: Barry Schwartz Narrator: Barry Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening, groundbreaking tour of the purpose of work in our lives, showing how work operates in our culture and how you can find your own path to happiness in the workplace. Why do we work? The question seems so simple. But Professor Barry Schwartz proves that the answer is surprising, complex, and urgent. We’ve long been taught that the reason we work is primarily for a paycheck. In fact, we’ve shaped much of the infrastructure of our society to accommodate this belief. Then why are so many people dissatisfied with their work, despite healthy compensation? And why do so many people find immense fulfillment and satisfaction through “menial” jobs? Schwartz explores why so many believe that the goal for working should be to earn money, how we arrived to believe that paying workers more leads to better work, and why this has made our society confused, unhappy, and has established a dangerously misguided system. Through fascinating studies and compelling anecdotes, this book dispels this myth. Schwartz takes us through hospitals and hair salons, auto plants and boardrooms, showing workers in all walks of life, showcasing the trends and patterns that lead to happiness in the workplace. Ultimately, Schwartz proves that the root of what drives us to do good work can rarely be incentivized, and that the cause of bad work is often an attempt to do just that. How did we get to this tangled place? How do we change the way we work? With great insight and wisdom, Schwartz shows us how to take our first steps toward understanding, and empowering us all to find great work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241730]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Work Author: Barry Schwartz Narrator: Barry Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 49 minutes Release date: September 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An eye-opening, groundbreaking tour of the purpose of work in our lives, showing how work operates in our culture and how you can find your own path to happiness in the workplace. Why do we work? The question seems so simple. But Professor Barry Schwartz proves that the answer is surprising, complex, and urgent. We’ve long been taught that the reason we work is primarily for a paycheck. In fact, we’ve shaped much of the infrastructure of our society to accommodate this belief. Then why are so many people dissatisfied with their work, despite healthy compensation? And why do so many people find immense fulfillment and satisfaction through “menial” jobs? Schwartz explores why so many believe that the goal for working should be to earn money, how we arrived to believe that paying workers more leads to better work, and why this has made our society confused, unhappy, and has established a dangerously misguided system. Through fascinating studies and compelling anecdotes, this book dispels this myth. Schwartz takes us through hospitals and hair salons, auto plants and boardrooms, showing workers in all walks of life, showcasing the trends and patterns that lead to happiness in the workplace. Ultimately, Schwartz proves that the root of what drives us to do good work can rarely be incentivized, and that the cause of bad work is often an attempt to do just that. How did we get to this tangled place? How do we change the way we work? With great insight and wisdom, Schwartz shows us how to take our first steps toward understanding, and empowering us all to find great work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241694 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Ways to Keep Calm and Carry On: Twenty Lessons for Managing Worry, Anxiety and Fear Author: Mark A. Reinecke Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: First featured on a British poster produced during World War II, 'Keep calm and carry on' has become the mantra of millions — but exactly how to keep calm remains a difficult question for most of us. The next time you are stressed by pressures of work, overwhelmed by life's challenges, or panicked by problems that seem unsolvable, reach for this book. In LITTLE WAYS TO KEEP CALM AND CARRY ON, you'll find twenty short yet powerful lessons and anxiety-reducing techniques that will help you move past stressful moments with grace. Each lesson is so simple to learn and practice, you'll find that this pocket guide is all you really need whenever you need a little help keeping calm. Mark A. Reinecke Sat, 01 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241694 thebookvoice.com 2:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Ways to Keep Calm and Carry On: Twenty Lessons for Managing Worry, Anxiety and Fear Author: Mark A. Reinecke Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: First featured on a British poster produced during World War II, 'Keep calm and carry on' has become the mantra of millions — but exactly how to keep calm remains a difficult question for most of us. The next time you are stressed by pressures of work, overwhelmed by life's challenges, or panicked by problems that seem unsolvable, reach for this book. In LITTLE WAYS TO KEEP CALM AND CARRY ON, you'll find twenty short yet powerful lessons and anxiety-reducing techniques that will help you move past stressful moments with grace. Each lesson is so simple to learn and practice, you'll find that this pocket guide is all you really need whenever you need a little help keeping calm. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241694]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Ways to Keep Calm and Carry On: Twenty Lessons for Managing Worry, Anxiety and Fear Author: Mark A. Reinecke Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 21 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: First featured on a British poster produced during World War II, 'Keep calm and carry on' has become the mantra of millions — but exactly how to keep calm remains a difficult question for most of us. The next time you are stressed by pressures of work, overwhelmed by life's challenges, or panicked by problems that seem unsolvable, reach for this book. In LITTLE WAYS TO KEEP CALM AND CARRY ON, you'll find twenty short yet powerful lessons and anxiety-reducing techniques that will help you move past stressful moments with grace. Each lesson is so simple to learn and practice, you'll find that this pocket guide is all you really need whenever you need a little help keeping calm. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perv Author: Jesse Bering Narrator: Jesse Bering Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening book, psychologist Jesse Bering argues that we are all sexual deviants on one level or another. He introduces us to the young woman who falls madly in love with the Eiffel Tower, a young man addicted to seductive sneezes, and a pair of deeply affectionate identical twins, among others. He challenges us to move beyond our attitudes towards ‘deviant’ sex and consider the alternative: what would happen if we rise above our fears and revulsions and accept our true natures? With his signature wit and irreverent style, Bering pulls back the curtains on the history of perversions, the biological reasons behind our distaste for unusual sexual proclivities and the latest research on desire. Armed with reason, science and an insatiable appetite for knowledge, he humanises deviants while asking some provocative questions about the nature of hypocrisy, prejudice and when sexual desire can lead to harm. A groundbreaking look at our complex relationship with our carnal urges and the ways in which we disguise, deny and shame the sexual deviant in all of us, Perv brings hidden desires into the spotlight. Jesse Bering Thu, 13 Feb 2014 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241664 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perv Author: Jesse Bering Narrator: Jesse Bering Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening book, psychologist Jesse Bering argues that we are all sexual deviants on one level or another. He introduces us to the young woman who falls madly in love with the Eiffel Tower, a young man addicted to seductive sneezes, and a pair of deeply affectionate identical twins, among others. He challenges us to move beyond our attitudes towards ‘deviant’ sex and consider the alternative: what would happen if we rise above our fears and revulsions and accept our true natures? With his signature wit and irreverent style, Bering pulls back the curtains on the history of perversions, the biological reasons behind our distaste for unusual sexual proclivities and the latest research on desire. Armed with reason, science and an insatiable appetite for knowledge, he humanises deviants while asking some provocative questions about the nature of hypocrisy, prejudice and when sexual desire can lead to harm. A groundbreaking look at our complex relationship with our carnal urges and the ways in which we disguise, deny and shame the sexual deviant in all of us, Perv brings hidden desires into the spotlight. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Perv Author: Jesse Bering Narrator: Jesse Bering Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: February 13, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this eye-opening book, psychologist Jesse Bering argues that we are all sexual deviants on one level or another. He introduces us to the young woman who falls madly in love with the Eiffel Tower, a young man addicted to seductive sneezes, and a pair of deeply affectionate identical twins, among others. He challenges us to move beyond our attitudes towards ‘deviant’ sex and consider the alternative: what would happen if we rise above our fears and revulsions and accept our true natures? With his signature wit and irreverent style, Bering pulls back the curtains on the history of perversions, the biological reasons behind our distaste for unusual sexual proclivities and the latest research on desire. Armed with reason, science and an insatiable appetite for knowledge, he humanises deviants while asking some provocative questions about the nature of hypocrisy, prejudice and when sexual desire can lead to harm. A groundbreaking look at our complex relationship with our carnal urges and the ways in which we disguise, deny and shame the sexual deviant in all of us, Perv brings hidden desires into the spotlight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241295 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve the Impossible Author: Greg Whyte Narrator: Greg Whyte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 12, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Greg Whyte learnt from an early age that the biggest obstacle in life was people telling him 'No, you can't'. But we all have the ability to achieve what others may tell you is impossible. Don't listen to them. Success is not a chance event. With proper planning, preparation and vision, Professor Whyte has the knowledge and methods that can turn the ordinary into the extraordinary, mortals into elite athletes, to deliver not dream. Using the examples of iconic Comic Relief and Sport Relief challenges achieved by the likes of David Walliams, Eddie Izzard, John Bishop and Davina McCall under his guidance, Greg Whyte shows that anyone can do anything. With expert but simple to understand advice, useful diagrams and structured tasks, he demonstrates how this applies in life, from losing weight to reducing anxiety, in business, through maximising potential and core principles of management, and to sport, whether it be a 10k run or the ultimate endurance challenge. So don't take no for an answer. By making the impossible possible, this book is the blueprint for success in life. www.achievetheimpossible.co.uk Greg Whyte Thu, 12 Mar 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241295 thebookvoice.com 5:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve the Impossible Author: Greg Whyte Narrator: Greg Whyte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 12, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Greg Whyte learnt from an early age that the biggest obstacle in life was people telling him 'No, you can't'. But we all have the ability to achieve what others may tell you is impossible. Don't listen to them. Success is not a chance event. With proper planning, preparation and vision, Professor Whyte has the knowledge and methods that can turn the ordinary into the extraordinary, mortals into elite athletes, to deliver not dream. Using the examples of iconic Comic Relief and Sport Relief challenges achieved by the likes of David Walliams, Eddie Izzard, John Bishop and Davina McCall under his guidance, Greg Whyte shows that anyone can do anything. With expert but simple to understand advice, useful diagrams and structured tasks, he demonstrates how this applies in life, from losing weight to reducing anxiety, in business, through maximising potential and core principles of management, and to sport, whether it be a 10k run or the ultimate endurance challenge. So don't take no for an answer. By making the impossible possible, this book is the blueprint for success in life. www.achievetheimpossible.co.uk Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241295]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve the Impossible Author: Greg Whyte Narrator: Greg Whyte Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 12, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Greg Whyte learnt from an early age that the biggest obstacle in life was people telling him 'No, you can't'. But we all have the ability to achieve what others may tell you is impossible. Don't listen to them. Success is not a chance event. With proper planning, preparation and vision, Professor Whyte has the knowledge and methods that can turn the ordinary into the extraordinary, mortals into elite athletes, to deliver not dream. Using the examples of iconic Comic Relief and Sport Relief challenges achieved by the likes of David Walliams, Eddie Izzard, John Bishop and Davina McCall under his guidance, Greg Whyte shows that anyone can do anything. With expert but simple to understand advice, useful diagrams and structured tasks, he demonstrates how this applies in life, from losing weight to reducing anxiety, in business, through maximising potential and core principles of management, and to sport, whether it be a 10k run or the ultimate endurance challenge. So don't take no for an answer. By making the impossible possible, this book is the blueprint for success in life. www.achievetheimpossible.co.uk https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241233 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think: Why You Should Question Everything Author: Guy P. Harrison Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This fresh and exciting approach to science, skepticism, and critical thinking will enlighten and inspire listeners of all ages. With a mix of wit and wisdom, it challenges everyone to think like a scientist, embrace the skeptical life, and improve their critical thinking skills. Think shows you how to better navigate through the maze of biases and traps that are standard features of every human brain. These innate pitfalls threaten to trick us into seeing, hearing, thinking, remembering, and believing things that are not real or true. Guy Harrison's straightforward text will help you trim away the nonsense, deflect bad ideas, and keep both feet firmly planted in reality. With an upbeat and friendly tone, Harrison shows how it's in everyone's best interest to question everything. He brands skepticism as a constructive and optimistic attitude—a way of life that anyone can embrace. An antidote to nonsense and delusion, this accessible guide to critical thinking is the perfect book for anyone seeking a jolt of inspiration. Guy P. Harrison Wed, 23 Apr 2014 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241233 thebookvoice.com 7:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think: Why You Should Question Everything Author: Guy P. Harrison Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This fresh and exciting approach to science, skepticism, and critical thinking will enlighten and inspire listeners of all ages. With a mix of wit and wisdom, it challenges everyone to think like a scientist, embrace the skeptical life, and improve their critical thinking skills. Think shows you how to better navigate through the maze of biases and traps that are standard features of every human brain. These innate pitfalls threaten to trick us into seeing, hearing, thinking, remembering, and believing things that are not real or true. Guy Harrison's straightforward text will help you trim away the nonsense, deflect bad ideas, and keep both feet firmly planted in reality. With an upbeat and friendly tone, Harrison shows how it's in everyone's best interest to question everything. He brands skepticism as a constructive and optimistic attitude—a way of life that anyone can embrace. An antidote to nonsense and delusion, this accessible guide to critical thinking is the perfect book for anyone seeking a jolt of inspiration. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think: Why You Should Question Everything Author: Guy P. Harrison Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 23, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This fresh and exciting approach to science, skepticism, and critical thinking will enlighten and inspire listeners of all ages. With a mix of wit and wisdom, it challenges everyone to think like a scientist, embrace the skeptical life, and improve their critical thinking skills. Think shows you how to better navigate through the maze of biases and traps that are standard features of every human brain. These innate pitfalls threaten to trick us into seeing, hearing, thinking, remembering, and believing things that are not real or true. Guy Harrison's straightforward text will help you trim away the nonsense, deflect bad ideas, and keep both feet firmly planted in reality. With an upbeat and friendly tone, Harrison shows how it's in everyone's best interest to question everything. He brands skepticism as a constructive and optimistic attitude—a way of life that anyone can embrace. An antidote to nonsense and delusion, this accessible guide to critical thinking is the perfect book for anyone seeking a jolt of inspiration. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241220 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biology of Desire: Why Addiction Is Not a Disease Author: Marc Lewis PhD Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through the vivid, true stories of five people who journeyed into and out of addiction, a renowned neuroscientist explains why the “disease model” of addiction is wrong and illuminates the path to recovery. The psychiatric establishment and rehab industry in the Western world have branded addiction a brain disease, based on evidence that brains change with drug use. But in The Biology of Desire, cognitive neuroscientist and former addict Marc Lewis makes a convincing case that addiction is not a disease, and shows why the disease model has become an obstacle to healing. Lewis reveals addiction as an unintended consequence of the brain doing what it’s supposed to do—seek pleasure and relief—in a world that’s not cooperating. Brains are designed to restructure themselves with normal learning and development, but this process is accelerated in addiction when highly attractive rewards are pursued repeatedly. Lewis shows why treatment based on the disease model so often fails, and how treatment can be retooled to achieve lasting recovery, given the realities of brain plasticity. Combining intimate human stories with clearly rendered scientific explanation, The Biology of Desire is enlightening and optimistic reading for anyone who has wrestled with addiction either personally or professionally. Marc Lewis PhD Sat, 01 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241220 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biology of Desire: Why Addiction Is Not a Disease Author: Marc Lewis PhD Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through the vivid, true stories of five people who journeyed into and out of addiction, a renowned neuroscientist explains why the “disease model” of addiction is wrong and illuminates the path to recovery. The psychiatric establishment and rehab industry in the Western world have branded addiction a brain disease, based on evidence that brains change with drug use. But in The Biology of Desire, cognitive neuroscientist and former addict Marc Lewis makes a convincing case that addiction is not a disease, and shows why the disease model has become an obstacle to healing. Lewis reveals addiction as an unintended consequence of the brain doing what it’s supposed to do—seek pleasure and relief—in a world that’s not cooperating. Brains are designed to restructure themselves with normal learning and development, but this process is accelerated in addiction when highly attractive rewards are pursued repeatedly. Lewis shows why treatment based on the disease model so often fails, and how treatment can be retooled to achieve lasting recovery, given the realities of brain plasticity. Combining intimate human stories with clearly rendered scientific explanation, The Biology of Desire is enlightening and optimistic reading for anyone who has wrestled with addiction either personally or professionally. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241220]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Biology of Desire: Why Addiction Is Not a Disease Author: Marc Lewis PhD Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Through the vivid, true stories of five people who journeyed into and out of addiction, a renowned neuroscientist explains why the “disease model” of addiction is wrong and illuminates the path to recovery. The psychiatric establishment and rehab industry in the Western world have branded addiction a brain disease, based on evidence that brains change with drug use. But in The Biology of Desire, cognitive neuroscientist and former addict Marc Lewis makes a convincing case that addiction is not a disease, and shows why the disease model has become an obstacle to healing. Lewis reveals addiction as an unintended consequence of the brain doing what it’s supposed to do—seek pleasure and relief—in a world that’s not cooperating. Brains are designed to restructure themselves with normal learning and development, but this process is accelerated in addiction when highly attractive rewards are pursued repeatedly. Lewis shows why treatment based on the disease model so often fails, and how treatment can be retooled to achieve lasting recovery, given the realities of brain plasticity. Combining intimate human stories with clearly rendered scientific explanation, The Biology of Desire is enlightening and optimistic reading for anyone who has wrestled with addiction either personally or professionally. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241211 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Sell: When Science Meets Shopping; How the new mind sciences and the persuasion industry are reading our thoughts, influencing our emotions, and stimulating us to shop Author: Dr. David Lewis Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Science has made the leap from the lab to come to a store near you—and the effects on us are phenomenal. Corporations in hyper-competition are now using the new mind sciences to analyze how and when we shop, and the hidden triggers that persuade us to consume. From bargains in the Big Apple to the bustling bazaars of Istanbul, from in-store to interactive and online to mobile, neuromarketing pioneer Dr. David Lewis goes behind the scenes of the 'persuasion industry' to reveal the powerful tools and techniques, technologies and psychologies seeking to stimulate us all to buy more—often without us consciously realizing it. A revelatory inside story, The Brain Sell is a tale of engineered behaviors and 'atmospherics'; of subliminal messaging; and of TVs that sometimes watch us while we're watching them. During his journey, Lewis explores fascinating questions such as: Why should a particular font used to describe soup make it taste better? Why do some retailers actively encourage shoppers to haggle? How do the tools and techniques of 'the brain sell' influence shopper behavior, and what can you—as a retailer or marketer—learn from them? Informed, illuminating, stimulating: you cannot afford to miss The Brain Sell. Dr. David Lewis Sat, 01 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241211 thebookvoice.com 9:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Sell: When Science Meets Shopping; How the new mind sciences and the persuasion industry are reading our thoughts, influencing our emotions, and stimulating us to shop Author: Dr. David Lewis Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Science has made the leap from the lab to come to a store near you—and the effects on us are phenomenal. Corporations in hyper-competition are now using the new mind sciences to analyze how and when we shop, and the hidden triggers that persuade us to consume. From bargains in the Big Apple to the bustling bazaars of Istanbul, from in-store to interactive and online to mobile, neuromarketing pioneer Dr. David Lewis goes behind the scenes of the 'persuasion industry' to reveal the powerful tools and techniques, technologies and psychologies seeking to stimulate us all to buy more—often without us consciously realizing it. A revelatory inside story, The Brain Sell is a tale of engineered behaviors and 'atmospherics'; of subliminal messaging; and of TVs that sometimes watch us while we're watching them. During his journey, Lewis explores fascinating questions such as: Why should a particular font used to describe soup make it taste better? Why do some retailers actively encourage shoppers to haggle? How do the tools and techniques of 'the brain sell' influence shopper behavior, and what can you—as a retailer or marketer—learn from them? Informed, illuminating, stimulating: you cannot afford to miss The Brain Sell. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241211]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Brain Sell: When Science Meets Shopping; How the new mind sciences and the persuasion industry are reading our thoughts, influencing our emotions, and stimulating us to shop Author: Dr. David Lewis Narrator: Steven Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Science has made the leap from the lab to come to a store near you—and the effects on us are phenomenal. Corporations in hyper-competition are now using the new mind sciences to analyze how and when we shop, and the hidden triggers that persuade us to consume. From bargains in the Big Apple to the bustling bazaars of Istanbul, from in-store to interactive and online to mobile, neuromarketing pioneer Dr. David Lewis goes behind the scenes of the 'persuasion industry' to reveal the powerful tools and techniques, technologies and psychologies seeking to stimulate us all to buy more—often without us consciously realizing it. A revelatory inside story, The Brain Sell is a tale of engineered behaviors and 'atmospherics'; of subliminal messaging; and of TVs that sometimes watch us while we're watching them. During his journey, Lewis explores fascinating questions such as: Why should a particular font used to describe soup make it taste better? Why do some retailers actively encourage shoppers to haggle? How do the tools and techniques of 'the brain sell' influence shopper behavior, and what can you—as a retailer or marketer—learn from them? Informed, illuminating, stimulating: you cannot afford to miss The Brain Sell. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241210 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memoirs Extraordinary Populare Delusions and the Madness Crowds Author: Charles MacKay Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do otherwise intelligent individuals form seething masses of idiocy when they engage in collective action? Why do financially sensible people jump lemming-like into hare-brained speculative frenzies--only to jump broker-like out of windows when their fantasies dissolve? We may think that the Great Crash of 1929, junk bonds of the '80s, and over-valued high-tech stocks of the '90s are peculiarly 20th century aberrations, but Mackay's classic--first published in 1841--shows that the madness and confusion of crowds knows no limits, and has no temporal bounds. These are extraordinarily illuminating,and, unfortunately, entertaining tales of chicanery, greed and naivete. Essential reading for any student of human nature or the transmission of ideas. Charles MacKay Sat, 01 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241210 thebookvoice.com 20:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memoirs Extraordinary Populare Delusions and the Madness Crowds Author: Charles MacKay Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do otherwise intelligent individuals form seething masses of idiocy when they engage in collective action? Why do financially sensible people jump lemming-like into hare-brained speculative frenzies--only to jump broker-like out of windows when their fantasies dissolve? We may think that the Great Crash of 1929, junk bonds of the '80s, and over-valued high-tech stocks of the '90s are peculiarly 20th century aberrations, but Mackay's classic--first published in 1841--shows that the madness and confusion of crowds knows no limits, and has no temporal bounds. These are extraordinarily illuminating,and, unfortunately, entertaining tales of chicanery, greed and naivete. Essential reading for any student of human nature or the transmission of ideas. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/241210]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memoirs Extraordinary Populare Delusions and the Madness Crowds Author: Charles MacKay Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why do otherwise intelligent individuals form seething masses of idiocy when they engage in collective action? Why do financially sensible people jump lemming-like into hare-brained speculative frenzies--only to jump broker-like out of windows when their fantasies dissolve? We may think that the Great Crash of 1929, junk bonds of the '80s, and over-valued high-tech stocks of the '90s are peculiarly 20th century aberrations, but Mackay's classic--first published in 1841--shows that the madness and confusion of crowds knows no limits, and has no temporal bounds. These are extraordinarily illuminating,and, unfortunately, entertaining tales of chicanery, greed and naivete. Essential reading for any student of human nature or the transmission of ideas. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conscious Mind Author: Zoltan Torey Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How did the human mind emerge from the collection of neurons that makes up the brain? How did the brain acquire self-awareness, functional autonomy, language, and the ability to think, to understand itself and the world? In this volume in the Essential Knowledge series, Zoltan Torey offers an accessible and concise description of the evolutionary breakthrough that created the human mind. Drawing on insights from evolutionary biology, neuroscience, and linguistics, Torey reconstructs the sequence of events by which Homo erectus became Homo sapiens. He describes the augmented functioning that underpins the emergent mind -- a new ('off-line') internal response system with which the brain accesses itself and then forms a selection mechanism for mentally generated behavior options. This functional breakthrough, Torey argues, explains how the animal brain's 'awareness' became self-accessible and reflective -- that is, how the human brain acquired a conscious mind. Consciousness, unlike animal awareness, is not a unitary phenomenon but a composite process. Torey's account shows how protolanguage evolved into language, how a brain subsystem for the emergent mind was built, and why these developments are opaque to introspection. We experience the brain's functional autonomy, he argues, as free will. Torey proposes that once life began, consciousness had to emerge -- because consciousness is the informational source of the brain's behavioral response. Consciousness, he argues, is not a newly acquired 'quality,' 'cosmic principle,' 'circuitry arrangement,' or 'epiphenomenon,' as others have argued, but an indispensable working component of the living system's manner of functioning. Zoltan Torey Wed, 01 Jul 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240780 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conscious Mind Author: Zoltan Torey Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How did the human mind emerge from the collection of neurons that makes up the brain? How did the brain acquire self-awareness, functional autonomy, language, and the ability to think, to understand itself and the world? In this volume in the Essential Knowledge series, Zoltan Torey offers an accessible and concise description of the evolutionary breakthrough that created the human mind. Drawing on insights from evolutionary biology, neuroscience, and linguistics, Torey reconstructs the sequence of events by which Homo erectus became Homo sapiens. He describes the augmented functioning that underpins the emergent mind -- a new ('off-line') internal response system with which the brain accesses itself and then forms a selection mechanism for mentally generated behavior options. This functional breakthrough, Torey argues, explains how the animal brain's 'awareness' became self-accessible and reflective -- that is, how the human brain acquired a conscious mind. Consciousness, unlike animal awareness, is not a unitary phenomenon but a composite process. Torey's account shows how protolanguage evolved into language, how a brain subsystem for the emergent mind was built, and why these developments are opaque to introspection. We experience the brain's functional autonomy, he argues, as free will. Torey proposes that once life began, consciousness had to emerge -- because consciousness is the informational source of the brain's behavioral response. Consciousness, he argues, is not a newly acquired 'quality,' 'cosmic principle,' 'circuitry arrangement,' or 'epiphenomenon,' as others have argued, but an indispensable working component of the living system's manner of functioning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conscious Mind Author: Zoltan Torey Narrator: Don Hagen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How did the human mind emerge from the collection of neurons that makes up the brain? How did the brain acquire self-awareness, functional autonomy, language, and the ability to think, to understand itself and the world? In this volume in the Essential Knowledge series, Zoltan Torey offers an accessible and concise description of the evolutionary breakthrough that created the human mind. Drawing on insights from evolutionary biology, neuroscience, and linguistics, Torey reconstructs the sequence of events by which Homo erectus became Homo sapiens. He describes the augmented functioning that underpins the emergent mind -- a new ('off-line') internal response system with which the brain accesses itself and then forms a selection mechanism for mentally generated behavior options. This functional breakthrough, Torey argues, explains how the animal brain's 'awareness' became self-accessible and reflective -- that is, how the human brain acquired a conscious mind. Consciousness, unlike animal awareness, is not a unitary phenomenon but a composite process. Torey's account shows how protolanguage evolved into language, how a brain subsystem for the emergent mind was built, and why these developments are opaque to introspection. We experience the brain's functional autonomy, he argues, as free will. Torey proposes that once life began, consciousness had to emerge -- because consciousness is the informational source of the brain's behavioral response. Consciousness, he argues, is not a newly acquired 'quality,' 'cosmic principle,' 'circuitry arrangement,' or 'epiphenomenon,' as others have argued, but an indispensable working component of the living system's manner of functioning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240740 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborative Intelligence: Thinking with People Who Think Differently Author: Angie McArthur, Dawna Markova Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A breakthrough book on the transformative power of collaborative thinking. Includes a PDF of charts and graphs to help determine your personality type as well as tips on how to work better with other personalities.   Collaborative intelligence, or CQ, is a measure of our ability to think with others on behalf of what matters to us all. It is emerging as a new professional currency at a time when the way we think, interact, and innovate is shifting. In the past, “market share” companies ruled by hierarchy and topdown leadership. Today, the new market leaders are “mind share” companies, where influence is more important than power, and success relies on collaboration and the ability to inspire. Collaborative Intelligence is the culmination of more than fifty years of original research that draws on Dawna Markova’s background in cognitive neuroscience and her most recent work, with Angie McArthur, as a “Professional Thinking Partner” to some of the world’s top CEOs and creative professionals. Markova and McArthur are experts at getting brilliant yet difficult people to think together. They have been brought in to troubleshoot for Fortune 500 leaders in crisis and managers struggling to inspire their teams. When asked about their biggest challenges at work, Markova and McArthur’s clients all cite a common problem: other people. This response reflects the way we have been taught to focus on the gulfs between us rather than valuing our intellectual diversity—that is, the ways in which each of us is uniquely gifted, how we process information and frame questions, what kind of things deplete us, and what engages and inspires us. Through a series of practices and strategies, the authors teach us how to recognize our own mind patterns and map the talents of our teams, with the goal of embarking together on an aligned course of action and influence. In Markova and McArthur’s experience, managers who appreciate intellectual diversity will lead their teams to innovation; employees who understand it will thrive because they are in touch with their strengths; and an entire team who understands it will come together to do their best work in a symphony of collaboration, their individual strengths working in harmony like an orchestra or a high-performing sports team. Praise for Collaborative Intelligence   “Rooted in the latest neuroscience on the nature of collaboration, Collaborative Intelligence celebrates the power of working and thinking together at the highest levels of business and politics, and in the smallest aspects of our everyday lives. Dawna Markova and Angie McArthur show us that our ability to collaborate is not only a measure of intelligence, but essential to solving the world’s problems and seeing the possibilities in ourselves and others.”—Arianna Huffington   “This inspiring book teaches you how to align your intention with the intention of others, and how, through shared strengths and talents, you have every right to expect greatness and set the highest goals and expectations.”—Deepak Chopra   “Everyone talks about collaboration today, but the rhetoric typically outweighs the reality. Collaborative Intelligence offers tangible tools for those serious about becoming ‘system leaders’ who can close the gap and make collaboration real.”—Peter M. Senge, author of The Fifth Discipline “Building collaborative intelligence by putting the concepts in this book into action with my executive team was one of the most critical variables to our success.”—Jeff Dunn, CEO, Bolthouse Farms Angie McArthur, Dawna Markova Tue, 11 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240740 thebookvoice.com 8:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborative Intelligence: Thinking with People Who Think Differently Author: Angie McArthur, Dawna Markova Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A breakthrough book on the transformative power of collaborative thinking. Includes a PDF of charts and graphs to help determine your personality type as well as tips on how to work better with other personalities.   Collaborative intelligence, or CQ, is a measure of our ability to think with others on behalf of what matters to us all. It is emerging as a new professional currency at a time when the way we think, interact, and innovate is shifting. In the past, “market share” companies ruled by hierarchy and topdown leadership. Today, the new market leaders are “mind share” companies, where influence is more important than power, and success relies on collaboration and the ability to inspire. Collaborative Intelligence is the culmination of more than fifty years of original research that draws on Dawna Markova’s background in cognitive neuroscience and her most recent work, with Angie McArthur, as a “Professional Thinking Partner” to some of the world’s top CEOs and creative professionals. Markova and McArthur are experts at getting brilliant yet difficult people to think together. They have been brought in to troubleshoot for Fortune 500 leaders in crisis and managers struggling to inspire their teams. When asked about their biggest challenges at work, Markova and McArthur’s clients all cite a common problem: other people. This response reflects the way we have been taught to focus on the gulfs between us rather than valuing our intellectual diversity—that is, the ways in which each of us is uniquely gifted, how we process information and frame questions, what kind of things deplete us, and what engages and inspires us. Through a series of practices and strategies, the authors teach us how to recognize our own mind patterns and map the talents of our teams, with the goal of embarking together on an aligned course of action and influence. In Markova and McArthur’s experience, managers who appreciate intellectual diversity will lead their teams to innovation; employees who understand it will thrive because they are in touch with their strengths; and an entire team who understands it will come together to do their best work in a symphony of collaboration, their individual strengths working in harmony like an orchestra or a high-performing sports team. Praise for Collaborative Intelligence   “Rooted in the latest neuroscience on the nature of collaboration, Collaborative Intelligence celebrates the power of working and thinking together at the highest levels of business and politics, and in the smallest aspects of our everyday lives. Dawna Markova and Angie McArthur show us that our ability to collaborate is not only a measure of intelligence, but essential to solving the world’s problems and seeing the possibilities in ourselves and others.”—Arianna Huffington   “This inspiring book teaches you how to align your intention with the intention of others, and how, through shared strengths and talents, you have every right to expect greatness and set the highest goals and expectations.”—Deepak Chopra   “Everyone talks about collaboration today, but the rhetoric typically outweighs the reality. Collaborative Intelligence offers tangible tools for those serious about becoming ‘system leaders’ who can close the gap and make collaboration real.”—Peter M. Senge, author of The Fifth Discipline “Building collaborative intelligence by putting the concepts in this book into action with my executive team was one of the most critical variables to our success.”—Jeff Dunn, CEO, Bolthouse Farms Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240740]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Collaborative Intelligence: Thinking with People Who Think Differently Author: Angie McArthur, Dawna Markova Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A breakthrough book on the transformative power of collaborative thinking. Includes a PDF of charts and graphs to help determine your personality type as well as tips on how to work better with other personalities.   Collaborative intelligence, or CQ, is a measure of our ability to think with others on behalf of what matters to us all. It is emerging as a new professional currency at a time when the way we think, interact, and innovate is shifting. In the past, “market share” companies ruled by hierarchy and topdown leadership. Today, the new market leaders are “mind share” companies, where influence is more important than power, and success relies on collaboration and the ability to inspire. Collaborative Intelligence is the culmination of more than fifty years of original research that draws on Dawna Markova’s background in cognitive neuroscience and her most recent work, with Angie McArthur, as a “Professional Thinking Partner” to some of the world’s top CEOs and creative professionals. Markova and McArthur are experts at getting brilliant yet difficult people to think together. They have been brought in to troubleshoot for Fortune 500 leaders in crisis and managers struggling to inspire their teams. When asked about their biggest challenges at work, Markova and McArthur’s clients all cite a common problem: other people. This response reflects the way we have been taught to focus on the gulfs between us rather than valuing our intellectual diversity—that is, the ways in which each of us is uniquely gifted, how we process information and frame questions, what kind of things deplete us, and what engages and inspires us. Through a series of practices and strategies, the authors teach us how to recognize our own mind patterns and map the talents of our teams, with the goal of embarking together on an aligned course of action and influence. In Markova and McArthur’s experience, managers who appreciate intellectual diversity will lead their teams to innovation; employees who understand it will thrive because they are in touch with their strengths; and an entire team who understands it will come together to do their best work in a symphony of collaboration, their individual strengths working in harmony like an orchestra or a high-performing sports team. Praise for Collaborative Intelligence   “Rooted in the latest neuroscience on the nature of collaboration, Collaborative Intelligence celebrates the power of working and thinking together at the highest levels of business and politics, and in the smallest aspects of our everyday lives. Dawna Markova and Angie McArthur show us that our ability to collaborate is not only a measure of intelligence, but essential to solving the world’s problems and seeing the possibilities in ourselves and others.”—Arianna Huffington   “This inspiring book teaches you how to align your intention with the intention of others, and how, through shared strengths and talents, you have every right to expect greatness and set the highest goals and expectations.”—Deepak Chopra   “Everyone talks about collaboration today, but the rhetoric typically outweighs the reality. Collaborative Intelligence offers tangible tools for those serious about becoming ‘system leaders’ who can close the gap and make collaboration real.”—Peter M. Senge, author of The Fifth Discipline “Building collaborative intelligence by putting the concepts in this book into action with my executive team was one of the most critical variables to our success.”—Jeff Dunn, CEO, Bolthouse Farms https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Strong: How the Ability to Reset Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 370 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 68 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • When we deny our stories, they define us. When we own our stories, we get to write the ending. Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! Social scientist Brené Brown has ignited a global conversation on courage, vulnerability, shame, and worthiness. Her pioneering work uncovered a profound truth: Vulnerability—the willingness to show up and be seen with no guarantee of outcome—is the only path to more love, belonging, creativity, and joy. But living a brave life is not always easy: We are, inevitably, going to stumble and fall. It is the rise from falling that Brown takes as her subject in Rising Strong. As a grounded theory researcher, Brown has listened as a range of people—from leaders in Fortune 500 companies and the military to artists, couples in long-term relationships, teachers, and parents—shared their stories of being brave, falling, and getting back up. She asked herself, What do these people with strong and loving relationships, leaders nurturing creativity, artists pushing innovation, and clergy walking with people through faith and mystery have in common? The answer was clear: They recognize the power of emotion and they’re not afraid to lean in to discomfort. Walking into our stories of hurt can feel dangerous. But the process of regaining our footing in the midst of struggle is where our courage is tested and our values are forged. Our stories of struggle can be big ones, like the loss of a job or the end of a relationship, or smaller ones, like a conflict with a friend or colleague. Regardless of magnitude or circumstance, the rising strong process is the same: We reckon with our emotions and get curious about what we’re feeling; we rumble with our stories until we get to a place of truth; and we live this process, every day, until it becomes a practice and creates nothing short of a revolution in our lives. Rising strong after a fall is how we cultivate wholeheartedness. It’s the process, Brown writes, that teaches us the most about who we are. ONE OF GREATER GOOD’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF THE YEAR “[Brené Brown’s] research and work have given us a new vocabulary, a way to talk with each other about the ideas and feelings and fears we’ve all had but haven’t quite known how to articulate. . . . Brené empowers us each to be a little more courageous.”—The Huffington Post Brené Brown Tue, 25 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240729 thebookvoice.com 8:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Strong: How the Ability to Reset Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 370 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 68 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • When we deny our stories, they define us. When we own our stories, we get to write the ending. Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! Social scientist Brené Brown has ignited a global conversation on courage, vulnerability, shame, and worthiness. Her pioneering work uncovered a profound truth: Vulnerability—the willingness to show up and be seen with no guarantee of outcome—is the only path to more love, belonging, creativity, and joy. But living a brave life is not always easy: We are, inevitably, going to stumble and fall. It is the rise from falling that Brown takes as her subject in Rising Strong. As a grounded theory researcher, Brown has listened as a range of people—from leaders in Fortune 500 companies and the military to artists, couples in long-term relationships, teachers, and parents—shared their stories of being brave, falling, and getting back up. She asked herself, What do these people with strong and loving relationships, leaders nurturing creativity, artists pushing innovation, and clergy walking with people through faith and mystery have in common? The answer was clear: They recognize the power of emotion and they’re not afraid to lean in to discomfort. Walking into our stories of hurt can feel dangerous. But the process of regaining our footing in the midst of struggle is where our courage is tested and our values are forged. Our stories of struggle can be big ones, like the loss of a job or the end of a relationship, or smaller ones, like a conflict with a friend or colleague. Regardless of magnitude or circumstance, the rising strong process is the same: We reckon with our emotions and get curious about what we’re feeling; we rumble with our stories until we get to a place of truth; and we live this process, every day, until it becomes a practice and creates nothing short of a revolution in our lives. Rising strong after a fall is how we cultivate wholeheartedness. It’s the process, Brown writes, that teaches us the most about who we are. ONE OF GREATER GOOD’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF THE YEAR “[Brené Brown’s] research and work have given us a new vocabulary, a way to talk with each other about the ideas and feelings and fears we’ve all had but haven’t quite known how to articulate. . . . Brené empowers us each to be a little more courageous.”—The Huffington Post Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rising Strong: How the Ability to Reset Transforms the Way We Live, Love, Parent, and Lead Author: Brené Brown Narrator: Brené Brown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 25, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.61 of Total 370 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 68 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • When we deny our stories, they define us. When we own our stories, we get to write the ending. Don’t miss the five-part Max docuseries Brené Brown: Atlas of the Heart! Social scientist Brené Brown has ignited a global conversation on courage, vulnerability, shame, and worthiness. Her pioneering work uncovered a profound truth: Vulnerability—the willingness to show up and be seen with no guarantee of outcome—is the only path to more love, belonging, creativity, and joy. But living a brave life is not always easy: We are, inevitably, going to stumble and fall. It is the rise from falling that Brown takes as her subject in Rising Strong. As a grounded theory researcher, Brown has listened as a range of people—from leaders in Fortune 500 companies and the military to artists, couples in long-term relationships, teachers, and parents—shared their stories of being brave, falling, and getting back up. She asked herself, What do these people with strong and loving relationships, leaders nurturing creativity, artists pushing innovation, and clergy walking with people through faith and mystery have in common? The answer was clear: They recognize the power of emotion and they’re not afraid to lean in to discomfort. Walking into our stories of hurt can feel dangerous. But the process of regaining our footing in the midst of struggle is where our courage is tested and our values are forged. Our stories of struggle can be big ones, like the loss of a job or the end of a relationship, or smaller ones, like a conflict with a friend or colleague. Regardless of magnitude or circumstance, the rising strong process is the same: We reckon with our emotions and get curious about what we’re feeling; we rumble with our stories until we get to a place of truth; and we live this process, every day, until it becomes a practice and creates nothing short of a revolution in our lives. Rising strong after a fall is how we cultivate wholeheartedness. It’s the process, Brown writes, that teaches us the most about who we are. ONE OF GREATER GOOD’S FAVORITE BOOKS OF THE YEAR “[Brené Brown’s] research and work have given us a new vocabulary, a way to talk with each other about the ideas and feelings and fears we’ve all had but haven’t quite known how to articulate. . . . Brené empowers us each to be a little more courageous.”—The Huffington Post https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240678 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Relationship Cure: A 5 Step Guide to Strengthening Your Marriage, Family, and Friendships Author: John Gottman, Joan De Claire Narrator: John Gottman, Joan De Claire Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, practical program for transforming troubled relationships into positive ones “This is the best book on relationships I have ever read. . . . John Gottman has decoded the subtle secrets that can either enrich or destroy the quality of our ties with others.” Daniel B. Wile, Ph.D., author of After the Fight: Using Your Disagreements to Build a Stronger Relationship “John Gottman is our leading explorer of the inner world of relationships. In The Relationship Cure, he has found gold once again.”William J. Doherty, Ph.D., author of Take Back Your Marriage: Sticking Together in a World That Pulls Us Apart “When he says his five steps will help you build better connections with the people you care about, you know that they have been demonstrated to work.” E. Mavis Heatherington, Ph.D., professor of psychology, University of Virginia From the country’s foremost relationship expert and New York Times bestselling author Dr. John M. Gottman comes a powerful, simple five-step program, based on twenty years of innovative research, for greatly improving all of the relationships in your life—with spouses and lovers, children, siblings, and even your colleagues at work. In The Relationship Cure, Dr. Gottman: * Reveals the key elements of healthy relationships, emphasizing the importance of what he calls “emotional connection” * Introduces the powerful new concept of the emotional “bid,” the fundamental unit of emotional connection * Provides remarkably empowering tools for improving the way you bid for emotional connection and how you respond to others’ bids John Gottman, Joan De Claire Tue, 22 May 2001 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240678 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Relationship Cure: A 5 Step Guide to Strengthening Your Marriage, Family, and Friendships Author: John Gottman, Joan De Claire Narrator: John Gottman, Joan De Claire Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, practical program for transforming troubled relationships into positive ones “This is the best book on relationships I have ever read. . . . John Gottman has decoded the subtle secrets that can either enrich or destroy the quality of our ties with others.” Daniel B. Wile, Ph.D., author of After the Fight: Using Your Disagreements to Build a Stronger Relationship “John Gottman is our leading explorer of the inner world of relationships. In The Relationship Cure, he has found gold once again.”William J. Doherty, Ph.D., author of Take Back Your Marriage: Sticking Together in a World That Pulls Us Apart “When he says his five steps will help you build better connections with the people you care about, you know that they have been demonstrated to work.” E. Mavis Heatherington, Ph.D., professor of psychology, University of Virginia From the country’s foremost relationship expert and New York Times bestselling author Dr. John M. Gottman comes a powerful, simple five-step program, based on twenty years of innovative research, for greatly improving all of the relationships in your life—with spouses and lovers, children, siblings, and even your colleagues at work. In The Relationship Cure, Dr. Gottman: * Reveals the key elements of healthy relationships, emphasizing the importance of what he calls “emotional connection” * Introduces the powerful new concept of the emotional “bid,” the fundamental unit of emotional connection * Provides remarkably empowering tools for improving the way you bid for emotional connection and how you respond to others’ bids Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240678]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Relationship Cure: A 5 Step Guide to Strengthening Your Marriage, Family, and Friendships Author: John Gottman, Joan De Claire Narrator: John Gottman, Joan De Claire Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: May 22, 2001 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 24 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking, practical program for transforming troubled relationships into positive ones “This is the best book on relationships I have ever read. . . . John Gottman has decoded the subtle secrets that can either enrich or destroy the quality of our ties with others.” Daniel B. Wile, Ph.D., author of After the Fight: Using Your Disagreements to Build a Stronger Relationship “John Gottman is our leading explorer of the inner world of relationships. In The Relationship Cure, he has found gold once again.”William J. Doherty, Ph.D., author of Take Back Your Marriage: Sticking Together in a World That Pulls Us Apart “When he says his five steps will help you build better connections with the people you care about, you know that they have been demonstrated to work.” E. Mavis Heatherington, Ph.D., professor of psychology, University of Virginia From the country’s foremost relationship expert and New York Times bestselling author Dr. John M. Gottman comes a powerful, simple five-step program, based on twenty years of innovative research, for greatly improving all of the relationships in your life—with spouses and lovers, children, siblings, and even your colleagues at work. In The Relationship Cure, Dr. Gottman: * Reveals the key elements of healthy relationships, emphasizing the importance of what he calls “emotional connection” * Introduces the powerful new concept of the emotional “bid,” the fundamental unit of emotional connection * Provides remarkably empowering tools for improving the way you bid for emotional connection and how you respond to others’ bids https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240635 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat, Drink, & Be Merry: America's Doctor Tells You Why the Healt Author: Dean Edell, M.D. Narrator: Dean Edell, M.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''Help me, Dr. Dean! I want to be healthy, but I just don't know where to turn for advice.'' No wonder. How often have you felt whipsawed by the experts, confused by conflicting advice, or torn with guilt over what you eat, drink, think? Prepare yourself for a shock: You can relax, enjoy life, and still be healthy. Renowned for candid straight talk on radio and television, Dr. Dean Edell applies his unique common-sense perspective to America's growing obsession with health. Frank and iconoclastic, Dr. Edell walks readers through a lifetime of experience from deep inside the twin worlds of media and medicine. As one of the first media doctors, he knows better than anyone the dangers of distorted medical reporting. With colorful detail, he shows how medical consumers are made neurotic at a time when people are healthier than ever before. Dr. Edell sorts through the morass of research, distinguishing fact from panic-inducing fiction. With trademark humor, grace, and style, he shares with us the essential reassuring facts about our health: you can be fatter than you think; too much exercise might kill you; and yes, sex will add years to your life! Dean Edell, M.D. Tue, 17 Feb 2004 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240635 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat, Drink, & Be Merry: America's Doctor Tells You Why the Healt Author: Dean Edell, M.D. Narrator: Dean Edell, M.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''Help me, Dr. Dean! I want to be healthy, but I just don't know where to turn for advice.'' No wonder. How often have you felt whipsawed by the experts, confused by conflicting advice, or torn with guilt over what you eat, drink, think? Prepare yourself for a shock: You can relax, enjoy life, and still be healthy. Renowned for candid straight talk on radio and television, Dr. Dean Edell applies his unique common-sense perspective to America's growing obsession with health. Frank and iconoclastic, Dr. Edell walks readers through a lifetime of experience from deep inside the twin worlds of media and medicine. As one of the first media doctors, he knows better than anyone the dangers of distorted medical reporting. With colorful detail, he shows how medical consumers are made neurotic at a time when people are healthier than ever before. Dr. Edell sorts through the morass of research, distinguishing fact from panic-inducing fiction. With trademark humor, grace, and style, he shares with us the essential reassuring facts about our health: you can be fatter than you think; too much exercise might kill you; and yes, sex will add years to your life! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240635]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat, Drink, & Be Merry: America's Doctor Tells You Why the Healt Author: Dean Edell, M.D. Narrator: Dean Edell, M.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 17, 2004 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ''Help me, Dr. Dean! I want to be healthy, but I just don't know where to turn for advice.'' No wonder. How often have you felt whipsawed by the experts, confused by conflicting advice, or torn with guilt over what you eat, drink, think? Prepare yourself for a shock: You can relax, enjoy life, and still be healthy. Renowned for candid straight talk on radio and television, Dr. Dean Edell applies his unique common-sense perspective to America's growing obsession with health. Frank and iconoclastic, Dr. Edell walks readers through a lifetime of experience from deep inside the twin worlds of media and medicine. As one of the first media doctors, he knows better than anyone the dangers of distorted medical reporting. With colorful detail, he shows how medical consumers are made neurotic at a time when people are healthier than ever before. Dr. Edell sorts through the morass of research, distinguishing fact from panic-inducing fiction. With trademark humor, grace, and style, he shares with us the essential reassuring facts about our health: you can be fatter than you think; too much exercise might kill you; and yes, sex will add years to your life! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 2, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. Dr. Laura Schlessinger Tue, 02 Mar 2004 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631 thebookvoice.com 2:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 2, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240631]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Parenthood by Proxy Author: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Dr. Laura Schlessinger Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: March 2, 2004 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parenthood by Proxy is a passionate and provocative summation of the perils of parenting and a road map to safety for America's families. Never one to shy away from tough truths, Dr. Laura marshals compelling evidence for the widespread neglect of America's children and condemns the numerous rationalizations to excuse it. Parents, special interest groups, and professionals in education and psychology all contribute to a dangerous trend that places adult fulfillment above obligation to children. Parenthood by Proxy addresses the causes and effects of this national crisis, among them the high rate of divorce, serial marriages, single parenting, the premature sexualization of children, dual-career families, disdain for religion, the redefinition of immoral behavior as lifestyle choices, and societal intolerance for the concept of judgment. In Parenthood by Proxy, Dr. Laura exhorts parents to make their own children their top priority and, if necessary, to change their lives to do so. In her straight-shooting style, Dr. Laura entreats parents to involve themselves in their children's hearts, minds, and souls, to cherish and protect them, and to commit to the essential task of teaching them right from wrong. She acknowledges that parents no longer get much support from neighbors or public and private institutions, but she urges mothers and fathers to work even harder to counteract the prevailing culture of selfishness and irresponsibility. Parenthood by Proxy covers all aspects of parenting, from childbearing to discipline, from multiple families to being role models. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240591 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Honest--You're Not That Into Him Either Author: Ian Kerner Narrator: Ian Kerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 1, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Avoid the booty call blues and get the love -- and sex -- you deserve! Come on. Admit it. He may not be that into you, but were you ever really that into him? He was never ''the one,'' but you lowered your standards and dated him in the meantime. Why? For any number of reasons: you were lonely, you were horny, you thought dating him was better than being alone, all your friends are getting married -- you name it. And before you knew it, you got hung up on the jerk. Go figure.The world is full of sensational women, but in today's market there are too few good men to go around (or so it appears). Now Dr. Ian Kerner, clinical sexologist and author of the smash hit She Comes First, explores the battlefield of sex, hook ups, go-nowhere relationships, and the dismal dating treadmill, simultaneously arming women with a sharper set of insights and the tools for change. With humor and sincerity, Kerner shows women how to break the cycle of dating defeat and use the power of sex to find love, ''with a great guy who is into you.'' So raise your standards -- and reach for the love you deserve! Ian Kerner Tue, 01 Feb 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240591 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Honest--You're Not That Into Him Either Author: Ian Kerner Narrator: Ian Kerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 1, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Avoid the booty call blues and get the love -- and sex -- you deserve! Come on. Admit it. He may not be that into you, but were you ever really that into him? He was never ''the one,'' but you lowered your standards and dated him in the meantime. Why? For any number of reasons: you were lonely, you were horny, you thought dating him was better than being alone, all your friends are getting married -- you name it. And before you knew it, you got hung up on the jerk. Go figure.The world is full of sensational women, but in today's market there are too few good men to go around (or so it appears). Now Dr. Ian Kerner, clinical sexologist and author of the smash hit She Comes First, explores the battlefield of sex, hook ups, go-nowhere relationships, and the dismal dating treadmill, simultaneously arming women with a sharper set of insights and the tools for change. With humor and sincerity, Kerner shows women how to break the cycle of dating defeat and use the power of sex to find love, ''with a great guy who is into you.'' So raise your standards -- and reach for the love you deserve! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240591]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Be Honest--You're Not That Into Him Either Author: Ian Kerner Narrator: Ian Kerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: February 1, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Avoid the booty call blues and get the love -- and sex -- you deserve! Come on. Admit it. He may not be that into you, but were you ever really that into him? He was never ''the one,'' but you lowered your standards and dated him in the meantime. Why? For any number of reasons: you were lonely, you were horny, you thought dating him was better than being alone, all your friends are getting married -- you name it. And before you knew it, you got hung up on the jerk. Go figure.The world is full of sensational women, but in today's market there are too few good men to go around (or so it appears). Now Dr. Ian Kerner, clinical sexologist and author of the smash hit She Comes First, explores the battlefield of sex, hook ups, go-nowhere relationships, and the dismal dating treadmill, simultaneously arming women with a sharper set of insights and the tools for change. With humor and sincerity, Kerner shows women how to break the cycle of dating defeat and use the power of sex to find love, ''with a great guy who is into you.'' So raise your standards -- and reach for the love you deserve! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240458 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Connection Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 5, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Harriet Lerner focuses on the challenge and the importance of being able to express one's ''authentic voice'' in intimate relationships. The key problem in relationships, particularly over time, is that people begin to lose their voice. Despite decades of assertiveness training and lots of good advice about communicating with clarity, timing, and tact, women and men find that their greatest complaints in marriage and other intimate relationships are that they are not being heard, that they cannot affect the other person, that fights go nowhere, that conflict brings only pain. Although an intimate, long-term relationship offers the greatest possibilities for knowing the other person and being known, these relationships are also fertile ground for silence and frustration when it comes to articulating a true self. And yet giving voice to this self is at the center of having both a relationship and a self. Much as she did in THE MOTHER DANCE, Lerner will approach this rich subject with tales from her personal life and clinical work, inspiring and teaching readers to speak their own truths to the most important people in their lives. Harriet Lerner Tue, 05 Jul 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240458 thebookvoice.com 4:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Connection Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 5, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Harriet Lerner focuses on the challenge and the importance of being able to express one's ''authentic voice'' in intimate relationships. The key problem in relationships, particularly over time, is that people begin to lose their voice. Despite decades of assertiveness training and lots of good advice about communicating with clarity, timing, and tact, women and men find that their greatest complaints in marriage and other intimate relationships are that they are not being heard, that they cannot affect the other person, that fights go nowhere, that conflict brings only pain. Although an intimate, long-term relationship offers the greatest possibilities for knowing the other person and being known, these relationships are also fertile ground for silence and frustration when it comes to articulating a true self. And yet giving voice to this self is at the center of having both a relationship and a self. Much as she did in THE MOTHER DANCE, Lerner will approach this rich subject with tales from her personal life and clinical work, inspiring and teaching readers to speak their own truths to the most important people in their lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Dance of Connection Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 5, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling author Harriet Lerner focuses on the challenge and the importance of being able to express one's ''authentic voice'' in intimate relationships. The key problem in relationships, particularly over time, is that people begin to lose their voice. Despite decades of assertiveness training and lots of good advice about communicating with clarity, timing, and tact, women and men find that their greatest complaints in marriage and other intimate relationships are that they are not being heard, that they cannot affect the other person, that fights go nowhere, that conflict brings only pain. Although an intimate, long-term relationship offers the greatest possibilities for knowing the other person and being known, these relationships are also fertile ground for silence and frustration when it comes to articulating a true self. And yet giving voice to this self is at the center of having both a relationship and a self. Much as she did in THE MOTHER DANCE, Lerner will approach this rich subject with tales from her personal life and clinical work, inspiring and teaching readers to speak their own truths to the most important people in their lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240450 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children Are From Heaven Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: John Gray (reader) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 19, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In his travels, lectures, and seminars, the book John Gray has been most often asked to write is a parenting book. After years of serious thought, workshops, and practical applications, John Gray has created a brilliantly original and effective system that he calls positive parenting, for children of all ages, from birth though the teenage years. Completing the notion that Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus, he adds. . .and Children Are from Heaven. John Gray has discovered that children today do not need to be motivated by fear of punishment. Instead, they can easily be motivated by reward and the natural, healthy desire to please their parents. Children Are from Heaven covers the different skills of positive parenting to help improve communication, increase cooperation, and motivate your children. Central to this new approach to parenting are the five positive messages your children need to learn again and again: - It's okay to be different - It's okay to make mistakes - It's okay to express negative emotions - It's okay to want more - It's okay to say no, but remember mom and dad are the bosses When these messages are put into practice—and John Gray shows you how—your children will develop the necessary skills for successful living: forgiveness of others and themselves, sharing, delayed gratification, self-esteem, patience, persistence respect for others and themselves, cooperation compassion, confidence, and the ability to be happy. With this new approach, you will be allowing your children to develop fully during each stage of their growth. John Gray's reassuring message is that children are from heaven and they already have within themselves what they need to grow. Your job as a parent is to support that process. By applying the five messages and different skills of positive parenting, your children will receive what they need to become more cooperative, confident, and compassionate. John Gray, Ph.D. Tue, 19 Jul 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240450 thebookvoice.com 10:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children Are From Heaven Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: John Gray (reader) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 19, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In his travels, lectures, and seminars, the book John Gray has been most often asked to write is a parenting book. After years of serious thought, workshops, and practical applications, John Gray has created a brilliantly original and effective system that he calls positive parenting, for children of all ages, from birth though the teenage years. Completing the notion that Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus, he adds. . .and Children Are from Heaven. John Gray has discovered that children today do not need to be motivated by fear of punishment. Instead, they can easily be motivated by reward and the natural, healthy desire to please their parents. Children Are from Heaven covers the different skills of positive parenting to help improve communication, increase cooperation, and motivate your children. Central to this new approach to parenting are the five positive messages your children need to learn again and again: - It's okay to be different - It's okay to make mistakes - It's okay to express negative emotions - It's okay to want more - It's okay to say no, but remember mom and dad are the bosses When these messages are put into practice—and John Gray shows you how—your children will develop the necessary skills for successful living: forgiveness of others and themselves, sharing, delayed gratification, self-esteem, patience, persistence respect for others and themselves, cooperation compassion, confidence, and the ability to be happy. With this new approach, you will be allowing your children to develop fully during each stage of their growth. John Gray's reassuring message is that children are from heaven and they already have within themselves what they need to grow. Your job as a parent is to support that process. By applying the five messages and different skills of positive parenting, your children will receive what they need to become more cooperative, confident, and compassionate. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240450]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Children Are From Heaven Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: John Gray (reader) Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: July 19, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In his travels, lectures, and seminars, the book John Gray has been most often asked to write is a parenting book. After years of serious thought, workshops, and practical applications, John Gray has created a brilliantly original and effective system that he calls positive parenting, for children of all ages, from birth though the teenage years. Completing the notion that Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus, he adds. . .and Children Are from Heaven. John Gray has discovered that children today do not need to be motivated by fear of punishment. Instead, they can easily be motivated by reward and the natural, healthy desire to please their parents. Children Are from Heaven covers the different skills of positive parenting to help improve communication, increase cooperation, and motivate your children. Central to this new approach to parenting are the five positive messages your children need to learn again and again: - It's okay to be different - It's okay to make mistakes - It's okay to express negative emotions - It's okay to want more - It's okay to say no, but remember mom and dad are the bosses When these messages are put into practice—and John Gray shows you how—your children will develop the necessary skills for successful living: forgiveness of others and themselves, sharing, delayed gratification, self-esteem, patience, persistence respect for others and themselves, cooperation compassion, confidence, and the ability to be happy. With this new approach, you will be allowing your children to develop fully during each stage of their growth. John Gray's reassuring message is that children are from heaven and they already have within themselves what they need to grow. Your job as a parent is to support that process. By applying the five messages and different skills of positive parenting, your children will receive what they need to become more cooperative, confident, and compassionate. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240435 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles Author: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Narrator: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 16, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parents and kids pitted against one another, opposing forces pulling in different directions - both determined to win! Every family experiences power struggles, but these daily tugs of war are not inevitable. In Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles, Mary Sheedy Kurcinka presents real strategies for getting to the root of the emotions and needs that can creates daily hassles. But power struggles aren't just about winning and losing. They provide rich opportunities for learning how to deal with strong emotions and for parents and children to solve problems together. Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles helps to unravel the mysteries of power struggles by recognizing that every child is unique and every discipline situation different. The author presents successful strategies for understanding emotions, managing intensity, and identifying triggers. In a new light, she views power struggles as an opportunity to teach you child essential life skills: such as how to calm themselves, to be assertive rather than aggressive, to solve problems, and to work cooperatively with you and others. Hard as it may seem in the heat of the battle, conflict really does present an opportunity to connect with your child! Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Tue, 16 Aug 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240435 thebookvoice.com 2:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles Author: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Narrator: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 16, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parents and kids pitted against one another, opposing forces pulling in different directions - both determined to win! Every family experiences power struggles, but these daily tugs of war are not inevitable. In Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles, Mary Sheedy Kurcinka presents real strategies for getting to the root of the emotions and needs that can creates daily hassles. But power struggles aren't just about winning and losing. They provide rich opportunities for learning how to deal with strong emotions and for parents and children to solve problems together. Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles helps to unravel the mysteries of power struggles by recognizing that every child is unique and every discipline situation different. The author presents successful strategies for understanding emotions, managing intensity, and identifying triggers. In a new light, she views power struggles as an opportunity to teach you child essential life skills: such as how to calm themselves, to be assertive rather than aggressive, to solve problems, and to work cooperatively with you and others. Hard as it may seem in the heat of the battle, conflict really does present an opportunity to connect with your child! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles Author: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Narrator: Mary Sheedy Kurcinka Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 57 minutes Release date: August 16, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Parents and kids pitted against one another, opposing forces pulling in different directions - both determined to win! Every family experiences power struggles, but these daily tugs of war are not inevitable. In Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles, Mary Sheedy Kurcinka presents real strategies for getting to the root of the emotions and needs that can creates daily hassles. But power struggles aren't just about winning and losing. They provide rich opportunities for learning how to deal with strong emotions and for parents and children to solve problems together. Kids, Parents, and Power Struggles helps to unravel the mysteries of power struggles by recognizing that every child is unique and every discipline situation different. The author presents successful strategies for understanding emotions, managing intensity, and identifying triggers. In a new light, she views power struggles as an opportunity to teach you child essential life skills: such as how to calm themselves, to be assertive rather than aggressive, to solve problems, and to work cooperatively with you and others. Hard as it may seem in the heat of the battle, conflict really does present an opportunity to connect with your child! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care Of The Soul Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Peter Thomas Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 1.5 Million Copies Sold Thomas Moore's now classic work provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In Care of the Soul readers are presented with a revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of ''care of the soul''—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings ''care of the soul'' into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing ''care of the soul,'' as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. Thomas Moore Tue, 27 Sep 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419 thebookvoice.com 3:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care Of The Soul Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Peter Thomas Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 1.5 Million Copies Sold Thomas Moore's now classic work provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In Care of the Soul readers are presented with a revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of ''care of the soul''—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings ''care of the soul'' into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing ''care of the soul,'' as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Care Of The Soul Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Peter Thomas Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller • More than 1.5 Million Copies Sold Thomas Moore's now classic work provides a powerful spiritual message for our troubled times. In Care of the Soul readers are presented with a revolutionary approach to thinking about daily life—everyday activities, events, problems and creative opportunities—and a therapeutic lifestyle is proposed that focuses on looking more deeply into emotional problems and learning how to sense sacredness in even ordinary things. Basing his writing on the ancient model of ''care of the soul''—which provided a religious context for viewing the everyday events of life—Moore brings ''care of the soul'' into the 21st century. Promising to deepen and broaden the reader's perspective on his or her own life experiences, Moore draws on his own life as a therapist practicing ''care of the soul,'' as well as his studies of the world's religions and his work in music and art, to create this inspirational guide that examines the connections between spirituality and the problems of individuals and society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240420 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Of Sex Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In our age of science and psychology, it's tempting to think of human sexuality in terms of biology and interpersonal relationships. But in The Soul of Sex, Thomas Moore regards sex as an experience of the soul and emphasizes the more human themes of fantasy, desire, meaning, and morality. Moore turns especially to the religious traditions of the world, to rites, stories, and visual imagery that see in sex some of the most profound mysteries of life. He finds spirituality inherent in sex, and at the same time explores the many ways in which spiritual values can sometimes wound our sexuality. He recommends chastity and celibacy for everyone, as aspects of sexuality, and presents them as a means of developing a sensuous spirituality.Moore also establishes the principle that one can't have a fully satisfying sex life in an asexual and anti-erotic world. He spells out an Epicurian way of life where the simple, deep pleasures of good food, friends, family, home and intimacy with nature provide an appropriate sensual base for a fulfilling sex life. This is an audiobook for any individual, of whatever gender or lifestyle, who is trying to integrate sex into the rest of life. It is also a tool for couples, helping them to explore their sexuality with honesty, with appropriate emotional complexity, and with civility and comfort. Moore argues that sex should be at the center of life and at the top of our priorities, and if we don¹t give sex its due, it will haunt us and take us over. But when sex has soul, deep pleasure and meaning find a common home, and in that sense this audiobook is a sex manual for the soul.Thomas Moore reads on two cassettes. Thomas Moore Tue, 27 Sep 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240420 thebookvoice.com 2:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Of Sex Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In our age of science and psychology, it's tempting to think of human sexuality in terms of biology and interpersonal relationships. But in The Soul of Sex, Thomas Moore regards sex as an experience of the soul and emphasizes the more human themes of fantasy, desire, meaning, and morality. Moore turns especially to the religious traditions of the world, to rites, stories, and visual imagery that see in sex some of the most profound mysteries of life. He finds spirituality inherent in sex, and at the same time explores the many ways in which spiritual values can sometimes wound our sexuality. He recommends chastity and celibacy for everyone, as aspects of sexuality, and presents them as a means of developing a sensuous spirituality.Moore also establishes the principle that one can't have a fully satisfying sex life in an asexual and anti-erotic world. He spells out an Epicurian way of life where the simple, deep pleasures of good food, friends, family, home and intimacy with nature provide an appropriate sensual base for a fulfilling sex life. This is an audiobook for any individual, of whatever gender or lifestyle, who is trying to integrate sex into the rest of life. It is also a tool for couples, helping them to explore their sexuality with honesty, with appropriate emotional complexity, and with civility and comfort. Moore argues that sex should be at the center of life and at the top of our priorities, and if we don¹t give sex its due, it will haunt us and take us over. But when sex has soul, deep pleasure and meaning find a common home, and in that sense this audiobook is a sex manual for the soul.Thomas Moore reads on two cassettes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240420]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soul Of Sex Author: Thomas Moore Narrator: Thomas Moore Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: September 27, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In our age of science and psychology, it's tempting to think of human sexuality in terms of biology and interpersonal relationships. But in The Soul of Sex, Thomas Moore regards sex as an experience of the soul and emphasizes the more human themes of fantasy, desire, meaning, and morality. Moore turns especially to the religious traditions of the world, to rites, stories, and visual imagery that see in sex some of the most profound mysteries of life. He finds spirituality inherent in sex, and at the same time explores the many ways in which spiritual values can sometimes wound our sexuality. He recommends chastity and celibacy for everyone, as aspects of sexuality, and presents them as a means of developing a sensuous spirituality.Moore also establishes the principle that one can't have a fully satisfying sex life in an asexual and anti-erotic world. He spells out an Epicurian way of life where the simple, deep pleasures of good food, friends, family, home and intimacy with nature provide an appropriate sensual base for a fulfilling sex life. This is an audiobook for any individual, of whatever gender or lifestyle, who is trying to integrate sex into the rest of life. It is also a tool for couples, helping them to explore their sexuality with honesty, with appropriate emotional complexity, and with civility and comfort. Moore argues that sex should be at the center of life and at the top of our priorities, and if we don¹t give sex its due, it will haunt us and take us over. But when sex has soul, deep pleasure and meaning find a common home, and in that sense this audiobook is a sex manual for the soul.Thomas Moore reads on two cassettes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240413 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Preservers Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 4, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With wit, wisdom and uncommon sense, Dr. Harriet Lerner gives readers the tools to solve problems and create joy, meaning and integrity in their relationships. Women will find Life Preservers (more than 40,000 copies sold in hardcover) to be an invaluable motivational guide that covers the landscape of work and creativity, anger and intimacy, friendship and marriage, children and parents, loss and betrayal, sexuality and health and much more. With new insights and a results-oriented approach, Dr. Lerner answers women's most frequently asked questions and offers the best advice for problems women face today: I always pick the wrong guys. Should I move in with him? I can't stand my boss. Should I leave my marriage? How can I recover from his affair? Is my fantasy abnormal? Is my therapy working? I miss my mother. I can't believe I was fired. Harriet Lerner Tue, 04 Oct 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240413 thebookvoice.com 3:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Preservers Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 4, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With wit, wisdom and uncommon sense, Dr. Harriet Lerner gives readers the tools to solve problems and create joy, meaning and integrity in their relationships. Women will find Life Preservers (more than 40,000 copies sold in hardcover) to be an invaluable motivational guide that covers the landscape of work and creativity, anger and intimacy, friendship and marriage, children and parents, loss and betrayal, sexuality and health and much more. With new insights and a results-oriented approach, Dr. Lerner answers women's most frequently asked questions and offers the best advice for problems women face today: I always pick the wrong guys. Should I move in with him? I can't stand my boss. Should I leave my marriage? How can I recover from his affair? Is my fantasy abnormal? Is my therapy working? I miss my mother. I can't believe I was fired. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240413]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Preservers Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 4, 2005 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: With wit, wisdom and uncommon sense, Dr. Harriet Lerner gives readers the tools to solve problems and create joy, meaning and integrity in their relationships. Women will find Life Preservers (more than 40,000 copies sold in hardcover) to be an invaluable motivational guide that covers the landscape of work and creativity, anger and intimacy, friendship and marriage, children and parents, loss and betrayal, sexuality and health and much more. With new insights and a results-oriented approach, Dr. Lerner answers women's most frequently asked questions and offers the best advice for problems women face today: I always pick the wrong guys. Should I move in with him? I can't stand my boss. Should I leave my marriage? How can I recover from his affair? Is my fantasy abnormal? Is my therapy working? I miss my mother. I can't believe I was fired. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240412 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mother Dance Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 4, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling Author Harriet Lerner leads you in the most magnificent dance of all: The Mother Dance! Her phenomenally successful audio books have profoundly changed the way we think about anger and intimacy. Now psychologist and mother Harriet Lerner tackles the most emotionally charged, issue of all time: motherhood. In her own candid, and compassionate voice, Dr. Lerner discusses this extraordinary, life-altering experience as no one before her has done. Listen as she explores: - his new life versus your new life - worry guilt, self-blame and other unavoidables of motherhood - how your own childhood influences your parenting - the unexpected feelings motherhood awakens in you -- good and bad - how children change your marriage - how to talk to kids you can't talk to - mothers and daughters -- mothers and sons - and much much more -- from labor pains to empty nest pangs Lerner shares personal stories and vivid case examples that are both hilarious and heart-wrenching. Lerner will guide you on this lifelong journey, whether you're considering having children, currently raising little ones, or are the mother of grown-up children. Read by the author on two cassettes. Harriet Lerner Tue, 04 Oct 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240412 thebookvoice.com 3:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mother Dance Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 4, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling Author Harriet Lerner leads you in the most magnificent dance of all: The Mother Dance! Her phenomenally successful audio books have profoundly changed the way we think about anger and intimacy. Now psychologist and mother Harriet Lerner tackles the most emotionally charged, issue of all time: motherhood. In her own candid, and compassionate voice, Dr. Lerner discusses this extraordinary, life-altering experience as no one before her has done. Listen as she explores: - his new life versus your new life - worry guilt, self-blame and other unavoidables of motherhood - how your own childhood influences your parenting - the unexpected feelings motherhood awakens in you -- good and bad - how children change your marriage - how to talk to kids you can't talk to - mothers and daughters -- mothers and sons - and much much more -- from labor pains to empty nest pangs Lerner shares personal stories and vivid case examples that are both hilarious and heart-wrenching. Lerner will guide you on this lifelong journey, whether you're considering having children, currently raising little ones, or are the mother of grown-up children. Read by the author on two cassettes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240412]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mother Dance Author: Harriet Lerner Narrator: Harriet Lerner Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: October 4, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Bestselling Author Harriet Lerner leads you in the most magnificent dance of all: The Mother Dance! Her phenomenally successful audio books have profoundly changed the way we think about anger and intimacy. Now psychologist and mother Harriet Lerner tackles the most emotionally charged, issue of all time: motherhood. In her own candid, and compassionate voice, Dr. Lerner discusses this extraordinary, life-altering experience as no one before her has done. Listen as she explores: - his new life versus your new life - worry guilt, self-blame and other unavoidables of motherhood - how your own childhood influences your parenting - the unexpected feelings motherhood awakens in you -- good and bad - how children change your marriage - how to talk to kids you can't talk to - mothers and daughters -- mothers and sons - and much much more -- from labor pains to empty nest pangs Lerner shares personal stories and vivid case examples that are both hilarious and heart-wrenching. Lerner will guide you on this lifelong journey, whether you're considering having children, currently raising little ones, or are the mother of grown-up children. Read by the author on two cassettes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240403 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men, Women And Relationships Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: John Gray, Ph.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: November 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus shows you how to improve your relationships by accepting and celebrating the differences between the sexes. Men and women are different—there’s no denying it. So why do we constantly expect the same actions and feelings from them? This enormously helpful book not only enables you to recognize the differences between you and your loved one but also leads you toward an acceptance of those differences, thereby paving the way for a stronger relationship. With his characteristic wit and wisdom, relationship expert John Gray explains the different ways men and women communicate, cope with stress, resolve conflicts, and experience and give love. Once you understand these differences, you’ll be better equipped to handle inevitable bumps in the road, and be on your way to a long-lasting and truly loving relationship. John Gray, Ph.D. Tue, 01 Nov 2005 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240403 thebookvoice.com 1:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men, Women And Relationships Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: John Gray, Ph.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: November 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus shows you how to improve your relationships by accepting and celebrating the differences between the sexes. Men and women are different—there’s no denying it. So why do we constantly expect the same actions and feelings from them? This enormously helpful book not only enables you to recognize the differences between you and your loved one but also leads you toward an acceptance of those differences, thereby paving the way for a stronger relationship. With his characteristic wit and wisdom, relationship expert John Gray explains the different ways men and women communicate, cope with stress, resolve conflicts, and experience and give love. Once you understand these differences, you’ll be better equipped to handle inevitable bumps in the road, and be on your way to a long-lasting and truly loving relationship. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240403]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Men, Women And Relationships Author: John Gray, Ph.D. Narrator: John Gray, Ph.D. Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: November 1, 2005 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.94 of Total 33 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of Men Are from Mars, Women Are from Venus shows you how to improve your relationships by accepting and celebrating the differences between the sexes. Men and women are different—there’s no denying it. So why do we constantly expect the same actions and feelings from them? This enormously helpful book not only enables you to recognize the differences between you and your loved one but also leads you toward an acceptance of those differences, thereby paving the way for a stronger relationship. With his characteristic wit and wisdom, relationship expert John Gray explains the different ways men and women communicate, cope with stress, resolve conflicts, and experience and give love. Once you understand these differences, you’ll be better equipped to handle inevitable bumps in the road, and be on your way to a long-lasting and truly loving relationship. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding Author: David Hume Narrator: Hugh Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As intriguing today as when it was first published, Hume's An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding is a fascinating exploration into the nature of human knowledge. Using billiard balls, candles and other colorful examples, Hume conveys the core of his empiricism - that true knowledge can only be gained through sensory experience. No other philosopher has been at the forefront of the mind than David Hume; physics, psychology, neuroscience - connections to Hume are everywhere. Here is the book that Immanuel Kant confessed to have awoken him from his 'dogmatic slumber'. David Hume Sun, 01 Nov 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding Author: David Hume Narrator: Hugh Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As intriguing today as when it was first published, Hume's An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding is a fascinating exploration into the nature of human knowledge. Using billiard balls, candles and other colorful examples, Hume conveys the core of his empiricism - that true knowledge can only be gained through sensory experience. No other philosopher has been at the forefront of the mind than David Hume; physics, psychology, neuroscience - connections to Hume are everywhere. Here is the book that Immanuel Kant confessed to have awoken him from his 'dogmatic slumber'. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240386]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding Author: David Hume Narrator: Hugh Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: November 1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 10 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: As intriguing today as when it was first published, Hume's An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding is a fascinating exploration into the nature of human knowledge. Using billiard balls, candles and other colorful examples, Hume conveys the core of his empiricism - that true knowledge can only be gained through sensory experience. No other philosopher has been at the forefront of the mind than David Hume; physics, psychology, neuroscience - connections to Hume are everywhere. Here is the book that Immanuel Kant confessed to have awoken him from his 'dogmatic slumber'. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Failure: How the Best Parents Learn to Let Go So Their Children Can Succeed Author: Jessica Lahey Narrator: Jessica Lahey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In the tradition of Paul Tough’s How Children Succeed and Wendy Mogel’s The Blessing of a Skinned Knee, this groundbreaking manifesto focuses on the critical school years when parents must learn to allow their children to experience the disappointment and frustration that occur from life’s inevitable problems so that they can grow up to be successful, resilient, and self-reliant adults. Modern parenting is defined by an unprecedented level of overprotectiveness: parents who rush to school at the whim of a phone call to deliver forgotten assignments, who challenge teachers on report card disappointments, mastermind children’s friendships, and interfere on the playing field. As teacher and writer Jessica Lahey explains, even though these parents see themselves as being highly responsive to their children’s well being, they aren’t giving them the chance to experience failure—or the opportunity to learn to solve their own problems. Overparenting has the potential to ruin a child’s confidence and undermine their education, Lahey reminds us. Teachers don’t just teach reading, writing, and arithmetic. They teach responsibility, organization, manners, restraint, and foresight—important life skills children carry with them long after they leave the classroom. Providing a path toward solutions, Lahey lays out a blueprint with targeted advice for handling homework, report cards, social dynamics, and sports. Most importantly, she sets forth a plan to help parents learn to step back and embrace their children’s failures. Hard-hitting yet warm and wise, The Gift of Failure is essential reading for parents, educators, and psychologists nationwide who want to help children succeed. Jessica Lahey Tue, 11 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376 thebookvoice.com 7:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Failure: How the Best Parents Learn to Let Go So Their Children Can Succeed Author: Jessica Lahey Narrator: Jessica Lahey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In the tradition of Paul Tough’s How Children Succeed and Wendy Mogel’s The Blessing of a Skinned Knee, this groundbreaking manifesto focuses on the critical school years when parents must learn to allow their children to experience the disappointment and frustration that occur from life’s inevitable problems so that they can grow up to be successful, resilient, and self-reliant adults. Modern parenting is defined by an unprecedented level of overprotectiveness: parents who rush to school at the whim of a phone call to deliver forgotten assignments, who challenge teachers on report card disappointments, mastermind children’s friendships, and interfere on the playing field. As teacher and writer Jessica Lahey explains, even though these parents see themselves as being highly responsive to their children’s well being, they aren’t giving them the chance to experience failure—or the opportunity to learn to solve their own problems. Overparenting has the potential to ruin a child’s confidence and undermine their education, Lahey reminds us. Teachers don’t just teach reading, writing, and arithmetic. They teach responsibility, organization, manners, restraint, and foresight—important life skills children carry with them long after they leave the classroom. Providing a path toward solutions, Lahey lays out a blueprint with targeted advice for handling homework, report cards, social dynamics, and sports. Most importantly, she sets forth a plan to help parents learn to step back and embrace their children’s failures. Hard-hitting yet warm and wise, The Gift of Failure is essential reading for parents, educators, and psychologists nationwide who want to help children succeed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/240376]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift of Failure: How the Best Parents Learn to Let Go So Their Children Can Succeed Author: Jessica Lahey Narrator: Jessica Lahey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 11, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.15 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER In the tradition of Paul Tough’s How Children Succeed and Wendy Mogel’s The Blessing of a Skinned Knee, this groundbreaking manifesto focuses on the critical school years when parents must learn to allow their children to experience the disappointment and frustration that occur from life’s inevitable problems so that they can grow up to be successful, resilient, and self-reliant adults. Modern parenting is defined by an unprecedented level of overprotectiveness: parents who rush to school at the whim of a phone call to deliver forgotten assignments, who challenge teachers on report card disappointments, mastermind children’s friendships, and interfere on the playing field. As teacher and writer Jessica Lahey explains, even though these parents see themselves as being highly responsive to their children’s well being, they aren’t giving them the chance to experience failure—or the opportunity to learn to solve their own problems. Overparenting has the potential to ruin a child’s confidence and undermine their education, Lahey reminds us. Teachers don’t just teach reading, writing, and arithmetic. They teach responsibility, organization, manners, restraint, and foresight—important life skills children carry with them long after they leave the classroom. Providing a path toward solutions, Lahey lays out a blueprint with targeted advice for handling homework, report cards, social dynamics, and sports. Most importantly, she sets forth a plan to help parents learn to step back and embrace their children’s failures. Hard-hitting yet warm and wise, The Gift of Failure is essential reading for parents, educators, and psychologists nationwide who want to help children succeed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve Our Lives and Our World Author: Anthony Biglan Narrator: Stephen Pau Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fascinating look at the evolution of behavioral science, the revolutionary way it’s changing the way we live, and how nurturing environments can increase people’s well-being in virtually every aspect of our society, from early childhood education to corporate practices. If you want to know how you can help create a better world, read this book. What if there were a way to prevent criminal behavior, mental illness, drug abuse, poverty, and violence? Written by behavioral scientist Tony Biglan, and based on his ongoing research at the Oregon Research Institute, The Nurture Effect offers evidence-based interventions that can prevent many of the psychological and behavioral problems that plague our society. For decades, behavioral scientists have investigated the role our environment plays in shaping who we are, and their research shows that we now have the power within our own hands to reduce violence, improve cognitive development in our children, increase levels of education and income, and even prevent future criminal behaviors. By cultivating a positive environment in all aspects of society—from the home, to the classroom, and beyond—we can ensure that young people arrive at adulthood with the skills, interests, assets, and habits needed to live healthy, happy, and productive lives. The Nurture Effect details over forty years of research in the behavioral sciences, as well as the author’s own research. Biglan illustrates how his findings lay the framework for a model of societal change that has the potential to reverberate through all environments within society. Anthony Biglan Mon, 29 Jun 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238878 thebookvoice.com 7:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve Our Lives and Our World Author: Anthony Biglan Narrator: Stephen Pau Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fascinating look at the evolution of behavioral science, the revolutionary way it’s changing the way we live, and how nurturing environments can increase people’s well-being in virtually every aspect of our society, from early childhood education to corporate practices. If you want to know how you can help create a better world, read this book. What if there were a way to prevent criminal behavior, mental illness, drug abuse, poverty, and violence? Written by behavioral scientist Tony Biglan, and based on his ongoing research at the Oregon Research Institute, The Nurture Effect offers evidence-based interventions that can prevent many of the psychological and behavioral problems that plague our society. For decades, behavioral scientists have investigated the role our environment plays in shaping who we are, and their research shows that we now have the power within our own hands to reduce violence, improve cognitive development in our children, increase levels of education and income, and even prevent future criminal behaviors. By cultivating a positive environment in all aspects of society—from the home, to the classroom, and beyond—we can ensure that young people arrive at adulthood with the skills, interests, assets, and habits needed to live healthy, happy, and productive lives. The Nurture Effect details over forty years of research in the behavioral sciences, as well as the author’s own research. Biglan illustrates how his findings lay the framework for a model of societal change that has the potential to reverberate through all environments within society. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve Our Lives and Our World Author: Anthony Biglan Narrator: Stephen Pau Aulridge, Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 29, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fascinating look at the evolution of behavioral science, the revolutionary way it’s changing the way we live, and how nurturing environments can increase people’s well-being in virtually every aspect of our society, from early childhood education to corporate practices. If you want to know how you can help create a better world, read this book. What if there were a way to prevent criminal behavior, mental illness, drug abuse, poverty, and violence? Written by behavioral scientist Tony Biglan, and based on his ongoing research at the Oregon Research Institute, The Nurture Effect offers evidence-based interventions that can prevent many of the psychological and behavioral problems that plague our society. For decades, behavioral scientists have investigated the role our environment plays in shaping who we are, and their research shows that we now have the power within our own hands to reduce violence, improve cognitive development in our children, increase levels of education and income, and even prevent future criminal behaviors. By cultivating a positive environment in all aspects of society—from the home, to the classroom, and beyond—we can ensure that young people arrive at adulthood with the skills, interests, assets, and habits needed to live healthy, happy, and productive lives. The Nurture Effect details over forty years of research in the behavioral sciences, as well as the author’s own research. Biglan illustrates how his findings lay the framework for a model of societal change that has the potential to reverberate through all environments within society. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238027 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Emotional Healing: Acupressure for the Emotions Author: Peter Lambrou, George Pratt Narrator: Peter Lambrou, George Pratt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The revolutionary, highly effective technique that allows you to free yourself from emotional hang-ups—forever! Does your fear of flying make travel with friends and family impossible? Are you having trouble coping with the loss of a loved one or forgiving yourself for a mistake you made long ago? For the millions of people who suffer from phobias, anxieties, or distressing emotions such as anger, guilt, and grief, the breakthrough science of Thought Field Therapy—an easy-to-use practice often referred to as “acupressure for the emotions”—can make a remarkable difference. In this groundbreaking book, psychologists Peter Lambrou and George Pratt make their highly successful techniques available to everyone through simple exercises that anyone can use to treat everyday emotional roadblocks with immediate and permanent results. A blend of Western psychotherapy and Chinese medicine, Thought Field Therapy (or TFT) uses the body’s meridian energy systems to treat emotional issues that can take years to unravel through traditional, talk-based therapy. A combination of breathing and relaxation exercises, affirmations, and tapping on specific pressure points on the body, TFT can instantly eliminate problems such as a fear of flying or public speaking, addictive urges, or painful emotions such as embarrassment or regret. Used on thousands of people with a 95 percent success rate, the step-by-step methods in Instant Emotional Healing now allow you to master this amazingly simple, astonishingly effective practice for yourself—and open the door to a lifetime of emotional control and well-being. Peter Lambrou, George Pratt Wed, 05 Jul 2000 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238027 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Emotional Healing: Acupressure for the Emotions Author: Peter Lambrou, George Pratt Narrator: Peter Lambrou, George Pratt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The revolutionary, highly effective technique that allows you to free yourself from emotional hang-ups—forever! Does your fear of flying make travel with friends and family impossible? Are you having trouble coping with the loss of a loved one or forgiving yourself for a mistake you made long ago? For the millions of people who suffer from phobias, anxieties, or distressing emotions such as anger, guilt, and grief, the breakthrough science of Thought Field Therapy—an easy-to-use practice often referred to as “acupressure for the emotions”—can make a remarkable difference. In this groundbreaking book, psychologists Peter Lambrou and George Pratt make their highly successful techniques available to everyone through simple exercises that anyone can use to treat everyday emotional roadblocks with immediate and permanent results. A blend of Western psychotherapy and Chinese medicine, Thought Field Therapy (or TFT) uses the body’s meridian energy systems to treat emotional issues that can take years to unravel through traditional, talk-based therapy. A combination of breathing and relaxation exercises, affirmations, and tapping on specific pressure points on the body, TFT can instantly eliminate problems such as a fear of flying or public speaking, addictive urges, or painful emotions such as embarrassment or regret. Used on thousands of people with a 95 percent success rate, the step-by-step methods in Instant Emotional Healing now allow you to master this amazingly simple, astonishingly effective practice for yourself—and open the door to a lifetime of emotional control and well-being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/238027]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Instant Emotional Healing: Acupressure for the Emotions Author: Peter Lambrou, George Pratt Narrator: Peter Lambrou, George Pratt Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The revolutionary, highly effective technique that allows you to free yourself from emotional hang-ups—forever! Does your fear of flying make travel with friends and family impossible? Are you having trouble coping with the loss of a loved one or forgiving yourself for a mistake you made long ago? For the millions of people who suffer from phobias, anxieties, or distressing emotions such as anger, guilt, and grief, the breakthrough science of Thought Field Therapy—an easy-to-use practice often referred to as “acupressure for the emotions”—can make a remarkable difference. In this groundbreaking book, psychologists Peter Lambrou and George Pratt make their highly successful techniques available to everyone through simple exercises that anyone can use to treat everyday emotional roadblocks with immediate and permanent results. A blend of Western psychotherapy and Chinese medicine, Thought Field Therapy (or TFT) uses the body’s meridian energy systems to treat emotional issues that can take years to unravel through traditional, talk-based therapy. A combination of breathing and relaxation exercises, affirmations, and tapping on specific pressure points on the body, TFT can instantly eliminate problems such as a fear of flying or public speaking, addictive urges, or painful emotions such as embarrassment or regret. Used on thousands of people with a 95 percent success rate, the step-by-step methods in Instant Emotional Healing now allow you to master this amazingly simple, astonishingly effective practice for yourself—and open the door to a lifetime of emotional control and well-being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237948 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking, Fast and Slow Author: Daniel Kahneman Narrator: Patrick Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 192 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Daniel Kahneman's pioneering work that tackles questions of intuition and rationality, read by Patrick Egan. In Thinking, Fast and Slow, Kahneman takes us on a ground-breaking tour of the mind and explains the two systems that drive the way we think and make choices. One system is fast, intuitive, and emotional; the other is slower, more deliberative, and more logical. Kahneman exposes the extraordinary capabilities-and also the faults and biases-of fast thinking, and reveals the pervasive influence of intuitive impressions on our thoughts and behaviour. The importance of properly framing risks, the effects of cognitive biases on how we view others, the dangers of prediction, the right ways to develop skills, the pros and cons of fear and optimism, the difference between our experience and memory of events, the real components of happiness-each of these can be understood only by knowing how the two systems work together to shape our judgments and decisions. Drawing on a lifetime's experimental experience, Kahneman reveals where we can and cannot trust our intuitions and how we can tap into the benefits of slow thinking. He offers practical and enlightening insights into how choices are made in both our professional and our personal lives-and how we can use different techniques to guard against the mental glitches that often get us into trouble. Thinking, Fast and Slow will transform the way you take decisions and experience the world. © Daniel Kahneman 2011 (P) Penguin Audio 2011 Daniel Kahneman Mon, 12 Dec 2011 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237948 thebookvoice.com 20:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking, Fast and Slow Author: Daniel Kahneman Narrator: Patrick Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 192 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Daniel Kahneman's pioneering work that tackles questions of intuition and rationality, read by Patrick Egan. In Thinking, Fast and Slow, Kahneman takes us on a ground-breaking tour of the mind and explains the two systems that drive the way we think and make choices. One system is fast, intuitive, and emotional; the other is slower, more deliberative, and more logical. Kahneman exposes the extraordinary capabilities-and also the faults and biases-of fast thinking, and reveals the pervasive influence of intuitive impressions on our thoughts and behaviour. The importance of properly framing risks, the effects of cognitive biases on how we view others, the dangers of prediction, the right ways to develop skills, the pros and cons of fear and optimism, the difference between our experience and memory of events, the real components of happiness-each of these can be understood only by knowing how the two systems work together to shape our judgments and decisions. Drawing on a lifetime's experimental experience, Kahneman reveals where we can and cannot trust our intuitions and how we can tap into the benefits of slow thinking. He offers practical and enlightening insights into how choices are made in both our professional and our personal lives-and how we can use different techniques to guard against the mental glitches that often get us into trouble. Thinking, Fast and Slow will transform the way you take decisions and experience the world. © Daniel Kahneman 2011 (P) Penguin Audio 2011 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thinking, Fast and Slow Author: Daniel Kahneman Narrator: Patrick Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 192 Ratings of Narrator: 3.71 of Total 14 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Daniel Kahneman's pioneering work that tackles questions of intuition and rationality, read by Patrick Egan. In Thinking, Fast and Slow, Kahneman takes us on a ground-breaking tour of the mind and explains the two systems that drive the way we think and make choices. One system is fast, intuitive, and emotional; the other is slower, more deliberative, and more logical. Kahneman exposes the extraordinary capabilities-and also the faults and biases-of fast thinking, and reveals the pervasive influence of intuitive impressions on our thoughts and behaviour. The importance of properly framing risks, the effects of cognitive biases on how we view others, the dangers of prediction, the right ways to develop skills, the pros and cons of fear and optimism, the difference between our experience and memory of events, the real components of happiness-each of these can be understood only by knowing how the two systems work together to shape our judgments and decisions. Drawing on a lifetime's experimental experience, Kahneman reveals where we can and cannot trust our intuitions and how we can tap into the benefits of slow thinking. He offers practical and enlightening insights into how choices are made in both our professional and our personal lives-and how we can use different techniques to guard against the mental glitches that often get us into trouble. Thinking, Fast and Slow will transform the way you take decisions and experience the world. © Daniel Kahneman 2011 (P) Penguin Audio 2011 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything Author: Joshua Foer Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything, Joshua Foer's part-memoir, part-guide on mastering your memory. Read by Mike Chamberlain. On average, people squander forty days annually trying to remember things they've forgotten. Joshua Foer used to be one of those people. But after a year of training, he found himself in the finals of the U.S. Memory Championship. He also discovered a truth we too often forget: In every way, we are the sum of our memories. In Moonwalking with Einstein Foer draws on cutting-edge research, the cultural history of memory and the techniques of 'mental atheletes' to transform our understanding of human remembering. He learns the ancient methods used by Cicero and Medieval scholars. He meets amnesiacs, neuroscientists and savants - including a man who claims to have memorized more than nine thousand books. In doing so, he reveals the hidden impact of memory on our lives, and shows how we can all dramatically improve our memories. At a time when electronic devices have all but rendered our individual memories obsolete, Foer's book is a quest to resurrect the gift we all possess, but that too often slips our minds. Joshua Foer Thu, 02 Feb 2012 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237945 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything Author: Joshua Foer Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything, Joshua Foer's part-memoir, part-guide on mastering your memory. Read by Mike Chamberlain. On average, people squander forty days annually trying to remember things they've forgotten. Joshua Foer used to be one of those people. But after a year of training, he found himself in the finals of the U.S. Memory Championship. He also discovered a truth we too often forget: In every way, we are the sum of our memories. In Moonwalking with Einstein Foer draws on cutting-edge research, the cultural history of memory and the techniques of 'mental atheletes' to transform our understanding of human remembering. He learns the ancient methods used by Cicero and Medieval scholars. He meets amnesiacs, neuroscientists and savants - including a man who claims to have memorized more than nine thousand books. In doing so, he reveals the hidden impact of memory on our lives, and shows how we can all dramatically improve our memories. At a time when electronic devices have all but rendered our individual memories obsolete, Foer's book is a quest to resurrect the gift we all possess, but that too often slips our minds. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything Author: Joshua Foer Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 2, 2012 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The unabridged, downloadable audiobook edition of Moonwalking with Einstein: The Art and Science of Remembering Everything, Joshua Foer's part-memoir, part-guide on mastering your memory. Read by Mike Chamberlain. On average, people squander forty days annually trying to remember things they've forgotten. Joshua Foer used to be one of those people. But after a year of training, he found himself in the finals of the U.S. Memory Championship. He also discovered a truth we too often forget: In every way, we are the sum of our memories. In Moonwalking with Einstein Foer draws on cutting-edge research, the cultural history of memory and the techniques of 'mental atheletes' to transform our understanding of human remembering. He learns the ancient methods used by Cicero and Medieval scholars. He meets amnesiacs, neuroscientists and savants - including a man who claims to have memorized more than nine thousand books. In doing so, he reveals the hidden impact of memory on our lives, and shows how we can all dramatically improve our memories. At a time when electronic devices have all but rendered our individual memories obsolete, Foer's book is a quest to resurrect the gift we all possess, but that too often slips our minds. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237851 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Life: How Our Sexual Encounters and Experiences Define Who We Are Author: Pamela Stephenson-Connolly Narrator: Tania Rich, Pamela Stephenson-Connolly, Katherine Fenton, Simon Shepherd, Bill Wallis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When did your sexual experiences start? Are you having more virtual sex than real sex? Can you have too much or not enough sex? What exactly is 'normal'? Bestselling author and leading sex therapist, Pamela Stephenson-Connolly takes us on an eye-opening journey to explode the myths and answer the embarrassing questions we've always wanted to ask about sex and our insatiable appetite for it. Drawing on hundreds of intimate interviews with ordinary people of all ages, appetites and backgrounds, Stephenson-Connolly reveals how the ever-present sexual force in each of us evolves throughout our lives, from our first months in the womb up right until our nineties. She also shows that there is no such thing as 'normal' and that anything goes when it comes to sex as long as it is safe, sane and consensual. The result is an intimate portrait of our sexual selves that dispels the myths, guilt and mystery surrounding sex and our sexual urges. Hugely informative, always entertaining and at times shocking, this is arguably one of the most enlightening books on sex ever published. Pamela Stephenson-Connolly Thu, 02 Jun 2011 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237851 thebookvoice.com 11:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Life: How Our Sexual Encounters and Experiences Define Who We Are Author: Pamela Stephenson-Connolly Narrator: Tania Rich, Pamela Stephenson-Connolly, Katherine Fenton, Simon Shepherd, Bill Wallis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When did your sexual experiences start? Are you having more virtual sex than real sex? Can you have too much or not enough sex? What exactly is 'normal'? Bestselling author and leading sex therapist, Pamela Stephenson-Connolly takes us on an eye-opening journey to explode the myths and answer the embarrassing questions we've always wanted to ask about sex and our insatiable appetite for it. Drawing on hundreds of intimate interviews with ordinary people of all ages, appetites and backgrounds, Stephenson-Connolly reveals how the ever-present sexual force in each of us evolves throughout our lives, from our first months in the womb up right until our nineties. She also shows that there is no such thing as 'normal' and that anything goes when it comes to sex as long as it is safe, sane and consensual. The result is an intimate portrait of our sexual selves that dispels the myths, guilt and mystery surrounding sex and our sexual urges. Hugely informative, always entertaining and at times shocking, this is arguably one of the most enlightening books on sex ever published. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237851]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sex Life: How Our Sexual Encounters and Experiences Define Who We Are Author: Pamela Stephenson-Connolly Narrator: Tania Rich, Pamela Stephenson-Connolly, Katherine Fenton, Simon Shepherd, Bill Wallis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: June 2, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When did your sexual experiences start? Are you having more virtual sex than real sex? Can you have too much or not enough sex? What exactly is 'normal'? Bestselling author and leading sex therapist, Pamela Stephenson-Connolly takes us on an eye-opening journey to explode the myths and answer the embarrassing questions we've always wanted to ask about sex and our insatiable appetite for it. Drawing on hundreds of intimate interviews with ordinary people of all ages, appetites and backgrounds, Stephenson-Connolly reveals how the ever-present sexual force in each of us evolves throughout our lives, from our first months in the womb up right until our nineties. She also shows that there is no such thing as 'normal' and that anything goes when it comes to sex as long as it is safe, sane and consensual. The result is an intimate portrait of our sexual selves that dispels the myths, guilt and mystery surrounding sex and our sexual urges. Hugely informative, always entertaining and at times shocking, this is arguably one of the most enlightening books on sex ever published. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237674 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxious: Using the Brain to Understand and Treat Fear and Anxiety Author: Joseph LeDoux Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive and accessible exploration of anxiety, from a leading neuroscientist and the author of Synaptic SelfCollectively, anxiety disorders are our most prevalent psychiatric problem, affecting about forty million adults in the United States. In Anxious, Joseph LeDoux, whose NYU lab has been at the forefront of research efforts to understand and treat fear and anxiety, explains the range of these disorders, their origins, and discoveries that can restore sufferers to normalcy.LeDoux’s groundbreaking premise is that we’ve been thinking about fear and anxiety in the wrong way. These are not innate states waiting to be unleashed from the brain, but experiences that we assemble cognitively. Treatment of these problems must address both their conscious manifestations and underlying non-conscious processes. While knowledge about how the brain works will help us discover new drugs, LeDoux argues that the greatest breakthroughs may come from using brain research to help reshape psychotherapy.A major work on one of our most pressing mental health issues, Anxious explains the science behind fear and anxiety disorders.“A rigorous, in-depth guide to the history, philosophy, and scientific exploration of this widespread emotional state … [LeDoux] offers a magisterial review of the role of mind and brain in the generation of unconscious defense responses and consciously expressed anxiety. … [His] charming personal asides give an impression of having a conversation with a world expert.”—Nature Joseph LeDoux Tue, 14 Jul 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237674 thebookvoice.com 12:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxious: Using the Brain to Understand and Treat Fear and Anxiety Author: Joseph LeDoux Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive and accessible exploration of anxiety, from a leading neuroscientist and the author of Synaptic SelfCollectively, anxiety disorders are our most prevalent psychiatric problem, affecting about forty million adults in the United States. In Anxious, Joseph LeDoux, whose NYU lab has been at the forefront of research efforts to understand and treat fear and anxiety, explains the range of these disorders, their origins, and discoveries that can restore sufferers to normalcy.LeDoux’s groundbreaking premise is that we’ve been thinking about fear and anxiety in the wrong way. These are not innate states waiting to be unleashed from the brain, but experiences that we assemble cognitively. Treatment of these problems must address both their conscious manifestations and underlying non-conscious processes. While knowledge about how the brain works will help us discover new drugs, LeDoux argues that the greatest breakthroughs may come from using brain research to help reshape psychotherapy.A major work on one of our most pressing mental health issues, Anxious explains the science behind fear and anxiety disorders.“A rigorous, in-depth guide to the history, philosophy, and scientific exploration of this widespread emotional state … [LeDoux] offers a magisterial review of the role of mind and brain in the generation of unconscious defense responses and consciously expressed anxiety. … [His] charming personal asides give an impression of having a conversation with a world expert.”—Nature Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237674]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxious: Using the Brain to Understand and Treat Fear and Anxiety Author: Joseph LeDoux Narrator: Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 14, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive and accessible exploration of anxiety, from a leading neuroscientist and the author of Synaptic SelfCollectively, anxiety disorders are our most prevalent psychiatric problem, affecting about forty million adults in the United States. In Anxious, Joseph LeDoux, whose NYU lab has been at the forefront of research efforts to understand and treat fear and anxiety, explains the range of these disorders, their origins, and discoveries that can restore sufferers to normalcy.LeDoux’s groundbreaking premise is that we’ve been thinking about fear and anxiety in the wrong way. These are not innate states waiting to be unleashed from the brain, but experiences that we assemble cognitively. Treatment of these problems must address both their conscious manifestations and underlying non-conscious processes. While knowledge about how the brain works will help us discover new drugs, LeDoux argues that the greatest breakthroughs may come from using brain research to help reshape psychotherapy.A major work on one of our most pressing mental health issues, Anxious explains the science behind fear and anxiety disorders.“A rigorous, in-depth guide to the history, philosophy, and scientific exploration of this widespread emotional state … [LeDoux] offers a magisterial review of the role of mind and brain in the generation of unconscious defense responses and consciously expressed anxiety. … [His] charming personal asides give an impression of having a conversation with a world expert.”—Nature https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237559 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Raise Your Self-Esteem: The Proven Action-Oriented Approach to Greater Self-Respect and Self-Confidence Author: Nathaniel Branden Narrator: Nathaniel Branden Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Of all the judgments you make in life, none is as important as the one you make about yourself. The difference between low self-esteem and high self-esteem is the difference between passivity and action, between failure and success. Now, one of America's foremost psychologists and a pioneer in self-esteem development offers a step-by-step guide to strengthening your sense of self-worth. Here are simple, straightforward and effective techniques that will dramatically improve the way you think and feel about yourself. You'll learn: How to break free of negative self-concepts and self-defeating behavior. How to dissolve internal barriers to success in work and love. How to overcome anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. How to conquer the fear of intimacy and success. How to find -- and keep -- the courage to love yourself. And much more Nathaniel Branden Wed, 05 Jul 2000 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237559 thebookvoice.com 1:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Raise Your Self-Esteem: The Proven Action-Oriented Approach to Greater Self-Respect and Self-Confidence Author: Nathaniel Branden Narrator: Nathaniel Branden Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Of all the judgments you make in life, none is as important as the one you make about yourself. The difference between low self-esteem and high self-esteem is the difference between passivity and action, between failure and success. Now, one of America's foremost psychologists and a pioneer in self-esteem development offers a step-by-step guide to strengthening your sense of self-worth. Here are simple, straightforward and effective techniques that will dramatically improve the way you think and feel about yourself. You'll learn: How to break free of negative self-concepts and self-defeating behavior. How to dissolve internal barriers to success in work and love. How to overcome anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. How to conquer the fear of intimacy and success. How to find -- and keep -- the courage to love yourself. And much more Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Raise Your Self-Esteem: The Proven Action-Oriented Approach to Greater Self-Respect and Self-Confidence Author: Nathaniel Branden Narrator: Nathaniel Branden Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 0 minutes Release date: July 5, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.17 of Total 6 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Of all the judgments you make in life, none is as important as the one you make about yourself. The difference between low self-esteem and high self-esteem is the difference between passivity and action, between failure and success. Now, one of America's foremost psychologists and a pioneer in self-esteem development offers a step-by-step guide to strengthening your sense of self-worth. Here are simple, straightforward and effective techniques that will dramatically improve the way you think and feel about yourself. You'll learn: How to break free of negative self-concepts and self-defeating behavior. How to dissolve internal barriers to success in work and love. How to overcome anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. How to conquer the fear of intimacy and success. How to find -- and keep -- the courage to love yourself. And much more https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237457 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mismeasure of Man Author: Stephen Jay Gould Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When published in 1981, The Mismeasure of Man was immediately hailed as a masterwork, the ringing answer to those who would classify people, rank them according to their supposed genetic gifts and limits. Yet the idea of of biology as destiny dies hard, as witness the attention devoted to The Bell Curve, whose arguments are here so effectively anticipated and thoroughly undermined. In this edition, Stephen Jay Gould has written a substantial new introduction telling how and why he wrote the book and tracing the subsequent history of the controversy on innateness right through The Bell Curve. Further, he has added five essays on questions of The Bell Curve in particular and on race, racism, and biological determinism in general. These additions strengthen the book's claim to be, as Leo J. Kamin of Princeton University has said, 'a major contribution toward deflating pseudo-biological 'explanations' of our present social woes.' Stephen Jay Gould Tue, 20 Sep 2011 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237457 thebookvoice.com 16:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mismeasure of Man Author: Stephen Jay Gould Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When published in 1981, The Mismeasure of Man was immediately hailed as a masterwork, the ringing answer to those who would classify people, rank them according to their supposed genetic gifts and limits. Yet the idea of of biology as destiny dies hard, as witness the attention devoted to The Bell Curve, whose arguments are here so effectively anticipated and thoroughly undermined. In this edition, Stephen Jay Gould has written a substantial new introduction telling how and why he wrote the book and tracing the subsequent history of the controversy on innateness right through The Bell Curve. Further, he has added five essays on questions of The Bell Curve in particular and on race, racism, and biological determinism in general. These additions strengthen the book's claim to be, as Leo J. Kamin of Princeton University has said, 'a major contribution toward deflating pseudo-biological 'explanations' of our present social woes.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237457]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Mismeasure of Man Author: Stephen Jay Gould Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 20, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When published in 1981, The Mismeasure of Man was immediately hailed as a masterwork, the ringing answer to those who would classify people, rank them according to their supposed genetic gifts and limits. Yet the idea of of biology as destiny dies hard, as witness the attention devoted to The Bell Curve, whose arguments are here so effectively anticipated and thoroughly undermined. In this edition, Stephen Jay Gould has written a substantial new introduction telling how and why he wrote the book and tracing the subsequent history of the controversy on innateness right through The Bell Curve. Further, he has added five essays on questions of The Bell Curve in particular and on race, racism, and biological determinism in general. These additions strengthen the book's claim to be, as Leo J. Kamin of Princeton University has said, 'a major contribution toward deflating pseudo-biological 'explanations' of our present social woes.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Wasn't There: Investigations into the Strange New Science of the Self Author: Anil Ananthaswamy Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *Nominated for the 2016 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award* *An NBC News Notable Science Book of 2015* *Named one of Publishers Weekly's Best Books of 2015* *A Book of the Month for Brain HQ/Posit Science* *Selected by Forbes as a Must Read Brain Book of 2015* *On Life Changes Network’s list of the Top 10 Books That Could Change Your Life of 2015* In the tradition of Oliver Sacks, a tour of the latest neuroscience of schizophrenia, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, ecstatic epilepsy, Cotard’s syndrome, out-of-body experiences, and other disorders—revealing the awesome power of the human sense of self from a master of science journalism. Anil Ananthaswamy’s extensive in-depth interviews venture into the lives of individuals who offer perspectives that will change how you think about who you are. These individuals all lost some part of what we think of as our self, but they then offer remarkable, sometimes heart-wrenching insights into what remains. One man cut off his own leg. Another became one with the universe. We are learning about the self at a level of detail that Descartes (“I think therefore I am”) could never have imagined. Recent research into Alzheimer’s illuminates how memory creates your narrative self by using the same part of your brain for your past as for your future. But wait, those afflicted with Cotard’s syndrome think they are already dead; in a way, they believe that “I think therefore I am not.” Who—or what—can say that? Neuroscience has identified specific regions of the brain that, when they misfire, can cause the self to move back and forth between the body and a doppelgänger, or to leave the body entirely. So where in the brain, or mind, or body, is the self actually located? As Ananthaswamy elegantly reports, neuroscientists themselves now see that the elusive sense of self is both everywhere and nowhere in the human brain. Anil Ananthaswamy Tue, 04 Aug 2015 04:02:24 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Wasn't There: Investigations into the Strange New Science of the Self Author: Anil Ananthaswamy Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *Nominated for the 2016 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award* *An NBC News Notable Science Book of 2015* *Named one of Publishers Weekly's Best Books of 2015* *A Book of the Month for Brain HQ/Posit Science* *Selected by Forbes as a Must Read Brain Book of 2015* *On Life Changes Network’s list of the Top 10 Books That Could Change Your Life of 2015* In the tradition of Oliver Sacks, a tour of the latest neuroscience of schizophrenia, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, ecstatic epilepsy, Cotard’s syndrome, out-of-body experiences, and other disorders—revealing the awesome power of the human sense of self from a master of science journalism. Anil Ananthaswamy’s extensive in-depth interviews venture into the lives of individuals who offer perspectives that will change how you think about who you are. These individuals all lost some part of what we think of as our self, but they then offer remarkable, sometimes heart-wrenching insights into what remains. One man cut off his own leg. Another became one with the universe. We are learning about the self at a level of detail that Descartes (“I think therefore I am”) could never have imagined. Recent research into Alzheimer’s illuminates how memory creates your narrative self by using the same part of your brain for your past as for your future. But wait, those afflicted with Cotard’s syndrome think they are already dead; in a way, they believe that “I think therefore I am not.” Who—or what—can say that? Neuroscience has identified specific regions of the brain that, when they misfire, can cause the self to move back and forth between the body and a doppelgänger, or to leave the body entirely. So where in the brain, or mind, or body, is the self actually located? As Ananthaswamy elegantly reports, neuroscientists themselves now see that the elusive sense of self is both everywhere and nowhere in the human brain. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/237445]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Man Who Wasn't There: Investigations into the Strange New Science of the Self Author: Anil Ananthaswamy Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 4, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: *Nominated for the 2016 PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award* *An NBC News Notable Science Book of 2015* *Named one of Publishers Weekly's Best Books of 2015* *A Book of the Month for Brain HQ/Posit Science* *Selected by Forbes as a Must Read Brain Book of 2015* *On Life Changes Network’s list of the Top 10 Books That Could Change Your Life of 2015* In the tradition of Oliver Sacks, a tour of the latest neuroscience of schizophrenia, autism, Alzheimer’s disease, ecstatic epilepsy, Cotard’s syndrome, out-of-body experiences, and other disorders—revealing the awesome power of the human sense of self from a master of science journalism. Anil Ananthaswamy’s extensive in-depth interviews venture into the lives of individuals who offer perspectives that will change how you think about who you are. These individuals all lost some part of what we think of as our self, but they then offer remarkable, sometimes heart-wrenching insights into what remains. One man cut off his own leg. Another became one with the universe. We are learning about the self at a level of detail that Descartes (“I think therefore I am”) could never have imagined. Recent research into Alzheimer’s illuminates how memory creates your narrative self by using the same part of your brain for your past as for your future. But wait, those afflicted with Cotard’s syndrome think they are already dead; in a way, they believe that “I think therefore I am not.” Who—or what—can say that? Neuroscience has identified specific regions of the brain that, when they misfire, can cause the self to move back and forth between the body and a doppelgänger, or to leave the body entirely. So where in the brain, or mind, or body, is the self actually located? As Ananthaswamy elegantly reports, neuroscientists themselves now see that the elusive sense of self is both everywhere and nowhere in the human brain.